aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/unicode/src/base
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authortobigun <tobigun@b956fd51-792f-4845-bead-9b4dfca2ff2c>2008-10-31 15:55:19 +0000
committertobigun <tobigun@b956fd51-792f-4845-bead-9b4dfca2ff2c>2008-10-31 15:55:19 +0000
commitb3353a82da64f18f1a7787004a31e45edf40dc87 (patch)
tree2e36246d58bf5993b17f293b1dbd62c22dd468f3 /unicode/src/base
parent9a513d190c693745328ff5d04b5ad67ea0fc831a (diff)
downloadusdx-b3353a82da64f18f1a7787004a31e45edf40dc87.tar.gz
usdx-b3353a82da64f18f1a7787004a31e45edf40dc87.tar.xz
usdx-b3353a82da64f18f1a7787004a31e45edf40dc87.zip
unicode branch added
git-svn-id: svn://svn.code.sf.net/p/ultrastardx/svn/branches/experimental@1492 b956fd51-792f-4845-bead-9b4dfca2ff2c
Diffstat (limited to 'unicode/src/base')
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/TextGL.pas383
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/TextGLFreetype.pas222
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UCatCovers.pas203
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UCommandLine.pas342
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UCommon.pas749
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UConfig.pas226
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UCore.pas550
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UCoreModule.pas154
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UCovers.pas455
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UDLLManager.pas278
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UDataBase.pas558
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UDraw.pas1372
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UEditorLyrics.pas252
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UFiles.pas178
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UFont.pas2714
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UGraphic.pas797
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UGraphicClasses.pas720
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UHooks.pas461
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UImage.pas984
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UIni.pas954
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UJoystick.pas312
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/ULanguage.pas265
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/ULog.pas442
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/ULyrics.pas726
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UMain.pas1176
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UModules.pas55
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UMusic.pas1258
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UParty.pas658
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UPlatform.pas196
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UPlatformLinux.pas201
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UPlatformMacOSX.pas320
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UPlatformWindows.pas261
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UPlaylist.pas514
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UPluginInterface.pas186
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UPluginLoader.pas798
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/URecord.pas788
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/URingBuffer.pas153
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UServices.pas384
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/USingNotes.pas42
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/USingScores.pas1010
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/USkins.pas210
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/USong.pas1109
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/USongs.pas831
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UTextEncoding.pas147
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UTexture.pas548
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UThemes.pas2350
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UTime.pas210
-rw-r--r--unicode/src/base/UXMLSong.pas606
48 files changed, 28308 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/TextGL.pas b/unicode/src/base/TextGL.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..11bbd52b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/TextGL.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit TextGL;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+// as long as the transition to freetype is not finished
+// use the old implementation
+{$IFDEF UseFreetype}
+ {$INCLUDE TextGLFreetype.pas}
+{$ELSE}
+uses
+ gl,
+ SDL,
+ UTexture,
+ ULog;
+
+procedure BuildFont; // build our bitmap font
+procedure KillFont; // delete the font
+function glTextWidth(const text: string): real; // returns text width
+procedure glPrint(const text: string); // custom GL "Print" routine
+procedure ResetFont(); // reset font settings of active font
+procedure SetFontPos(X, Y: real); // sets X and Y
+procedure SetFontZ(Z: real); // sets Z
+procedure SetFontSize(Size: real);
+procedure SetFontStyle(Style: integer); // sets active font style (normal, bold, etc)
+procedure SetFontItalic(Enable: boolean); // sets italic type letter (works for all fonts)
+procedure SetFontAspectW(Aspect: real);
+procedure SetFontReflection(Enable:boolean;Spacing: real); // enables/disables text reflection
+
+//function NextPowerOfTwo(Value: integer): integer;
+// Checks if the ttf exists, if yes then a SDL_ttf is returned
+//function LoadFont(FileName: PAnsiChar; PointSize: integer):PTTF_Font;
+// Does the renderstuff, color is in $ffeecc style
+//function RenderText(font: PTTF_Font; Text:PAnsiChar; Color: Cardinal):PSDL_Surface;
+
+type
+ TTextGL = record
+ X: real;
+ Y: real;
+ Z: real;
+ Text: string;
+ Size: real;
+ ColR: real;
+ ColG: real;
+ ColB: real;
+ end;
+
+ PFont = ^TFont;
+ TFont = record
+ Tex: TTexture;
+ Width: array[0..255] of byte;
+ AspectW: real;
+ Centered: boolean;
+ Outline: real;
+ Italic: boolean;
+ Reflection: boolean;
+ ReflectionSpacing: real;
+ end;
+
+
+var
+ Fonts: array of TFont;
+ ActFont: integer;
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ UMain,
+ UCommon,
+ SysUtils,
+ IniFiles,
+ Classes,
+ UGraphic;
+
+var
+ // Colours for the reflection
+ TempColor: array[0..3] of GLfloat;
+
+{**
+ * Load font info.
+ * FontFile is the name of the image (.png) not the data (.dat) file
+ *}
+procedure LoadFontInfo(FontID: integer; const FontFile: string);
+var
+ Stream: TFileStream;
+ DatFile: string;
+begin
+ DatFile := ChangeFileExt(FontFile, '.dat');
+ FillChar(Fonts[FontID].Width[0], Length(Fonts[FontID].Width), 0);
+
+ Stream := nil;
+ try
+ Stream := TFileStream.Create(DatFile, fmOpenRead);
+ Stream.Read(Fonts[FontID].Width, 256);
+ except
+ Log.LogError('Error while reading font['+ inttostr(FontID) +']', 'LoadFontInfo');
+ end;
+ Stream.Free;
+end;
+
+// Builds bitmap fonts
+procedure BuildFont;
+var
+ Count: integer;
+ FontIni: TMemIniFile;
+ FontFile: string; // filename of the image (with .png/... ending)
+begin
+ ActFont := 0;
+
+ SetLength(Fonts, 4);
+ FontIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FontPath + 'fonts.ini');
+
+ // Normal
+
+ FontFile := FontPath + FontIni.ReadString('Normal', 'File', '');
+
+ Fonts[0].Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(true, FontFile, TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+ Fonts[0].Tex.H := 30;
+ Fonts[0].AspectW := 0.9;
+ Fonts[0].Outline := 0;
+
+ LoadFontInfo(0, FontFile);
+
+ // Bold
+
+ FontFile := FontPath + FontIni.ReadString('Bold', 'File', '');
+
+ Fonts[1].Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(true, FontFile, TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+ Fonts[1].Tex.H := 30;
+ Fonts[1].AspectW := 1;
+ Fonts[1].Outline := 0;
+
+ LoadFontInfo(1, FontFile);
+ for Count := 0 to 255 do
+ Fonts[1].Width[Count] := Fonts[1].Width[Count] div 2;
+
+ // Outline1
+
+ FontFile := FontPath + FontIni.ReadString('Outline1', 'File', '');
+
+ Fonts[2].Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(true, FontFile, TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+ Fonts[2].Tex.H := 30;
+ Fonts[2].AspectW := 0.95;
+ Fonts[2].Outline := 5;
+
+ LoadFontInfo(2, FontFile);
+ for Count := 0 to 255 do
+ Fonts[2].Width[Count] := Fonts[2].Width[Count] div 2 + 2;
+
+ // Outline2
+
+ FontFile := FontPath + FontIni.ReadString('Outline2', 'File', '');
+
+ Fonts[3].Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(true, FontFile, TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+ Fonts[3].Tex.H := 30;
+ Fonts[3].AspectW := 0.95;
+ Fonts[3].Outline := 4;
+
+ LoadFontInfo(3, FontFile);
+ for Count := 0 to 255 do
+ Fonts[3].Width[Count] := Fonts[3].Width[Count] + 1;
+
+
+ // close ini-file
+ FontIni.Free;
+end;
+
+// Deletes the font
+procedure KillFont;
+begin
+ // delete all characters
+ //glDeleteLists(..., 256);
+end;
+
+function glTextWidth(const text: string): real;
+var
+ Letter: char;
+ i: integer;
+ Font: PFont;
+begin
+ Result := 0;
+ Font := @Fonts[ActFont];
+
+ for i := 0 to Length(text) -1 do
+ begin
+ Letter := Text[i];
+ Result := Result + Font.Width[Ord(Letter)] * Font.Tex.H / 30 * Font.AspectW;
+ end;
+
+ if ((Result > 0) and Font.Italic) then
+ Result := Result + 12 * Font.Tex.H / 60 * Font.AspectW;
+end;
+
+procedure glPrintLetter(Letter: char);
+var
+ TexX, TexY: real;
+ TexR, TexB: real;
+ TexHeight: real;
+ FWidth: real;
+ PL, PT: real;
+ PR, PB: real;
+ XItal: real; // X shift for italic type letter
+ ReflectionSpacing: real; // Distance of the reflection
+ Font: PFont;
+ Tex: PTexture;
+begin
+ Font := @Fonts[ActFont];
+ Tex := @Font.Tex;
+
+ FWidth := Font.Width[Ord(Letter)];
+
+ Tex.W := FWidth * (Tex.H/30) * Font.AspectW;
+
+ // set texture positions
+ TexX := (ord(Letter) mod 16) * 1/16 + 1/32 - FWidth/1024 - Font.Outline/1024;
+ TexY := (ord(Letter) div 16) * 1/16 + 2/1024;
+ TexR := (ord(Letter) mod 16) * 1/16 + 1/32 + FWidth/1024 + Font.Outline/1024;
+ TexB := (1 + ord(Letter) div 16) * 1/16 - 2/1024;
+
+ TexHeight := TexB - TexY;
+
+ // set vector positions
+ PL := Tex.X - Font.Outline * (Tex.H/30) * Font.AspectW /2;
+ PT := Tex.Y;
+ PR := PL + Tex.W + Font.Outline * (Tex.H/30) * Font.AspectW;
+ PB := PT + Tex.H;
+
+ if (not Font.Italic) then
+ XItal := 0
+ else
+ XItal := 12;
+
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex.TexNum);
+
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexY); glVertex2f(PL+XItal, PT);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexB); glVertex2f(PL, PB);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexB); glVertex2f(PR, PB);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexY); glVertex2f(PR+XItal, PT);
+ glEnd;
+
+ // <mog> Reflection
+ // Yes it would make sense to put this in an extra procedure,
+ // but this works, doesn't take much lines, and is almost lightweight
+ if Font.Reflection then
+ begin
+ ReflectionSpacing := Font.ReflectionSpacing + Tex.H/2;
+
+ glDepthRange(0, 10);
+ glDepthFunc(GL_LEQUAL);
+ glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glColor4f(TempColor[0], TempColor[1], TempColor[2], 0);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexY + TexHeight/2);
+ glVertex3f(PL, PB + ReflectionSpacing - Tex.H/2, Tex.z);
+
+ glColor4f(TempColor[0], TempColor[1], TempColor[2], Tex.Alpha-0.3);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexB );
+ glVertex3f(PL + XItal, PT + ReflectionSpacing, Tex.z);
+
+ glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexB );
+ glVertex3f(PR + XItal, PT + ReflectionSpacing, Tex.z);
+
+ glColor4f(TempColor[0], TempColor[1], TempColor[2], 0);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexY + TexHeight/2);
+ glVertex3f(PR, PB + ReflectionSpacing - Tex.H/2, Tex.z);
+ glEnd;
+
+ glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+ end; // reflection
+
+ glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+ Tex.X := Tex.X + Tex.W;
+
+ //write the colour back
+ glColor4fv(@TempColor);
+end;
+
+// Custom GL "Print" Routine
+procedure glPrint(const Text: string);
+var
+ Pos: integer;
+begin
+ // if there is no text do nothing
+ if (Text = '') then
+ Exit;
+
+ //Save the actual color and alpha (for reflection)
+ glGetFloatv(GL_CURRENT_COLOR, @TempColor);
+
+ for Pos := 1 to Length(Text) do
+ begin
+ glPrintLetter(Text[Pos]);
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure ResetFont();
+begin
+ SetFontPos(0, 0);
+ SetFontZ(0);
+ SetFontItalic(False);
+ SetFontReflection(False, 0);
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontPos(X, Y: real);
+begin
+ Fonts[ActFont].Tex.X := X;
+ Fonts[ActFont].Tex.Y := Y;
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontZ(Z: real);
+begin
+ Fonts[ActFont].Tex.Z := Z;
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontSize(Size: real);
+begin
+ Fonts[ActFont].Tex.H := Size;
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontStyle(Style: integer);
+begin
+ ActFont := Style;
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontItalic(Enable: boolean);
+begin
+ Fonts[ActFont].Italic := Enable;
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontAspectW(Aspect: real);
+begin
+ Fonts[ActFont].AspectW := Aspect;
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontReflection(Enable: boolean; Spacing: real);
+begin
+ Fonts[ActFont].Reflection := Enable;
+ Fonts[ActFont].ReflectionSpacing := Spacing;
+end;
+
+end.
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/TextGLFreetype.pas b/unicode/src/base/TextGLFreetype.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..61b26693
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/TextGLFreetype.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL: https://ultrastardx.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/ultrastardx/trunk/src/base/TextGL.pas $
+ * $Id: TextGL.pas 1483 2008-10-28 19:01:20Z tobigun $
+ *}
+
+(*
+unit TextGL;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+*)
+
+uses
+ gl,
+ glext,
+ SDL,
+ UTexture,
+ UFont,
+ Classes,
+ ULog;
+
+type
+ PGLFont = ^TGLFont;
+ TGLFont = record
+ Font: TScalableFont;
+ X, Y, Z: real;
+ end;
+
+var
+ Fonts: array of TGLFont;
+ ActFont: integer;
+
+procedure BuildFont; // build our bitmap font
+procedure KillFont; // delete the font
+function glTextWidth(const text: string): real; // returns text width
+procedure glPrint(const text: string); // custom GL "Print" routine
+procedure ResetFont(); // reset font settings of active font
+procedure SetFontPos(X, Y: real); // sets X and Y
+procedure SetFontZ(Z: real); // sets Z
+procedure SetFontSize(Size: real);
+procedure SetFontStyle(Style: integer); // sets active font style (normal, bold, etc)
+procedure SetFontItalic(Enable: boolean); // sets italic type letter (works for all fonts)
+procedure SetFontReflection(Enable:boolean;Spacing: real); // enables/disables text reflection
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ UMain,
+ UCommon,
+ UTextEncoding,
+ SysUtils,
+ IniFiles;
+
+function FindFontFile(FontIni: TCustomIniFile; Font: string): string;
+var
+ Filename: string;
+begin
+ Filename := FontIni.ReadString(Font, 'File', '');
+ Result := FontPath + Filename;
+ // if path does not exist, try as an absolute path
+ if (not FileExists(Result)) then
+ Result := Filename;
+end;
+
+procedure BuildFont;
+var
+ FontIni: TMemIniFile;
+ //BitmapFont: TBitmapFont;
+ FontFile: string;
+begin
+ ActFont := 0;
+
+ SetLength(Fonts, 4);
+ FontIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FontPath + 'fontsTTF.ini');
+ //FontIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FontPath + 'fonts.ini');
+
+ try
+
+ // Normal
+ FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Normal');
+ Fonts[0].Font := TFTScalableFont.Create(FontFile, 64);
+ //Fonts[0].Font.GlyphSpacing := 1.4;
+ //Fonts[0].Font.Aspect := 1.2;
+
+ {
+ BitmapFont := TBitmapFont.Create(FontFile, 0, 19, 35, -10);
+ BitmapFont.CorrectWidths(2, 0);
+ Fonts[0].Font := TScalableFont.Create(BitmapFont, false);
+ }
+
+ //Fonts[0].Font.Aspect := 0.9;
+
+ // Bold
+ FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Bold');
+ Fonts[1].Font := TFTScalableFont.Create(FontFile, 64);
+
+ // Outline1
+ FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Outline1');
+ Fonts[2].Font := TFTScalableOutlineFont.Create(FontFile, 64, 0.06);
+ //TFTScalableOutlineFont(Fonts[2].Font).SetOutlineColor(0.3, 0.3, 0.3);
+
+ // Outline2
+ FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Outline2');
+ Fonts[3].Font := TFTScalableOutlineFont.Create(FontFile, 64, 0.08);
+
+ except on E: Exception do
+ Log.LogCritical(E.Message, 'BuildFont');
+ end;
+
+ // close ini-file
+ FontIni.Free;
+end;
+
+
+// Deletes the font
+procedure KillFont;
+begin
+ // delete all characters
+ //glDeleteLists(..., 256);
+end;
+
+function glTextWidth(const text: string): real;
+var
+ Bounds: TBoundsDbl;
+begin
+ // FIXME: remove conversion
+ Bounds := Fonts[ActFont].Font.BBox(RecodeString(Text, encCP1252), true);
+ Result := Bounds.Right - Bounds.Left;
+end;
+
+// Custom GL "Print" Routine
+procedure glPrint(const Text: string);
+var
+ GLFont: PGLFont;
+begin
+ // if there is no text do nothing
+ if (Text = '') then
+ Exit;
+
+ GLFont := @Fonts[ActFont];
+
+ glPushMatrix();
+ // set font position
+ glTranslatef(GLFont.X, GLFont.Y + GLFont.Font.Ascender, GLFont.Z);
+ // draw string
+ // FIXME: remove conversion
+ GLFont.Font.Print(RecodeString(Text, encCP1252));
+ glPopMatrix();
+end;
+
+procedure ResetFont();
+begin
+ SetFontPos(0, 0);
+ SetFontZ(0);
+ SetFontItalic(False);
+ SetFontReflection(False, 0);
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontPos(X, Y: real);
+begin
+ Fonts[ActFont].X := X;
+ Fonts[ActFont].Y := Y;
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontZ(Z: real);
+begin
+ Fonts[ActFont].Z := Z;
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontSize(Size: real);
+begin
+ Fonts[ActFont].Font.Height := Size;
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontStyle(Style: integer);
+begin
+ ActFont := Style;
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontItalic(Enable: boolean);
+begin
+ if (Enable) then
+ Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style + [Italic]
+ else
+ Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style - [Italic]
+end;
+
+procedure SetFontReflection(Enable: boolean; Spacing: real);
+begin
+ if (Enable) then
+ Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style + [Reflect]
+ else
+ Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style - [Reflect];
+ Fonts[ActFont].Font.ReflectionSpacing := Spacing - Fonts[ActFont].Font.Descender;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UCatCovers.pas b/unicode/src/base/UCatCovers.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4fc54199
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UCatCovers.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UCatCovers;
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// UCatCovers by Whiteshark //
+// Class for listing and managing the Category Covers //
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ UIni;
+
+type
+ TCatCovers = class
+ protected
+ cNames: array [0..high(ISorting)] of array of string;
+ cFiles: array [0..high(ISorting)] of array of string;
+ public
+ constructor Create;
+ procedure Load; //Load Cover aus Cover.ini and Cover Folder
+ procedure LoadPath(const CoversPath: string);
+ procedure Add(Sorting: integer; Name, Filename: string); //Add a Cover
+ function CoverExists(Sorting: integer; Name: string): boolean; //Returns True when a cover with the given Name exists
+ function GetCover(Sorting: integer; Name: string): string; //Returns the Filename of a Cover
+ end;
+
+var
+ CatCovers: TCatCovers;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ IniFiles,
+ SysUtils,
+ Classes,
+ // UFiles,
+ UMain,
+ ULog;
+
+constructor TCatCovers.Create;
+begin
+ inherited;
+ Load;
+end;
+
+procedure TCatCovers.Load;
+var
+ I: integer;
+begin
+ for I := 0 to CoverPaths.Count-1 do
+ LoadPath(CoverPaths[I]);
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Load Cover from Cover.ini and Cover Folder
+ *)
+procedure TCatCovers.LoadPath(const CoversPath: string);
+var
+ Ini: TMemIniFile;
+ SR: TSearchRec;
+ List: TStringlist;
+ I, J: Integer;
+ Name, Filename, Temp: string;
+begin
+ Ini := nil;
+ List := nil;
+
+ try
+ Ini := TMemIniFile.Create(CoversPath + 'covers.ini');
+ List := TStringlist.Create;
+
+ //Add every Cover in Covers Ini for Every Sorting option
+ for I := 0 to High(ISorting) do
+ begin
+ Ini.ReadSection(ISorting[I], List);
+
+ for J := 0 to List.Count - 1 do
+ Add(I, List.Strings[J], CoversPath + Ini.ReadString(ISorting[I], List.Strings[J], 'NoCover.jpg'));
+ end;
+ finally
+ Ini.Free;
+ List.Free;
+ end;
+
+ try
+ //Add Covers from Folder
+ if (FindFirst (CoversPath + '*.jpg', faAnyFile, SR) = 0) then
+ repeat
+ //Add Cover if it doesn't exist for every Section
+ Name := SR.Name;
+ Filename := CoversPath + Name;
+ Delete (Name, length(Name) - 3, 4);
+
+ for I := 0 to high(ISorting) do
+ begin
+ Temp := Name;
+ if ((I = sTitle) or (I = sTitle2)) and (Pos ('Title', Temp) <> 0) then
+ Delete (Temp, Pos ('Title', Temp), 5)
+ else if (I = sArtist) or (I = sArtist2) and (Pos ('Artist', Temp) <> 0) then
+ Delete (Temp, Pos ('Artist', Temp), 6);
+
+ if not CoverExists(I, Temp) then
+ Add (I, Temp, Filename);
+ end;
+ until FindNext (SR) <> 0;
+ finally
+ FindClose (SR);
+ end;
+end;
+
+ //Add a Cover
+procedure TCatCovers.Add(Sorting: integer; Name, Filename: string);
+begin
+ if FileExists (Filename) then //If Exists -> Add
+ begin
+ SetLength (CNames[Sorting], Length(CNames[Sorting]) + 1);
+ SetLength (CFiles[Sorting], Length(CNames[Sorting]) + 1);
+
+ CNames[Sorting][high(cNames[Sorting])] := Uppercase(Name);
+ CFiles[Sorting][high(cNames[Sorting])] := FileName;
+ end;
+end;
+
+ //Returns True when a cover with the given Name exists
+function TCatCovers.CoverExists(Sorting: integer; Name: string): boolean;
+var
+ I: Integer;
+begin
+ Result := False;
+ Name := Uppercase(Name); //Case Insensitiv
+
+ for I := 0 to high(cNames[Sorting]) do
+ begin
+ if (cNames[Sorting][I] = Name) then //Found Name
+ begin
+ Result := true;
+ break; //Break For Loop
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+ //Returns the Filename of a Cover
+function TCatCovers.GetCover(Sorting: integer; Name: string): string;
+var
+ I: Integer;
+begin
+ Result := '';
+ Name := Uppercase(Name);
+
+ for I := 0 to high(cNames[Sorting]) do
+ begin
+ if cNames[Sorting][I] = Name then
+ begin
+ Result := cFiles[Sorting][I];
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ //No Cover
+ if (Result = '') then
+ begin
+ for I := 0 to CoverPaths.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ if (FileExists(CoverPaths[I] + 'NoCover.jpg')) then
+ begin
+ Result := CoverPaths[I] + 'NoCover.jpg';
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UCommandLine.pas b/unicode/src/base/UCommandLine.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..281a480d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UCommandLine.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UCommandLine;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+type
+ TScreenMode = (scmDefault, scmFullscreen, scmWindowed);
+
+ {**
+ * Reads infos from ParamStr and set some easy interface variables
+ *}
+ TCMDParams = class
+ private
+ fLanguage: string;
+ fResolution: string;
+
+ procedure ShowHelp();
+
+ procedure ReadParamInfo;
+ procedure ResetVariables;
+
+ function GetLanguage: integer;
+ function GetResolution: integer;
+ public
+ // some boolean variables set when reading infos
+ Debug: boolean;
+ Benchmark: boolean;
+ NoLog: boolean;
+ ScreenMode: TScreenMode;
+ Joypad: boolean;
+
+ // some value variables set when reading infos {-1: Not Set, others: Value}
+ Depth: integer;
+ Screens: integer;
+
+ // some strings set when reading infos {Length=0: Not Set}
+ SongPath: string;
+ ConfigFile: string;
+ ScoreFile: string;
+
+ // pseudo integer values
+ property Language: integer read GetLanguage;
+ property Resolution: integer read GetResolution;
+
+ // some procedures for reading infos
+ constructor Create;
+ end;
+
+var
+ Params: TCMDParams;
+
+const
+ cHelp = 'help';
+ cDebug = 'debug';
+ cMediaInterfaces = 'showinterfaces';
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses SysUtils,
+ UPlatform;
+
+{**
+ * Resets variables and reads info
+ *}
+constructor TCMDParams.Create;
+begin
+ inherited;
+
+ if FindCmdLineSwitch( cHelp ) or FindCmdLineSwitch( 'h' ) then
+ ShowHelp();
+
+ ResetVariables;
+ ReadParamInfo;
+end;
+
+procedure TCMDParams.ShowHelp();
+
+ function Fmt(aString : string) : string;
+ begin
+ Result := Format('%-15s', [aString]);
+ end;
+
+begin
+ writeln;
+ writeln('**************************************************************');
+ writeln(' UltraStar Deluxe - Command line switches ');
+ writeln('**************************************************************');
+ writeln;
+ writeln(' '+ Fmt('Switch') +' : Purpose');
+ writeln(' ----------------------------------------------------------');
+ writeln(' '+ Fmt(cMediaInterfaces) +' : Show in-use media interfaces');
+ writeln(' '+ Fmt(cDebug) +' : Display Debugging info');
+ writeln;
+
+ platform.halt;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Reset Class Variables
+ *}
+procedure TCMDParams.ResetVariables;
+begin
+ Debug := False;
+ Benchmark := False;
+ NoLog := False;
+ ScreenMode := scmDefault;
+ Joypad := False;
+
+ // some value variables set when reading infos {-1: Not Set, others: Value}
+ fResolution := '';
+ fLanguage := '';
+ Depth := -1;
+ Screens := -1;
+
+ // some strings set when reading infos {Length=0 Not Set}
+ SongPath := '';
+ ConfigFile := '';
+ ScoreFile := '';
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Read command-line parameters
+ *}
+procedure TCMDParams.ReadParamInfo;
+var
+ I: integer;
+ PCount: integer;
+ Command: string;
+begin
+ PCount := ParamCount;
+ //Log.LogError('ParamCount: ' + Inttostr(PCount));
+
+ // check all parameters
+ for I := 1 to PCount do
+ begin
+ Command := ParamStr(I);
+ // check if the string is a parameter
+ if (Length(Command) > 1) and (Command[1] = '-') then
+ begin
+ // remove '-' from command
+ Command := LowerCase(Trim(Copy(Command, 2, Length(Command) - 1)));
+ //Log.LogError('Command prepared: ' + Command);
+
+ // check command
+
+ // boolean triggers
+ if (Command = 'debug') then
+ Debug := True
+ else if (Command = 'benchmark') then
+ Benchmark := True
+ else if (Command = 'nolog') then
+ NoLog := True
+ else if (Command = 'fullscreen') then
+ ScreenMode := scmFullscreen
+ else if (Command = 'window') then
+ ScreenMode := scmWindowed
+ else if (Command = 'joypad') then
+ Joypad := True
+
+ // integer variables
+ else if (Command = 'depth') then
+ begin
+ // check if there is another Parameter to get the Value from
+ if (PCount > I) then
+ begin
+ Command := ParamStr(I + 1);
+
+ // check for valid value
+ // FIXME: guessing an array-index of depth is very error prone.
+ If (Command = '16') then
+ Depth := 0
+ Else If (Command = '32') then
+ Depth := 1;
+ end;
+ end
+
+ else if (Command = 'screens') then
+ begin
+ // check if there is another parameter to get the value from
+ if (PCount > I) then
+ begin
+ Command := ParamStr(I + 1);
+
+ // check for valid value
+ If (Command = '1') then
+ Screens := 0
+ Else If (Command = '2') then
+ Screens := 1;
+ end;
+ end
+
+ // pseudo integer values
+ else if (Command = 'language') then
+ begin
+ // check if there is another parameter to get the value from
+ if (PCount > I) then
+ begin
+ // write value to string
+ fLanguage := Lowercase(ParamStr(I + 1));
+ end;
+ end
+
+ else if (Command = 'resolution') then
+ begin
+ // check if there is another parameter to get the value from
+ if (PCount > I) then
+ begin
+ // write value to string
+ fResolution := Lowercase(ParamStr(I + 1));
+ end;
+ end
+
+ // string values
+ else if (Command = 'songpath') then
+ begin
+ // check if there is another parameter to get the value from
+ if (PCount > I) then
+ begin
+ // write value to string
+ SongPath := ParamStr(I + 1);
+ end;
+ end
+
+ else if (Command = 'configfile') then
+ begin
+ // check if there is another parameter to get the value from
+ if (PCount > I) then
+ begin
+ // write value to string
+ ConfigFile := ParamStr(I + 1);
+
+ // is this a relative path -> then add gamepath
+ if Not ((Length(ConfigFile) > 2) AND (ConfigFile[2] = ':')) then
+ ConfigFile := ExtractFilePath(ParamStr(0)) + Configfile;
+ end;
+ end
+
+ else if (Command = 'scorefile') then
+ begin
+ // check if there is another parameter to get the value from
+ if (PCount > I) then
+ begin
+ // write value to string
+ ScoreFile := ParamStr(I + 1);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ end;
+
+ end;
+
+{
+ Log.LogInfo('Screens: ' + Inttostr(Screens));
+ Log.LogInfo('Depth: ' + Inttostr(Depth));
+
+ Log.LogInfo('Resolution: ' + Inttostr(Resolution));
+ Log.LogInfo('Resolution: ' + Inttostr(Language));
+
+ Log.LogInfo('sResolution: ' + sResolution);
+ Log.LogInfo('sLanguage: ' + sLanguage);
+
+ Log.LogInfo('ConfigFile: ' + ConfigFile);
+ Log.LogInfo('SongPath: ' + SongPath);
+ Log.LogInfo('ScoreFile: ' + ScoreFile);
+}
+
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// GetLanguage - Get Language ID from saved String Information
+//-------------
+function TCMDParams.GetLanguage: integer;
+{var
+ I: integer;
+}
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+{* JB - 12sep07 to remove uINI dependency
+
+ //Search for Language
+ For I := 0 to high(ILanguage) do
+ if (LowerCase(ILanguage[I]) = sLanguage) then
+ begin
+ Result := I;
+ Break;
+ end;
+*}
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// GetResolution - Get Resolution ID from saved String Information
+//-------------
+function TCMDParams.GetResolution: integer;
+{var
+ I: integer;
+}
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+{* JB - 12sep07 to remove uINI dependency
+
+ //Search for Resolution
+ For I := 0 to high(IResolution) do
+ if (LowerCase(IResolution[I]) = sResolution) then
+ begin
+ Result := I;
+ Break;
+ end;
+*}
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UCommon.pas b/unicode/src/base/UCommon.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a52349c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UCommon.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,749 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UCommon;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ SysUtils,
+ Classes,
+ {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+ Windows,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ sdl,
+ UConfig,
+ ULog;
+
+type
+ TMessageType = ( mtInfo, mtError );
+
+procedure ShowMessage( const msg : String; msgType: TMessageType = mtInfo );
+
+procedure ConsoleWriteLn(const msg: string);
+
+function RWopsFromStream(Stream: TStream): PSDL_RWops;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+function RandomRange(aMin: Integer; aMax: Integer) : Integer;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function StringReplaceW(text : WideString; search, rep: WideChar):WideString;
+function AdaptFilePaths( const aPath : widestring ): widestring;
+
+procedure DisableFloatingPointExceptions();
+procedure SetDefaultNumericLocale();
+procedure RestoreNumericLocale();
+
+{$IFNDEF MSWINDOWS}
+ procedure ZeroMemory( Destination: Pointer; Length: DWORD );
+ function MakeLong(a, b: Word): Longint;
+ (*
+ #define LOBYTE(a) (BYTE)(a)
+ #define HIBYTE(a) (BYTE)((a)>>8)
+ #define LOWORD(a) (WORD)(a)
+ #define HIWORD(a) (WORD)((a)>>16)
+ #define MAKEWORD(a,b) (WORD)(((a)&0xff)|((b)<<8))
+ *)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+function FileExistsInsensitive(var FileName: string): boolean;
+
+(*
+ * Character classes
+ *)
+
+function IsAlphaChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+function IsNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+function IsPunctuationChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+function IsControlChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+
+// A stable alternative to TList.Sort() (use TList.Sort() if applicable, see below)
+procedure MergeSort(List: TList; CompareFunc: TListSortCompare);
+
+function GetAlignedMem(Size: cardinal; Alignment: integer): Pointer;
+procedure FreeAlignedMem(P: Pointer);
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ Math,
+ {$IFDEF Delphi}
+ Dialogs,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ UMain;
+
+
+// data used by the ...Locale() functions
+{$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
+
+var
+ PrevNumLocale: string;
+
+const
+ LC_NUMERIC = 1;
+
+function setlocale(category: integer; locale: pchar): pchar; cdecl; external 'c' name 'setlocale';
+
+{$IFEND}
+
+// In Linux and maybe MacOSX some units (like cwstring) call setlocale(LC_ALL, '')
+// to set the language/country specific locale (e.g. charset) for this application.
+// Unfortunately, LC_NUMERIC is set by this call too.
+// It defines the decimal-separator and other country-specific numeric settings.
+// This parameter is used by the C string-to-float parsing functions atof() and strtod().
+// After changing LC_NUMERIC some external C-based libs (like projectM) are not
+// able to parse strings correctly
+// (e.g. in Germany "0.9" is not recognized as a valid number anymore but "0,9" is).
+// So we reset the numeric settings to the default ('C').
+// Note: The behaviour of Pascal parsing functions (e.g. strtofloat()) is not
+// changed by this because it doesn't use the locale-settings.
+// TODO:
+// - Check if this is needed in MacOSX (at least the locale is set in cwstring)
+// - Find out which libs are concerned by this problem.
+// If only projectM is concerned by this problem set and restore the numeric locale
+// for each call to projectM instead of changing it globally.
+procedure SetDefaultNumericLocale();
+begin
+ {$IF Defined(LINUX) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
+ PrevNumLocale := setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, nil);
+ setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, 'C');
+ {$IFEND}
+end;
+
+procedure RestoreNumericLocale();
+begin
+ {$IF Defined(LINUX) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
+ setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, PChar(PrevNumLocale));
+ {$IFEND}
+end;
+
+(*
+ * If an invalid floating point operation was performed the Floating-point unit (FPU)
+ * generates a Floating-point exception (FPE). Dependending on the settings in
+ * the FPU's control-register (interrupt mask) the FPE is handled by the FPU itself
+ * (we will call this as "FPE disabled" later on) or is passed to the application
+ * (FPE enabled).
+ * If FPEs are enabled a floating-point division by zero (e.g. 10.0 / 0.0) is
+ * considered an error and an exception is thrown. Otherwise the FPU will handle
+ * the error and return the result infinity (INF) (10.0 / 0.0 = INF) without
+ * throwing an error to the application.
+ * The same applies to a division by INF that either raises an exception
+ * (FPE enabled) or returns 0.0 (FPE disabled).
+ * Normally (as with C-programs), Floating-point exceptions (FPE) are DISABLED
+ * on program startup (at least with Intel CPUs), but for some strange reasons
+ * they are ENABLED in pascal (both delphi and FPC) by default.
+ * Many libs operating with floating-point values rely heavily on the C-specific
+ * behaviour. So using them in delphi is a ticking time-bomb because sooner or
+ * later they will crash because of an FPE (this problem occurs massively
+ * in OpenGL-based libs like projectM). In contrast to this no error will occur
+ * if the lib is linked to a C-program.
+ *
+ * Further info on FPUs:
+ * For x86 and x86_64 CPUs we have to consider two FPU instruction sets.
+ * The math co-processor i387 (aka 8087 or x87) set introduced with the i386
+ * and SSE (Streaming SIMD Extensions) introduced with the Pentium3.
+ * Both of them have separate control-registers (x87: FPUControlWord, SSE: MXCSR)
+ * to control FPEs. Either has (among others) 6bits to enable/disable several
+ * exception types (Invalid,Denormalized,Zero,Overflow,Underflow,Precision).
+ * Those exception-types must all be masked (=1) to get the default C behaviour.
+ * The control-registers can be set with the asm-ops FLDCW (x87) and LDMXCSR (SSE).
+ * Instead of using assembler code, we can use Set8087CW() provided by delphi and
+ * FPC to set the x87 control-word. FPC also provides SetSSECSR() for SSE's MXCSR.
+ * Note that both Delphi and FPC enable FPEs (e.g. for div-by-zero) on program
+ * startup but only FPC enables FPEs (especially div-by-zero) for SSE too.
+ * So we have to mask FPEs for x87 in Delphi and FPC and for SSE in FPC only.
+ * FPC and Delphi both provide a SetExceptionMask() for control of the FPE
+ * mask. SetExceptionMask() sets the masks for x87 in Delphi and for x87 and SSE
+ * in FPC (seems as if Delphi [2005] is not SSE aware). So SetExceptionMask()
+ * is what we need and it even is plattform and CPU independent.
+ *
+ * Pascal OpenGL headers (like the Delphi standard ones or JEDI-SDL headers)
+ * already call Set8087CW() to disable FPEs but due to some bugs in the JEDI-SDL
+ * headers they do not work properly with FPC. I already patched them, so they
+ * work at least until they are updated the next time. In addition Set8086CW()
+ * does not suffice to disable FPEs because the SSE FPEs are not disabled by this.
+ * FPEs with SSE are a big problem with some libs because many linux distributions
+ * optimize code for SSE or Pentium3 (for example: int(INF) which convert the
+ * double value "infinity" to an integer might be automatically optimized by
+ * using SSE's CVTSD2SI instruction). So SSE FPEs must be turned off in any case
+ * to make USDX portable.
+ *
+ * Summary:
+ * Call this function on initialization to make sure FPEs are turned off.
+ * It will solve a lot of errors with FPEs in external libs.
+ *)
+procedure DisableFloatingPointExceptions();
+begin
+ (*
+ // We will use SetExceptionMask() instead of Set8087CW()/SetSSECSR().
+ // Note: Leave these lines for documentation purposes just in case
+ // SetExceptionMask() does not work anymore (due to bugs in FPC etc.).
+ {$IF Defined(CPU386) or Defined(CPUI386) or Defined(CPUX86_64)}
+ Set8087CW($133F);
+ {$IFEND}
+ {$IF Defined(FPC)}
+ if (has_sse_support) then
+ SetSSECSR($1F80);
+ {$IFEND}
+ *)
+
+ // disable all of the six FPEs (x87 and SSE) to be compatible with C/C++ and
+ // other libs which rely on the standard FPU behaviour (no div-by-zero FPE anymore).
+ SetExceptionMask([exInvalidOp, exDenormalized, exZeroDivide,
+ exOverflow, exUnderflow, exPrecision]);
+end;
+
+function StringReplaceW(text : WideString; search, rep: WideChar) : WideString;
+var
+ iPos : integer;
+// sTemp : WideString;
+begin
+(*
+ result := text;
+ iPos := Pos(search, result);
+ while (iPos > 0) do
+ begin
+ sTemp := copy(result, iPos + length(search), length(result));
+ result := copy(result, 1, iPos - 1) + rep + sTEmp;
+ iPos := Pos(search, result);
+ end;
+*)
+ result := text;
+
+ if search = rep then
+ exit;
+
+ for iPos := 1 to length(result) do
+ begin
+ if result[iPos] = search then
+ result[iPos] := rep;
+ end;
+end;
+
+function AdaptFilePaths( const aPath : widestring ): widestring;
+begin
+ result := StringReplaceW( aPath, '\', PathDelim );//, [rfReplaceAll] );
+end;
+
+
+{$IFNDEF MSWINDOWS}
+procedure ZeroMemory( Destination: Pointer; Length: DWORD );
+begin
+ FillChar( Destination^, Length, 0 );
+end;
+
+function MakeLong(A, B: Word): Longint;
+begin
+ Result := (LongInt(B) shl 16) + A;
+end;
+
+(*
+function QueryPerformanceCounter(lpPerformanceCount:TLARGEINTEGER):Bool;
+
+ // From http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RDTSC
+ function RDTSC: Int64; register;
+ asm
+ rdtsc
+ end;
+
+begin
+ // Use clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, ...) here (but not from the libc unit)
+ lpPerformanceCount := RDTSC();
+ result := true;
+end;
+
+function QueryPerformanceFrequency(lpFrequency:TLARGEINTEGER):Bool;
+begin
+ // clock_getres(CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)
+ lpFrequency := 0;
+ result := true;
+end;
+*)
+{$ENDIF}
+
+// Checks if a regular files or directory with the given name exists.
+// The comparison is case insensitive.
+function FileExistsInsensitive(var FileName: string): boolean;
+var
+ FilePath, LocalFileName: string;
+ SearchInfo: TSearchRec;
+begin
+{$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
+ // speed up standard case
+ if FileExists(FileName) then
+ begin
+ Result := true;
+ exit;
+ end;
+
+ Result := false;
+
+ FilePath := ExtractFilePath(FileName);
+ if (FindFirst(FilePath+'*', faAnyFile, SearchInfo) = 0) then
+ begin
+ LocalFileName := ExtractFileName(FileName);
+ repeat
+ if (AnsiSameText(LocalFileName, SearchInfo.Name)) then
+ begin
+ FileName := FilePath + SearchInfo.Name;
+ Result := true;
+ break;
+ end;
+ until (FindNext(SearchInfo) <> 0);
+ end;
+ FindClose(SearchInfo);
+{$ELSE}
+ // Windows and Mac OS X do not have case sensitive file systems
+ Result := FileExists(FileName);
+{$IFEND}
+end;
+
+// +++++++++++++++++++++ helpers for RWOpsFromStream() +++++++++++++++
+function SdlStreamSeek( context : PSDL_RWops; offset : Integer; whence : Integer ) : integer; cdecl;
+var
+ stream : TStream;
+ origin : Word;
+begin
+ stream := TStream( context.unknown );
+ if ( stream = nil ) then
+ raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamSeek on nil' );
+ case whence of
+ 0 : origin := soFromBeginning; // Offset is from the beginning of the resource. Seek moves to the position Offset. Offset must be >= 0.
+ 1 : origin := soFromCurrent; // Offset is from the current position in the resource. Seek moves to Position + Offset.
+ 2 : origin := soFromEnd;
+ else
+ origin := soFromBeginning; // just in case
+ end;
+ Result := stream.Seek( offset, origin );
+end;
+
+function SdlStreamRead( context : PSDL_RWops; Ptr : Pointer; size : Integer; maxnum: Integer ) : Integer; cdecl;
+var
+ stream : TStream;
+begin
+ stream := TStream( context.unknown );
+ if ( stream = nil ) then
+ raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamRead on nil' );
+ try
+ Result := stream.read( Ptr^, Size * maxnum ) div size;
+ except
+ Result := -1;
+ end;
+end;
+
+function SDLStreamClose( context : PSDL_RWops ) : Integer; cdecl;
+var
+ stream : TStream;
+begin
+ stream := TStream( context.unknown );
+ if ( stream = nil ) then
+ raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamClose on nil' );
+ stream.Free;
+ Result := 1;
+end;
+// -----------------------------------------------
+
+(*
+ * Creates an SDL_RWops handle from a TStream.
+ * The stream and RWops must be freed by the user after usage.
+ * Use SDL_FreeRW(...) to free the RWops data-struct.
+ *)
+function RWopsFromStream(Stream: TStream): PSDL_RWops;
+begin
+ Result := SDL_AllocRW();
+ if (Result = nil) then
+ Exit;
+
+ // set RW-callbacks
+ with Result^ do
+ begin
+ unknown := TUnknown(Stream);
+ seek := SDLStreamSeek;
+ read := SDLStreamRead;
+ write := nil;
+ close := SDLStreamClose;
+ type_ := 2;
+ end;
+end;
+
+
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+function RandomRange(aMin: Integer; aMax: Integer) : Integer;
+begin
+ RandomRange := Random(aMax-aMin) + aMin ;
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+var
+ MessageList: TStringList;
+ ConsoleHandler: TThreadID;
+ // Note: TRTLCriticalSection is defined in the units System and Libc, use System one
+ ConsoleCriticalSection: System.TRTLCriticalSection;
+ ConsoleEvent: PRTLEvent;
+ ConsoleQuit: boolean;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(*
+ * Write to console if one is available.
+ * It checks if a console is available before output so it will not
+ * crash on windows if none is available.
+ * Do not use this function directly because it is not thread-safe,
+ * use ConsoleWriteLn() instead.
+ *)
+procedure _ConsoleWriteLn(const aString: string); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+begin
+ {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+ // sanity check to avoid crashes with writeln()
+ if (IsConsole) then
+ begin
+ {$ENDIF}
+ Writeln(aString);
+ {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+ end;
+ {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+{*
+ * The console-handlers main-function.
+ * TODO: create a quit-event on closing.
+ *}
+function ConsoleHandlerFunc(param: pointer): PtrInt;
+var
+ i: integer;
+ quit: boolean;
+begin
+ quit := false;
+ while (not quit) do
+ begin
+ // wait for new output or quit-request
+ RTLeventWaitFor(ConsoleEvent);
+
+ System.EnterCriticalSection(ConsoleCriticalSection);
+ // output pending messages
+ for i := 0 to MessageList.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ _ConsoleWriteLn(MessageList[i]);
+ end;
+ MessageList.Clear();
+
+ // use local quit-variable to avoid accessing
+ // ConsoleQuit outside of the critical section
+ if (ConsoleQuit) then
+ quit := true;
+
+ RTLeventResetEvent(ConsoleEvent);
+ System.LeaveCriticalSection(ConsoleCriticalSection);
+ end;
+ result := 0;
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+procedure InitConsoleOutput();
+begin
+ {$IFDEF FPC}
+ // init thread-safe output
+ MessageList := TStringList.Create();
+ System.InitCriticalSection(ConsoleCriticalSection);
+ ConsoleEvent := RTLEventCreate();
+ ConsoleQuit := false;
+ // must be a thread managed by FPC. Otherwise (e.g. SDL-thread)
+ // it will crash when using Writeln.
+ ConsoleHandler := BeginThread(@ConsoleHandlerFunc);
+ {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+procedure FinalizeConsoleOutput();
+begin
+ {$IFDEF FPC}
+ // terminate console-handler
+ System.EnterCriticalSection(ConsoleCriticalSection);
+ ConsoleQuit := true;
+ RTLeventSetEvent(ConsoleEvent);
+ System.LeaveCriticalSection(ConsoleCriticalSection);
+ WaitForThreadTerminate(ConsoleHandler, 0);
+ // free data
+ System.DoneCriticalsection(ConsoleCriticalSection);
+ RTLeventDestroy(ConsoleEvent);
+ MessageList.Free();
+ {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+{*
+ * FPC uses threadvars (TLS) managed by FPC for console output locking.
+ * Using WriteLn() from external threads (like in SDL callbacks)
+ * will crash the program as those threadvars have never been initialized.
+ * The solution is to create an FPC-managed thread which has the TLS data
+ * and use it to handle the console-output (hence it is called Console-Handler)
+ *}
+procedure ConsoleWriteLn(const msg: string);
+begin
+{$IFDEF CONSOLE}
+ {$IFDEF FPC}
+ // TODO: check for the main-thread and use a simple _ConsoleWriteLn() then?
+ //GetCurrentThreadThreadId();
+ System.EnterCriticalSection(ConsoleCriticalSection);
+ MessageList.Add(msg);
+ RTLeventSetEvent(ConsoleEvent);
+ System.LeaveCriticalSection(ConsoleCriticalSection);
+ {$ELSE}
+ _ConsoleWriteLn(msg);
+ {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+procedure ShowMessage(const msg: String; msgType: TMessageType);
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+var Flags: Cardinal;
+{$ENDIF}
+begin
+{$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
+ case msgType of
+ mtInfo: Flags := MB_ICONINFORMATION or MB_OK;
+ mtError: Flags := MB_ICONERROR or MB_OK;
+ else Flags := MB_OK;
+ end;
+ MessageBox(0, PChar(msg), PChar(USDXVersionStr()), Flags);
+{$ELSE}
+ ConsoleWriteln(msg);
+{$IFEND}
+end;
+
+function IsAlphaChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+ // TODO: add chars > 255 when unicode-fonts work?
+ case ch of
+ 'A'..'Z', // A-Z
+ 'a'..'z', // a-z
+ #170,#181,#186,
+ #192..#214,
+ #216..#246,
+ #248..#255:
+ Result := true;
+ else
+ Result := false;
+ end;
+end;
+
+function IsNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+ case ch of
+ '0'..'9':
+ Result := true;
+ else
+ Result := false;
+ end;
+end;
+
+function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+ Result := (IsAlphaChar(ch) or IsNumericChar(ch));
+end;
+
+function IsPunctuationChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+ // TODO: add chars outside of Latin1 basic (0..127)?
+ case ch of
+ ' '..'/',':'..'@','['..'`','{'..'~':
+ Result := true;
+ else
+ Result := false;
+ end;
+end;
+
+function IsControlChar(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+ case ch of
+ #0..#31,
+ #127..#159:
+ Result := true;
+ else
+ Result := false;
+ end;
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Recursive part of the MergeSort algorithm.
+ * OutList will be either InList or TempList and will be swapped in each
+ * depth-level of recursion. By doing this it we can directly merge into the
+ * output-list. If we only had In- and OutList parameters we had to merge into
+ * InList after the recursive calls and copy the data to the OutList afterwards.
+ *)
+procedure _MergeSort(InList, TempList, OutList: TList; StartPos, BlockSize: integer;
+ CompareFunc: TListSortCompare);
+var
+ LeftSize, RightSize: integer; // number of elements in left/right block
+ LeftEnd, RightEnd: integer; // Index after last element in left/right block
+ MidPos: integer; // index of first element in right block
+ Pos: integer; // position in output list
+begin
+ LeftSize := BlockSize div 2;
+ RightSize := BlockSize - LeftSize;
+ MidPos := StartPos + LeftSize;
+
+ // sort left and right halves of this block by recursive calls of this function
+ if (LeftSize >= 2) then
+ _MergeSort(InList, OutList, TempList, StartPos, LeftSize, CompareFunc)
+ else
+ TempList[StartPos] := InList[StartPos];
+ if (RightSize >= 2) then
+ _MergeSort(InList, OutList, TempList, MidPos, RightSize, CompareFunc)
+ else
+ TempList[MidPos] := InList[MidPos];
+
+ // merge sorted left and right sub-lists into output-list
+ LeftEnd := MidPos;
+ RightEnd := StartPos + BlockSize;
+ Pos := StartPos;
+ while ((StartPos < LeftEnd) and (MidPos < RightEnd)) do
+ begin
+ if (CompareFunc(TempList[StartPos], TempList[MidPos]) <= 0) then
+ begin
+ OutList[Pos] := TempList[StartPos];
+ Inc(StartPos);
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ OutList[Pos] := TempList[MidPos];
+ Inc(MidPos);
+ end;
+ Inc(Pos);
+ end;
+
+ // copy remaining elements to output-list
+ while (StartPos < LeftEnd) do
+ begin
+ OutList[Pos] := TempList[StartPos];
+ Inc(StartPos);
+ Inc(Pos);
+ end;
+ while (MidPos < RightEnd) do
+ begin
+ OutList[Pos] := TempList[MidPos];
+ Inc(MidPos);
+ Inc(Pos);
+ end;
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Stable alternative to the instable TList.Sort() (uses QuickSort) implementation.
+ * A stable sorting algorithm preserves preordered items. E.g. if sorting by
+ * songs by title first and artist afterwards, the songs of each artist will
+ * be ordered by title. In contrast to this an unstable algorithm (like QuickSort)
+ * may destroy an existing order, so the songs of an artist will not be ordered
+ * by title anymore after sorting by artist in the previous example.
+ * If you do not need a stable algorithm, use TList.Sort() instead.
+ *)
+procedure MergeSort(List: TList; CompareFunc: TListSortCompare);
+var
+ TempList: TList;
+begin
+ TempList := TList.Create();
+ TempList.Count := List.Count;
+ if (List.Count >= 2) then
+ _MergeSort(List, TempList, List, 0, List.Count, CompareFunc);
+ TempList.Free;
+end;
+
+
+type
+ // stores the unaligned pointer of data allocated by GetAlignedMem()
+ PMemAlignHeader = ^TMemAlignHeader;
+ TMemAlignHeader = Pointer;
+
+(**
+ * Use this function to assure that allocated memory is aligned on a specific
+ * byte boundary.
+ * Alignment must be a power of 2.
+ *
+ * Important: Memory allocated with GetAlignedMem() MUST be freed with
+ * FreeAlignedMem(), FreeMem() will cause a segmentation fault.
+ *
+ * Hint: If you do not need dynamic memory, consider to allocate memory
+ * statically and use the {$ALIGN x} compiler directive. Note that delphi
+ * supports an alignment "x" of up to 8 bytes only whereas FPC supports
+ * alignments on 16 and 32 byte boundaries too.
+ *)
+{$WARNINGS OFF}
+function GetAlignedMem(Size: cardinal; Alignment: integer): Pointer;
+var
+ OrigPtr: Pointer;
+const
+ MIN_ALIGNMENT = 16;
+begin
+ // Delphi and FPC (tested with 2.2.0) align memory blocks allocated with
+ // GetMem() at least on 8 byte boundaries. Delphi uses a minimal alignment
+ // of either 8 or 16 bytes depending on the size of the requested block
+ // (see System.GetMinimumBlockAlignment). As we do not want to change the
+ // boundary for the worse, we align at least on MIN_ALIGN.
+ if (Alignment < MIN_ALIGNMENT) then
+ Alignment := MIN_ALIGNMENT;
+
+ // allocate unaligned memory
+ GetMem(OrigPtr, SizeOf(TMemAlignHeader) + Size + Alignment);
+ if (OrigPtr = nil) then
+ begin
+ Result := nil;
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ // reserve space for the header
+ Result := Pointer(PtrUInt(OrigPtr) + SizeOf(TMemAlignHeader));
+ // align memory
+ Result := Pointer(PtrUInt(Result) + Alignment - PtrUInt(Result) mod Alignment);
+
+ // set header with info on old pointer for FreeMem
+ PMemAlignHeader(PtrUInt(Result) - SizeOf(TMemAlignHeader))^ := OrigPtr;
+end;
+{$WARNINGS ON}
+
+{$WARNINGS OFF}
+procedure FreeAlignedMem(P: Pointer);
+begin
+ if (P <> nil) then
+ FreeMem(PMemAlignHeader(PtrUInt(P) - SizeOf(TMemAlignHeader))^);
+end;
+{$WARNINGS ON}
+
+
+initialization
+ InitConsoleOutput();
+
+finalization
+ FinalizeConsoleOutput();
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UConfig.pas b/unicode/src/base/UConfig.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cb663e2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UConfig.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UConfig;
+
+// -------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Note on version comparison (for developers only):
+// -------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Delphi (in contrast to FPC) DOESN'T support MACROS. So we
+// can't define a macro like VERSION_MAJOR(version) to extract
+// parts of the version-number or to create version numbers for
+// comparison purposes as with a MAKE_VERSION(maj, min, rev) macro.
+// So we have to define constants for every part of the version here.
+//
+// In addition FPC (in contrast to delphi) DOES NOT support floating-
+// point numbers in $IF compiler-directives (e.g. {$IF VERSION > 1.23})
+// It also DOESN'T support arithmetic operations so we aren't able to
+// compare versions this way (brackets aren't supported too):
+// {$IF VERSION > ((VER_MAJ*2)+(VER_MIN*23)+(VER_REL*1))}
+//
+// Hence we have to use fixed numbers in the directives. At least
+// Pascal allows leading 0s so 0005 equals 5 (octals are
+// preceded by & and not by 0 in FPC).
+// We also fix the count of digits for each part of the version number
+// to 3 (aaaiiirrr with aaa=major, iii=minor, rrr=release version)
+//
+// A check for a library with at least a version of 2.5.11 would look
+// like this:
+// {$IF LIB_VERSION >= 002005011}
+//
+// If you just need to check the major version do this:
+// {$IF LIB_VERSION_MAJOR >= 23}
+//
+// IMPORTANT:
+// Because this unit must be included in a uses-section it is
+// not possible to use the version-numbers in this uses-clause.
+// Example:
+// interface
+// uses
+// versions, // include this file
+// {$IF USE_UNIT_XYZ}xyz;{$IFEND} // Error: USE_UNIT_XYZ not defined
+// const
+// {$IF USE_UNIT_XYZ}test = 2;{$IFEND} // OK
+// uses
+// {$IF USE_UNIT_XYZ}xyz;{$IFEND} // OK
+//
+// Even if this file was an include-file no constants could be declared
+// before the interface's uses clause.
+// In FPC macros {$DEFINE VER:= 3} could be used to declare the version-numbers
+// but this is incompatible to Delphi. In addition macros do not allow expand
+// arithmetic expressions. Although you can define
+// {$DEFINE FPC_VER:= FPC_VERSION*1000000+FPC_RELEASE*1000+FPC_PATCH}
+// the following check would fail:
+// {$IF FPC_VERSION_INT >= 002002000}
+// would fail because FPC_VERSION_INT is interpreted as a string.
+//
+// PLEASE consider this if you use version numbers in $IF compiler-
+// directives. Otherwise you might break portability.
+// -------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+ {$MACRO ON} // for evaluation of FPC_VERSION/RELEASE/PATCH
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ Sysutils;
+
+const
+ // IMPORTANT:
+ // If IncludeConstants is defined, the const-sections
+ // of the config-file will be included too.
+ // This switch is necessary because it is not possible to
+ // include the const-sections in the switches.inc.
+ // switches.inc is always included before the first uses-
+ // section but at that place no const-section is allowed.
+ // So we have to include the config-file in switches.inc
+ // with IncludeConstants undefined and in UConfig.pas with
+ // IncludeConstants defined (see the note above).
+ {$DEFINE IncludeConstants}
+
+ // include config-file (defines + constants)
+ {$IF Defined(MSWindows)}
+ {$I ../config-win.inc}
+ {$ELSEIF Defined(Linux)}
+ {$I ../config-linux.inc}
+ {$ELSEIF Defined(FreeBSD)}
+ {$I ../config-freebsd.inc}
+ {$ELSEIF Defined(Darwin)}
+ {$I ../config-darwin.inc}
+ {$ELSE}
+ {$MESSAGE Fatal 'Unknown OS'}
+ {$IFEND}
+
+{* Libraries *}
+
+ VERSION_MAJOR = 1000000;
+ VERSION_MINOR = 1000;
+ VERSION_RELEASE = 1;
+
+ (*
+ * Current version of UltraStar Deluxe
+ *)
+ USDX_VERSION_MAJOR = 1;
+ USDX_VERSION_MINOR = 1;
+ USDX_VERSION_RELEASE = 0;
+ USDX_VERSION_STATE = 'Alpha';
+ USDX_STRING = 'UltraStar Deluxe';
+
+ (*
+ * FPC version numbers are already defined as built-in macros:
+ * FPC_VERSION (MAJOR)
+ * FPC_RELEASE (MINOR)
+ * FPC_PATCH (RELEASE)
+ * Since FPC_VERSION is already defined, we will use FPC_VERSION_INT as
+ * composed version number.
+ *)
+ {$IFNDEF FPC}
+ // Delphi 7 evaluates every $IF-directive even if it is disabled by a surrounding
+ // $IF or $IFDEF so the follwing will give you an error in delphi:
+ // {$IFDEF FPC}{$IF (FPC_VERSION > 2)}...{$IFEND}{$ENDIF}
+ // The reason for this error is that FPC_VERSION is not a valid constant.
+ // To avoid this error, we define dummys here.
+ FPC_VERSION = 0;
+ FPC_RELEASE = 0;
+ FPC_PATCH = 0;
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ FPC_VERSION_INT = (FPC_VERSION * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+ (FPC_RELEASE * VERSION_MINOR) +
+ (FPC_PATCH * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+
+ {$IFDEF HaveFFmpeg}
+
+ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION = (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+ (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+ (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+ LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION = (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+ (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+ (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION = (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+ (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+ (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+
+ {$IFDEF HaveSWScale}
+ LIBSWSCALE_VERSION = (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+ (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+ (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ {$IFDEF HaveProjectM}
+ PROJECTM_VERSION = (PROJECTM_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+ (PROJECTM_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+ (PROJECTM_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ {$IFDEF HavePortaudio}
+ PORTAUDIO_VERSION = (PORTAUDIO_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+ (PORTAUDIO_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+ (PORTAUDIO_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ {$IFDEF HaveLibsamplerate}
+ LIBSAMPLERATE_VERSION = (LIBSAMPLERATE_VERSION_MAJOR * VERSION_MAJOR) +
+ (LIBSAMPLERATE_VERSION_MINOR * VERSION_MINOR) +
+ (LIBSAMPLERATE_VERSION_RELEASE * VERSION_RELEASE);
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+function USDXVersionStr(): string;
+function USDXShortVersionStr(): string;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ StrUtils, Math;
+
+function USDXShortVersionStr(): string;
+begin
+ Result :=
+ USDX_STRING +
+ IfThen(USDX_VERSION_STATE <> '', ' '+USDX_VERSION_STATE);
+end;
+
+function USDXVersionStr(): string;
+begin
+ Result :=
+ USDX_STRING + ' V ' +
+ IntToStr(USDX_VERSION_MAJOR) + '.' +
+ IntToStr(USDX_VERSION_MINOR) + '.' +
+ IntToStr(USDX_VERSION_RELEASE) +
+ IfThen(USDX_VERSION_STATE <> '', ' '+USDX_VERSION_STATE) +
+ ' Build';
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UCore.pas b/unicode/src/base/UCore.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..901f2f96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UCore.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UCore;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ uPluginDefs,
+ uCoreModule,
+ UHooks,
+ UServices,
+ UModules;
+
+{*********************
+ TCore
+ Class manages all CoreModules, teh StartUp, teh MainLoop and the shutdown process
+ Also it does some Error Handling, and maybe sometime multithreaded Loading ;)
+*********************}
+
+type
+ TModuleListItem = record
+ Module: TCoreModule; //Instance of the Modules Class
+ Info: TModuleInfo; //ModuleInfo returned by Modules Modulinfo Proc
+ NeedsDeInit: Boolean; //True if Module was succesful inited
+ end;
+
+ TCore = class
+ private
+ //Some Hook Handles. See Plugin SDKs Hooks.txt for Infos
+ hLoadingFinished: THandle;
+ hMainLoop: THandle;
+ hTranslate: THandle;
+ hLoadTextures: THandle;
+ hExitQuery: THandle;
+ hExit: THandle;
+ hDebug: THandle;
+ hError: THandle;
+ sReportError: THandle;
+ sReportDebug: THandle;
+ sShowMessage: THandle;
+ sRetranslate: THandle;
+ sReloadTextures: THandle;
+ sGetModuleInfo: THandle;
+ sGetApplicationHandle: THandle;
+
+ Modules: Array [0..High(CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD)] of TModuleListItem;
+
+ //Cur + Last Executed Setting and Getting ;)
+ iCurExecuted: Integer;
+ iLastExecuted: Integer;
+
+ procedure SetCurExecuted(Value: Integer);
+
+ //Function Get all Modules and Creates them
+ function GetModules: Boolean;
+
+ //Loads Core and all Modules
+ function Load: Boolean;
+
+ //Inits Core and all Modules
+ function Init: Boolean;
+
+ //DeInits Core and all Modules
+ function DeInit: Boolean;
+
+ //Load the Core
+ function LoadCore: Boolean;
+
+ //Init the Core
+ function InitCore: Boolean;
+
+ //DeInit the Core
+ function DeInitCore: Boolean;
+
+ //Called one Time per Frame
+ function MainLoop: Boolean;
+
+ public
+ Hooks: THookManager; //Teh Hook Manager ;)
+ Services: TServiceManager;//The Service Manager
+
+ Name: String; //Name of this Application
+ Version: LongWord; //Version of this ". For Info Look PluginDefs Functions
+
+ LastErrorReporter:String; //Who Reported the Last Error String
+ LastErrorString: String; //Last Error String reported
+
+ property CurExecuted: Integer read iCurExecuted write SetCurExecuted; //ID of Plugin or Module curently Executed
+ property LastExecuted: Integer read iLastExecuted;
+
+ //---------------
+ //Main Methods to control the Core:
+ //---------------
+ constructor Create(const cName: String; const cVersion: LongWord);
+
+ //Starts Loading and Init Process. Then Runs MainLoop. DeInits on Shutdown
+ procedure Run;
+
+ //Method for other Classes to get Pointer to a specific Module
+ function GetModulebyName(const Name: String): PCoreModule;
+
+ //--------------
+ // Hook and Service Procs:
+ //--------------
+ function ShowMessage(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Shows a Message (lParam: PChar Text, wParam: Symbol)
+ function ReportError(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Shows a Message (wParam: Pchar(Message), lParam: PChar(Reportername))
+ function ReportDebug(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Shows a Message (wParam: Pchar(Message), lParam: PChar(Reportername))
+ function Retranslate(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Calls Translate hook
+ function ReloadTextures(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Calls LoadTextures hook
+ function GetModuleInfo(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //If lParam = nil then get length of Moduleinfo Array. If lparam <> nil then write array of TModuleInfo to address at lparam
+ function GetApplicationHandle(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Returns Application Handle
+ end;
+
+var
+ Core: TCore;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ {$IFDEF win32}
+ Windows,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ SysUtils;
+
+//-------------
+// Create - Creates Class + Hook and Service Manager
+//-------------
+constructor TCore.Create(const cName: String; const cVersion: LongWord);
+begin
+ inherited Create;
+
+ Name := cName;
+ Version := cVersion;
+ iLastExecuted := 0;
+ iCurExecuted := 0;
+
+ LastErrorReporter := '';
+ LastErrorString := '';
+
+ Hooks := THookManager.Create(50);
+ Services := TServiceManager.Create;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Starts Loading and Init Process. Then Runs MainLoop. DeInits on Shutdown
+//-------------
+procedure TCore.Run;
+var
+ Success: Boolean;
+
+ procedure HandleError(const ErrorMsg: string);
+ begin
+ if (LastErrorString <> '') then
+ Self.ShowMessage(CORE_SM_ERROR, PChar(ErrorMsg + ': ' + LastErrorString))
+ else
+ Self.ShowMessage(CORE_SM_ERROR, PChar(ErrorMsg));
+
+ //DeInit
+ DeInit;
+ end;
+
+begin
+ //Get Modules
+ try
+ Success := GetModules();
+ except
+ Success := False;
+ end;
+
+ if (not Success) then
+ begin
+ HandleError('Error Getting Modules');
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ //Loading
+ try
+ Success := Load();
+ except
+ Success := False;
+ end;
+
+ if (not Success) then
+ begin
+ HandleError('Error loading Modules');
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ //Init
+ try
+ Success := Init();
+ except
+ Success := False;
+ end;
+
+ if (not Success) then
+ begin
+ HandleError('Error initing Modules');
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ //Call Translate Hook
+ if (Hooks.CallEventChain(hTranslate, 0, nil) <> 0) then
+ begin
+ HandleError('Error translating');
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ //Calls LoadTextures Hook
+ if (Hooks.CallEventChain(hLoadTextures, 0, nil) <> 0) then
+ begin
+ HandleError('Error loading textures');
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ //Calls Loading Finished Hook
+ if (Hooks.CallEventChain(hLoadingFinished, 0, nil) <> 0) then
+ begin
+ HandleError('Error calling LoadingFinished Hook');
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ //Start MainLoop
+ while Success do
+ begin
+ Success := MainLoop();
+ // to-do : Call Display Draw here
+ end;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Called one Time per Frame
+//-------------
+function TCore.MainLoop: Boolean;
+begin
+ Result := False;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Function Get all Modules and Creates them
+//-------------
+function TCore.GetModules: Boolean;
+var
+ i: Integer;
+begin
+ Result := False;
+ for i := 0 to high(Modules) do
+ begin
+ try
+ Modules[i].NeedsDeInit := False;
+ Modules[i].Module := CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD[i].Create;
+ Modules[i].Module.Info(@Modules[i].Info);
+ except
+ ReportError(Integer(PChar('Can''t get module #' + InttoStr(i) + ' "' + Modules[i].Info.Name + '"')), PChar('Core'));
+ Exit;
+ end;
+ end;
+ Result := True;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Loads Core and all Modules
+//-------------
+function TCore.Load: Boolean;
+var
+ i: Integer;
+begin
+ Result := LoadCore;
+
+ for i := 0 to High(CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD) do
+ begin
+ try
+ Result := Modules[i].Module.Load;
+ except
+ Result := False;
+ end;
+
+ if (not Result) then
+ begin
+ ReportError(Integer(PChar('Error loading module #' + InttoStr(i) + ' "' + Modules[i].Info.Name + '"')), PChar('Core'));
+ break;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Inits Core and all Modules
+//-------------
+function TCore.Init: Boolean;
+var
+ i: Integer;
+begin
+ Result := InitCore;
+
+ for i := 0 to High(CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD) do
+ begin
+ try
+ Result := Modules[i].Module.Init;
+ except
+ Result := False;
+ end;
+
+ if (not Result) then
+ begin
+ ReportError(Integer(PChar('Error initing module #' + InttoStr(i) + ' "' + Modules[i].Info.Name + '"')), PChar('Core'));
+ break;
+ end;
+
+ Modules[i].NeedsDeInit := Result;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//DeInits Core and all Modules
+//-------------
+function TCore.DeInit: boolean;
+var
+ i: integer;
+begin
+
+ for i := High(CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD) downto 0 do
+ begin
+ try
+ if (Modules[i].NeedsDeInit) then
+ Modules[i].Module.DeInit;
+ except
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ DeInitCore;
+
+ Result := true;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Load the Core
+//-------------
+function TCore.LoadCore: Boolean;
+begin
+ hLoadingFinished := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/LoadingFinished');
+ hMainLoop := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/MainLoop');
+ hTranslate := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/Translate');
+ hLoadTextures := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/LoadTextures');
+ hExitQuery := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/ExitQuery');
+ hExit := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/Exit');
+ hDebug := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/NewDebugInfo');
+ hError := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/NewError');
+
+ sReportError := Services.AddService('Core/ReportError', nil, Self.ReportError);
+ sReportDebug := Services.AddService('Core/ReportDebug', nil, Self.ReportDebug);
+ sShowMessage := Services.AddService('Core/ShowMessage', nil, Self.ShowMessage);
+ sRetranslate := Services.AddService('Core/Retranslate', nil, Self.Retranslate);
+ sReloadTextures := Services.AddService('Core/ReloadTextures', nil, Self.ReloadTextures);
+ sGetModuleInfo := Services.AddService('Core/GetModuleInfo', nil, Self.GetModuleInfo);
+ sGetApplicationHandle := Services.AddService('Core/GetApplicationHandle', nil, Self.GetApplicationHandle);
+
+ //A little Test
+ Hooks.AddSubscriber('Core/NewError', HookTest);
+
+ result := true;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Init the Core
+//-------------
+function TCore.InitCore: Boolean;
+begin
+ //Don not init something atm.
+ result := true;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//DeInit the Core
+//-------------
+function TCore.DeInitCore: Boolean;
+begin
+ // TODO: write TService-/HookManager.Free and call it here
+ Result := true;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Method for other classes to get pointer to a specific module
+//-------------
+function TCore.GetModuleByName(const Name: String): PCoreModule;
+var i: Integer;
+begin
+ Result := nil;
+ for i := 0 to High(Modules) do
+ begin
+ if (Modules[i].Info.Name = Name) then
+ begin
+ Result := @Modules[i].Module;
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Shows a MessageDialog (lParam: PChar Text, wParam: Symbol)
+//-------------
+function TCore.ShowMessage(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+var Params: Cardinal;
+{$ENDIF}
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+
+ {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+ if (lParam <> nil) then
+ begin
+ Params := MB_OK;
+ case wParam of
+ CORE_SM_ERROR: Params := Params or MB_ICONERROR;
+ CORE_SM_WARNING: Params := Params or MB_ICONWARNING;
+ CORE_SM_INFO: Params := Params or MB_ICONINFORMATION;
+ end;
+
+ //Show:
+ Result := Messagebox(0, lParam, PChar(Name), Params);
+ end;
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ // TODO: write ShowMessage for other OSes
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Calls NewError HookChain (wParam: Pchar(Message), lParam: PChar(Reportername))
+//-------------
+function TCore.ReportError(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+begin
+ //Update LastErrorReporter and LastErrorString
+ LastErrorReporter := String(PChar(lParam));
+ LastErrorString := String(PChar(Pointer(wParam)));
+
+ Hooks.CallEventChain(hError, wParam, lParam);
+
+ // FIXME: return a correct result
+ Result := 0;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Calls NewDebugInfo HookChain (wParam: Pchar(Message), lParam: PChar(Reportername))
+//-------------
+function TCore.ReportDebug(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+begin
+ Hooks.CallEventChain(hDebug, wParam, lParam);
+
+ // FIXME: return a correct result
+ Result := 0;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Calls Translate hook
+//-------------
+function TCore.Retranslate(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+begin
+ Hooks.CallEventChain(hTranslate, 1, nil);
+
+ // FIXME: return a correct result
+ Result := 0;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Calls LoadTextures hook
+//-------------
+function TCore.ReloadTextures(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+begin
+ Hooks.CallEventChain(hLoadTextures, 1, nil);
+
+ // FIXME: return a correct result
+ Result := 0;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// If lParam = nil then get length of Moduleinfo Array. If lparam <> nil then write array of TModuleInfo to address at lparam
+//-------------
+function TCore.GetModuleInfo(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+var
+ I: integer;
+begin
+ if (Pointer(lParam) = nil) then
+ begin
+ Result := Length(Modules);
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ try
+ for I := 0 to High(Modules) do
+ begin
+ AModuleInfo(Pointer(lParam))[I].Name := Modules[I].Info.Name;
+ AModuleInfo(Pointer(lParam))[I].Version := Modules[I].Info.Version;
+ AModuleInfo(Pointer(lParam))[I].Description := Modules[I].Info.Description;
+ end;
+ Result := Length(Modules);
+ except
+ Result := -1;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Returns Application Handle
+//-------------
+function TCore.GetApplicationHandle(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+begin
+ Result := hInstance;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Called when setting CurExecuted
+//-------------
+procedure TCore.SetCurExecuted(Value: Integer);
+begin
+ //Set Last Executed
+ iLastExecuted := iCurExecuted;
+
+ //Set Cur Executed
+ iCurExecuted := Value;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UCoreModule.pas b/unicode/src/base/UCoreModule.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b87fec85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UCoreModule.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UCoreModule;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+{*********************
+ TCoreModule
+ Dummy class that has methods that will be called from core
+ In the best case every piece of this software is a module
+*********************}
+uses
+ UPluginDefs;
+
+type
+ PCoreModule = ^TCoreModule;
+ TCoreModule = class
+ public
+ Constructor Create; virtual;
+
+ //Function that gives some Infos about the Module to the Core
+ Procedure Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo); virtual;
+
+ //Is Called on Loading.
+ //In this Method only Events and Services should be created
+ //to offer them to other Modules or Plugins during the Init process
+ //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
+ Function Load: Boolean; virtual;
+
+ //Is Called on Init Process
+ //In this Method you can Hook some Events and Create + Init
+ //your Classes, Variables etc.
+ //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
+ Function Init: Boolean; virtual;
+
+ //Is Called during Mainloop before 'Core/MainLoop' Hook and Drawing
+ //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
+ Function MainLoop: Boolean; virtual;
+
+ //Is Called if this Module has been Inited and there is a Exit.
+ //Deinit is in backwards Initing Order
+ //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
+ Procedure DeInit; virtual;
+
+ //Is Called if this Module will be unloaded and has been created
+ //Should be used to Free Memory
+ Destructor Destroy; override;
+ end;
+ cCoreModule = class of TCoreModule;
+
+implementation
+
+//-------------
+// Just the Constructor
+//-------------
+Constructor TCoreModule.Create;
+begin
+ //Dummy maaaan ;)
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Function that gives some Infos about the Module to the Core
+//-------------
+Procedure TCoreModule.Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo);
+begin
+ pInfo^.Name := 'Not Set';
+ pInfo^.Version := 0;
+ pInfo^.Description := 'Not Set';
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Is Called on Loading.
+//In this Method only Events and Services should be created
+//to offer them to other Modules or Plugins during the Init process
+//If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
+//-------------
+Function TCoreModule.Load: Boolean;
+begin
+ //Dummy ftw!!
+ Result := True;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Is Called on Init Process
+//In this Method you can Hook some Events and Create + Init
+//your Classes, Variables etc.
+//If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
+//-------------
+Function TCoreModule.Init: Boolean;
+begin
+ //Dummy ftw!!
+ Result := True;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Is Called during Mainloop before 'Core/MainLoop' Hook and Drawing
+//If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
+//-------------
+Function TCoreModule.MainLoop: Boolean;
+begin
+ //Dummy ftw!!
+ Result := True;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Is Called if this Module has been Inited and there is a Exit.
+//Deinit is in backwards Initing Order
+//-------------
+Procedure TCoreModule.DeInit;
+begin
+ //Dummy ftw!!
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Is Called if this Module will be unloaded and has been created
+//Should be used to Free Memory
+//-------------
+Destructor TCoreModule.Destroy;
+begin
+ //Dummy ftw!!
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UCovers.pas b/unicode/src/base/UCovers.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a1705674
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UCovers.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,455 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UCovers;
+
+{
+ TODO:
+ - adjust database to new song-loading (e.g. use SongIDs)
+ - support for deletion of outdated covers
+ - support for update of changed covers
+ - use paths relative to the song for removable disks support
+ (a drive might have a different drive-name the next time it is connected,
+ so "H:/songs/..." will not match "I:/songs/...")
+}
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ SDL,
+ SQLite3,
+ SQLiteTable3,
+ SysUtils,
+ Classes,
+ UImage,
+ UTexture;
+
+type
+ ECoverDBException = class(Exception)
+ end;
+
+ TCover = class
+ private
+ ID: int64;
+ Filename: WideString;
+ public
+ constructor Create(ID: int64; Filename: WideString);
+ function GetPreviewTexture(): TTexture;
+ function GetTexture(): TTexture;
+ end;
+
+ TThumbnailInfo = record
+ CoverWidth: integer; // Original width of cover
+ CoverHeight: integer; // Original height of cover
+ PixelFormat: TImagePixelFmt; // Pixel-format of thumbnail
+ end;
+
+ TCoverDatabase = class
+ private
+ DB: TSQLiteDatabase;
+ procedure InitCoverDatabase();
+ function CreateThumbnail(const Filename: WideString; var Info: TThumbnailInfo): PSDL_Surface;
+ function LoadCover(CoverID: int64): TTexture;
+ procedure DeleteCover(CoverID: int64);
+ function FindCoverIntern(const Filename: WideString): int64;
+ procedure Open();
+ function GetVersion(): integer;
+ procedure SetVersion(Version: integer);
+ public
+ constructor Create();
+ destructor Destroy; override;
+ function AddCover(const Filename: WideString): TCover;
+ function FindCover(const Filename: WideString): TCover;
+ function CoverExists(const Filename: WideString): boolean;
+ function GetMaxCoverSize(): integer;
+ procedure SetMaxCoverSize(Size: integer);
+ end;
+
+ TBlobWrapper = class(TCustomMemoryStream)
+ function Write(const Buffer; Count: Integer): Integer; override;
+ end;
+
+var
+ Covers: TCoverDatabase;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ UMain,
+ ULog,
+ UPlatform,
+ UIni,
+ Math,
+ DateUtils;
+
+const
+ COVERDB_FILENAME = 'cover.db';
+ COVERDB_VERSION = 01; // 0.1
+ COVER_TBL = 'Cover';
+ COVER_THUMBNAIL_TBL = 'CoverThumbnail';
+ COVER_IDX = 'Cover_Filename_IDX';
+
+// Note: DateUtils.DateTimeToUnix() will throw an exception in FPC
+function DateTimeToUnixTime(time: TDateTime): int64;
+begin
+ Result := Round((time - UnixDateDelta) * SecsPerDay);
+end;
+
+// Note: DateUtils.UnixToDateTime() will throw an exception in FPC
+function UnixTimeToDateTime(timestamp: int64): TDateTime;
+begin
+ Result := timestamp / SecsPerDay + UnixDateDelta;
+end;
+
+
+{ TBlobWrapper }
+
+function TBlobWrapper.Write(const Buffer; Count: Integer): Integer;
+begin
+ SetPointer(Pointer(Buffer), Count);
+ Result := Count;
+end;
+
+
+{ TCover }
+
+constructor TCover.Create(ID: int64; Filename: WideString);
+begin
+ Self.ID := ID;
+ Self.Filename := Filename;
+end;
+
+function TCover.GetPreviewTexture(): TTexture;
+begin
+ Result := Covers.LoadCover(ID);
+end;
+
+function TCover.GetTexture(): TTexture;
+begin
+ Result := Texture.LoadTexture(Filename);
+end;
+
+
+{ TCoverDatabase }
+
+constructor TCoverDatabase.Create();
+begin
+ inherited;
+
+ Open();
+ InitCoverDatabase();
+end;
+
+destructor TCoverDatabase.Destroy;
+begin
+ DB.Free;
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+function TCoverDatabase.GetVersion(): integer;
+begin
+ Result := DB.GetTableValue('PRAGMA user_version');
+end;
+
+procedure TCoverDatabase.SetVersion(Version: integer);
+begin
+ DB.ExecSQL(Format('PRAGMA user_version = %d', [Version]));
+end;
+
+function TCoverDatabase.GetMaxCoverSize(): integer;
+begin
+ Result := ITextureSizeVals[Ini.TextureSize];
+end;
+
+procedure TCoverDatabase.SetMaxCoverSize(Size: integer);
+var
+ I: integer;
+begin
+ // search for first valid cover-size > Size
+ for I := 0 to Length(ITextureSizeVals)-1 do
+ begin
+ if (Size <= ITextureSizeVals[I]) then
+ begin
+ Ini.TextureSize := I;
+ Exit;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ // fall-back to highest size
+ Ini.TextureSize := High(ITextureSizeVals);
+end;
+
+procedure TCoverDatabase.Open();
+var
+ Version: integer;
+ Filename: string;
+begin
+ Filename := UTF8Encode(Platform.GetGameUserPath() + COVERDB_FILENAME);
+
+ DB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename);
+ Version := GetVersion();
+
+ // check version, if version is too old/new, delete database file
+ if ((Version <> 0) and (Version <> COVERDB_VERSION)) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogInfo('Outdated cover-database file found', 'TCoverDatabase.Open');
+ // close and delete outdated file
+ DB.Free;
+ if (not DeleteFile(Filename)) then
+ raise ECoverDBException.Create('Could not delete ' + Filename);
+ // reopen
+ DB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename);
+ Version := 0;
+ end;
+
+ // set version number after creation
+ if (Version = 0) then
+ SetVersion(COVERDB_VERSION);
+
+ // speed-up disk-writing. The default FULL-synchronous mode is too slow.
+ // With this option disk-writing is approx. 4 times faster but the database
+ // might be corrupted if the OS crashes, although this is very unlikely.
+ DB.ExecSQL('PRAGMA synchronous = OFF;');
+
+ // the next line rather gives a slow-down instead of a speed-up, so we do not use it
+ //DB.ExecSQL('PRAGMA temp_store = MEMORY;');
+end;
+
+procedure TCoverDatabase.InitCoverDatabase();
+begin
+ DB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ['+COVER_TBL+'] (' +
+ '[ID] INTEGER NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY AUTOINCREMENT, ' +
+ '[Filename] TEXT UNIQUE NOT NULL, ' +
+ '[Date] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' +
+ '[Width] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' +
+ '[Height] INTEGER NOT NULL ' +
+ ')');
+
+ DB.ExecSQL('CREATE INDEX IF NOT EXISTS ['+COVER_IDX+'] ON ['+COVER_TBL+'](' +
+ '[Filename] ASC' +
+ ')');
+
+ DB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ['+COVER_THUMBNAIL_TBL+'] (' +
+ '[ID] INTEGER NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY, ' +
+ '[Format] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' +
+ '[Width] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' +
+ '[Height] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' +
+ '[Data] BLOB NULL' +
+ ')');
+end;
+
+function TCoverDatabase.FindCoverIntern(const Filename: WideString): int64;
+begin
+ Result := DB.GetTableValue('SELECT [ID] FROM ['+COVER_TBL+'] ' +
+ 'WHERE [Filename] = ?',
+ [UTF8Encode(Filename)]);
+end;
+
+function TCoverDatabase.FindCover(const Filename: WideString): TCover;
+var
+ CoverID: int64;
+begin
+ Result := nil;
+ try
+ CoverID := FindCoverIntern(Filename);
+ if (CoverID > 0) then
+ Result := TCover.Create(CoverID, Filename);
+ except on E: Exception do
+ Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TCoverDatabase.FindCover');
+ end;
+end;
+
+function TCoverDatabase.CoverExists(const Filename: WideString): boolean;
+begin
+ Result := false;
+ try
+ Result := (FindCoverIntern(Filename) > 0);
+ except on E: Exception do
+ Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TCoverDatabase.CoverExists');
+ end;
+end;
+
+function TCoverDatabase.AddCover(const Filename: WideString): TCover;
+var
+ CoverID: int64;
+ Thumbnail: PSDL_Surface;
+ CoverData: TBlobWrapper;
+ FileDate: TDateTime;
+ Info: TThumbnailInfo;
+begin
+ Result := nil;
+
+ //if (not FileExists(Filename)) then
+ // Exit;
+
+ // TODO: replace '\' with '/' in filename
+ FileDate := Now(); //FileDateToDateTime(FileAge(Filename));
+
+ Thumbnail := CreateThumbnail(Filename, Info);
+ if (Thumbnail = nil) then
+ Exit;
+
+ CoverData := TBlobWrapper.Create;
+ CoverData.Write(Thumbnail^.pixels, Thumbnail^.h * Thumbnail^.pitch);
+
+ try
+ // Note: use a transaction to speed-up file-writing.
+ // Without data written by the first INSERT might be moved at the second INSERT.
+ DB.BeginTransaction();
+
+ // add general cover info
+ DB.ExecSQL('INSERT INTO ['+COVER_TBL+'] ' +
+ '([Filename], [Date], [Width], [Height]) VALUES' +
+ '(?, ?, ?, ?)',
+ [UTF8Encode(Filename), DateTimeToUnixTime(FileDate),
+ Info.CoverWidth, Info.CoverHeight]);
+
+ // get auto-generated cover ID
+ CoverID := DB.GetLastInsertRowID();
+
+ // add thumbnail info
+ DB.ExecSQL('INSERT INTO ['+COVER_THUMBNAIL_TBL+'] ' +
+ '([ID], [Format], [Width], [Height], [Data]) VALUES' +
+ '(?, ?, ?, ?, ?)',
+ [CoverID, Ord(Info.PixelFormat),
+ Thumbnail^.w, Thumbnail^.h, CoverData]);
+
+ Result := TCover.Create(CoverID, Filename);
+ except on E: Exception do
+ Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TCoverDatabase.AddCover');
+ end;
+
+ DB.Commit();
+ CoverData.Free;
+ SDL_FreeSurface(Thumbnail);
+end;
+
+function TCoverDatabase.LoadCover(CoverID: int64): TTexture;
+var
+ Width, Height: integer;
+ PixelFmt: TImagePixelFmt;
+ Data: PChar;
+ DataSize: integer;
+ Filename: WideString;
+ Table: TSQLiteUniTable;
+begin
+ Table := nil;
+
+ try
+ Table := DB.GetUniTable(Format(
+ 'SELECT C.[Filename], T.[Format], T.[Width], T.[Height], T.[Data] ' +
+ 'FROM ['+COVER_TBL+'] C ' +
+ 'INNER JOIN ['+COVER_THUMBNAIL_TBL+'] T ' +
+ 'USING(ID) ' +
+ 'WHERE [ID] = %d', [CoverID]));
+
+ Filename := UTF8Decode(Table.FieldAsString(0));
+ PixelFmt := TImagePixelFmt(Table.FieldAsInteger(1));
+ Width := Table.FieldAsInteger(2);
+ Height := Table.FieldAsInteger(3);
+
+ Data := Table.FieldAsBlobPtr(4, DataSize);
+ if (Data <> nil) and
+ (PixelFmt = ipfRGB) then
+ begin
+ Result := Texture.CreateTexture(Data, Filename, Width, Height, 24)
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ FillChar(Result, SizeOf(TTexture), 0);
+ end;
+ except on E: Exception do
+ Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TCoverDatabase.LoadCover');
+ end;
+
+ Table.Free;
+end;
+
+procedure TCoverDatabase.DeleteCover(CoverID: int64);
+begin
+ DB.ExecSQL(Format('DELETE FROM ['+COVER_TBL+'] WHERE [ID] = %d', [CoverID]));
+ DB.ExecSQL(Format('DELETE FROM ['+COVER_THUMBNAIL_TBL+'] WHERE [ID] = %d', [CoverID]));
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Returns a pointer to an array of bytes containing the texture data in the
+ * requested size
+ *)
+function TCoverDatabase.CreateThumbnail(const Filename: WideString; var Info: TThumbnailInfo): PSDL_Surface;
+var
+ //TargetAspect, SourceAspect: double;
+ //TargetWidth, TargetHeight: integer;
+ Thumbnail: PSDL_Surface;
+ MaxSize: integer;
+begin
+ Result := nil;
+
+ MaxSize := GetMaxCoverSize();
+
+ Thumbnail := LoadImage(Filename);
+ if (not assigned(Thumbnail)) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogError('Could not load cover: "'+ Filename +'"', 'TCoverDatabase.AddCover');
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ // Convert pixel format as needed
+ AdjustPixelFormat(Thumbnail, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN);
+
+ Info.CoverWidth := Thumbnail^.w;
+ Info.CoverHeight := Thumbnail^.h;
+ Info.PixelFormat := ipfRGB;
+
+ (* TODO: keep aspect ratio
+ TargetAspect := Width / Height;
+ SourceAspect := TexSurface.w / TexSurface.h;
+
+ // Scale texture to covers dimensions (keep aspect)
+ if (SourceAspect >= TargetAspect) then
+ begin
+ TargetWidth := Width;
+ TargetHeight := Trunc(Width / SourceAspect);
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ TargetHeight := Height;
+ TargetWidth := Trunc(Height * SourceAspect);
+ end;
+ *)
+
+ // TODO: do not scale if image is smaller
+ ScaleImage(Thumbnail, MaxSize, MaxSize);
+
+ Result := Thumbnail;
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UDLLManager.pas b/unicode/src/base/UDLLManager.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cd4b7991
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UDLLManager.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UDLLManager;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ ModiSDK,
+ UFiles;
+
+type
+ TDLLMan = class
+ private
+ hLib: THandle;
+ P_Init: fModi_Init;
+ P_Draw: fModi_Draw;
+ P_Finish: fModi_Finish;
+ P_RData: pModi_RData;
+ public
+ Plugins: array of TPluginInfo;
+ PluginPaths: array of String;
+ Selected: ^TPluginInfo;
+
+ constructor Create;
+
+ procedure GetPluginList;
+ procedure ClearPluginInfo(No: Cardinal);
+ function LoadPluginInfo(Filename: String; No: Cardinal): boolean;
+
+ function LoadPlugin(No: Cardinal): boolean;
+ procedure UnLoadPlugin;
+
+ function PluginInit (const TeamInfo: TTeamInfo; var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; const Sentences: TSentences; const LoadTex: fModi_LoadTex; const Print: fModi_Print; LoadSound: fModi_LoadSound; PlaySound: pModi_PlaySound): boolean;
+ function PluginDraw (var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; const CurSentence: Cardinal): boolean;
+ function PluginFinish (var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo): byte;
+ procedure PluginRData (handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; len: DWORD; user: DWORD);
+ end;
+
+var
+ DLLMan: TDLLMan;
+
+const
+ DLLPath = 'Plugins';
+
+{$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
+ DLLExt = '.dll';
+{$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)}
+ DLLExt = '.dylib';
+{$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
+ DLLExt = '.so';
+{$IFEND}
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+ windows,
+ {$ELSE}
+ dynlibs,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ ULog,
+ SysUtils;
+
+
+constructor TDLLMan.Create;
+begin
+ inherited;
+ SetLength(Plugins, 0);
+ SetLength(PluginPaths, Length(Plugins));
+ GetPluginList;
+end;
+
+procedure TDLLMan.GetPluginList;
+var
+ SR: TSearchRec;
+begin
+
+ if FindFirst(DLLPath +PathDelim+ '*' + DLLExt, faAnyFile , SR) = 0 then
+ begin
+ repeat
+ SetLength(Plugins, Length(Plugins)+1);
+ SetLength(PluginPaths, Length(Plugins));
+
+ if LoadPluginInfo(SR.Name, High(Plugins)) then //Loaded succesful
+ begin
+ PluginPaths[High(PluginPaths)] := SR.Name;
+ end
+ else //Error Loading
+ begin
+ SetLength(Plugins, Length(Plugins)-1);
+ SetLength(PluginPaths, Length(Plugins));
+ end;
+
+ until FindNext(SR) <> 0;
+ FindClose(SR);
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TDLLMan.ClearPluginInfo(No: Cardinal);
+begin
+ //Set to Party Modi Plugin
+ Plugins[No].Typ := 8;
+
+ Plugins[No].Name := 'unknown';
+ Plugins[No].NumPlayers := 0;
+
+ Plugins[No].Creator := 'Nobody';
+ Plugins[No].PluginDesc := 'NO_PLUGIN_DESC';
+
+ Plugins[No].LoadSong := True;
+ Plugins[No].ShowScore := True;
+ Plugins[No].ShowBars := False;
+ Plugins[No].ShowNotes := True;
+ Plugins[No].LoadVideo := True;
+ Plugins[No].LoadBack := True;
+
+ Plugins[No].TeamModeOnly := False;
+ Plugins[No].GetSoundData := False;
+ Plugins[No].Dummy := False;
+
+
+ Plugins[No].BGShowFull := False;
+ Plugins[No].BGShowFull_O := True;
+
+ Plugins[No].ShowRateBar:= False;
+ Plugins[No].ShowRateBar_O := True;
+
+ Plugins[No].EnLineBonus := False;
+ Plugins[No].EnLineBonus_O := True;
+end;
+
+function TDLLMan.LoadPluginInfo(Filename: String; No: Cardinal): boolean;
+var
+ hLibg: THandle;
+ Info: pModi_PluginInfo;
+ //I: Integer;
+begin
+ Result := False;
+ //Clear Plugin Info
+ ClearPluginInfo(No);
+
+ {//Workaround Plugins Loaded 2 Times
+ For I := low(PluginPaths) to high(PluginPaths) do
+ if (PluginPaths[I] = Filename) then
+ exit; }
+
+ //Load Libary
+ hLibg := LoadLibrary(PChar(DLLPath +PathDelim+ Filename));
+ //If Loaded
+ if (hLibg <> 0) then
+ begin
+ //Load Info Procedure
+ @Info := GetProcAddress (hLibg, PChar('PluginInfo'));
+
+ //If Loaded
+ if (@Info <> nil) then
+ begin
+ //Load PluginInfo
+ Info (Plugins[No]);
+ Result := True;
+ end
+ else
+ Log.LogError('Could not Load Plugin "' + Filename + '": Info Procedure not Found');
+
+ FreeLibrary (hLibg);
+ end
+ else
+ Log.LogError('Could not Load Plugin "' + Filename + '": Libary not Loaded');
+end;
+
+function TDLLMan.LoadPlugin(No: Cardinal): boolean;
+begin
+ Result := False;
+ //Load Libary
+ hLib := LoadLibrary(PChar(DLLPath +PathDelim+ PluginPaths[No]));
+ //If Loaded
+ if (hLib <> 0) then
+ begin
+ //Load Info Procedure
+ @P_Init := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('Init'));
+ @P_Draw := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('Draw'));
+ @P_Finish := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('Finish'));
+
+ //If Loaded
+ if (@P_Init <> nil) And (@P_Draw <> nil) And (@P_Finish <> nil) then
+ begin
+ Selected := @Plugins[No];
+ Result := True;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ Log.LogError('Could not Load Plugin "' + PluginPaths[No] + '": Procedures not Found');
+
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ Log.LogError('Could not Load Plugin "' + PluginPaths[No] + '": Libary not Loaded');
+end;
+
+procedure TDLLMan.UnLoadPlugin;
+begin
+if (hLib <> 0) then
+ FreeLibrary (hLib);
+
+//Selected := nil;
+@P_Init := nil;
+@P_Draw := nil;
+@P_Finish := nil;
+@P_RData := nil;
+end;
+
+function TDLLMan.PluginInit (const TeamInfo: TTeamInfo; var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; const Sentences: TSentences; const LoadTex: fModi_LoadTex; const Print: fModi_Print; LoadSound: fModi_LoadSound; PlaySound: pModi_PlaySound): boolean;
+var
+ Methods: TMethodRec;
+begin
+ Methods.LoadTex := LoadTex;
+ Methods.Print := Print;
+ Methods.LoadSound := LoadSound;
+ Methods.PlaySound := PlaySound;
+
+ if (@P_Init <> nil) then
+ Result := P_Init (TeamInfo, PlayerInfo, Sentences, Methods)
+ else
+ Result := False
+end;
+
+function TDLLMan.PluginDraw (var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; const CurSentence: Cardinal): boolean;
+begin
+if (@P_Draw <> nil) then
+ Result := P_Draw (PlayerInfo, CurSentence)
+else
+ Result := False
+end;
+
+function TDLLMan.PluginFinish (var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo): byte;
+begin
+if (@P_Finish <> nil) then
+ Result := P_Finish (PlayerInfo)
+else
+ Result := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TDLLMan.PluginRData (handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; len: DWORD; user: DWORD);
+begin
+if (@P_RData <> nil) then
+ P_RData (handle, buffer, len, user);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UDataBase.pas b/unicode/src/base/UDataBase.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f9d88a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UDataBase.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,558 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UDataBase;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ USongs,
+ USong,
+ Classes,
+ SQLiteTable3;
+
+//--------------------
+//DataBaseSystem - Class including all DB Methods
+//--------------------
+type
+ TStatType = (
+ stBestScores, // Best Scores
+ stBestSingers, // Best Singers
+ stMostSungSong, // Most sung Songs
+ stMostPopBand // Most popular Band
+ );
+
+ // abstract super-class for statistic results
+ TStatResult = class
+ public
+ Typ: TStatType;
+ end;
+
+ TStatResultBestScores = class(TStatResult)
+ public
+ Singer: WideString;
+ Score: Word;
+ Difficulty: Byte;
+ SongArtist: WideString;
+ SongTitle: WideString;
+ end;
+
+ TStatResultBestSingers = class(TStatResult)
+ public
+ Player: WideString;
+ AverageScore: Word;
+ end;
+
+ TStatResultMostSungSong = class(TStatResult)
+ public
+ Artist: WideString;
+ Title: WideString;
+ TimesSung: Word;
+ end;
+
+ TStatResultMostPopBand = class(TStatResult)
+ public
+ ArtistName: WideString;
+ TimesSungTot: Word;
+ end;
+
+
+ TDataBaseSystem = class
+ private
+ ScoreDB: TSQLiteDatabase;
+ fFilename: string;
+
+ function GetVersion(): integer;
+ procedure SetVersion(Version: integer);
+ public
+ property Filename: string read fFilename;
+
+ destructor Destroy; override;
+
+ procedure Init(const Filename: string);
+ procedure ReadScore(Song: TSong);
+ procedure AddScore(Song: TSong; Level: integer; const Name: WideString; Score: integer);
+ procedure WriteScore(Song: TSong);
+
+ function GetStats(Typ: TStatType; Count: Byte; Page: Cardinal; Reversed: Boolean): TList;
+ procedure FreeStats(StatList: TList);
+ function GetTotalEntrys(Typ: TStatType): Cardinal;
+ function GetStatReset: TDateTime;
+ end;
+
+var
+ DataBase: TDataBaseSystem;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ ULog,
+ DateUtils,
+ StrUtils,
+ SysUtils;
+
+const
+ cDBVersion = 01; // 0.1
+ cUS_Scores = 'us_scores';
+ cUS_Songs = 'us_songs';
+ cUS_Statistics_Info = 'us_statistics_info';
+
+(**
+ * Opens Database and Create Tables if not Exist
+ *)
+procedure TDataBaseSystem.Init(const Filename: string);
+var
+ Version: integer;
+begin
+ if Assigned(ScoreDB) then
+ Exit;
+
+ Log.LogStatus('Initializing database: "'+Filename+'"', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init');
+
+ try
+
+ // Open Database
+ ScoreDB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename);
+ fFilename := Filename;
+
+ // Close and delete outdated file
+ Version := GetVersion();
+ if ((Version <> 0) and (Version <> cDBVersion)) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogInfo('Outdated cover-database file found', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init');
+ // Close and delete outdated file
+ ScoreDB.Free;
+ if (not DeleteFile(Filename)) then
+ raise Exception.Create('Could not delete ' + Filename);
+ // Reopen
+ ScoreDB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename);
+ Version := 0;
+ end;
+
+ // Set version number after creation
+ if (Version = 0) then
+ SetVersion(cDBVersion);
+
+
+ // SQLite does not handle VARCHAR(n) or INT(n) as expected.
+ // Texts do not have a restricted length, no matter which type is used,
+ // so use the native TEXT type. INT(n) is always INTEGER.
+ // In addition, SQLiteTable3 will fail if other types than the native SQLite
+ // types are used (especially FieldAsInteger). Also take care to write the
+ // types in upper-case letters although SQLite does not care about this -
+ // SQLiteTable3 is very sensitive in this regard.
+
+ ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ['+cUS_Scores+'] (' +
+ '[SongID] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' +
+ '[Difficulty] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' +
+ '[Player] TEXT NOT NULL, ' +
+ '[Score] INTEGER NOT NULL' +
+ ');');
+
+ ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ['+cUS_Songs+'] (' +
+ '[ID] INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, ' +
+ '[Artist] TEXT NOT NULL, ' +
+ '[Title] TEXT NOT NULL, ' +
+ '[TimesPlayed] INTEGER NOT NULL' +
+ ');');
+
+ if not ScoreDB.TableExists(cUS_Statistics_Info) then
+ begin
+ ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ['+cUS_Statistics_Info+'] (' +
+ '[ResetTime] INTEGER' +
+ ');');
+ // insert creation timestamp
+ ScoreDB.ExecSQL(Format('INSERT INTO ['+cUS_Statistics_Info+'] ' +
+ '([ResetTime]) VALUES(%d);',
+ [DateTimeToUnix(Now())]));
+ end;
+
+ except
+ on E: Exception do
+ begin
+ Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.Init');
+ FreeAndNil(ScoreDB);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Frees Database
+ *)
+destructor TDataBaseSystem.Destroy;
+begin
+ Log.LogInfo('TDataBaseSystem.Free', 'TDataBaseSystem.Destroy');
+ ScoreDB.Free;
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Read Scores into SongArray
+ *)
+procedure TDataBaseSystem.ReadScore(Song: TSong);
+var
+ TableData: TSQLiteUniTable;
+ Difficulty: Integer;
+begin
+ if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then
+ Exit;
+
+ TableData := nil;
+
+ try
+ // Search Song in DB
+ TableData := ScoreDB.GetUniTable(
+ 'SELECT [Difficulty], [Player], [Score] FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' +
+ 'WHERE [SongID] = (' +
+ 'SELECT [ID] FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' +
+ 'WHERE [Artist] = ? AND [Title] = ? ' +
+ 'LIMIT 1) ' +
+ 'ORDER BY [Score] DESC LIMIT 15',
+ [UTF8Encode(Song.Artist), UTF8Encode(Song.Title)]);
+
+ // Empty Old Scores
+ SetLength(Song.Score[0], 0);
+ SetLength(Song.Score[1], 0);
+ SetLength(Song.Score[2], 0);
+
+ // Go through all Entrys
+ while (not TableData.EOF) do
+ begin
+ // Add one Entry to Array
+ Difficulty := TableData.FieldAsInteger(TableData.FieldIndex['Difficulty']);
+ if ((Difficulty >= 0) and (Difficulty <= 2)) and
+ (Length(Song.Score[Difficulty]) < 5) then
+ begin
+ SetLength(Song.Score[Difficulty], Length(Song.Score[Difficulty]) + 1);
+
+ Song.Score[Difficulty, High(Song.Score[Difficulty])].Name :=
+ UTF8Decode(TableData.FieldByName['Player']);
+ Song.Score[Difficulty, High(Song.Score[Difficulty])].Score :=
+ TableData.FieldAsInteger(TableData.FieldIndex['Score']);
+ end;
+
+ TableData.Next;
+ end; // while
+
+ except
+ for Difficulty := 0 to 2 do
+ begin
+ SetLength(Song.Score[Difficulty], 1);
+ Song.Score[Difficulty, 1].Name := 'Error Reading ScoreDB';
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ TableData.Free;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Adds one new score to DB
+ *)
+procedure TDataBaseSystem.AddScore(Song: TSong; Level: integer; const Name: WideString; Score: integer);
+var
+ ID: Integer;
+ TableData: TSQLiteTable;
+begin
+ if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then
+ Exit;
+
+ // Prevent 0 Scores from being added
+ if (Score <= 0) then
+ Exit;
+
+ TableData := nil;
+
+ try
+
+ ID := ScoreDB.GetTableValue(
+ 'SELECT [ID] FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' +
+ 'WHERE [Artist] = ? AND [Title] = ?',
+ [UTF8Encode(Song.Artist), UTF8Encode(Song.Title)]);
+ if (ID = 0) then
+ begin
+ // Create song if it does not exist
+ ScoreDB.ExecSQL(
+ 'INSERT INTO ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' +
+ '([ID], [Artist], [Title], [TimesPlayed]) VALUES ' +
+ '(NULL, ?, ?, 0);',
+ [UTF8Encode(Song.Artist), UTF8Encode(Song.Title)]);
+ // Get song-ID
+ ID := ScoreDB.GetLastInsertRowID();
+ end;
+ // Create new entry
+ ScoreDB.ExecSQL(
+ 'INSERT INTO ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' +
+ '([SongID] ,[Difficulty], [Player], [Score]) VALUES ' +
+ '(?, ?, ?, ?);',
+ [ID, Level, UTF8Encode(Name), Score]);
+
+ // Delete last position when there are more than 5 entrys.
+ // Fixes crash when there are > 5 ScoreEntrys
+ // Note: GetUniTable is not applicable here, as the results are used while
+ // table entries are deleted.
+ TableData := ScoreDB.GetTable(
+ 'SELECT [Player], [Score] FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' +
+ 'WHERE [SongID] = ' + InttoStr(ID) + ' AND ' +
+ '[Difficulty] = ' + InttoStr(Level) +' ' +
+ 'ORDER BY [Score] DESC LIMIT -1 OFFSET 5');
+
+ while (not TableData.EOF) do
+ begin
+ // Note: Score is an int-value, so in contrast to Player, we do not bind
+ // this value. Otherwise we had to convert the string to an int to avoid
+ // an automatic cast of this field to the TEXT type (although it might even
+ // work that way).
+ ScoreDB.ExecSQL(
+ 'DELETE FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' +
+ 'WHERE [SongID] = ' + InttoStr(ID) + ' AND ' +
+ '[Difficulty] = ' + InttoStr(Level) +' AND ' +
+ '[Player] = ? AND ' +
+ '[Score] = ' + TableData.FieldByName['Score'],
+ [TableData.FieldByName['Player']]);
+
+ TableData.Next;
+ end;
+
+ except on E: Exception do
+ Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.AddScore');
+ end;
+
+ TableData.Free;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Not needed with new System.
+ * Used for increment played count
+ *)
+procedure TDataBaseSystem.WriteScore(Song: TSong);
+begin
+ if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then
+ Exit;
+
+ try
+ // Increase TimesPlayed
+ ScoreDB.ExecSQL(
+ 'UPDATE ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' +
+ 'SET [TimesPlayed] = [TimesPlayed] + 1 ' +
+ 'WHERE [Title] = ? AND [Artist] = ?;',
+ [UTF8Encode(Song.Title), UTF8Encode(Song.Artist)]);
+ except on E: Exception do
+ Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.WriteScore');
+ end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Writes some stats to array.
+ * Returns nil if the database is not ready or a list with zero or more statistic
+ * entries.
+ * Free the result-list with FreeStats() after usage to avoid memory leaks.
+ *)
+function TDataBaseSystem.GetStats(Typ: TStatType; Count: Byte; Page: Cardinal; Reversed: Boolean): TList;
+var
+ Query: String;
+ TableData: TSQLiteUniTable;
+ Stat: TStatResult;
+begin
+ Result := nil;
+
+ if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then
+ Exit;
+
+ {Todo: Add Prevention that only players with more than 5 scores are selected at type 2}
+
+ // Create query
+ case Typ of
+ stBestScores: begin
+ Query := 'SELECT [Player], [Difficulty], [Score], [Artist], [Title] FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' +
+ 'INNER JOIN ['+cUS_Songs+'] ON ([SongID] = [ID]) ORDER BY [Score]';
+ end;
+ stBestSingers: begin
+ Query := 'SELECT [Player], ROUND(AVG([Score])) FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' +
+ 'GROUP BY [Player] ORDER BY AVG([Score])';
+ end;
+ stMostSungSong: begin
+ Query := 'SELECT [Artist], [Title], [TimesPlayed] FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' +
+ 'ORDER BY [TimesPlayed]';
+ end;
+ stMostPopBand: begin
+ Query := 'SELECT [Artist], SUM([TimesPlayed]) FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' +
+ 'GROUP BY [Artist] ORDER BY SUM([TimesPlayed])';
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ // Add order direction
+ Query := Query + IfThen(Reversed, ' ASC', ' DESC');
+
+ // Add limit
+ Query := Query + ' LIMIT ' + InttoStr(Count * Page) + ', ' + InttoStr(Count) + ';';
+
+ // Execute query
+ try
+ TableData := ScoreDB.GetUniTable(Query);
+ except
+ on E: Exception do
+ begin
+ Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.GetStats');
+ Exit;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ Result := TList.Create;
+ Stat := nil;
+
+ // Copy result to stats array
+ while not TableData.EOF do
+ begin
+ case Typ of
+ stBestScores: begin
+ Stat := TStatResultBestScores.Create;
+ with TStatResultBestScores(Stat) do
+ begin
+ Singer := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[0]);
+ Difficulty := TableData.FieldAsInteger(1);
+ Score := TableData.FieldAsInteger(2);
+ SongArtist := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[3]);
+ SongTitle := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[4]);
+ end;
+ end;
+ stBestSingers: begin
+ Stat := TStatResultBestSingers.Create;
+ with TStatResultBestSingers(Stat) do
+ begin
+ Player := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[0]);
+ AverageScore := TableData.FieldAsInteger(1);
+ end;
+ end;
+ stMostSungSong: begin
+ Stat := TStatResultMostSungSong.Create;
+ with TStatResultMostSungSong(Stat) do
+ begin
+ Artist := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[0]);
+ Title := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[1]);
+ TimesSung := TableData.FieldAsInteger(2);
+ end;
+ end;
+ stMostPopBand: begin
+ Stat := TStatResultMostPopBand.Create;
+ with TStatResultMostPopBand(Stat) do
+ begin
+ ArtistName := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[0]);
+ TimesSungTot := TableData.FieldAsInteger(1);
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ Log.LogCritical('Unknown stat-type', 'TDataBaseSystem.GetStats');
+ end;
+
+ Stat.Typ := Typ;
+ Result.Add(Stat);
+
+ TableData.Next;
+ end;
+
+ TableData.Free;
+end;
+
+procedure TDataBaseSystem.FreeStats(StatList: TList);
+var
+ I: integer;
+begin
+ if (StatList = nil) then
+ Exit;
+ for I := 0 to StatList.Count-1 do
+ TStatResult(StatList[I]).Free;
+ StatList.Free;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Gets total number of entrys for a stats query
+ *)
+function TDataBaseSystem.GetTotalEntrys(Typ: TStatType): Cardinal;
+var
+ Query: String;
+begin
+ Result := 0;
+
+ if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then
+ Exit;
+
+ try
+ // Create query
+ case Typ of
+ stBestScores:
+ Query := 'SELECT COUNT([SongID]) FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'];';
+ stBestSingers:
+ Query := 'SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT [Player]) FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'];';
+ stMostSungSong:
+ Query := 'SELECT COUNT([ID]) FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'];';
+ stMostPopBand:
+ Query := 'SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT [Artist]) FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'];';
+ end;
+
+ Result := ScoreDB.GetTableValue(Query);
+ except on E: Exception do
+ Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.GetTotalEntrys');
+ end;
+
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Gets reset date of statistic data
+ *)
+function TDataBaseSystem.GetStatReset: TDateTime;
+var
+ Query: string;
+begin
+ Result := 0;
+
+ if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then
+ Exit;
+
+ try
+ Query := 'SELECT [ResetTime] FROM ['+cUS_Statistics_Info+'];';
+ Result := UnixToDateTime(ScoreDB.GetTableValue(Query));
+ except on E: Exception do
+ Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.GetStatReset');
+ end;
+end;
+
+function TDataBaseSystem.GetVersion(): integer;
+begin
+ Result := ScoreDB.GetTableValue('PRAGMA user_version');
+end;
+
+procedure TDataBaseSystem.SetVersion(Version: integer);
+begin
+ ScoreDB.ExecSQL(Format('PRAGMA user_version = %d', [Version]));
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UDraw.pas b/unicode/src/base/UDraw.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d3f19019
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UDraw.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1372 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UDraw;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ UThemes,
+ ModiSDK,
+ UGraphicClasses;
+
+procedure SingDraw;
+procedure SingModiDraw (PlayerInfo: TPlayerInfo);
+procedure SingDrawBackground;
+procedure SingDrawOscilloscope(X, Y, W, H: real; NrSound: integer);
+procedure SingDrawNoteLines(Left, Top, Right: real; Space: integer);
+procedure SingDrawLyricHelper(Left, LyricsMid: real);
+procedure SingDrawBeatDelimeters(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer);
+procedure SingDrawLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer; Space: integer);
+procedure SingDrawPlayerLine(X, Y, W: real; PlayerIndex: integer; Space: integer);
+procedure SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines, PlayerIndex: integer; Space: integer);
+
+// TimeBar
+procedure SingDrawTimeBar();
+
+//Draw Editor NoteLines
+procedure EditDrawLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer; Space: integer);
+
+
+type
+ TRecR = record
+ Top: real;
+ Left: real;
+ Right: real;
+ Bottom: real;
+
+ Width: real;
+ WMid: real;
+ Height: real;
+ HMid: real;
+
+ Mid: real;
+ end;
+
+var
+ NotesW: real;
+ NotesH: real;
+ Starfr: integer;
+ StarfrG: integer;
+
+ //SingBar
+ TickOld: cardinal;
+ TickOld2:cardinal;
+
+const
+ Przedz = 32;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ gl,
+ UGraphic,
+ SysUtils,
+ UMusic,
+ URecord,
+ ULog,
+ UScreenSing,
+ UScreenSingModi,
+ ULyrics,
+ UMain,
+ TextGL,
+ UTexture,
+ UDrawTexture,
+ UIni,
+ Math,
+ UDLLManager;
+
+procedure SingDrawBackground;
+var
+ Rec: TRecR;
+ TexRec: TRecR;
+begin
+ if (ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexNum > 0) then begin
+
+ glClearColor (1, 1, 1, 1);
+ glColor4f (1, 1, 1, 1);
+
+ if (Ini.MovieSize <= 1) then //HalfSize BG
+ begin
+ (* half screen + gradient *)
+ Rec.Top := 110; // 80
+ Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 20;
+ Rec.Left := 0;
+ Rec.Right := 800;
+
+ TexRec.Top := (Rec.Top / 600) * ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexH;
+ TexRec.Bottom := (Rec.Bottom / 600) * ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexH;
+ TexRec.Left := 0;
+ TexRec.Right := ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexW;
+
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexNum);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ (* gradient draw *)
+ (* top *)
+ glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Right, TexRec.Top); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Left, TexRec.Top); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
+ glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Left, TexRec.Bottom); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Right, TexRec.Bottom); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+ (* mid *)
+ Rec.Top := Rec.Bottom;
+ Rec.Bottom := 490 - 20; // 490 - 20
+ TexRec.Top := TexRec.Bottom;
+ TexRec.Bottom := (Rec.Bottom / 600) * ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexH;
+ glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Left, TexRec.Top); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Left, TexRec.Bottom); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Right, TexRec.Bottom); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Right, TexRec.Top); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+ (* bottom *)
+ Rec.Top := Rec.Bottom;
+ Rec.Bottom := 490; // 490
+ TexRec.Top := TexRec.Bottom;
+ TexRec.Bottom := (Rec.Bottom / 600) * ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexH;
+ glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Right, TexRec.Top); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Left, TexRec.Top); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
+ glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Left, TexRec.Bottom); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexRec.Right, TexRec.Bottom); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+
+ glEnd;
+ glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+ end
+ else //Full Size BG
+ begin
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexNum);
+ //glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(0, 0);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexH); glVertex2f(0, 600);
+ glTexCoord2f( ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexW, ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexH); glVertex2f(800, 600);
+ glTexCoord2f( ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexW, 0); glVertex2f(800, 0);
+
+ glEnd;
+ glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ //glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure SingDrawOscilloscope(X, Y, W, H: real; NrSound: integer);
+var
+ SampleIndex: integer;
+ Sound: TCaptureBuffer;
+ MaxX, MaxY: real;
+begin;
+ Sound := AudioInputProcessor.Sound[NrSound];
+
+ // Log.LogStatus('Oscilloscope', 'SingDraw');
+ glColor3f(Skin_OscR, Skin_OscG, Skin_OscB);
+ {if (ParamStr(1) = '-black') or (ParamStr(1) = '-fsblack') then
+ glColor3f(1, 1, 1); }
+
+ MaxX := W-1;
+ MaxY := (H-1) / 2;
+
+ Sound.LockAnalysisBuffer();
+
+ glBegin(GL_LINE_STRIP);
+ for SampleIndex := 0 to High(Sound.AnalysisBuffer) do
+ begin
+ glVertex2f(X + MaxX * SampleIndex/High(Sound.AnalysisBuffer),
+ Y + MaxY * (1 - Sound.AnalysisBuffer[SampleIndex]/-Low(Smallint)));
+ end;
+ glEnd;
+
+ Sound.UnlockAnalysisBuffer();
+end;
+
+
+
+procedure SingDrawNoteLines(Left, Top, Right: real; Space: integer);
+var
+ Count: integer;
+begin
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glColor4f(Skin_P1_LinesR, Skin_P1_LinesG, Skin_P1_LinesB, 0.4);
+ glBegin(GL_LINES);
+ for Count := 0 to 9 do begin
+ glVertex2f(Left, Top + Count * Space);
+ glVertex2f(Right, Top + Count * Space);
+ end;
+ glEnd;
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+end;
+
+procedure SingDrawBeatDelimeters(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer);
+var
+ Count: integer;
+ TempR: real;
+begin
+ TempR := (Right-Left) / (Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glBegin(GL_LINES);
+ for Count := Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start to Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ do begin
+ if (Count mod Lines[NrLines].Resolution) = Lines[NrLines].NotesGAP then
+ glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 1)
+ else
+ glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 0.3);
+ glVertex2f(Left + TempR * (Count - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start), Top);
+ glVertex2f(Left + TempR * (Count - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start), Top + 135);
+ end;
+ glEnd;
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+end;
+
+// draw blank Notebars
+procedure SingDrawLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer; Space: integer);
+var
+ Rec: TRecR;
+ Count: integer;
+ TempR: real;
+
+ PlayerNumber: Integer;
+
+ GoldenStarPos : real;
+
+ lTmpA ,
+ lTmpB : real;
+begin
+// We actually don't have a playernumber in this procedure, it should reside in NrLines - but it's always set to zero
+// So we exploit this behavior a bit - we give NrLines the playernumber, keep it in playernumber - and then we set NrLines to zero
+// This could also come quite in handy when we do the duet mode, cause just the notes for the player that has to sing should be drawn then
+// BUT this is not implemented yet, all notes are drawn! :D
+
+ PlayerNumber := NrLines + 1; // Player 1 is 0
+ NrLines := 0;
+
+// exploit done
+
+ glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+ lTmpA := (Right-Left);
+ lTmpB := (Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start);
+
+ if ( lTmpA > 0 ) AND
+ ( lTmpB > 0 ) THEN
+ begin
+ TempR := lTmpA / lTmpB;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ TempR := 0;
+ end;
+
+
+ with Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current] do begin
+ for Count := 0 to HighNote do begin
+ with Note[Count] do begin
+ if NoteType <> ntFreestyle then begin
+
+
+ if Ini.EffectSing = 0 then
+ // If Golden note Effect of then Change not Color
+ begin
+ case NoteType of
+ ntNormal: glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1); // We set alpha to 1, cause we can control the transparency through the png itself
+ ntGolden: glColor4f(1, 1, 0.3, 1); // no stars, paint yellow -> glColor4f(1, 1, 0.3, 0.85); - we could
+ end; // case
+ end //Else all Notes same Color
+ else
+ glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1); // We set alpha to 1, cause we can control the transparency through the png itself
+ // Czesci == teil, element == piece, element | koniec == end / ending
+ // lewa czesc - left part
+ Rec.Left := (Start-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX;
+ Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW;
+ Rec.Top := Top - (Tone-BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH;
+ Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * NotesH;
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_plain_Left[PlayerNumber].TexNum);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+ glEnd;
+
+ //We keep the postion of the top left corner b4 it's overwritten
+ GoldenStarPos := Rec.Left;
+ //done
+
+ // middle part
+ Rec.Left := Rec.Right;
+ Rec.Right := (Start+Length-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left - NotesW - 0.5 + 10*ScreenX; // Dlugosc == length
+
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_plain_Mid[PlayerNumber].TexNum);
+ glTexParameterf( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_REPEAT );
+ glTexParameterf( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_REPEAT );
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+ glEnd;
+
+ // right part
+ Rec.Left := Rec.Right;
+ Rec.Right := Rec.Right + NotesW;
+
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_plain_Right[PlayerNumber].TexNum);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+ glEnd;
+
+ // Golden Star Patch
+ if (NoteType = ntGolden) AND (Ini.EffectSing=1) then
+ begin
+ GoldenRec.SaveGoldenStarsRec(GoldenStarPos, Rec.Top, Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+ end;
+
+ end; // if not FreeStyle
+ end; // with
+ end; // for
+ end; // with
+
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+ glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+end;
+
+
+// draw sung notes
+procedure SingDrawPlayerLine(X, Y, W: real; PlayerIndex: integer; Space: integer);
+var
+ TempR: real;
+ Rec: TRecR;
+ N: integer;
+ //R, G, B, A: real;
+ NotesH2: real;
+begin
+ //Log.LogStatus('Player notes', 'SingDraw');
+
+ //if NrGracza = 0 then LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P1Light')
+ //else LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P2Light');
+
+ //R := 71/255;
+ //G := 175/255;
+ //B := 247/255;
+
+ glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+ //if Player[NrGracza].LengthNote > 0 then
+ begin
+ TempR := W / (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_ - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start);
+ for N := 0 to Player[PlayerIndex].HighNote do
+ begin
+ with Player[PlayerIndex].Note[N] do
+ begin
+ // Left part of note
+ Rec.Left := X + (Start-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX;
+ Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW;
+
+ // Draw it in half size, if not hit
+ if Hit then
+ begin
+ NotesH2 := NotesH
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ NotesH2 := int(NotesH * 0.65);
+ end;
+
+ Rec.Top := Y - (Tone-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH2;
+ Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 *NotesH2;
+
+ // draw the left part
+ glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Left[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+ glEnd;
+
+ // Middle part of the note
+ Rec.Left := Rec.Right;
+ Rec.Right := X + (Start+Length-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR - NotesW - 0.5 + 10*ScreenX;
+
+ // (nowe) - dunno
+ if (Start+Length-1 = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
+ Rec.Right := Rec.Right - (1-Frac(LyricsState.MidBeatD)) * TempR;
+ // the left note is more right than the right note itself, sounds weird - so we fix that xD
+ if Rec.Right <= Rec.Left then
+ Rec.Right := Rec.Left;
+
+ // draw the middle part
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Mid[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
+ glTexParameterf( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_REPEAT );
+ glTexParameterf( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_REPEAT );
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+ glEnd;
+ glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
+
+ // the right part of the note
+ Rec.Left := Rec.Right;
+ Rec.Right := Rec.Right + NotesW;
+
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Right[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+ glEnd;
+
+ // Perfect note is stored
+ if Perfect and (Ini.EffectSing=1) then
+ begin
+ //A := 1 - 2*(LyricsState.GetCurrentTime() - GetTimeFromBeat(Start+Length));
+ if not (Start+Length-1 = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
+ begin
+ //Star animation counter
+ //inc(Starfr);
+ //Starfr := Starfr mod 128;
+ GoldenRec.SavePerfectNotePos(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
+ end;
+ end;
+ end; // with
+ end; // for
+
+ // actually we need a comparison here, to determine if the singing process
+ // is ahead Rec.Right even if there is no singing
+
+ if (Ini.EffectSing = 1) then
+ GoldenRec.GoldenNoteTwinkle(Rec.Top,Rec.Bottom,Rec.Right, PlayerIndex);
+ end; // if
+end;
+
+//draw Note glow
+procedure SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines, PlayerIndex: integer; Space: integer);
+var
+ Rec: TRecR;
+ Count: integer;
+ TempR: real;
+ X1, X2, X3, X4: real;
+ W, H: real;
+
+ lTmpA ,
+ lTmpB : real;
+begin
+ if (Player[PlayerIndex].ScoreTotalInt >= 0) then
+ begin
+ glColor4f(1, 1, 1, sqrt((1+sin( AudioPlayback.Position * 3))/4)/ 2 + 0.5 );
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+ lTmpA := (Right-Left);
+ lTmpB := (Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start);
+
+ if ( lTmpA > 0 ) and
+ ( lTmpB > 0 ) then
+ begin
+ TempR := lTmpA / lTmpB;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ TempR := 0;
+ end;
+
+ with Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current] do
+ begin
+ for Count := 0 to HighNote do
+ begin
+ with Note[Count] do
+ begin
+ if NoteType <> ntFreestyle then
+ begin
+ // begin: 14, 20
+ // easy: 6, 11
+ W := NotesW * 2 + 2;
+ H := NotesH * 1.5 + 3.5;
+
+ X2 := (Start-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX + 4; // wciecie
+ X1 := X2-W;
+
+ X3 := (Start+Length-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left - 0.5 + 10*ScreenX - 4; // wciecie
+ X4 := X3+W;
+
+ // left
+ Rec.Left := X1;
+ Rec.Right := X2;
+ Rec.Top := Top - (Tone-BaseNote)*Space/2 - H;
+ Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * H;
+
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_BG_Left[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+ glEnd;
+
+ // srodkowa czesc
+ Rec.Left := X2;
+ Rec.Right := X3;
+
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_BG_Mid[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+ glEnd;
+
+ // prawa czesc
+ Rec.Left := X3;
+ Rec.Right := X4;
+
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_BG_Right[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+ glEnd;
+ end; // if not FreeStyle
+ end; // with
+ end; // for
+ end; // with
+
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+ glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Draws the lyrics helper bar.
+ * Left: position the bar starts at
+ * LyricsMid: the middle of the lyrics relative to the position Left
+ *)
+procedure SingDrawLyricHelper(Left, LyricsMid: real);
+var
+ Bounds: TRecR; // bounds of the lyric help bar
+ BarProgress: real; // progress of the lyrics helper
+ BarMoveDelta: real; // current beat relative to the beat the bar starts to move at
+ BarAlpha: real; // transparency
+ CurLine: PLine; // current lyric line (beat specific)
+ LineWidth: real; // lyric line width
+ FirstNoteBeat: integer; // beat of the first note in the current line
+ FirstNoteDelta: integer; // time in beats between the start of the current line and its first note
+ MoveStartX: real; // x-pos. the bar starts to move from
+ MoveDist: real; // number of pixels the bar will move
+ LyricEngine: TLyricEngine;
+const
+ BarWidth = 50; // width of the lyric helper bar
+ BarHeight = 30; // height of the lyric helper bar
+ BarMoveLimit = 40; // max. number of beats remaining before the bar starts to move
+begin
+ // get current lyrics line and the time in beats of its first note
+ CurLine := @Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current];
+
+ // FIXME: accessing ScreenSing is not that generic
+ LyricEngine := ScreenSing.Lyrics;
+
+ // do not draw the lyrics helper if the current line does not contain any note
+ if (Length(CurLine.Note) > 0) then
+ begin
+ // start beat of the first note of this line
+ FirstNoteBeat := CurLine.Note[0].Start;
+ // time in beats between the start of the current line and its first note
+ FirstNoteDelta := FirstNoteBeat - CurLine.Start;
+
+ // beats from current beat to the first note of the line
+ BarMoveDelta := FirstNoteBeat - LyricsState.MidBeat;
+
+ if (FirstNoteDelta > 8) and // if the wait-time is large enough
+ (BarMoveDelta > 0) then // and the first note of the line is not reached
+ begin
+ // let the bar blink to the beat
+ BarAlpha := 0.75 + cos(BarMoveDelta/2) * 0.25;
+
+ // if the number of beats to the first note is too big,
+ // the bar stays on the left side.
+ if (BarMoveDelta > BarMoveLimit) then
+ BarMoveDelta := BarMoveLimit;
+
+ // limit number of beats the bar moves
+ if (FirstNoteDelta > BarMoveLimit) then
+ FirstNoteDelta := BarMoveLimit;
+
+ // calc bar progress
+ BarProgress := 1 - BarMoveDelta / FirstNoteDelta;
+
+ // retrieve the width of the upper lyrics line on the display
+ if (LyricEngine.GetUpperLine() <> nil) then
+ LineWidth := LyricEngine.GetUpperLine().Width
+ else
+ LineWidth := 0;
+
+ // distance the bar will move (LyricRec.Left to beginning of text)
+ MoveDist := LyricsMid - LineWidth / 2 - BarWidth;
+ // if the line is too long the helper might move from right to left
+ // so we have to assure the start position is left of the text.
+ if (MoveDist >= 0) then
+ MoveStartX := Left
+ else
+ MoveStartX := Left + MoveDist;
+
+ // determine lyric help bar position and size
+ Bounds.Left := MoveStartX + BarProgress * MoveDist;
+ Bounds.Right := Bounds.Left + BarWidth;
+ Bounds.Top := Skin_LyricsT + 3;
+ Bounds.Bottom := Bounds.Top + BarHeight + 3;
+
+ // draw lyric help bar
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glColor4f(1, 1, 1, BarAlpha);
+ glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Lyric_Help_Bar.TexNum);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Bounds.Left, Bounds.Top);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Bounds.Left, Bounds.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Bounds.Right, Bounds.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Bounds.Right, Bounds.Top);
+ glEnd;
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure SingDraw;
+var
+ NR: TRecR; // lyrics area bounds (NR = NoteRec?)
+ LyricEngine: TLyricEngine;
+begin
+ // positions
+ if Ini.SingWindow = 0 then
+ NR.Left := 120
+ else
+ NR.Left := 20;
+
+ NR.Right := 780;
+
+ NR.Width := NR.Right - NR.Left;
+ NR.WMid := NR.Width / 2;
+ NR.Mid := NR.Left + NR.WMid;
+
+ // FIXME: accessing ScreenSing is not that generic
+ LyricEngine := ScreenSing.Lyrics;
+
+ // background //BG Fullsize Mod
+ //SingDrawBackground;
+
+ // draw time-bar
+ SingDrawTimeBar();
+
+ // draw note-lines
+
+ if (PlayersPlay = 1) and (Ini.NoteLines = 1) then
+ SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15);
+
+ if ((PlayersPlay = 2) or (PlayersPlay = 4)) and (Ini.NoteLines = 1) then
+ begin
+ SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P1_NotesB - 105, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15);
+ SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15);
+ end;
+
+ if ((PlayersPlay = 3) or (PlayersPlay = 6)) and (Ini.NoteLines = 1) then begin
+ SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, 120, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12);
+ SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, 245, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12);
+ SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, 370, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12);
+ end;
+
+ // draw Lyrics
+ LyricEngine.Draw(LyricsState.MidBeat);
+ SingDrawLyricHelper(NR.Left, NR.WMid);
+
+ // oscilloscope
+ if Ini.Oscilloscope = 1 then begin
+ if PlayersPlay = 1 then
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0);
+
+ if PlayersPlay = 2 then begin
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0);
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 1);
+ end;
+
+ if PlayersPlay = 4 then begin
+ if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0);
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 1);
+ end;
+ if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 2);
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 3);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ if PlayersPlay = 3 then begin
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0);
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(370 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 1);
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 2);
+ end;
+
+ if PlayersPlay = 6 then begin
+ if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+ SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0);
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(370 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 1);
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 2);
+ end;
+ if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+ SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 3);
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(370 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 4);
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 5);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ end;
+
+ // Set the note heights according to the difficulty level
+ case Ini.Difficulty of
+ 0:
+ begin
+ NotesH := 11; // 9
+ NotesW := 6; // 5
+ end;
+ 1:
+ begin
+ NotesH := 8; // 7
+ NotesW := 4; // 4
+ end;
+ 2:
+ begin
+ NotesH := 5;
+ NotesW := 3;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ // Draw the Notes
+ if PlayersPlay = 1 then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15); // Background glow - colorized in playercolor
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15); // Plain unsung notes - colorized in playercolor
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15); // imho the sung notes
+ end;
+
+ if (PlayersPlay = 2) then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15);
+
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 1, 15);
+
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 15);
+ end;
+
+ if PlayersPlay = 3 then begin
+ NotesW := NotesW * 0.8;
+ NotesH := NotesH * 0.8;
+
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12);
+
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 1, 12);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 2, 12);
+
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 12);
+ end;
+
+ if PlayersPlay = 4 then begin
+ if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15);
+ end;
+ if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 15);
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 3, 15);
+ end;
+
+ if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 1, 15);
+ end;
+ if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 2, 15);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 3, 15);
+ end;
+
+ if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 15);
+ end;
+ if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 15);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 3, 15);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ if PlayersPlay = 6 then begin
+ NotesW := NotesW * 0.8;
+ NotesH := NotesH * 0.8;
+
+ if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12);
+ end;
+ if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 3, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 4, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 5, 12);
+ end;
+
+ if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 1, 12);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 2, 12);
+ end;
+ if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 3, 12);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 4, 12);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 5, 12);
+ end;
+
+ if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 12);
+ end;
+ if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 3, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 4, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 5, 12);
+ end;
+ end;
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+ glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+end;
+
+// q'n'd for using the game mode dll's
+procedure SingModiDraw (PlayerInfo: TPlayerInfo);
+var
+ NR: TRecR;
+begin
+ // positions
+ if Ini.SingWindow = 0 then begin
+ NR.Left := 120;
+ end else begin
+ NR.Left := 20;
+ end;
+
+ NR.Right := 780;
+ NR.Width := NR.Right - NR.Left;
+ NR.WMid := NR.Width / 2;
+ NR.Mid := NR.Left + NR.WMid;
+
+ // time bar
+ SingDrawTimeBar();
+
+ if DLLMan.Selected.ShowNotes then
+ begin
+ if PlayersPlay = 1 then
+ SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15);
+ if (PlayersPlay = 2) or (PlayersPlay = 4) then begin
+ SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P1_NotesB - 105, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15);
+ SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15);
+ end;
+
+ if (PlayersPlay = 3) or (PlayersPlay = 6) then begin
+ SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, 120, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12);
+ SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, 245, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12);
+ SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, 370, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ // Draw Lyrics
+ ScreenSingModi.Lyrics.Draw(LyricsState.MidBeat);
+ // TODO: Lyrics helper
+
+ // oscilloscope | the thing that moves when you yell into your mic (imho)
+ if (((Ini.Oscilloscope = 1) AND (DLLMan.Selected.ShowRateBar_O)) AND (NOT DLLMan.Selected.ShowRateBar)) then begin
+ if PlayersPlay = 1 then
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0);
+
+ if PlayersPlay = 2 then begin
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0);
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 1);
+ end;
+
+ if PlayersPlay = 4 then begin
+ if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0);
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 1);
+ end;
+ if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Enabled then
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 2);
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[3].Enabled then
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 3);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ if PlayersPlay = 3 then begin
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0);
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(370 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 1);
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Enabled then
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 2);
+ end;
+
+ if PlayersPlay = 6 then begin
+ if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then
+ SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0);
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(370 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 1);
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Enabled then
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 2);
+ end;
+ if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[3].Enabled then
+ SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 3);
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[4].Enabled then
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(370 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 4);
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[5].Enabled then
+ SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 5);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ end;
+
+// resize the notes according to the difficulty level
+ case Ini.Difficulty of
+ 0:
+ begin
+ NotesH := 11; // 9
+ NotesW := 6; // 5
+ end;
+ 1:
+ begin
+ NotesH := 8; // 7
+ NotesW := 4; // 4
+ end;
+ 2:
+ begin
+ NotesH := 5;
+ NotesW := 3;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ if (DLLMAn.Selected.ShowNotes And DLLMan.Selected.LoadSong) then
+ begin
+ if (PlayersPlay = 1) And PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15);
+ end;
+
+ if (PlayersPlay = 2) then begin
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then
+ begin
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15);
+ end;
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then
+ begin
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 15);
+ end;
+
+ end;
+
+ if PlayersPlay = 3 then begin
+ NotesW := NotesW * 0.8;
+ NotesH := NotesH * 0.8;
+
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then
+ begin
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 12);
+ end;
+
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then
+ begin
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 12);
+ end;
+
+ if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Enabled then
+ begin
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 12);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ if PlayersPlay = 4 then begin
+ if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15);
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15);
+ end;
+ if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 15);
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 3, 15);
+ end;
+
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15);
+
+ if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 15);
+ end;
+ if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 15);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 3, 15);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ if PlayersPlay = 6 then begin
+ NotesW := NotesW * 0.8;
+ NotesH := NotesH * 0.8;
+
+ if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12);
+ end;
+ if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 3, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 4, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 5, 12);
+ end;
+
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
+ SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12);
+
+ if ScreenAct = 1 then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 12);
+ end;
+ if ScreenAct = 2 then begin
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 3, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 4, 12);
+ SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 5, 12);
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+ glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+end;
+
+
+{//SingBar Mod
+procedure SingDrawSingbar(X, Y, W, H: real; Percent: integer);
+var
+ R: Real;
+ G: Real;
+ B: Real;
+ A: cardinal;
+ I: Integer;
+
+begin;
+
+ //SingBar Background
+ glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.8);
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_SingBar_Back.TexNum);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X, Y);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(X, Y+H);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(X+W, Y+H);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(X+W, Y);
+ glEnd;
+
+ //SingBar coloured Bar
+ Case Percent of
+ 0..22: begin
+ R := 1;
+ G := 0;
+ B := 0;
+ end;
+ 23..42: begin
+ R := 1;
+ G := ((Percent-23)/100)*5;
+ B := 0;
+ end;
+ 43..57: begin
+ R := 1;
+ G := 1;
+ B := 0;
+ end;
+ 58..77: begin
+ R := 1-(Percent - 58)/100*5;
+ G := 1;
+ B := 0;
+ end;
+ 78..99: begin
+ R := 0;
+ G := 1;
+ B := 0;
+ end;
+ End; //Case
+
+ glColor4f(R, G, B, 1);
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_SingBar_Bar.TexNum);
+ //Size= Player[PlayerNum].ScorePercent of W
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X, Y);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(X, Y+H);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(X+(W/100 * (Percent +1)), Y+H);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(X+(W/100 * (Percent +1)), Y);
+ glEnd;
+
+ //SingBar Front
+ glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.6);
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_SingBar_Front.TexNum);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X, Y);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(X, Y+H);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(X+W, Y+H);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(X+W, Y);
+ glEnd;
+end;
+//end Singbar Mod
+
+//PhrasenBonus - Line Bonus Pop Up
+procedure SingDrawLineBonus( const X, Y: Single; Color: TRGB; Alpha: Single; Text: string; Age: Integer);
+var
+Length, X2: Real; //Length of Text
+Size: Integer; //Size of Popup
+begin
+if Alpha <> 0 then
+begin
+
+//Set Font Propertys
+SetFontStyle(2); //Font: Outlined1
+if Age < 5 then SetFontSize((Age + 1) * 3) else SetFontSize(18);
+SetFontItalic(False);
+
+//Check Font Size
+Length := glTextWidth (Text) + 3; //Little Space for a Better Look ^^
+
+//Text
+SetFontPos (X + 50 - (Length / 2), Y + 12); //Position
+
+
+if Age < 5 then Size := Age * 10 else Size := 50;
+
+ //Draw Background
+ //glColor4f(Color.R, Color.G, Color.B, Alpha); //Set Color
+ glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha);
+
+
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ //glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+
+ //New Method, Not Variable
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_SingLineBonusBack[2].TexNum);
+
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X + 50 - Size, Y + 25 - (Size/2));
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(X + 50 - Size, Y + 25 + (Size/2));
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(X + 50 + Size, Y + 25 + (Size/2));
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(X + 50 + Size, Y + 25 - (Size/2));
+ glEnd;
+
+ glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha); //Set Color
+ //Draw Text
+ glPrint (Text);
+end;
+end;
+//PhrasenBonus - Line Bonus Mod}
+
+// Draw Note Bars for Editor
+//There are 11 Resons for a new Procdedure: (nice binary :D )
+// 1. It don't look good when you Draw the Golden Note Star Effect in the Editor
+// 2. You can see the Freestyle Notes in the Editor SemiTransparent
+// 3. Its easier and Faster then changing the old Procedure
+procedure EditDrawLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer; Space: integer);
+var
+ Rec: TRecR;
+ Count: integer;
+ TempR: real;
+begin
+ glColor3f(1, 1, 1);
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+ TempR := (Right-Left) / (Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start);
+ with Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current] do begin
+ for Count := 0 to HighNote do begin
+ with Note[Count] do begin
+
+ // Golden Note Patch
+ case NoteType of
+ ntFreestyle: glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.35);
+ ntNormal: glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.85);
+ ntGolden: Glcolor4f(1, 1, 0.3, 0.85);
+ end; // case
+
+
+
+ // lewa czesc - left part
+ Rec.Left := (Start-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX;
+ Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW;
+ Rec.Top := Top - (Tone-BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH;
+ Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * NotesH;
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Left[Color].TexNum);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+ glEnd;
+
+ // srodkowa czesc - middle part
+ Rec.Left := Rec.Right;
+ Rec.Right := (Start+Length-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left - NotesW - 0.5 + 10*ScreenX;
+
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Mid[Color].TexNum);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+ glEnd;
+
+ // prawa czesc - right part
+ Rec.Left := Rec.Right;
+ Rec.Right := Rec.Right + NotesW;
+
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Right[Color].TexNum);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top);
+ glEnd;
+
+ end; // with
+ end; // for
+ end; // with
+
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+ glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+end;
+
+procedure SingDrawTimeBar();
+var
+ x,y: real;
+ width, height: real;
+ LyricsProgress: real;
+ CurLyricsTime: real;
+begin
+ x := Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress.x;
+ y := Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress.y;
+
+ width := Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress.w;
+ height := Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress.h;
+
+ glColor4f(Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress.ColR,
+ Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress.ColG,
+ Theme.Sing.StaticTimeProgress.ColB, 1); //Set Color
+
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_TimeProgress.TexNum);
+
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0);
+ glVertex2f(x, y);
+
+ CurLyricsTime := LyricsState.GetCurrentTime();
+ if (CurLyricsTime > 0) and
+ (LyricsState.TotalTime > 0) then
+ begin
+ LyricsProgress := CurLyricsTime / LyricsState.TotalTime;
+ glTexCoord2f((width * LyricsProgress) / 8, 0);
+ glVertex2f(x + width * LyricsProgress, y);
+
+ glTexCoord2f((width * LyricsProgress) / 8, 1);
+ glVertex2f(x + width * LyricsProgress, y + height);
+ end;
+
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1);
+ glVertex2f(x, y + height);
+ glEnd;
+
+ glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+ glcolor4f(1, 1, 1, 1);
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UEditorLyrics.pas b/unicode/src/base/UEditorLyrics.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d06fc891
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UEditorLyrics.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UEditorLyrics;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ SysUtils,
+ gl,
+ UMusic,
+ UTexture;
+
+type
+ TWord = record
+ X: real;
+ Y: real;
+ Size: real;
+ Width: real;
+ Text: string;
+ ColR: real;
+ ColG: real;
+ ColB: real;
+ FontStyle: integer;
+ Italic: boolean;
+ Selected: boolean;
+ end;
+
+ TEditorLyrics = class
+ private
+ AlignI: integer;
+ XR: real;
+ YR: real;
+ SizeR: real;
+ SelectedI: integer;
+ FontStyleI: integer; // font number
+ Word: array of TWord;
+
+ procedure SetX(Value: real);
+ procedure SetY(Value: real);
+ function GetClientX: real;
+ procedure SetAlign(Value: integer);
+ function GetSize: real;
+ procedure SetSize(Value: real);
+ procedure SetSelected(Value: integer);
+ procedure SetFStyle(Value: integer);
+ procedure AddWord(Text: string);
+ procedure Refresh;
+ public
+ ColR: real;
+ ColG: real;
+ ColB: real;
+ ColSR: real;
+ ColSG: real;
+ ColSB: real;
+ Italic: boolean;
+
+ constructor Create;
+ destructor Destroy; override;
+
+ procedure AddLine(NrLine: integer);
+
+ procedure Clear;
+ procedure Draw;
+ published
+ property X: real write SetX;
+ property Y: real write SetY;
+ property ClientX: real read GetClientX;
+ property Align: integer write SetAlign;
+ property Size: real read GetSize write SetSize;
+ property Selected: integer read SelectedI write SetSelected;
+ property FontStyle: integer write SetFStyle;
+ end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ TextGL, UGraphic, UDrawTexture, Math, USkins;
+
+constructor TEditorLyrics.Create;
+begin
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+destructor TEditorLyrics.Destroy;
+begin
+ SetLength(Word, 0);
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.SetX(Value: real);
+begin
+ XR := Value;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.SetY(Value: real);
+begin
+ YR := Value;
+end;
+
+function TEditorLyrics.GetClientX: real;
+begin
+ Result := Word[0].X;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.SetAlign(Value: integer);
+begin
+ AlignI := Value;
+end;
+
+function TEditorLyrics.GetSize: real;
+begin
+ Result := SizeR;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.SetSize(Value: real);
+begin
+ SizeR := Value;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.SetSelected(Value: integer);
+begin
+ if (SelectedI > -1) and (SelectedI <= High(Word)) then
+ begin
+ Word[SelectedI].Selected := false;
+ Word[SelectedI].ColR := ColR;
+ Word[SelectedI].ColG := ColG;
+ Word[SelectedI].ColB := ColB;
+ end;
+
+ SelectedI := Value;
+ if (Value > -1) and (Value <= High(Word)) then
+ begin
+ Word[Value].Selected := true;
+ Word[Value].ColR := ColSR;
+ Word[Value].ColG := ColSG;
+ Word[Value].ColB := ColSB;
+ end;
+
+ Refresh;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.SetFStyle(Value: integer);
+begin
+ FontStyleI := Value;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.AddWord(Text: string);
+var
+ WordNum: integer;
+begin
+ WordNum := Length(Word);
+ SetLength(Word, WordNum + 1);
+ if WordNum = 0 then begin
+ Word[WordNum].X := XR;
+ end else begin
+ Word[WordNum].X := Word[WordNum - 1].X + Word[WordNum - 1].Width;
+ end;
+
+ Word[WordNum].Y := YR;
+ Word[WordNum].Size := SizeR;
+ Word[WordNum].FontStyle := FontStyleI;
+ SetFontStyle(FontStyleI);
+ SetFontSize(SizeR);
+ Word[WordNum].Width := glTextWidth(Text);
+ Word[WordNum].Text := Text;
+ Word[WordNum].ColR := ColR;
+ Word[WordNum].ColG := ColG;
+ Word[WordNum].ColB := ColB;
+ Word[WordNum].Italic := Italic;
+
+ Refresh;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.AddLine(NrLine: integer);
+var
+ N: integer;
+begin
+ Clear;
+ for N := 0 to Lines[0].Line[NrLine].HighNote do begin
+ Italic := Lines[0].Line[NrLine].Note[N].NoteType = ntFreestyle;
+ AddWord(Lines[0].Line[NrLine].Note[N].Text);
+ end;
+ Selected := -1;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.Clear;
+begin
+ SetLength(Word, 0);
+ SelectedI := -1;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.Refresh;
+var
+ W: integer;
+ TotWidth: real;
+begin
+ if AlignI = 1 then begin
+ TotWidth := 0;
+ for W := 0 to High(Word) do
+ TotWidth := TotWidth + Word[W].Width;
+
+ Word[0].X := XR - TotWidth / 2;
+ for W := 1 to High(Word) do
+ Word[W].X := Word[W - 1].X + Word[W - 1].Width;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TEditorLyrics.Draw;
+var
+ W: integer;
+begin
+ for W := 0 to High(Word) do
+ begin
+ SetFontStyle(Word[W].FontStyle);
+ SetFontPos(Word[W].X+ 10*ScreenX, Word[W].Y);
+ SetFontSize(Word[W].Size);
+ SetFontItalic(Word[W].Italic);
+ glColor3f(Word[W].ColR, Word[W].ColG, Word[W].ColB);
+ glPrint(Word[W].Text);
+ end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UFiles.pas b/unicode/src/base/UFiles.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..add81f23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UFiles.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UFiles;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ SysUtils,
+ ULog,
+ UMusic,
+ USongs,
+ USong;
+
+procedure ResetSingTemp;
+
+function SaveSong(Song: TSong; Lines: TLines; Name: string; Relative: boolean): boolean;
+
+var
+ SongFile: TextFile; // all procedures in this unit operates on this file
+ FileLineNo: integer; //Line which is readed at Last, for error reporting
+
+ // variables available for all procedures
+ Base : array[0..1] of integer;
+ Rel : array[0..1] of integer;
+ Mult : integer = 1;
+ MultBPM : integer = 4;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ TextGL,
+ UIni,
+ UPlatform,
+ UMain;
+
+//--------------------
+// Resets the temporary Sentence Arrays for each Player and some other Variables
+//--------------------
+procedure ResetSingTemp;
+var
+ Count: integer;
+begin
+ SetLength(Lines, Length(Player));
+ for Count := 0 to High(Player) do begin
+ SetLength(Lines[Count].Line, 1);
+ SetLength(Lines[Count].Line[0].Note, 0);
+ Lines[Count].Line[0].Lyric := '';
+ Lines[Count].Line[0].LyricWidth := 0;
+ Player[Count].Score := 0;
+ Player[Count].LengthNote := 0;
+ Player[Count].HighNote := -1;
+ end;
+
+ (* FIXME
+ //Reset Path and Filename Values to Prevent Errors in Editor
+ if assigned( CurrentSong ) then
+ begin
+ SetLength(CurrentSong.BPM, 0);
+ CurrentSong.Path := '';
+ CurrentSong.FileName := '';
+ end;
+ *)
+
+// CurrentSong := nil;
+end;
+
+
+//--------------------
+// Saves a Song
+//--------------------
+function SaveSong(Song: TSong; Lines: TLines; Name: string; Relative: boolean): boolean;
+var
+ C: integer;
+ N: integer;
+ S: string;
+ B: integer;
+ RelativeSubTime: integer;
+ NoteState: String;
+
+begin
+// Relative := true; // override (idea - use shift+S to save with relative)
+ AssignFile(SongFile, Name);
+ Rewrite(SongFile);
+
+ Writeln(SongFile, '#TITLE:' + Song.Title + '');
+ Writeln(SongFile, '#ARTIST:' + Song.Artist);
+
+ if Song.Creator <> '' then Writeln(SongFile, '#CREATOR:' + Song.Creator);
+ if Song.Edition <> 'Unknown' then Writeln(SongFile, '#EDITION:' + Song.Edition);
+ if Song.Genre <> 'Unknown' then Writeln(SongFile, '#GENRE:' + Song.Genre);
+ if Song.Language <> 'Unknown' then Writeln(SongFile, '#LANGUAGE:' + Song.Language);
+
+ Writeln(SongFile, '#MP3:' + Song.Mp3);
+
+ if Song.Cover <> '' then Writeln(SongFile, '#COVER:' + Song.Cover);
+ if Song.Background <> '' then Writeln(SongFile, '#BACKGROUND:' + Song.Background);
+ if Song.Video <> '' then Writeln(SongFile, '#VIDEO:' + Song.Video);
+ if Song.VideoGAP <> 0 then Writeln(SongFile, '#VIDEOGAP:' + FloatToStr(Song.VideoGAP));
+ if Song.Resolution <> 4 then Writeln(SongFile, '#RESOLUTION:' + IntToStr(Song.Resolution));
+ if Song.NotesGAP <> 0 then Writeln(SongFile, '#NOTESGAP:' + IntToStr(Song.NotesGAP));
+ if Song.Start <> 0 then Writeln(SongFile, '#START:' + FloatToStr(Song.Start));
+ if Song.Finish <> 0 then Writeln(SongFile, '#END:' + IntToStr(Song.Finish));
+ if Relative then Writeln(SongFile, '#RELATIVE:yes');
+
+ Writeln(SongFile, '#BPM:' + FloatToStr(Song.BPM[0].BPM / 4));
+ Writeln(SongFile, '#GAP:' + FloatToStr(Song.GAP));
+
+ RelativeSubTime := 0;
+ for B := 1 to High(CurrentSong.BPM) do
+ Writeln(SongFile, 'B ' + FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[B].StartBeat) + ' ' + FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[B].BPM/4));
+
+ for C := 0 to Lines.High do begin
+ for N := 0 to Lines.Line[C].HighNote do begin
+ with Lines.Line[C].Note[N] do begin
+
+
+ //Golden + Freestyle Note Patch
+ case Lines.Line[C].Note[N].NoteType of
+ ntFreestyle: NoteState := 'F ';
+ ntNormal: NoteState := ': ';
+ ntGolden: NoteState := '* ';
+ end; // case
+ S := NoteState + IntToStr(Start-RelativeSubTime) + ' ' + IntToStr(Length) + ' ' + IntToStr(Tone) + ' ' + Text;
+
+
+ Writeln(SongFile, S);
+ end; // with
+ end; // N
+
+ if C < Lines.High then begin // don't write end of last sentence
+ if not Relative then
+ S := '- ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start)
+ else begin
+ S := '- ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start - RelativeSubTime) +
+ ' ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start - RelativeSubTime);
+ RelativeSubTime := Lines.Line[C+1].Start;
+ end;
+ Writeln(SongFile, S);
+ end;
+
+ end; // C
+
+
+ Writeln(SongFile, 'E');
+ CloseFile(SongFile);
+
+ Result := true;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UFont.pas b/unicode/src/base/UFont.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a72bca21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UFont.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,2714 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UFont;
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+interface
+
+{$IFNDEF FREETYPE_DEMO}
+ // Flip direction of y-axis.
+ // Default is a cartesian coordinate system with y-axis in upper direction
+ // but with USDX the y-axis is in lower direction.
+ {$DEFINE FLIP_YAXIS}
+ {$DEFINE BITMAP_FONT}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+ FreeType,
+ gl,
+ glext,
+ glu,
+ sdl,
+ {$IFDEF BITMAP_FONT}
+ UTexture,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ Math,
+ Classes,
+ SysUtils;
+
+type
+
+ PGLubyteArray = ^TGLubyteArray;
+ TGLubyteArray = array[0 .. (MaxInt div SizeOf(GLubyte))-1] of GLubyte;
+ TGLubyteDynArray = array of GLubyte;
+
+ TWideStringArray = array of WideString;
+
+ TGLColor = packed record
+ case byte of
+ 0: ( vals: array[0..3] of GLfloat; );
+ 1: ( r, g, b, a: GLfloat; );
+ end;
+
+ TBoundsDbl = record
+ Left, Right: double;
+ Bottom, Top: double;
+ end;
+
+ TPositionDbl = record
+ X, Y: double;
+ end;
+
+ TTextureSize = record
+ Width, Height: integer;
+ end;
+
+ TBitmapCoords = record
+ Left, Top: double;
+ Width, Height: integer;
+ end;
+
+ {**
+ * Abstract base class representing a glyph.
+ *}
+ TGlyph = class
+ protected
+ function GetAdvance(): TPositionDbl; virtual; abstract;
+ function GetBounds(): TBoundsDbl; virtual; abstract;
+ public
+ procedure Render(UseDisplayLists: boolean); virtual; abstract;
+ procedure RenderReflection(); virtual; abstract;
+
+ {** Distance to next glyph (in pixels) *}
+ property Advance: TPositionDbl read GetAdvance;
+ {** Glyph bounding box (in pixels) *}
+ property Bounds: TBoundsDbl read GetBounds;
+ end;
+
+ {**
+ * Font styles used by TFont.Style
+ *}
+ TFontStyle = set of (Italic, Underline, Reflect);
+
+ {**
+ * Base font class.
+ *}
+ TFont = class
+ private
+ {** Non-virtual reset-method used in Create() and Reset() }
+ procedure ResetIntern();
+
+ protected
+ fStyle: TFontStyle;
+ fUseKerning: boolean;
+ fLineSpacing: single; // must be inited by subclass
+ fReflectionSpacing: single; // must be inited by subclass to -2*Descender
+ fGlyphSpacing: single;
+ fReflectionPass: boolean;
+
+ {**
+ * Splits lines in Text seperated by newline (char-code #13).
+ * @param Text UTF-8 encoded string
+ * @param Lines splitted WideString lines
+ *}
+ procedure SplitLines(const Text: UTF8String; var Lines: TWideStringArray);
+
+ {**
+ * Print an array of WideStrings. Each array-item is a line of text.
+ * Lines of text are seperated by the line-spacing.
+ * This is the base function for all text drawing.
+ *}
+ procedure Print(const Text: TWideStringArray); overload; virtual;
+
+ {**
+ * Draws an underline.
+ *}
+ procedure DrawUnderline(const Text: WideString); virtual;
+
+ {**
+ * Renders (one) line of text.
+ *}
+ procedure Render(const Text: WideString); virtual; abstract;
+
+ {**
+ * Returns the bounds of text-lines contained in Text.
+ * @param(Advance if true the right bound is set to the advance instead
+ * of the minimal right bound.)
+ *}
+ function BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; overload; virtual; abstract;
+
+ {**
+ * Resets all user settings to default values.
+ * Override methods should always call the inherited version.
+ *}
+ procedure Reset(); virtual;
+
+ function GetHeight(): single; virtual; abstract;
+ function GetAscender(): single; virtual; abstract;
+ function GetDescender(): single; virtual; abstract;
+ procedure SetLineSpacing(Spacing: single); virtual;
+ function GetLineSpacing(): single; virtual;
+ procedure SetGlyphSpacing(Spacing: single); virtual;
+ function GetGlyphSpacing(): single; virtual;
+ procedure SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: single); virtual;
+ function GetReflectionSpacing(): single; virtual;
+ procedure SetStyle(Style: TFontStyle); virtual;
+ function GetStyle(): TFontStyle; virtual;
+ function GetUnderlinePosition(): single; virtual; abstract;
+ function GetUnderlineThickness(): single; virtual; abstract;
+ procedure SetUseKerning(Enable: boolean); virtual;
+ function GetUseKerning(): boolean; virtual;
+ procedure SetReflectionPass(Enable: boolean); virtual;
+
+ {** Returns true if the current render-pass is used to draw the reflection }
+ property ReflectionPass: boolean read fReflectionPass write SetReflectionPass;
+
+ public
+ constructor Create();
+ destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+ {**
+ * Prints a text.
+ *}
+ procedure Print(const Text: WideString); overload;
+ {** UTF-8 version of @link(Print) }
+ procedure Print(const Text: string); overload;
+
+ {**
+ * Calculates the bounding box (width and height) around Text.
+ * Works with Italic and Underline styles but reflections created
+ * with the Reflect style are not considered.
+ * Note that the width might differ due to kerning with appended text,
+ * e.g. Width('VA') <= Width('V') + Width('A').
+ * @param Advance if set to true, Result.Right is set to the advance of
+ * the given text rather than the min. right border. The advance width is
+ * bigger than the text's width as it additionally contains the advance
+ * and glyph-spacing of the last character.
+ *}
+ function BBox(const Text: WideString; Advance: boolean = true): TBoundsDbl; overload;
+ {** UTF-8 version of @link(BBox) }
+ function BBox(const Text: UTF8String; Advance: boolean = true): TBoundsDbl; overload;
+
+ {** Font height }
+ property Height: single read GetHeight;
+ {** Vertical distance from baseline to top of glyph }
+ property Ascender: single read GetAscender;
+ {** Vertical distance from baseline to bottom of glyph }
+ property Descender: single read GetDescender;
+ {** Vertical distance between two baselines }
+ property LineSpacing: single read GetLineSpacing write SetLineSpacing;
+ {** Space between end and start of next glyph added to the advance width }
+ property GlyphSpacing: single read GetGlyphSpacing write SetGlyphSpacing;
+ {** Distance between normal baseline and baseline of the reflection }
+ property ReflectionSpacing: single read GetReflectionSpacing write SetReflectionSpacing;
+ {** Font style (italic/underline/...) }
+ property Style: TFontStyle read GetStyle write SetStyle;
+ {** If set to true (default) kerning will be used if available }
+ property UseKerning: boolean read GetUseKerning write SetUseKerning;
+ end;
+
+const
+ //** Max. number of mipmap levels that a TScalableFont can contain
+ cMaxMipmapLevel = 5;
+
+type
+ {**
+ * Wrapper around TFont to allow font size changes.
+ * The font is scaled to the requested size by a modelview matrix
+ * transformation (glScale) and not by rescaling the internal bitmap
+ * representation. This way changing the size is really fast but the result
+ * may lack quality on large or small scale factors.
+ *}
+ TScalableFont = class(TFont)
+ private
+ procedure ResetIntern();
+
+ protected
+ fScale: single; //**< current height to base-font height ratio
+ fAspect: single; //**< width to height aspect
+ fBaseFont: TFont; //**< shortcut for fMipmapFonts[0]
+ fUseMipmaps: boolean; //**< true if mipmap fonts are generated
+ /// Mipmap fonts (size[level+1] = size[level]/2)
+ fMipmapFonts: array[0..cMaxMipmapLevel] of TFont;
+
+ procedure Render(const Text: WideString); override;
+ procedure Print(const Text: TWideStringArray); override;
+ function BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override;
+
+ {**
+ * Callback called for creation of each mipmap font.
+ * Must be defined by the subclass.
+ * Mipmaps created by this method are managed and freed by TScalableFont.
+ *}
+ function CreateMipmap(Level: integer; Scale: single): TFont; virtual; abstract;
+
+ {**
+ * Returns the mipmap level considering the current scale and projection
+ * matrix.
+ *}
+ function GetMipmapLevel(): integer;
+
+ {**
+ * Returns the scale applied to the given mipmap font.
+ * fScale * fBaseFont.Height / fMipmapFont[Level].Height
+ *}
+ function GetMipmapScale(Level: integer): single;
+
+ {**
+ * Chooses the mipmap that looks nicest with current scale and projection
+ * matrix.
+ *}
+ function ChooseMipmapFont(): TFont;
+
+ procedure SetHeight(Height: single); virtual;
+ function GetHeight(): single; override;
+ procedure SetAspect(Aspect: single); virtual;
+ function GetAspect(): single; virtual;
+ function GetAscender(): single; override;
+ function GetDescender(): single; override;
+ procedure SetLineSpacing(Spacing: single); override;
+ function GetLineSpacing(): single; override;
+ procedure SetGlyphSpacing(Spacing: single); override;
+ function GetGlyphSpacing(): single; override;
+ procedure SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: single); override;
+ function GetReflectionSpacing(): single; override;
+ procedure SetStyle(Style: TFontStyle); override;
+ function GetStyle(): TFontStyle; override;
+ function GetUnderlinePosition(): single; override;
+ function GetUnderlineThickness(): single; override;
+ procedure SetUseKerning(Enable: boolean); override;
+
+ public
+ {**
+ * Creates a wrapper to make the base-font Font scalable.
+ * If UseMipmaps is set to true smaller fonts are created so that a
+ * resized (Height property changed) font looks nicer.
+ * The font passed is managed and freed by TScalableFont.
+ *}
+ constructor Create(Font: TFont; UseMipmaps: boolean); overload;
+
+ {**
+ * Frees memory. The fonts passed on Create() and mipmap creation
+ * are freed too.
+ *}
+ destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+ {** @seealso TFont.Reset }
+ procedure Reset(); override;
+
+ {** Font height }
+ property Height: single read GetHeight write SetHeight;
+ {** Factor for font stretching (NewWidth = Width*Aspect), 1.0 by default }
+ property Aspect: single read GetAspect write SetAspect;
+ end;
+
+ {**
+ * Table for storage of max. 256 glyphs.
+ * Used for the second cache level. Indexed by the LSB of the WideChar
+ * char-code.
+ *}
+ PGlyphTable = ^TGlyphTable;
+ TGlyphTable = array[0..255] of TGlyph;
+
+ {**
+ * Cache for glyphs of a single font.
+ * The cached glyphs are stored inside a hash-list.
+ * Hashing is performed in two steps:
+ * 1. the least significant byte (LSB) of the WideChar character code
+ * is removed (shr 8) and the result (we call it BaseCode here) looked up in
+ * the hash-list.
+ * 2. Each entry of the hash-list contains a table with max. 256 entries.
+ * The LSB of the char-code of a glyph is the table-offset of that glyph.
+ *}
+ TGlyphCache = class
+ private
+ fHash: TList;
+
+ {**
+ * Finds a glyph-table storing cached glyphs with base-code BaseCode
+ * (= upper char-code bytes) in the hash-list and returns the table and
+ * its index.
+ * @param(InsertPos the position of the tyble in the list if it was found,
+ * otherwise the position the table should be inserted)
+ *}
+ function FindGlyphTable(BaseCode: cardinal; out InsertPos: integer): PGlyphTable;
+
+ public
+ constructor Create();
+ destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+ {**
+ * Add glyph Glyph with char-code ch to the cache.
+ * @returns @true on success, @false otherwise
+ *}
+ function AddGlyph(ch: WideChar; const Glyph: TGlyph): boolean;
+
+ {**
+ * Removes the glyph with char-code ch from the cache.
+ *}
+ procedure DeleteGlyph(ch: WideChar);
+
+ {**
+ * Removes the glyph with char-code ch from the cache.
+ *}
+ function GetGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph;
+
+ {**
+ * Checks if a glyph with char-code ch is cached.
+ *}
+ function HasGlyph(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+
+ {**
+ * Remove and free all cached glyphs. If KeepBaseSet is set to
+ * true, cached characters in the range 0..255 will not be flushed.
+ *}
+ procedure FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+ end;
+
+ {**
+ * Entry of a glyph-cache's (TGlyphCache) hash.
+ * Stores a BaseCode (upper-bytes of a glyph's char-code) and a table
+ * with all glyphs cached at the moment with that BaseCode.
+ *}
+ TGlyphCacheHashEntry = class
+ private
+ fBaseCode: cardinal;
+ public
+ GlyphTable: TGlyphTable;
+
+ constructor Create(BaseCode: cardinal);
+
+ {** Base-code (upper-bytes) of the glyphs stored in this entry's table }
+ property BaseCode: cardinal read fBaseCode;
+ end;
+
+ TCachedFont = class(TFont)
+ protected
+ fCache: TGlyphCache;
+
+ {**
+ * Retrieves a cached glyph with char-code ch from cache.
+ * If the glyph is not already cached, it is loaded with LoadGlyph().
+ *}
+ function GetGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph;
+
+ {**
+ * Callback to create (load) a glyph with char-code ch.
+ * Implemented by subclasses.
+ *}
+ function LoadGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph; virtual; abstract;
+
+ public
+ constructor Create();
+ destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+ {**
+ * Remove and free all cached glyphs. If KeepBaseSet is set to
+ * true, the base glyphs are not be flushed.
+ * @seealso TGlyphCache.FlushCache
+ *}
+ procedure FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+ end;
+
+ TFTFont = class;
+
+ {**
+ * Freetype glyph.
+ * Each glyph stores a texture with the glyph's image.
+ *}
+ TFTGlyph = class(TGlyph)
+ private
+ fCharIndex: FT_UInt; //**< Freetype specific char-index (<> char-code)
+ fDisplayList: GLuint; //**< Display-list ID
+ fTexture: GLuint; //**< Texture ID
+ fBitmapCoords: TBitmapCoords; //**< Left/Top offset and Width/Height of the bitmap (in pixels)
+ fTexOffset: TPositionDbl; //**< Right and bottom texture offset for removal of power-of-2 padding
+ fTexSize: TTextureSize; //**< Texture size in pixels
+
+ fFont: TFTFont; //**< Font associated with this glyph
+ fAdvance: TPositionDbl; //**< Advance width of this glyph
+ fBounds: TBoundsDbl; //**< Glyph bounds
+ fOutset: single; //**< Extrusion outset
+
+ {**
+ * Extrudes the outline of a glyph's bitmap stored in TexBuffer with size
+ * fTexSize by Outset pixels.
+ * This is useful to create bold or outlined fonts.
+ * TexBuffer must be 2*Ceil(Outset) pixels higher and wider than the
+ * original glyph bitmap, otherwise the glyph borders cannot be extruded
+ * correctly.
+ * The bitmap must be 2* pixels wider and higher than the
+ * original glyph's bitmap with the latter centered in it.
+ *}
+ procedure Extrude(var TexBuffer: TGLubyteDynArray; Outset: single);
+
+ {**
+ * Creates an OpenGL texture (and display list) for the glyph.
+ * The glyph's and bitmap's metrics are set correspondingly.
+ * @param LoadFlags flags passed to FT_Load_Glyph()
+ * @raises Exception if the glyph could not be initialized
+ *}
+ procedure CreateTexture(LoadFlags: FT_Int32);
+
+ protected
+ function GetAdvance(): TPositionDbl; override;
+ function GetBounds(): TBoundsDbl; override;
+
+ public
+ {**
+ * Creates a glyph with char-code ch from font Font.
+ * @param LoadFlags flags passed to FT_Load_Glyph()
+ *}
+ constructor Create(Font: TFTFont; ch: WideChar; Outset: single;
+ LoadFlags: FT_Int32);
+ destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+ {** Renders the glyph (normal render pass) }
+ procedure Render(UseDisplayLists: boolean); override;
+ {** Renders the glyph's reflection }
+ procedure RenderReflection(); override;
+
+ {** Freetype specific char-index (<> char-code) }
+ property CharIndex: FT_UInt read fCharIndex;
+ end;
+
+ {**
+ * Freetype font class.
+ *}
+ TFTFont = class(TCachedFont)
+ private
+ procedure ResetIntern();
+
+ protected
+ fFilename: string; //**< filename of the font-file
+ fSize: integer; //**< Font base size (in pixels)
+ fOutset: single; //**< size of outset extrusion (in pixels)
+ fFace: FT_Face; //**< Holds the height of the font
+ fLoadFlags: FT_Int32; //**< FT glpyh load-flags
+ fFontUnitScale: TPositionDbl; //**< FT font-units to pixel ratio
+ fUseDisplayLists: boolean; //**< true: use display-lists, false: direct drawing
+
+ {** @seealso TCachedFont.LoadGlyph }
+ function LoadGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph; override;
+
+ procedure Render(const Text: WideString); override;
+ function BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override;
+
+ function GetHeight(): single; override;
+ function GetAscender(): single; override;
+ function GetDescender(): single; override;
+ function GetUnderlinePosition(): single; override;
+ function GetUnderlineThickness(): single; override;
+
+ property Face: FT_Face read fFace;
+
+ public
+ {**
+ * Creates a font of size Size (in pixels) from the file Filename.
+ * If Outset (in pixels) is set to a value > 0 the glyphs will be extruded
+ * at their borders. Use it for e.g. a bold effect.
+ * @param LoadFlags flags passed to FT_Load_Glyph()
+ * @raises Exception if the font-file could not be loaded
+ *}
+ constructor Create(const Filename: string;
+ Size: integer; Outset: single = 0.0;
+ LoadFlags: FT_Int32 = FT_LOAD_DEFAULT);
+
+ {**
+ * Frees all resources associated with the font.
+ *}
+ destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+ {** @seealso TFont.Reset }
+ procedure Reset(); override;
+
+ {** Size of the base font }
+ property Size: integer read fSize;
+ {** Outset size }
+ property Outset: single read fOutset;
+ end;
+
+ TFTScalableFont = class(TScalableFont)
+ protected
+ function GetOutset(): single; virtual;
+ function CreateMipmap(Level: integer; Scale: single): TFont; override;
+
+ public
+ {**
+ * Creates a scalable font of size Size (in pixels) from the file Filename.
+ * OutsetAmount is the ratio of the glyph extrusion.
+ * The extrusion in pixels is Size*OutsetAmount
+ * (0.0 -> no extrusion, 0.1 -> 10%).
+ *}
+ constructor Create(const Filename: string;
+ Size: integer; OutsetAmount: single = 0.0;
+ UseMipmaps: boolean = true);
+
+ {** @seealso TGlyphCache.FlushCache }
+ procedure FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+
+ {** Outset size (in pixels) of the scaled font }
+ property Outset: single read GetOutset;
+ end;
+
+
+ {**
+ * Represents a freetype font with an additional outline around its glyphs.
+ * The outline size is passed on creation and cannot be changed later.
+ *}
+ TFTOutlineFont = class(TFont)
+ private
+ fFilename: string;
+ fSize: integer;
+ fOutset: single;
+ fInnerFont, fOutlineFont: TFTFont;
+ fOutlineColor: TGLColor;
+
+ procedure ResetIntern();
+
+ protected
+ procedure DrawUnderline(const Text: WideString); override;
+ procedure Render(const Text: WideString); override;
+ function BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override;
+
+ function GetHeight(): single; override;
+ function GetAscender(): single; override;
+ function GetDescender(): single; override;
+ procedure SetLineSpacing(Spacing: single); override;
+ procedure SetGlyphSpacing(Spacing: single); override;
+ procedure SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: single); override;
+ procedure SetStyle(Style: TFontStyle); override;
+ function GetStyle(): TFontStyle; override;
+ function GetUnderlinePosition(): single; override;
+ function GetUnderlineThickness(): single; override;
+ procedure SetUseKerning(Enable: boolean); override;
+ procedure SetReflectionPass(Enable: boolean); override;
+
+ public
+ constructor Create(const Filename: string;
+ Size: integer; Outset: single;
+ LoadFlags: FT_Int32 = FT_LOAD_DEFAULT);
+ destructor Destroy; override;
+
+ {**
+ * Sets the color of the outline.
+ * If the alpha component is < 0, OpenGL's current alpha value will be
+ * used.
+ *}
+ procedure SetOutlineColor(r, g, b: GLfloat; a: GLfloat = -1.0);
+
+ {** @seealso TGlyphCache.FlushCache }
+ procedure FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+
+ {** @seealso TFont.Reset }
+ procedure Reset(); override;
+
+ {** Size of the base font }
+ property Size: integer read fSize;
+ {** Outset size }
+ property Outset: single read fOutset;
+ end;
+
+ {**
+ * Wrapper around TOutlineFont to allow font resizing.
+ * @seealso TScalableFont
+ *}
+ TFTScalableOutlineFont = class(TScalableFont)
+ protected
+ function GetOutset(): single; virtual;
+ function CreateMipmap(Level: integer; Scale: single): TFont; override;
+
+ public
+ constructor Create(const Filename: string;
+ Size: integer; OutsetAmount: single;
+ UseMipmaps: boolean = true);
+
+ {** @seealso TFTOutlineFont.SetOutlineColor }
+ procedure SetOutlineColor(r, g, b: GLfloat; a: GLfloat = -1.0);
+
+ {** @seealso TGlyphCache.FlushCache }
+ procedure FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+
+ {** Outset size }
+ property Outset: single read GetOutset;
+ end;
+
+{$IFDEF BITMAP_FONT}
+
+ {**
+ * A bitmapped font loads it's glyphs from a bitmap and stores them in a
+ * texture. Unicode characters are not supported (but could be by supporting
+ * multiple textures each storing a subset of unicode glyphs).
+ * For backward compatibility only.
+ *}
+ TBitmapFont = class(TFont)
+ private
+ fTex: TTexture;
+ fTexSize: integer;
+ fBaseline: integer;
+ fAscender: integer;
+ fDescender: integer;
+ fWidths: array[0..255] of byte; //**< half widths
+ fOutline: integer;
+ fTempColor: TGLColor; //**< colours for the reflection
+
+ procedure ResetIntern();
+
+ procedure RenderChar(ch: WideChar; var AdvanceX: real);
+
+ {**
+ * Load font widths from an info file.
+ * @param InfoFile the name of the info (.dat) file
+ * @raises Exception if the file is corrupted
+ *}
+ procedure LoadFontInfo(const InfoFile: string);
+
+ protected
+ procedure Render(const Text: WideString); override;
+ function BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override;
+
+ function GetHeight(): single; override;
+ function GetAscender(): single; override;
+ function GetDescender(): single; override;
+ function GetUnderlinePosition(): single; override;
+ function GetUnderlineThickness(): single; override;
+
+ public
+ {**
+ * Creates a bitmapped font from image Filename and font width info
+ * loaded from the corresponding file with ending .dat.
+ * @param(Baseline y-coord of the baseline given in cartesian coords
+ * (y-axis up) and from the lower edge of the glyphs bounding box)
+ * @param(Ascender pixels from baseline to top of highest glyph)
+ *}
+ constructor Create(const Filename: string; Outline: integer;
+ Baseline, Ascender, Descender: integer);
+ destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+ {**
+ * Corrects font widths provided by the info file.
+ * NewWidth := Width * WidthMult + WidthAdd
+ *}
+ procedure CorrectWidths(WidthMult: real; WidthAdd: integer);
+
+ {** @seealso TFont.Reset }
+ procedure Reset(); override;
+ end;
+
+{$ENDIF BITMAP_FONT}
+
+ TFreeType = class
+ public
+ {**
+ * Returns a pointer to the freetype library singleton.
+ * If non exists, freetype will be initialized.
+ * @raises Exception if initialization failed
+ *}
+ class function GetLibrary(): FT_Library;
+ class procedure FreeLibrary();
+ end;
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses Types;
+
+const
+ //** shear factor used for the italic effect (bigger value -> more bending)
+ cShearFactor = 0.25;
+ cShearMatrix: array[0..15] of GLfloat = (
+ 1, 0, 0, 0,
+ cShearFactor, 1, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 1, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 1
+ );
+ cShearMatrixInv: array[0..15] of GLfloat = (
+ 1, 0, 0, 0,
+ -cShearFactor, 1, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 1, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 1
+ );
+
+var
+ LibraryInst: FT_Library;
+
+function NewGLColor(r, g, b, a: GLfloat): TGLColor;
+begin
+ Result.r := r;
+ Result.g := g;
+ Result.b := b;
+ Result.a := a;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the first power of 2 >= Value.
+ *}
+function NextPowerOf2(Value: integer): integer; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+begin
+ Result := 1;
+ while (Result < Value) do
+ Result := Result shl 1;
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TFont
+ *}
+
+constructor TFont.Create();
+begin
+ inherited;
+ ResetIntern();
+end;
+
+destructor TFont.Destroy();
+begin
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.ResetIntern();
+begin
+ fStyle := [];
+ fUseKerning := true;
+ fGlyphSpacing := 0.0;
+ fReflectionPass := false;
+
+ // must be set by subclasses
+ fLineSpacing := 0.0;
+ fReflectionSpacing := 0.0;
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.Reset();
+begin
+ ResetIntern();
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.SplitLines(const Text: UTF8String; var Lines: TWideStringArray);
+var
+ LineList: TStringList;
+ LineIndex: integer;
+begin
+ // split lines on newline (there is no WideString version of ExtractStrings)
+ LineList := TStringList.Create();
+ ExtractStrings([#13], [], PChar(Text), LineList);
+
+ // create an array of WideStrins from the UTF-8 string-list
+ SetLength(Lines, LineList.Count);
+ for LineIndex := 0 to LineList.Count-1 do
+ Lines[LineIndex] := UTF8Decode(LineList[LineIndex]);
+ LineList.Free();
+end;
+
+function TFont.BBox(const Text: UTF8String; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+var
+ LineArray: TWideStringArray;
+begin
+ SplitLines(Text, LineArray);
+ Result := BBox(LineArray, Advance);
+ SetLength(LineArray, 0);
+end;
+
+function TFont.BBox(const Text: WideString; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+begin
+ Result := BBox(UTF8Encode(Text), Advance);
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.Print(const Text: TWideStringArray);
+var
+ LineIndex: integer;
+begin
+ // recursively call this function to draw reflected text
+ if ((Reflect in Style) and not ReflectionPass) then
+ begin
+ ReflectionPass := true;
+ Print(Text);
+ ReflectionPass := false;
+ end;
+
+ // store current color, enable-flags, matrix-mode
+ glPushAttrib(GL_CURRENT_BIT or GL_ENABLE_BIT or GL_TRANSFORM_BIT);
+
+ // set OpenGL state
+ glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
+ glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+ {
+ // TODO: just draw texels with alpha > 0 to avoid setting z-buffer for them?
+ glAlphaFunc(GL_GREATER, 0);
+ glEnable(GL_ALPHA_TEST);
+
+ //TODO: Do we need depth-testing?
+ if (ReflectionPass) then
+ begin
+ glDepthMask(0);
+ glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+ end;
+ }
+
+ {$IFDEF FLIP_YAXIS}
+ glPushMatrix();
+ glScalef(1, -1, 1);
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ // display text
+ for LineIndex := 0 to High(Text) do
+ begin
+ glPushMatrix();
+
+ // move to baseline
+ glTranslatef(0, -LineSpacing*LineIndex, 0);
+
+ if ((Underline in Style) and not ReflectionPass) then
+ begin
+ glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ DrawUnderline(Text[LineIndex]);
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ end;
+
+ // draw reflection
+ if (ReflectionPass) then
+ begin
+ // set reflection spacing
+ glTranslatef(0, -ReflectionSpacing, 0);
+ // flip y-axis
+ glScalef(1, -1, 1);
+ end;
+
+ // shear for italic effect
+ if (Italic in Style) then
+ glMultMatrixf(@cShearMatrix);
+
+ // render text line
+ Render(Text[LineIndex]);
+
+ glPopMatrix();
+ end;
+
+ // restore settings
+ {$IFDEF FLIP_YAXIS}
+ glPopMatrix();
+ {$ENDIF}
+ glPopAttrib();
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.Print(const Text: string);
+var
+ LineArray: TWideStringArray;
+begin
+ SplitLines(Text, LineArray);
+ Print(LineArray);
+ SetLength(LineArray, 0);
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.Print(const Text: WideString);
+begin
+ Print(UTF8Encode(Text));
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.DrawUnderline(const Text: WideString);
+var
+ UnderlineY1, UnderlineY2: single;
+ Bounds: TBoundsDbl;
+begin
+ UnderlineY1 := GetUnderlinePosition();
+ UnderlineY2 := UnderlineY1 + GetUnderlineThickness();
+ Bounds := BBox(Text, false);
+ glRectf(Bounds.Left, UnderlineY1, Bounds.Right, UnderlineY2);
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.SetStyle(Style: TFontStyle);
+begin
+ fStyle := Style;
+end;
+
+function TFont.GetStyle(): TFontStyle;
+begin
+ Result := fStyle;
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.SetLineSpacing(Spacing: single);
+begin
+ fLineSpacing := Spacing;
+end;
+
+function TFont.GetLineSpacing(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fLineSpacing;
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.SetGlyphSpacing(Spacing: single);
+begin
+ fGlyphSpacing := Spacing;
+end;
+
+function TFont.GetGlyphSpacing(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fGlyphSpacing;
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: single);
+begin
+ fReflectionSpacing := Spacing;
+end;
+
+function TFont.GetReflectionSpacing(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fReflectionSpacing;
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.SetUseKerning(Enable: boolean);
+begin
+ fUseKerning := Enable;
+end;
+
+function TFont.GetUseKerning(): boolean;
+begin
+ Result := fUseKerning;
+end;
+
+procedure TFont.SetReflectionPass(Enable: boolean);
+begin
+ fReflectionPass := Enable;
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TScalableFont
+ *}
+
+constructor TScalableFont.Create(Font: TFont; UseMipmaps: boolean);
+var
+ MipmapLevel: integer;
+begin
+ inherited Create();
+
+ fBaseFont := Font;
+ fMipmapFonts[0] := Font;
+ fUseMipmaps := UseMipmaps;
+ ResetIntern();
+
+ // create mipmap fonts if requested
+ if (UseMipmaps) then
+ begin
+ for MipmapLevel := 1 to cMaxMipmapLevel do
+ begin
+ fMipmapFonts[MipmapLevel] := CreateMipmap(MipmapLevel, 1/(1 shl MipmapLevel));
+ // stop if no smaller mipmap font is returned
+ if (fMipmapFonts[MipmapLevel] = nil) then
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+destructor TScalableFont.Destroy();
+var
+ Level: integer;
+begin
+ for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+ fMipmapFonts[Level].Free;
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.ResetIntern();
+begin
+ fScale := 1.0;
+ fAspect := 1.0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.Reset();
+var
+ Level: integer;
+begin
+ inherited;
+ ResetIntern();
+ for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+ if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+ fMipmapFonts[Level].Reset();
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the mipmap level to use with regard to the current projection
+ * and modelview matrix, font scale and aspect.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * - for Freetype fonts, hinting and grid-fitting must be disabled, otherwise
+ * the glyph widths/heights ratios and advance widths of the mipmap fonts
+ * do not match as they are adjusted sligthly (e.g. an 'a' at size 12px has
+ * width 12px, but at size 6px width 8px).
+ * - returned mipmap-level is used for all glyphs of the current text to print.
+ * This is faster, much easier to handle, since we just need to create
+ * multiple sized fonts and select the one we need for the mipmap-level and
+ * it avoids that neighbored glyphs use different mipmap-level which might
+ * look odd because one glyph might look blurry and the other sharp.
+ *
+ * Motivation:
+ * We do not use OpenGL for mipmapping as the results are very bad. At least
+ * with automatic mipmap generation (gluBuildMipmaps) the fonts look rather
+ * blurry.
+ * Defining our own mipmaps by creating multiple textures with
+ * for different mimap levels is a pain, as the font size passed to freetype
+ * is not the size of the bitmaps created and it does not guarantee that a
+ * glyph bitmap of a font with font-size s/2 is half the size of the font with
+ * font-size s. If the bitmap size is just a single pixel bigger than the half
+ * we might need a texture of the next power-of-2 and the texture would not be
+ * half of the size of the next bigger mipmap. In addition we use a fixed one
+ * pixel sized border to smooth the texture (see cTexSmoothBorder) and maybe
+ * an outset that is added to the font, so creating a glyph mipmap that is
+ * exactly half the size of the next bigger one is a very difficult task.
+ *
+ * Solution:
+ * Use mipmap textures that are not exactly half the size of the next mipmap
+ * level. OpenGL does not support this (at least not without extensions).
+ * The trickiest task is to determine the mipmap to use by calculating the
+ * amount of minification that is performed in this function.
+ *}
+function TScalableFont.GetMipmapLevel(): integer;
+var
+ ModelMatrix, ProjMatrix: T16dArray;
+ WinCoords: array[0..2, 0..2] of GLdouble;
+ ViewPortArray: TViewPortArray;
+ Dist, Dist2: double;
+ WidthScale, HeightScale: double;
+const
+ // width/height of square used for determining the scale
+ cTestSize = 10.0;
+ // an offset to the mipmap-level to adjust the change-over of two consecutive
+ // mipmap levels. If for example the bias is 0.1 and unbiased level is 1.9
+ // the result level will be 2. A bias of 0.5 is equal to rounding.
+ // With bias=0.1 we prefer larger mipmaps over smaller ones.
+ cBias = 0.2;
+begin
+ // 1. retrieve current transformation matrices for gluProject
+ glGetDoublev(GL_MODELVIEW_MATRIX, @ModelMatrix);
+ glGetDoublev(GL_PROJECTION_MATRIX, @ProjMatrix);
+ glGetIntegerv(GL_VIEWPORT, @ViewPortArray);
+
+ // 2. project three of the corner points of a square with size cTestSize
+ // to window coordinates (the square is just a dummy for a glyph)
+
+ // project point (x1, y1) to window corrdinates
+ gluProject(0, 0, 0,
+ ModelMatrix, ProjMatrix, ViewPortArray,
+ @WinCoords[0][0], @WinCoords[0][1], @WinCoords[0][2]);
+ // project point (x2, y1) to window corrdinates
+ gluProject(cTestSize, 0, 0,
+ ModelMatrix, ProjMatrix, ViewPortArray,
+ @WinCoords[1][0], @WinCoords[1][1], @WinCoords[1][2]);
+ // project point (x1, y2) to window corrdinates
+ gluProject(0, cTestSize, 0,
+ ModelMatrix, ProjMatrix, ViewPortArray,
+ @WinCoords[2][0], @WinCoords[2][1], @WinCoords[2][2]);
+
+ // 3. Lets see how much the width and height of the square changed.
+ // Calculate the width and height as displayed on the screen in window
+ // coordinates and calculate the ratio to the original coordinates in
+ // modelview space so the ratio gives us the scale (minification here).
+
+ // projected width ||(x1, y1) - (x2, y1)||
+ Dist := (WinCoords[0][0] - WinCoords[1][0]);
+ Dist2 := (WinCoords[0][1] - WinCoords[1][1]);
+ WidthScale := cTestSize / Sqrt(Dist*Dist + Dist2*Dist2);
+
+ // projected height ||(x1, y1) - (x1, y2)||
+ Dist := (WinCoords[0][0] - WinCoords[2][0]);
+ Dist2 := (WinCoords[0][1] - WinCoords[2][1]);
+ HeightScale := cTestSize / Sqrt(Dist*Dist + Dist2*Dist2);
+
+ //writeln(Format('Scale %f, %f', [WidthScale, HeightScale]));
+
+ // 4. Now that we have got the scale, take the bigger minification scale
+ // and get it to a logarithmic scale as each mipmap is 1/2 the size of its
+ // predecessor (Mipmap_size[i] = Mipmap_size[i-1]/2).
+ // The result is our mipmap-level = the index of the mipmap to use.
+
+ // Level > 0: Minification; < 0: Magnification
+ Result := Trunc(Log2(Max(WidthScale, HeightScale)) + cBias);
+
+ // clamp to valid range
+ if (Result < 0) then
+ Result := 0;
+ if (Result > High(fMipmapFonts)) then
+ Result := High(fMipmapFonts);
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetMipmapScale(Level: integer): single;
+begin
+ if (fMipmapFonts[Level] = nil) then
+ begin
+ Result := -1;
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ Result := fScale * fMipmapFonts[0].Height / fMipmapFonts[Level].Height;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the correct mipmap font for the current scale and projection
+ * matrix. The modelview scale is adjusted to the mipmap level, so
+ * Result.Print() will display the font in the correct size.
+ *}
+function TScalableFont.ChooseMipmapFont(): TFont;
+var
+ DesiredLevel: integer;
+ Level: integer;
+ MipmapScale: single;
+begin
+ Result := nil;
+ DesiredLevel := GetMipmapLevel();
+
+ // get the smallest mipmap available for the desired level
+ // as not all levels must be assigned to a font.
+ for Level := DesiredLevel downto 0 do
+ begin
+ if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+ begin
+ Result := fMipmapFonts[Level];
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ // since the mipmap font (if level > 0) is smaller than the base-font
+ // we have to scale to get its size right.
+ MipmapScale := fMipmapFonts[0].Height/Result.Height;
+ glScalef(MipmapScale, MipmapScale, 0);
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.Print(const Text: TWideStringArray);
+begin
+ glPushMatrix();
+
+ // set scale and stretching
+ glScalef(fScale * fAspect, fScale, 0);
+
+ // print text
+ if (fUseMipmaps) then
+ ChooseMipmapFont().Print(Text)
+ else
+ fBaseFont.Print(Text);
+
+ glPopMatrix();
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.Render(const Text: WideString);
+begin
+ Assert(false, 'Unused TScalableFont.Render() was called');
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+begin
+ Result := fBaseFont.BBox(Text, Advance);
+ Result.Left := Result.Left * fScale * fAspect;
+ Result.Right := Result.Right * fScale * fAspect;
+ Result.Top := Result.Top * fScale;
+ Result.Bottom := Result.Bottom * fScale;
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.SetHeight(Height: single);
+begin
+ fScale := Height / fBaseFont.GetHeight();
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetHeight(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fBaseFont.GetHeight() * fScale;
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.SetAspect(Aspect: single);
+begin
+ fAspect := Aspect;
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetAspect(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fAspect;
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetAscender(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fBaseFont.GetAscender() * fScale;
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetDescender(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fBaseFont.GetDescender() * fScale;
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.SetLineSpacing(Spacing: single);
+var
+ Level: integer;
+begin
+ for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+ if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+ fMipmapFonts[Level].SetLineSpacing(Spacing / GetMipmapScale(Level));
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetLineSpacing(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fBaseFont.GetLineSpacing() * fScale;
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.SetGlyphSpacing(Spacing: single);
+var
+ Level: integer;
+begin
+ for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+ if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+ fMipmapFonts[Level].SetGlyphSpacing(Spacing / GetMipmapScale(Level));
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetGlyphSpacing(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fBaseFont.GetGlyphSpacing() * fScale;
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: single);
+var
+ Level: integer;
+begin
+ for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+ if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+ fMipmapFonts[Level].SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing / GetMipmapScale(Level));
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetReflectionSpacing(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fBaseFont.GetLineSpacing() * fScale;
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.SetStyle(Style: TFontStyle);
+var
+ Level: integer;
+begin
+ for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+ if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+ fMipmapFonts[Level].SetStyle(Style);
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetStyle(): TFontStyle;
+begin
+ Result := fBaseFont.GetStyle();
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetUnderlinePosition(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fBaseFont.GetUnderlinePosition();
+end;
+
+function TScalableFont.GetUnderlineThickness(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fBaseFont.GetUnderlinePosition();
+end;
+
+procedure TScalableFont.SetUseKerning(Enable: boolean);
+var
+ Level: integer;
+begin
+ for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+ if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+ fMipmapFonts[Level].SetUseKerning(Enable);
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TCachedFont
+ *}
+
+constructor TCachedFont.Create();
+begin
+ inherited;
+ fCache := TGlyphCache.Create();
+end;
+
+destructor TCachedFont.Destroy();
+begin
+ fCache.Free;
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+function TCachedFont.GetGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph;
+begin
+ Result := fCache.GetGlyph(ch);
+ if (Result = nil) then
+ begin
+ Result := LoadGlyph(ch);
+ if (not fCache.AddGlyph(ch, Result)) then
+ Result.Free;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TCachedFont.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+begin
+ fCache.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet);
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TFTFont
+ *}
+
+constructor TFTFont.Create(
+ const Filename: string;
+ Size: integer; Outset: single;
+ LoadFlags: FT_Int32);
+var
+ i: WideChar;
+begin
+ inherited Create();
+
+ fFilename := Filename;
+ fSize := Size;
+ fOutset := Outset;
+ fLoadFlags := LoadFlags;
+ fUseDisplayLists := true;
+
+ // load font information
+ if (FT_New_Face(TFreeType.GetLibrary(), PChar(Filename), 0, fFace) <> 0) then
+ raise Exception.Create('FT_New_Face: Could not load font ''' + Filename + '''');
+
+ // support scalable fonts only
+ if (not FT_IS_SCALABLE(fFace)) then
+ raise Exception.Create('Font is not scalable');
+
+ if (FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes(fFace, 0, Size) <> 0) then
+ raise Exception.Create('FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes failes');
+
+ // get scale factor for font-unit to pixel-size transformation
+ fFontUnitScale.X := fFace.size.metrics.x_ppem / fFace.units_per_EM;
+ fFontUnitScale.Y := fFace.size.metrics.y_ppem / fFace.units_per_EM;
+
+ ResetIntern();
+
+ // pre-cache some commonly used glyphs (' ' - '~')
+ for i := #32 to #126 do
+ fCache.AddGlyph(i, TFTGlyph.Create(Self, i, Outset, LoadFlags));
+end;
+
+destructor TFTFont.Destroy();
+begin
+ // free face
+ FT_Done_Face(fFace);
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTFont.ResetIntern();
+begin
+ // Note: outset and non outset fonts use same spacing
+ fLineSpacing := fFace.height * fFontUnitScale.Y;
+ fReflectionSpacing := -2*fFace.descender * fFontUnitScale.Y;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTFont.Reset();
+begin
+ inherited;
+ ResetIntern();
+end;
+
+function TFTFont.LoadGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph;
+begin
+ Result := TFTGlyph.Create(Self, ch, Outset, fLoadFlags);
+end;
+
+function TFTFont.BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+var
+ Glyph, PrevGlyph: TFTGlyph;
+ TextLine: WideString;
+ LineYOffset: single;
+ LineIndex, CharIndex: integer;
+ LineBounds: TBoundsDbl;
+ KernDelta: FT_Vector;
+ UnderlinePos: double;
+begin
+ // Reset global bounds
+ Result.Left := Infinity;
+ Result.Right := 0;
+ Result.Bottom := Infinity;
+ Result.Top := 0;
+
+ // reset last glyph
+ PrevGlyph := nil;
+
+ // display text
+ for LineIndex := 0 to High(Text) do
+ begin
+ // get next text line
+ TextLine := Text[LineIndex];
+ LineYOffset := -LineSpacing * LineIndex;
+
+ // reset line bounds
+ LineBounds.Left := Infinity;
+ LineBounds.Right := 0;
+ LineBounds.Bottom := Infinity;
+ LineBounds.Top := 0;
+
+ // for each glyph image, compute its bounding box
+ for CharIndex := 1 to Length(TextLine) do
+ begin
+ Glyph := TFTGlyph(GetGlyph(TextLine[CharIndex]));
+ if (Glyph <> nil) then
+ begin
+ // get kerning
+ if (fUseKerning and FT_HAS_KERNING(fFace) and (PrevGlyph <> nil)) then
+ begin
+ FT_Get_Kerning(fFace, PrevGlyph.CharIndex, Glyph.CharIndex,
+ FT_KERNING_UNSCALED, KernDelta);
+ LineBounds.Right := LineBounds.Right + KernDelta.x * fFontUnitScale.X;
+ end;
+
+ // update left bound (must be done before right bound is updated)
+ if (LineBounds.Right + Glyph.Bounds.Left < LineBounds.Left) then
+ LineBounds.Left := LineBounds.Right + Glyph.Bounds.Left;
+
+ // update right bound
+ if (CharIndex < Length(TextLine)) or // not the last character
+ (TextLine[CharIndex] = ' ') or // on space char (Bounds.Right = 0)
+ Advance then // or in advance mode
+ begin
+ // add advance and glyph spacing
+ LineBounds.Right := LineBounds.Right + Glyph.Advance.x + GlyphSpacing
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ // add glyph's right bound
+ LineBounds.Right := LineBounds.Right + Glyph.Bounds.Right;
+ end;
+
+ // update bottom and top bounds
+ if (Glyph.Bounds.Bottom < LineBounds.Bottom) then
+ LineBounds.Bottom := Glyph.Bounds.Bottom;
+ if (Glyph.Bounds.Top > LineBounds.Top) then
+ LineBounds.Top := Glyph.Bounds.Top;
+ end;
+
+ PrevGlyph := Glyph;
+ end;
+
+ // handle italic font style
+ if (Italic in Style) then
+ begin
+ LineBounds.Left := LineBounds.Left + LineBounds.Bottom * cShearFactor;
+ LineBounds.Right := LineBounds.Right + LineBounds.Top * cShearFactor;
+ end;
+
+ // handle underlined font style
+ if (Underline in Style) then
+ begin
+ UnderlinePos := GetUnderlinePosition();
+ if (UnderlinePos < LineBounds.Bottom) then
+ LineBounds.Bottom := UnderlinePos;
+ end;
+
+ // add line offset
+ LineBounds.Bottom := LineBounds.Bottom + LineYOffset;
+ LineBounds.Top := LineBounds.Top + LineYOffset;
+
+ // adjust global bounds
+ if (Result.Left > LineBounds.Left) then
+ Result.Left := LineBounds.Left;
+ if (Result.Right < LineBounds.Right) then
+ Result.Right := LineBounds.Right;
+ if (Result.Bottom > LineBounds.Bottom) then
+ Result.Bottom := LineBounds.Bottom;
+ if (Result.Top < LineBounds.Top) then
+ Result.Top := LineBounds.Top;
+ end;
+
+ // if left or bottom bound was not set, set them to 0
+ if (Result.Left = Infinity) then
+ Result.Left := 0.0;
+ if (Result.Bottom = Infinity) then
+ Result.Bottom := 0.0;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTFont.Render(const Text: WideString);
+var
+ CharIndex: integer;
+ Glyph, PrevGlyph: TFTGlyph;
+ KernDelta: FT_Vector;
+begin
+ // reset last glyph
+ PrevGlyph := nil;
+
+ // draw current line
+ for CharIndex := 1 to Length(Text) do
+ begin
+ Glyph := TFTGlyph(GetGlyph(Text[CharIndex]));
+ if (Assigned(Glyph)) then
+ begin
+ // get kerning
+ if (fUseKerning and FT_HAS_KERNING(fFace) and (PrevGlyph <> nil)) then
+ begin
+ FT_Get_Kerning(fFace, PrevGlyph.CharIndex, Glyph.CharIndex,
+ FT_KERNING_UNSCALED, KernDelta);
+ glTranslatef(KernDelta.x * fFontUnitScale.X, 0, 0);
+ end;
+
+ if (ReflectionPass) then
+ Glyph.RenderReflection()
+ else
+ Glyph.Render(fUseDisplayLists);
+
+ glTranslatef(Glyph.Advance.x + fGlyphSpacing, 0, 0);
+ end;
+
+ PrevGlyph := Glyph;
+ end;
+end;
+
+function TFTFont.GetHeight(): single;
+begin
+ Result := Ascender - Descender;
+end;
+
+function TFTFont.GetAscender(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fFace.ascender * fFontUnitScale.Y + Outset*2;
+end;
+
+function TFTFont.GetDescender(): single;
+begin
+ // Note: outset is not part of the descender as the baseline is lifted
+ Result := fFace.descender * fFontUnitScale.Y;
+end;
+
+function TFTFont.GetUnderlinePosition(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fFace.underline_position * fFontUnitScale.Y - Outset;
+end;
+
+function TFTFont.GetUnderlineThickness(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fFace.underline_thickness * fFontUnitScale.Y + Outset*2;
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TFTScalableFont
+ *}
+
+constructor TFTScalableFont.Create(const Filename: string;
+ Size: integer; OutsetAmount: single;
+ UseMipmaps: boolean);
+var
+ LoadFlags: FT_Int32;
+begin
+ LoadFlags := FT_LOAD_DEFAULT;
+ // Disable hinting and grid-fitting to preserve font outlines at each font
+ // size, otherwise the font widths/heights do not match resulting in ugly
+ // text size changes during zooming.
+ // A drawback is a reduced quality with smaller font sizes but it is not that
+ // bad with gray-scaled rendering (at least it looks better than OpenGL's
+ // linear downscaling on minification).
+ if (UseMipmaps) then
+ LoadFlags := LoadFlags or FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
+ inherited Create(
+ TFTFont.Create(Filename, Size, Size * OutsetAmount, LoadFlags),
+ UseMipmaps);
+end;
+
+function TFTScalableFont.CreateMipmap(Level: integer; Scale: single): TFont;
+var
+ ScaledSize: integer;
+ BaseFont: TFTFont;
+begin
+ Result := nil;
+ BaseFont := TFTFont(fBaseFont);
+ ScaledSize := Round(BaseFont.Size * Scale);
+ // do not create mipmap fonts < 8 pixels
+ if (ScaledSize < 8) then
+ Exit;
+ Result := TFTFont.Create(BaseFont.fFilename,
+ ScaledSize, BaseFont.fOutset * Scale,
+ FT_LOAD_DEFAULT or FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING);
+end;
+
+function TFTScalableFont.GetOutset(): single;
+begin
+ Result := TFTFont(fBaseFont).Outset * fScale;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTScalableFont.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+var
+ Level: integer;
+begin
+ for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+ if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+ TFTFont(fMipmapFonts[Level]).FlushCache(KeepBaseSet);
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TOutlineFont
+ *}
+
+constructor TFTOutlineFont.Create(
+ const Filename: string;
+ Size: integer; Outset: single;
+ LoadFlags: FT_Int32);
+begin
+ inherited Create();
+
+ fFilename := Filename;
+ fSize := Size;
+ fOutset := Outset;
+
+ fInnerFont := TFTFont.Create(Filename, Size, 0.0, LoadFlags);
+ fOutlineFont := TFTFont.Create(Filename, Size, Outset, LoadFlags);
+
+ ResetIntern();
+end;
+
+destructor TFTOutlineFont.Destroy;
+begin
+ fOutlineFont.Free;
+ fInnerFont.Free;
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.ResetIntern();
+begin
+ // TODO: maybe swap fInnerFont/fOutlineFont.GlyphSpacing to use the spacing
+ // of the outline font?
+ //fInnerFont.GlyphSpacing := fOutset*2;
+ fOutlineFont.GlyphSpacing := -fOutset*2;
+
+ fLineSpacing := fOutlineFont.LineSpacing;
+ fReflectionSpacing := fOutlineFont.ReflectionSpacing;
+ fOutlineColor := NewGLColor(0, 0, 0, -1);
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.Reset();
+begin
+ inherited;
+ fInnerFont.Reset();
+ fOutlineFont.Reset();
+ ResetIntern();
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.DrawUnderline(const Text: WideString);
+var
+ CurrentColor: TGLColor;
+ OutlineColor: TGLColor;
+begin
+ // save current color
+ glGetFloatv(GL_CURRENT_COLOR, @CurrentColor.vals);
+
+ // if the outline's alpha component is < 0 use the current alpha
+ OutlineColor := fOutlineColor;
+ if (OutlineColor.a < 0) then
+ OutlineColor.a := CurrentColor.a;
+
+ // draw underline outline (in outline color)
+ glColor4fv(@OutlineColor.vals);
+ fOutlineFont.DrawUnderline(Text);
+ glColor4fv(@CurrentColor.vals);
+
+ // draw underline inner part (in current color)
+ glPushMatrix();
+ glTranslatef(fOutset, 0, 0);
+ fInnerFont.DrawUnderline(Text);
+ glPopMatrix();
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.Render(const Text: WideString);
+var
+ CurrentColor: TGLColor;
+ OutlineColor: TGLColor;
+begin
+ // save current color
+ glGetFloatv(GL_CURRENT_COLOR, @CurrentColor.vals);
+
+ // if the outline's alpha component is < 0 use the current alpha
+ OutlineColor := fOutlineColor;
+ if (OutlineColor.a < 0) then
+ OutlineColor.a := CurrentColor.a;
+
+ { setup and render outline font }
+
+ glColor4fv(@OutlineColor.vals);
+ glPushMatrix();
+ fOutlineFont.Render(Text);
+ glPopMatrix();
+ glColor4fv(@CurrentColor.vals);
+
+ { setup and render inner font }
+
+ glPushMatrix();
+ glTranslatef(fOutset, fOutset, 0);
+ fInnerFont.Render(Text);
+ glPopMatrix();
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.SetOutlineColor(r, g, b: GLfloat; a: GLfloat);
+begin
+ fOutlineColor := NewGLColor(r, g, b, a);
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+begin
+ fOutlineFont.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet);
+ fInnerFont.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet);
+end;
+
+function TFTOutlineFont.BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+begin
+ Result := fOutlineFont.BBox(Text, Advance);
+end;
+
+function TFTOutlineFont.GetHeight(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fOutlineFont.Height;
+end;
+
+function TFTOutlineFont.GetAscender(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fOutlineFont.Ascender;
+end;
+
+function TFTOutlineFont.GetDescender(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fOutlineFont.Descender;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.SetLineSpacing(Spacing: single);
+begin
+ inherited SetLineSpacing(Spacing);
+ fInnerFont.LineSpacing := Spacing;
+ fOutlineFont.LineSpacing := Spacing;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.SetGlyphSpacing(Spacing: single);
+begin
+ inherited SetGlyphSpacing(Spacing);
+ fInnerFont.GlyphSpacing := Spacing;
+ fOutlineFont.GlyphSpacing := Spacing - Outset*2;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing: single);
+begin
+ inherited SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing);
+ fInnerFont.ReflectionSpacing := Spacing;
+ fOutlineFont.ReflectionSpacing := Spacing;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.SetStyle(Style: TFontStyle);
+begin
+ inherited SetStyle(Style);
+ fInnerFont.Style := Style;
+ fOutlineFont.Style := Style;
+end;
+
+function TFTOutlineFont.GetStyle(): TFontStyle;
+begin
+ Result := inherited GetStyle();
+end;
+
+function TFTOutlineFont.GetUnderlinePosition(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fOutlineFont.GetUnderlinePosition();
+end;
+
+function TFTOutlineFont.GetUnderlineThickness(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fOutlineFont.GetUnderlinePosition();
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.SetUseKerning(Enable: boolean);
+begin
+ inherited SetUseKerning(Enable);
+ fInnerFont.fUseKerning := Enable;
+ fOutlineFont.fUseKerning := Enable;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTOutlineFont.SetReflectionPass(Enable: boolean);
+begin
+ inherited SetReflectionPass(Enable);
+ fInnerFont.fReflectionPass := Enable;
+ fOutlineFont.fReflectionPass := Enable;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * TScalableOutlineFont
+ *}
+
+constructor TFTScalableOutlineFont.Create(
+ const Filename: string;
+ Size: integer; OutsetAmount: single;
+ UseMipmaps: boolean);
+var
+ LoadFlags: FT_Int32;
+begin
+ LoadFlags := FT_LOAD_DEFAULT;
+ // Disable hinting and grid-fitting (see TFTScalableFont.Create)
+ if (UseMipmaps) then
+ LoadFlags := LoadFlags or FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING;
+ inherited Create(
+ TFTOutlineFont.Create(Filename, Size, Size*OutsetAmount, LoadFlags),
+ UseMipmaps);
+end;
+
+function TFTScalableOutlineFont.CreateMipmap(Level: integer; Scale: single): TFont;
+var
+ ScaledSize: integer;
+ BaseFont: TFTOutlineFont;
+begin
+ Result := nil;
+ BaseFont := TFTOutlineFont(fBaseFont);
+ ScaledSize := Round(BaseFont.Size*Scale);
+ // do not create mipmap fonts < 8 pixels
+ if (ScaledSize < 8) then
+ Exit;
+ Result := TFTOutlineFont.Create(BaseFont.fFilename,
+ ScaledSize, BaseFont.fOutset*Scale,
+ FT_LOAD_DEFAULT or FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING);
+end;
+
+function TFTScalableOutlineFont.GetOutset(): single;
+begin
+ Result := TFTOutlineFont(fBaseFont).Outset * fScale;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTScalableOutlineFont.SetOutlineColor(r, g, b: GLfloat; a: GLfloat);
+var
+ Level: integer;
+begin
+ for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+ if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+ TFTOutlineFont(fMipmapFonts[Level]).SetOutlineColor(r, g, b, a);
+end;
+
+procedure TFTScalableOutlineFont.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+var
+ Level: integer;
+begin
+ for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do
+ if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then
+ TFTOutlineFont(fMipmapFonts[Level]).FlushCache(KeepBaseSet);
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TFTGlyph
+ *}
+
+const
+ {**
+ * Size of the transparent border surrounding the glyph image in the texture.
+ * The border is necessary because OpenGL does not smooth texels at the
+ * border of a texture with the GL_CLAMP or GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE styles.
+ * Without the border, magnified glyph textures look very ugly at their edges.
+ * It looks edgy, as if some pixels are missing especially on the left edge
+ * (just set cTexSmoothBorder to 0 to see what is meant by this).
+ * With the border even the glyphs edges are blended to the border (transparent)
+ * color and everything looks nice.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ * OpenGL already supports texture border by setting the border parameter
+ * of glTexImage*D() to 1 and using a texture size of 2^m+2b and setting the
+ * border pixels to the border color. In some forums it is discouraged to use
+ * the border parameter as only a few of the more modern graphics cards support
+ * this feature. On an ATI Radeon 9700 card, the slowed down to 0.5 fps and
+ * the glyph's background got black. So instead of using this feature we
+ * handle it on our own. The only drawback is that textures might get bigger
+ * because the border might require a higher power of 2 size instead of just
+ * two additional pixels.
+ *}
+ cTexSmoothBorder = 1;
+
+procedure TFTGlyph.Extrude(var TexBuffer: TGLubyteDynArray; Outset: single);
+
+ procedure SetToMax(var Val1: GLubyte; Val2: GLubyte); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+ begin
+ if (Val1 < Val2) then
+ Val1 := Val2;
+ end;
+
+var
+ I, X, Y: integer;
+ SrcBuffer,TmpBuffer: TGLubyteDynArray;
+ TexLine, TexLinePrev, TexLineNext: PGLubyteArray;
+ SrcLine: PGLubyteArray;
+ AlphaScale: single;
+ Value, ValueNeigh, ValueDiag: GLubyte;
+const
+ // square-root of 2 used for diagonal neighbor pixels
+ cSqrt2 = 1.4142;
+ // number of ignored pixels on each edge of the bitmap. Consists of:
+ // - border used for font smoothing and
+ // - outer (extruded) bitmap pixel (because it is just written but never read)
+ cBorder = cTexSmoothBorder + 1;
+begin
+ // allocate memory for temporary buffer
+ SetLength(SrcBuffer, Length(TexBuffer));
+ FillChar(SrcBuffer[0], Length(TexBuffer), 0);
+
+ // extrude pixel by pixel
+ for I := 1 to Ceil(Outset) do
+ begin
+ // swap arrays
+ TmpBuffer := TexBuffer;
+ TexBuffer := SrcBuffer;
+ SrcBuffer := TmpBuffer;
+
+ // as long as we add an entire pixel of outset, use a solid color.
+ // If the fractional part is reached blend, e.g. outline=3.2 -> 3 solid
+ // pixels and one blended with alpha=0.2.
+ // For the fractional part I = Ceil(Outset) is always true.
+ if (I <= Outset) then
+ AlphaScale := 1
+ else
+ AlphaScale := Outset - Trunc(Outset);
+
+ // copy data to the expanded bitmap.
+ for Y := cBorder to fTexSize.Height - 2*cBorder do
+ begin
+ TexLine := @TexBuffer[Y*fTexSize.Width];
+ TexLinePrev := @TexBuffer[(Y-1)*fTexSize.Width];
+ TexLineNext := @TexBuffer[(Y+1)*fTexSize.Width];
+ SrcLine := @SrcBuffer[Y*fTexSize.Width];
+
+ // expand current line's pixels
+ for X := cBorder to fTexSize.Width - 2*cBorder do
+ begin
+ Value := SrcLine[X];
+ ValueNeigh := Round(Value * AlphaScale);
+ ValueDiag := Round(ValueNeigh / cSqrt2);
+
+ SetToMax(TexLine[X], Value);
+ SetToMax(TexLine[X-1], ValueNeigh);
+ SetToMax(TexLine[X+1], ValueNeigh);
+
+ SetToMax(TexLinePrev[X], ValueNeigh);
+ SetToMax(TexLinePrev[X-1], ValueDiag);
+ SetToMax(TexLinePrev[X+1], ValueDiag);
+
+ SetToMax(TexLineNext[X], ValueNeigh);
+ SetToMax(TexLineNext[X-1], ValueDiag);
+ SetToMax(TexLineNext[X+1], ValueDiag);
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ TmpBuffer := nil;
+ SetLength(SrcBuffer, 0);
+end;
+
+procedure TFTGlyph.CreateTexture(LoadFlags: FT_Int32);
+var
+ X, Y: integer;
+ Glyph: FT_Glyph;
+ BitmapGlyph: FT_BitmapGlyph;
+ Bitmap: PFT_Bitmap;
+ BitmapLine: PByteArray;
+ BitmapBuffer: PByteArray;
+ TexBuffer: TGLubyteDynArray;
+ TexLine: PGLubyteArray;
+ CBox: FT_BBox;
+begin
+ // load the Glyph for our character
+ if (FT_Load_Glyph(fFont.Face, fCharIndex, LoadFlags) <> 0) then
+ raise Exception.Create('FT_Load_Glyph failed');
+
+ // move the face's glyph into a Glyph object
+ if (FT_Get_Glyph(fFont.Face^.glyph, Glyph) <> 0) then
+ raise Exception.Create('FT_Get_Glyph failed');
+
+ // store scaled advance width/height in glyph-object
+ fAdvance.X := fFont.Face^.glyph^.advance.x / 64 + fOutset*2;
+ fAdvance.Y := fFont.Face^.glyph^.advance.y / 64 + fOutset*2;
+
+ // get the contour's bounding box (in 1/64th pixels, not font-units)
+ FT_Glyph_Get_CBox(Glyph, FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED, CBox);
+ // convert 1/64th values to double values
+ fBounds.Left := CBox.xMin / 64;
+ fBounds.Right := CBox.xMax / 64 + fOutset*2;
+ fBounds.Bottom := CBox.yMin / 64;
+ fBounds.Top := CBox.yMax / 64 + fOutset*2;
+
+ // convert the glyph to a bitmap (and destroy original glyph image).
+ // Request 8 bit gray level pixel mode.
+ FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap(Glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, nil, 1);
+ BitmapGlyph := FT_BitmapGlyph(Glyph);
+
+ // get bitmap offsets
+ fBitmapCoords.Left := BitmapGlyph^.left - cTexSmoothBorder;
+ // Note: add 1*fOutset for lifting the baseline so outset fonts to not intersect
+ // with the baseline; Ceil(fOutset) for the outset pixels added to the bitmap.
+ fBitmapCoords.Top := BitmapGlyph^.top + fOutset+Ceil(fOutset) + cTexSmoothBorder;
+
+ // make accessing the bitmap easier
+ Bitmap := @BitmapGlyph^.bitmap;
+ // get bitmap dimensions
+ fBitmapCoords.Width := Bitmap.width + (Ceil(fOutset) + cTexSmoothBorder)*2;
+ fBitmapCoords.Height := Bitmap.rows + (Ceil(fOutset) + cTexSmoothBorder)*2;
+
+ // get power-of-2 bitmap widths
+ fTexSize.Width :=
+ NextPowerOf2(Bitmap.width + (Ceil(fOutset) + cTexSmoothBorder)*2);
+ fTexSize.Height :=
+ NextPowerOf2(Bitmap.rows + (Ceil(fOutset) + cTexSmoothBorder)*2);
+
+ // texture-widths ignoring empty (power-of-2) padding space
+ fTexOffset.X := fBitmapCoords.Width / fTexSize.Width;
+ fTexOffset.Y := fBitmapCoords.Height / fTexSize.Height;
+
+ // allocate memory for texture data
+ SetLength(TexBuffer, fTexSize.Width * fTexSize.Height);
+ FillChar(TexBuffer[0], Length(TexBuffer), 0);
+
+ // Freetype stores the bitmap with either upper (pitch is > 0) or lower
+ // (pitch < 0) glyphs line first. Set the buffer to the upper line.
+ // See http://freetype.sourceforge.net/freetype2/docs/glyphs/glyphs-7.html
+ if (Bitmap.pitch > 0) then
+ BitmapBuffer := @Bitmap.buffer[0]
+ else
+ BitmapBuffer := @Bitmap.buffer[(Bitmap.rows-1) * Abs(Bitmap.pitch)];
+
+ // copy data to texture bitmap (upper line first).
+ for Y := 0 to Bitmap.rows-1 do
+ begin
+ // set pointer to first pixel in line that holds bitmap data.
+ // Each line starts with a cTexSmoothBorder pixel and multiple outset pixels
+ // that are added by Extrude() later.
+ TexLine := @TexBuffer[(Y + cTexSmoothBorder + Ceil(fOutset)) * fTexSize.Width +
+ cTexSmoothBorder + Ceil(fOutset)];
+ // get next lower line offset, use pitch instead of width as it tells
+ // us the storage direction of the lines. In addition a line might be padded.
+ BitmapLine := @BitmapBuffer[Y * Bitmap.pitch];
+
+ // check for pixel mode and copy pixels
+ // Should be 8 bit gray, but even with FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, freetype
+ // sometimes (e.g. 16px sized japanese fonts) fallbacks to 1 bit pixels.
+ case (Bitmap.pixel_mode) of
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY: begin // 8 bit gray
+ for X := 0 to Bitmap.width-1 do
+ TexLine[X] := BitmapLine[X];
+ end;
+ FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO: begin // 1 bit mono
+ for X := 0 to Bitmap.width-1 do
+ TexLine[X] := High(GLubyte) * ((BitmapLine[X div 8] shr (7-(X mod 8))) and $1);
+ end;
+ else begin
+ // unhandled pixel format
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ if (fOutset > 0) then
+ Extrude(TexBuffer, fOutset);
+
+ // allocate resources for textures and display lists
+ glGenTextures(1, @fTexture);
+
+ // setup texture parameters
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, fTexture);
+ glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE);
+ glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE);
+ glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+ glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+
+ glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ALIGNMENT, 1);
+ // create alpha-map (GL_ALPHA component only).
+ // TexCoord (0,0) corresponds to the top left pixel of the glyph,
+ // (1,1) to the bottom right pixel. So the glyph is flipped as OpenGL uses
+ // a cartesian (y-axis up) coordinate system for textures.
+ // See the cTexSmoothBorder comment for info on texture borders.
+ glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_ALPHA, fTexSize.Width, fTexSize.Height,
+ 0, GL_ALPHA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, @TexBuffer[0]);
+
+ // free expanded data
+ SetLength(TexBuffer, 0);
+
+ // create the display list
+ fDisplayList := glGenLists(1);
+
+ // render to display-list
+ glNewList(fDisplayList, GL_COMPILE);
+ Render(false);
+ glEndList();
+
+ // free glyph data (bitmap, etc.)
+ FT_Done_Glyph(Glyph);
+end;
+
+constructor TFTGlyph.Create(Font: TFTFont; ch: WideChar; Outset: single;
+ LoadFlags: FT_Int32);
+begin
+ inherited Create();
+
+ fFont := Font;
+ fOutset := Outset;
+
+ // get the Freetype char-index (use default UNICODE charmap)
+ fCharIndex := FT_Get_Char_Index(Font.fFace, FT_ULONG(ch));
+
+ CreateTexture(LoadFlags);
+end;
+
+destructor TFTGlyph.Destroy;
+begin
+ if (fDisplayList <> 0) then
+ glDeleteLists(fDisplayList, 1);
+ if (fTexture <> 0) then
+ glDeleteTextures(1, @fTexture);
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TFTGlyph.Render(UseDisplayLists: boolean);
+begin
+ // use display-lists if enabled and exit
+ if (UseDisplayLists) then
+ begin
+ glCallList(fDisplayList);
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, fTexture);
+ glPushMatrix();
+
+ // move to top left glyph position
+ glTranslatef(fBitmapCoords.Left, fBitmapCoords.Top, 0);
+
+ // draw glyph texture
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ // top right
+ glTexCoord2f(fTexOffset.X, 0);
+ glVertex2f(fBitmapCoords.Width, 0);
+
+ // top left
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0);
+ glVertex2f(0, 0);
+
+ // bottom left
+ glTexCoord2f(0, fTexOffset.Y);
+ glVertex2f(0, -fBitmapCoords.Height);
+
+ // bottom right
+ glTexCoord2f(fTexOffset.X, fTexOffset.Y);
+ glVertex2f(fBitmapCoords.Width, -fBitmapCoords.Height);
+ glEnd();
+
+ glPopMatrix();
+end;
+
+procedure TFTGlyph.RenderReflection();
+var
+ Color: TGLColor;
+ TexUpperPos: single;
+ TexLowerPos: single;
+ UpperPos: single;
+const
+ CutOff = 0.6;
+begin
+ glPushMatrix();
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, fTexture);
+ glGetFloatv(GL_CURRENT_COLOR, @Color.vals);
+
+ // add extra space to the left of the glyph
+ glTranslatef(fBitmapCoords.Left, 0, 0);
+
+ // The upper position of the glyph, if CutOff is 1.0, it is fFont.Ascender.
+ // If CutOff is set to 0.5 only half of the glyph height is displayed.
+ UpperPos := fFont.Descender + fFont.Height * CutOff;
+
+ // the glyph texture's height is just the height of the glyph but not the font
+ // height. Setting a color for the upper and lower bounds of the glyph results
+ // in different color gradients. So we have to set the color values for the
+ // descender and ascender (as we have a cutoff, for the upper-pos here) as
+ // these positions are font but not glyph specific.
+
+ // To get the texture positions we have to enhance the texture at the top and
+ // bottom by the amount from the top to ascender (rather upper-pos here) and
+ // from the bottom (Height-Top) to descender. Then we have to convert those
+ // heights to texture coordinates by dividing by the bitmap Height and
+ // removing the power-of-2 padding space by multiplying with fTexOffset.Y
+ // (as fBitmapCoords.Height corresponds to fTexOffset.Y and not 1.0).
+ TexUpperPos := -(UpperPos - fBitmapCoords.Top) / fBitmapCoords.Height * fTexOffset.Y;
+ TexLowerPos := (-(fFont.Descender + fBitmapCoords.Height - fBitmapCoords.Top) /
+ fBitmapCoords.Height + 1) * fTexOffset.Y;
+
+ // draw glyph texture
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ // top right
+ glColor4f(Color.r, Color.g, Color.b, 0);
+ glTexCoord2f(fTexOffset.X, TexUpperPos);
+ glVertex2f(fBitmapCoords.Width, UpperPos);
+
+ // top left
+ glTexCoord2f(0, TexUpperPos);
+ glVertex2f(0, UpperPos);
+
+ // bottom left
+ glColor4f(Color.r, Color.g, Color.b, Color.a-0.3);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, TexLowerPos);
+ glVertex2f(0, fFont.Descender);
+
+ // bottom right
+ glTexCoord2f(fTexOffset.X, TexLowerPos);
+ glVertex2f(fBitmapCoords.Width, fFont.Descender);
+ glEnd();
+
+ glPopMatrix();
+
+ // restore old color
+ // Note: glPopAttrib(GL_CURRENT_BIT)/glPopAttrib() is much slower then
+ // glGetFloatv(GL_CURRENT_COLOR, ...)/glColor4fv(...)
+ glColor4fv(@Color.vals);
+end;
+
+function TFTGlyph.GetAdvance(): TPositionDbl;
+begin
+ Result := fAdvance;
+end;
+
+function TFTGlyph.GetBounds(): TBoundsDbl;
+begin
+ Result := fBounds;
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TGlyphCache
+ *}
+
+constructor TGlyphCache.Create();
+begin
+ inherited;
+ fHash := TList.Create();
+end;
+
+destructor TGlyphCache.Destroy();
+begin
+ // free cached glyphs
+ FlushCache(false);
+
+ // destroy TList
+ fHash.Free;
+
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+function TGlyphCache.FindGlyphTable(BaseCode: cardinal; out InsertPos: integer): PGlyphTable;
+var
+ I: integer;
+ Entry: TGlyphCacheHashEntry;
+begin
+ Result := nil;
+
+ for I := 0 to fHash.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ Entry := TGlyphCacheHashEntry(fHash[I]);
+
+ if (Entry.BaseCode > BaseCode) then
+ begin
+ InsertPos := I;
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ if (Entry.BaseCode = BaseCode) then
+ begin
+ InsertPos := I;
+ Result := @Entry.GlyphTable;
+ Exit;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ InsertPos := fHash.Count;
+end;
+
+function TGlyphCache.AddGlyph(ch: WideChar; const Glyph: TGlyph): boolean;
+var
+ BaseCode: cardinal;
+ GlyphCode: integer;
+ InsertPos: integer;
+ GlyphTable: PGlyphTable;
+ Entry: TGlyphCacheHashEntry;
+begin
+ Result := false;
+
+ BaseCode := cardinal(ch) shr 8;
+ GlyphTable := FindGlyphTable(BaseCode, InsertPos);
+ if (GlyphTable = nil) then
+ begin
+ Entry := TGlyphCacheHashEntry.Create(BaseCode);
+ GlyphTable := @Entry.GlyphTable;
+ fHash.Insert(InsertPos, Entry);
+ end;
+
+ // get glyph table offset
+ GlyphCode := cardinal(ch) and $FF;
+ // insert glyph into table if not present
+ if (GlyphTable[GlyphCode] = nil) then
+ begin
+ GlyphTable[GlyphCode] := Glyph;
+ Result := true;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TGlyphCache.DeleteGlyph(ch: WideChar);
+var
+ Table: PGlyphTable;
+ TableIndex, GlyphIndex: integer;
+ TableEmpty: boolean;
+begin
+ // find table
+ Table := FindGlyphTable(cardinal(ch) shr 8, TableIndex);
+ if (Table = nil) then
+ Exit;
+
+ // find glyph
+ GlyphIndex := cardinal(ch) and $FF;
+ if (Table[GlyphIndex] <> nil) then
+ begin
+ // destroy glyph
+ FreeAndNil(Table[GlyphIndex]);
+
+ // check if table is empty
+ TableEmpty := true;
+ for GlyphIndex := 0 to High(Table^) do
+ begin
+ if (Table[GlyphIndex] <> nil) then
+ begin
+ TableEmpty := false;
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ // free empty table
+ if (TableEmpty) then
+ begin
+ fHash.Delete(TableIndex);
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+function TGlyphCache.GetGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph;
+var
+ InsertPos: integer;
+ Table: PGlyphTable;
+begin
+ Table := FindGlyphTable(cardinal(ch) shr 8, InsertPos);
+ if (Table = nil) then
+ Result := nil
+ else
+ Result := Table[cardinal(ch) and $FF];
+end;
+
+function TGlyphCache.HasGlyph(ch: WideChar): boolean;
+begin
+ Result := (GetGlyph(ch) <> nil);
+end;
+
+procedure TGlyphCache.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet: boolean);
+var
+ EntryIndex, TableIndex: integer;
+ Entry: TGlyphCacheHashEntry;
+begin
+ // destroy cached glyphs
+ for EntryIndex := 0 to fHash.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ Entry := TGlyphCacheHashEntry(fHash[EntryIndex]);
+
+ // the base set (0-255) has BaseCode 0 as the upper bytes are 0.
+ if KeepBaseSet and (Entry.fBaseCode = 0) then
+ Continue;
+
+ for TableIndex := 0 to High(Entry.GlyphTable) do
+ begin
+ if (Entry.GlyphTable[TableIndex] <> nil) then
+ FreeAndNil(Entry.GlyphTable[TableIndex]);
+ end;
+ FreeAndNil(Entry);
+ end;
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TGlyphCacheEntry
+ *}
+
+constructor TGlyphCacheHashEntry.Create(BaseCode: cardinal);
+begin
+ inherited Create();
+ fBaseCode := BaseCode;
+end;
+
+
+{*
+ * TFreeType
+ *}
+
+class function TFreeType.GetLibrary(): FT_Library;
+begin
+ if (LibraryInst = nil) then
+ begin
+ // initialize freetype
+ if (FT_Init_FreeType(LibraryInst) <> 0) then
+ raise Exception.Create('FT_Init_FreeType failed');
+ end;
+ Result := LibraryInst;
+end;
+
+class procedure TFreeType.FreeLibrary();
+begin
+ if (LibraryInst <> nil) then
+ FT_Done_FreeType(LibraryInst);
+ LibraryInst := nil;
+end;
+
+
+{$IFDEF BITMAP_FONT}
+{*
+ * TBitmapFont
+ *}
+
+constructor TBitmapFont.Create(const Filename: string; Outline: integer;
+ Baseline, Ascender, Descender: integer);
+begin
+ inherited Create();
+
+ fTex := Texture.LoadTexture(true, Filename, TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+ fTexSize := 1024;
+ fOutline := Outline;
+ fBaseline := Baseline;
+ fAscender := Ascender;
+ fDescender := Descender;
+
+ LoadFontInfo(ChangeFileExt(Filename, '.dat'));
+
+ ResetIntern();
+end;
+
+destructor TBitmapFont.Destroy();
+begin
+ glDeleteTextures(1, @fTex.TexNum);
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TBitmapFont.ResetIntern();
+begin
+ fLineSpacing := Height;
+end;
+
+procedure TBitmapFont.Reset();
+begin
+ inherited;
+ ResetIntern();
+end;
+
+procedure TBitmapFont.CorrectWidths(WidthMult: real; WidthAdd: integer);
+var
+ Count: integer;
+begin
+ for Count := 0 to 255 do
+ fWidths[Count] := Round(fWidths[Count] * WidthMult) + WidthAdd;
+end;
+
+procedure TBitmapFont.LoadFontInfo(const InfoFile: string);
+var
+ Stream: TFileStream;
+begin
+ FillChar(fWidths[0], Length(fWidths), 0);
+
+ Stream := nil;
+ try
+ Stream := TFileStream.Create(InfoFile, fmOpenRead);
+ Stream.Read(fWidths, 256);
+ except
+ raise Exception.Create('Could not read font info file ''' + InfoFile + '''');
+ end;
+ Stream.Free;
+end;
+
+function TBitmapFont.BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl;
+var
+ LineIndex, CharIndex: integer;
+ CharCode: cardinal;
+ Line: WideString;
+ LineWidth: double;
+begin
+ Result.Left := 0;
+ Result.Right := 0;
+ Result.Top := Height;
+ Result.Bottom := 0;
+
+ for LineIndex := 0 to High(Text) do
+ begin
+ Line := Text[LineIndex];
+ LineWidth := 0;
+ for CharIndex := 1 to Length(Line) do
+ begin
+ CharCode := Ord(Line[CharIndex]);
+ if (CharCode < Length(fWidths)) then
+ LineWidth := LineWidth + fWidths[CharCode];
+ end;
+ if (LineWidth > Result.Right) then
+ Result.Right := LineWidth;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TBitmapFont.RenderChar(ch: WideChar; var AdvanceX: real);
+var
+ TexX, TexY: real;
+ TexR, TexB: real;
+ GlyphWidth: real;
+ PL, PT: real;
+ PR, PB: real;
+ CharCode: cardinal;
+begin
+ CharCode := Ord(ch);
+ if (CharCode > High(fWidths)) then
+ CharCode := 0;
+
+ GlyphWidth := fWidths[CharCode];
+
+ // set texture positions
+ TexX := (CharCode mod 16) * 1/16 + 1/32 - (GlyphWidth/2 - fOutline)/fTexSize;
+ TexY := (CharCode div 16) * 1/16 + {2 texels} 2/fTexSize;
+ TexR := (CharCode mod 16) * 1/16 + 1/32 + (GlyphWidth/2 + fOutline)/fTexSize;
+ TexB := (1 + CharCode div 16) * 1/16 - {2 texels} 2/fTexSize;
+
+ // set vector positions
+ PL := AdvanceX - fOutline;
+ PR := PL + GlyphWidth + fOutline*2;
+ PB := -fBaseline;
+ PT := PB + fTexSize div 16;
+
+ (*
+ if (Font.Blend) then
+ begin
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+ end;
+ *)
+
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, fTex.TexNum);
+
+ if (not ReflectionPass) then
+ begin
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexY); glVertex2f(PL, PT);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexB); glVertex2f(PL, PB);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexB); glVertex2f(PR, PB);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexY); glVertex2f(PR, PT);
+ glEnd;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ glDepthRange(0, 10);
+ glDepthFunc(GL_LEQUAL);
+ glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexY); glVertex2f(PL, PT);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexB); glVertex2f(PL, PB);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexB); glVertex2f(PR, PB);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexY); glVertex2f(PR, PT);
+ glEnd;
+
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexY); glVertex2f(PL, PT);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexB); glVertex2f(PL, PB);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexB); glVertex2f(PR, PB);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexY); glVertex2f(PR, PT);
+
+(*
+ glColor4f(fTempColor.r, fTempColor.g, fTempColor.b, 0.7);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexB); glVertex3f(PL, PB, 0);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexB); glVertex3f(PR, PB, 0);
+
+ glColor4f(fTempColor.r, fTempColor.g, fTempColor.b, 0);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexR, (TexY + TexB)/2); glVertex3f(PR, (PT + PB)/2, 0);
+ glTexCoord2f(TexX, (TexY + TexB)/2); glVertex3f(PL, (PT + PB)/2, 0);
+*)
+ glEnd;
+
+ //write the colour back
+ glColor4fv(@fTempColor);
+
+ glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST);
+ end; // reflection
+
+ glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ (*
+ if (Font.Blend) then
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+ *)
+
+ AdvanceX := AdvanceX + GlyphWidth;
+end;
+
+procedure TBitmapFont.Render(const Text: WideString);
+var
+ CharIndex: integer;
+ AdvanceX: real;
+begin
+ // if there is no text do nothing
+ if (Text = '') then
+ Exit;
+
+ //Save the current color and alpha (for reflection)
+ glGetFloatv(GL_CURRENT_COLOR, @fTempColor);
+
+ AdvanceX := 0;
+ for CharIndex := 1 to Length(Text) do
+ begin
+ RenderChar(Text[CharIndex], AdvanceX);
+ end;
+end;
+
+function TBitmapFont.GetHeight(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fAscender - fDescender;
+end;
+
+function TBitmapFont.GetAscender(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fAscender;
+end;
+
+function TBitmapFont.GetDescender(): single;
+begin
+ Result := fDescender;
+end;
+
+function TBitmapFont.GetUnderlinePosition(): single;
+begin
+ Result := -2.0;
+end;
+
+function TBitmapFont.GetUnderlineThickness(): single;
+begin
+ Result := 1.0;
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF BITMAP_FONT}
+
+
+initialization
+
+finalization
+ TFreeType.FreeLibrary();
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UGraphic.pas b/unicode/src/base/UGraphic.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b525c170
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UGraphic.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,797 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UGraphic;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ SDL,
+ gl,
+ glext,
+ UTexture,
+ TextGL,
+ ULog,
+ SysUtils,
+ ULyrics,
+ UImage,
+ UMusic,
+ UScreenLoading,
+ UScreenWelcome,
+ UScreenMain,
+ UScreenName,
+ UScreenLevel,
+ UScreenOptions,
+ UScreenOptionsGame,
+ UScreenOptionsGraphics,
+ UScreenOptionsSound,
+ UScreenOptionsLyrics,
+ UScreenOptionsThemes,
+ UScreenOptionsRecord,
+ UScreenOptionsAdvanced,
+ UScreenSong,
+ UScreenSing,
+ UScreenScore,
+ UScreenTop5,
+ UScreenEditSub,
+ UScreenEdit,
+ UScreenEditConvert,
+ UScreenEditHeader,
+ UScreenOpen,
+ UThemes,
+ USkins,
+ UScreenSongMenu,
+ UScreenSongJumpto,
+ {Party Screens}
+ UScreenSingModi,
+ UScreenPartyNewRound,
+ UScreenPartyScore,
+ UScreenPartyOptions,
+ UScreenPartyWin,
+ UScreenPartyPlayer,
+ {Stats Screens}
+ UScreenStatMain,
+ UScreenStatDetail,
+ {CreditsScreen}
+ UScreenCredits,
+ {Popup for errors, etc.}
+ UScreenPopup;
+
+type
+ TRecR = record
+ Top: real;
+ Left: real;
+ Right: real;
+ Bottom: real;
+ end;
+
+var
+ Screen: PSDL_Surface;
+ LoadingThread: PSDL_Thread;
+ Mutex: PSDL_Mutex;
+
+ RenderW: integer;
+ RenderH: integer;
+ ScreenW: integer;
+ ScreenH: integer;
+ Screens: integer;
+ ScreenAct: integer;
+ ScreenX: integer;
+
+ ScreenLoading: TScreenLoading;
+ ScreenWelcome: TScreenWelcome;
+ ScreenMain: TScreenMain;
+ ScreenName: TScreenName;
+ ScreenLevel: TScreenLevel;
+ ScreenSong: TScreenSong;
+ ScreenSing: TScreenSing;
+ ScreenScore: TScreenScore;
+ ScreenTop5: TScreenTop5;
+ ScreenOptions: TScreenOptions;
+ ScreenOptionsGame: TScreenOptionsGame;
+ ScreenOptionsGraphics: TScreenOptionsGraphics;
+ ScreenOptionsSound: TScreenOptionsSound;
+ ScreenOptionsLyrics: TScreenOptionsLyrics;
+ ScreenOptionsThemes: TScreenOptionsThemes;
+ ScreenOptionsRecord: TScreenOptionsRecord;
+ ScreenOptionsAdvanced: TScreenOptionsAdvanced;
+ ScreenEditSub: TScreenEditSub;
+ ScreenEdit: TScreenEdit;
+ ScreenEditConvert: TScreenEditConvert;
+ ScreenEditHeader: TScreenEditHeader;
+ ScreenOpen: TScreenOpen;
+
+ ScreenSongMenu: TScreenSongMenu;
+ ScreenSongJumpto: TScreenSongJumpto;
+
+ //Party Screens
+ ScreenSingModi: TScreenSingModi;
+ ScreenPartyNewRound: TScreenPartyNewRound;
+ ScreenPartyScore: TScreenPartyScore;
+ ScreenPartyWin: TScreenPartyWin;
+ ScreenPartyOptions: TScreenPartyOptions;
+ ScreenPartyPlayer: TScreenPartyPlayer;
+
+ //StatsScreens
+ ScreenStatMain: TScreenStatMain;
+ ScreenStatDetail: TScreenStatDetail;
+
+ //CreditsScreen
+ ScreenCredits: TScreenCredits;
+
+ //popup mod
+ ScreenPopupCheck: TScreenPopupCheck;
+ ScreenPopupError: TScreenPopupError;
+
+ //Notes
+ Tex_Left: array[0..6] of TTexture; //rename to tex_note_left
+ Tex_Mid: array[0..6] of TTexture; //rename to tex_note_mid
+ Tex_Right: array[0..6] of TTexture; //rename to tex_note_right
+
+ Tex_plain_Left: array[1..6] of TTexture; //rename to tex_notebg_left
+ Tex_plain_Mid: array[1..6] of TTexture; //rename to tex_notebg_mid
+ Tex_plain_Right: array[1..6] of TTexture; //rename to tex_notebg_right
+
+ Tex_BG_Left: array[1..6] of TTexture; //rename to tex_noteglow_left
+ Tex_BG_Mid: array[1..6] of TTexture; //rename to tex_noteglow_mid
+ Tex_BG_Right: array[1..6] of TTexture; //rename to tex_noteglow_right
+
+ Tex_Note_Star: TTexture;
+ Tex_Note_Perfect_Star: TTexture;
+
+
+ Tex_Ball: TTexture;
+ Tex_Lyric_Help_Bar: TTexture;
+ FullScreen: boolean;
+
+ Tex_TimeProgress: TTexture;
+
+ //Sing Bar Mod
+ Tex_SingBar_Back: TTexture;
+ Tex_SingBar_Bar: TTexture;
+ Tex_SingBar_Front: TTexture;
+ //end Singbar Mod
+
+ //PhrasenBonus - Line Bonus Mod
+ Tex_SingLineBonusBack: array[0..8] of TTexture;
+ //End PhrasenBonus - Line Bonus Mod
+
+ //ScoreBG Texs
+ Tex_ScoreBG: array [0..5] of TTexture;
+
+ //Score Screen Textures
+ Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark : array [1..6] of TTexture;
+ Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Dark : array [1..6] of TTexture;
+
+ Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Light : array [1..6] of TTexture;
+ Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Light : array [1..6] of TTexture;
+
+ Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest : array [1..6] of TTexture;
+ Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest : array [1..6] of TTexture;
+
+ Tex_Score_Ratings : array [0..7] of TTexture;
+
+const
+ Skin_BGColorR = 1;
+ Skin_BGColorG = 1;
+ Skin_BGColorB = 1;
+
+ Skin_SpectrumR = 0;
+ Skin_SpectrumG = 0;
+ Skin_SpectrumB = 0;
+
+ Skin_Spectograph1R = 0.6;
+ Skin_Spectograph1G = 0.8;
+ Skin_Spectograph1B = 1;
+
+ Skin_Spectograph2R = 0;
+ Skin_Spectograph2G = 0;
+ Skin_Spectograph2B = 0.2;
+
+ Skin_FontR = 0;
+ Skin_FontG = 0;
+ Skin_FontB = 0;
+
+ Skin_FontHighlightR = 0.3; // 0.3
+ Skin_FontHighlightG = 0.3; // 0.3
+ Skin_FontHighlightB = 1; // 1
+
+ Skin_TimeR = 0.25; //0,0,0
+ Skin_TimeG = 0.25;
+ Skin_TimeB = 0.25;
+
+ Skin_OscR = 0;
+ Skin_OscG = 0;
+ Skin_OscB = 0;
+
+ // TODO: add to theme ini file
+ Skin_LyricsT = 493;
+ Skin_LyricsUpperX = 80;
+ Skin_LyricsUpperW = 640;
+ Skin_LyricsUpperY = Skin_LyricsT;
+ Skin_LyricsUpperH = 41;
+ Skin_LyricsLowerX = 80;
+ Skin_LyricsLowerW = 640;
+ Skin_LyricsLowerY = Skin_LyricsT + Skin_LyricsUpperH + 1;
+ Skin_LyricsLowerH = 41;
+
+ Skin_SpectrumT = 470;
+ Skin_SpectrumBot = 570;
+ Skin_SpectrumH = 100;
+
+ Skin_P1_LinesR = 0.5; // 0.6 0.6 1
+ Skin_P1_LinesG = 0.5;
+ Skin_P1_LinesB = 0.5;
+
+ Skin_P2_LinesR = 0.5; // 1 0.6 0.6
+ Skin_P2_LinesG = 0.5;
+ Skin_P2_LinesB = 0.5;
+
+ Skin_P1_NotesB = 250;
+ Skin_P2_NotesB = 430; // 430 / 300
+
+ Skin_P1_ScoreT = 50;
+ Skin_P1_ScoreL = 20;
+
+ Skin_P2_ScoreT = 50;
+ Skin_P2_ScoreL = 640;
+
+procedure Initialize3D (Title: string);
+procedure Reinitialize3D;
+procedure SwapBuffers;
+
+procedure LoadTextures;
+procedure InitializeScreen;
+procedure LoadLoadingScreen;
+procedure LoadScreens;
+procedure UnLoadScreens;
+
+function LoadingThreadFunction: integer;
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ UMain,
+ UIni,
+ UDisplay,
+ UCommandLine,
+ Classes;
+
+procedure LoadFontTextures;
+begin
+ Log.LogStatus('Building Fonts', 'LoadTextures');
+ BuildFont;
+end;
+
+procedure LoadTextures;
+
+
+var
+ P: integer;
+ R, G, B: real;
+ Col: integer;
+begin
+ Log.LogStatus('Loading Textures', 'LoadTextures');
+
+ Tex_Left[0] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayLeft'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); //brauch man die noch?
+ Tex_Mid[0] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayMid'), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0); //brauch man die noch?
+ Tex_Right[0] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayRight'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); //brauch man die noch?
+
+ Log.LogStatus('Loading Textures - A', 'LoadTextures');
+
+ // P1-6
+ // TODO... do it once for each player... this is a bit crappy !!
+ // can we make it any better !?
+ for P := 1 to 6 do
+ begin
+ LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P) + 'Light');
+ Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+
+ Tex_Left[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayLeft'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+ Tex_Mid[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayMid'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+ Tex_Right[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayRight'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+
+ Tex_plain_Left[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('NotePlainLeft'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+ Tex_plain_Mid[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('NotePlainMid'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+ Tex_plain_Right[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('NotePlainRight'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+
+ Tex_BG_Left[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('NoteBGLeft'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+ Tex_BG_Mid[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('NoteBGMid'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+ Tex_BG_Right[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('NoteBGRight'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+ end;
+
+ Log.LogStatus('Loading Textures - B', 'LoadTextures');
+
+ Tex_Note_Perfect_Star := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('NotePerfectStar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+ Tex_Note_Star := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('NoteStar') , TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FFFFFF);
+ Tex_Ball := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Ball'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+ Tex_Lyric_Help_Bar := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LyricHelpBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+
+
+ //TimeBar mod
+ Tex_TimeProgress := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('TimeBar'));
+ //eoa TimeBar mod
+
+ //SingBar Mod
+ Tex_SingBar_Back := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('SingBarBack'), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0);
+ Tex_SingBar_Bar := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('SingBarBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0);
+ Tex_SingBar_Front := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('SingBarFront'), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0);
+ //end Singbar Mod
+
+ Log.LogStatus('Loading Textures - C', 'LoadTextures');
+
+ //Line Bonus PopUp
+ for P := 0 to 8 do
+ begin
+ Case P of
+ 0: begin
+ R := 1;
+ G := 0;
+ B := 0;
+ end;
+ 1..3: begin
+ R := 1;
+ G := (P * 0.25);
+ B := 0;
+ end;
+ 4: begin
+ R := 1;
+ G := 1;
+ B := 0;
+ end;
+ 5..7: begin
+ R := 1-((P-4)*0.25);
+ G := 1;
+ B := 0;
+ end;
+ 8: begin
+ R := 0;
+ G := 1;
+ B := 0;
+ end;
+ End;
+
+ Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+ Tex_SingLineBonusBack[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LineBonusBack')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+ end;
+
+//## backgrounds for the scores ##
+ for P := 0 to 5 do begin
+ LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P+1) + 'Light');
+ Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+ Tex_ScoreBG[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreBG')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+ end;
+
+
+ Log.LogStatus('Loading Textures - D', 'LoadTextures');
+
+// ######################
+// Score screen textures
+// ######################
+
+//## the bars that visualize the score ##
+ for P := 1 to 6 do begin
+//NoteBar ScoreBar
+ LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P) + 'Dark');
+ Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+ Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Dark')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+ Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Dark[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Dark_Round')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+//LineBonus ScoreBar
+ LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P) + 'Light');
+ Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+ Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Light[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Light')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+ Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Light[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Light_Round')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+//GoldenNotes ScoreBar
+ LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P) + 'Lightest');
+ Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255);
+ Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Lightest')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+ Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Lightest_Round')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col);
+ end;
+
+//## rating pictures that show a picture according to your rate ##
+ for P := 0 to 7 do begin
+ Tex_Score_Ratings[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rating_'+IntToStr(P))), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+ end;
+
+ Log.LogStatus('Loading Textures - Done', 'LoadTextures');
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Load OpenGL extensions. Must be called after SDL_SetVideoMode() and each
+ * time the pixel-format or render-context (RC) changes.
+ *)
+procedure LoadOpenGLExtensions;
+begin
+ // Load OpenGL 1.2 extensions for OpenGL 1.2 compatibility
+ if (not Load_GL_version_1_2()) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogCritical('Failed loading OpenGL 1.2', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D');
+ end;
+
+ // Other extensions e.g. OpenGL 1.3-2.0 or Framebuffer-Object might be loaded here
+ // ...
+ //Load_GL_EXT_framebuffer_object();
+end;
+
+const
+ WINDOW_ICON = 'icons/ultrastardx-icon.png';
+
+procedure Initialize3D (Title: string);
+var
+ Icon: PSDL_Surface;
+begin
+ Log.LogStatus('SDL_Init', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D');
+ if ( SDL_InitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_VIDEO) = -1 ) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogCritical('SDL_Init Failed', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D');
+ end;
+
+ // load icon image (must be 32x32 for win32)
+ Icon := LoadImage(ResourcesPath + WINDOW_ICON);
+ if (Icon <> nil) then
+ SDL_WM_SetIcon(Icon, 0);
+
+ SDL_WM_SetCaption(PChar(Title), nil);
+
+ //Log.BenchmarkStart(2);
+
+ InitializeScreen;
+
+ //Log.BenchmarkEnd(2);
+ //Log.LogBenchmark('--> Setting Screen', 2);
+
+ //Log.BenchmarkStart(2);
+ Texture := TTextureUnit.Create;
+ // FIXME: this does not seem to be correct as Limit.
+ // Is the max. of either width or height.
+ Texture.Limit := 1024*1024;
+
+ //LoadTextures;
+ //Log.BenchmarkEnd(2);
+ //Log.LogBenchmark('--> Loading Textures', 2);
+
+ {
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(2);
+ Lyric:= TLyric.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(2);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('--> Loading Fonts', 2);
+ }
+
+ // Note: do not initialize video modules earlier. They might depend on some
+ // SDL video functions or OpenGL extensions initialized in InitializeScreen()
+ InitializeVideo();
+
+ //Log.BenchmarkStart(2);
+
+ Log.LogStatus('TDisplay.Create', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D');
+ Display := TDisplay.Create;
+
+ //Log.BenchmarkEnd(2); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Creating Display', 2);
+
+ //Log.LogStatus('Loading Screens', 'Initialize3D');
+ //Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+
+ Log.LogStatus('Loading Font Textures', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D');
+ LoadFontTextures();
+
+ // Show the Loading Screen -------------
+ Log.LogStatus('Loading Loading Screen', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D');
+ LoadLoadingScreen;
+
+
+ Log.LogStatus(' Loading Textures', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D');
+ LoadTextures; // jb
+
+
+
+ // now that we have something to display while loading,
+ // start thread that loads the rest of ultrastar
+ //Mutex := SDL_CreateMutex;
+ //SDL_UnLockMutex(Mutex);
+
+ // does not work this way because the loading thread tries to access opengl.
+ // See comment below
+ //LoadingThread := SDL_CreateThread(@LoadingThread, nil);
+
+ // this would be run in the loadingthread
+ Log.LogStatus(' Loading Screens', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D');
+ LoadScreens;
+
+
+ // TODO:
+ // here should be a loop which
+ // * draws the loading screen (form time to time)
+ // * controlls the "process of the loading screen"
+ // * checks if the loadingthread has loaded textures (check mutex) and
+ // * load the textures into opengl
+ // * tells the loadingthread, that the memory for the texture can be reused
+ // to load the netx texture (over another mutex)
+ // * runs as long as the loadingthread tells, that everything is loaded and ready (using a third mutex)
+ //
+ // therefor loadtexture have to be changed, that it, instat of caling some opengl functions
+ // for itself, it should change mutex
+ // the mainthread have to know somehow what opengl function have to be called with which parameters like
+ // texturetype, textureobjekt, textur-buffer-adress, ...
+
+ // wait for loading thread to finish
+ // currently does not work this way
+ // SDL_WaitThread(LoadingThread, I);
+ // SDL_DestroyMutex(Mutex);
+
+ Display.CurrentScreen^.FadeTo( @ScreenMain );
+
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(2);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('--> Loading Screens', 2);
+
+ Log.LogStatus('Finish', 'Initialize3D');
+end;
+
+procedure SwapBuffers;
+begin
+ SDL_GL_SwapBuffers;
+ glMatrixMode(GL_PROJECTION);
+ glLoadIdentity;
+ glOrtho(0, RenderW, RenderH, 0, -1, 100);
+ glMatrixMode(GL_MODELVIEW);
+end;
+
+procedure Reinitialize3D;
+begin
+ InitializeScreen;
+end;
+
+procedure InitializeScreen;
+var
+ S: string;
+ I: integer;
+ W, H: integer;
+ Depth: Integer;
+ Fullscreen: boolean;
+begin
+ if (Params.Screens <> -1) then
+ Screens := Params.Screens + 1
+ else
+ Screens := Ini.Screens + 1;
+
+ // Set minimum color component sizes
+ // Note: do not request an alpha plane with SDL_GL_ALPHA_SIZE here as
+ // some cards/implementations do not support them (SDL_SetVideoMode fails).
+ // We do not the alpha plane anymore since offscreen rendering in back-buffer
+ // was removed.
+ SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_RED_SIZE, 5);
+ SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_GREEN_SIZE, 5);
+ SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_BLUE_SIZE, 5);
+
+ SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_DEPTH_SIZE, 16); // Z-Buffer depth
+ SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER, 1);
+
+ // VSYNC works for windows only at the moment. SDL_GL_SWAP_CONTROL under
+ // linux uses GLX_MESA_swap_control which is not supported by nvidea cards.
+ // Maybe use glXSwapIntervalSGI(1) from the GLX_SGI_swap_control extension instead.
+ //SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GL_SWAP_CONTROL, 1); // VSYNC (currently Windows only)
+
+ // If there is a resolution in Parameters, use it, else use the Ini value
+ I := Params.Resolution;
+ if (I <> -1) then
+ S := IResolution[I]
+ else
+ S := IResolution[Ini.Resolution];
+
+ I := Pos('x', S);
+ W := StrToInt(Copy(S, 1, I-1)) * Screens;
+ H := StrToInt(Copy(S, I+1, 1000));
+
+ if (Params.Depth <> -1) then
+ Depth := Params.Depth
+ else
+ Depth := Ini.Depth;
+
+ Log.LogStatus('SDL_SetVideoMode', 'Initialize3D');
+
+ // check whether to start in fullscreen or windowed mode.
+ // The command-line parameters take precedence over the ini settings.
+ Fullscreen := ((Ini.FullScreen = 1) or (Params.ScreenMode = scmFullscreen)) and
+ not (Params.ScreenMode = scmWindowed);
+
+ if Fullscreen then
+ begin
+ Log.LogStatus('SDL_SetVideoMode', 'Set Video Mode... Full Screen');
+ screen := SDL_SetVideoMode(W, H, (Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN );
+ SDL_ShowCursor(0);
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ Log.LogStatus('SDL_SetVideoMode', 'Set Video Mode... Windowed');
+ screen := SDL_SetVideoMode(W, H, 0, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_RESIZABLE);
+ SDL_ShowCursor(1);
+ end;
+
+ if (screen = nil) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogCritical('SDL_SetVideoMode Failed', 'Initialize3D');
+ end;
+
+ LoadOpenGLExtensions();
+
+ // define virtual (Render) and real (Screen) screen size
+ RenderW := 800;
+ RenderH := 600;
+ ScreenW := W;
+ ScreenH := H;
+
+ // clear screen once window is being shown
+ // Note: SwapBuffers uses RenderW/H, so they must be defined before
+ glClearColor(1, 1, 1, 1);
+ glClear(GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT);
+ SwapBuffers;
+end;
+
+procedure LoadLoadingScreen;
+begin
+ ScreenLoading := TScreenLoading.Create;
+ ScreenLoading.onShow;
+
+ Display.CurrentScreen := @ScreenLoading;
+
+ SwapBuffers;
+
+ ScreenLoading.Draw;
+ Display.Draw;
+
+ SwapBuffers;
+end;
+
+procedure LoadScreens;
+begin
+{ ScreenLoading := TScreenLoading.Create;
+ ScreenLoading.onShow;
+ Display.CurrentScreen := @ScreenLoading;
+ ScreenLoading.Draw;
+ Display.Draw;
+ SwapBuffers;
+}
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Loading', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+{ ScreenWelcome := TScreenWelcome.Create; //'BG', 4, 3);
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Welcome', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);}
+ ScreenMain := TScreenMain.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Main', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenName := TScreenName.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Name', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenLevel := TScreenLevel.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Level', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenSong := TScreenSong.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Song', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenSongMenu := TScreenSongMenu.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Song Menu', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenSing := TScreenSing.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Sing', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenScore := TScreenScore.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Score', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenTop5 := TScreenTop5.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Top5', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenOptions := TScreenOptions.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Options', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenOptionsGame := TScreenOptionsGame.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Options Game', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenOptionsGraphics := TScreenOptionsGraphics.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Options Graphics', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenOptionsSound := TScreenOptionsSound.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Options Sound', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenOptionsLyrics := TScreenOptionsLyrics.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Options Lyrics', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenOptionsThemes := TScreenOptionsThemes.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Options Themes', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenOptionsRecord := TScreenOptionsRecord.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Options Record', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenOptionsAdvanced := TScreenOptionsAdvanced.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Options Advanced', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenEditSub := TScreenEditSub.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Edit Sub', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenEdit := TScreenEdit.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Edit', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenEditConvert := TScreenEditConvert.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen EditConvert', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+// ScreenEditHeader := TScreenEditHeader.Create(Skin.ScoreBG);
+// Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Edit Header', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenOpen := TScreenOpen.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Open', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenSingModi := TScreenSingModi.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Sing with Modi support', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenSongMenu := TScreenSongMenu.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen SongMenu', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenSongJumpto := TScreenSongJumpto.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen SongJumpto', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenPopupCheck := TScreenPopupCheck.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Popup (Check)', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenPopupError := TScreenPopupError.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Popup (Error)', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenPartyNewRound := TScreenPartyNewRound.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen PartyNewRound', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenPartyScore := TScreenPartyScore.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen PartyScore', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenPartyWin := TScreenPartyWin.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen PartyWin', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenPartyOptions := TScreenPartyOptions.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen PartyOptions', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenPartyPlayer := TScreenPartyPlayer.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen PartyPlayer', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenStatMain := TScreenStatMain.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Stat Main', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenStatDetail := TScreenStatDetail.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Stat Detail', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+ ScreenCredits := TScreenCredits.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Credits', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3);
+
+end;
+
+function LoadingThreadFunction: integer;
+begin
+ LoadScreens;
+ Result:= 1;
+end;
+
+procedure UnLoadScreens;
+begin
+ ScreenMain.Destroy;
+ ScreenName.Destroy;
+ ScreenLevel.Destroy;
+ ScreenSong.Destroy;
+ ScreenSing.Destroy;
+ ScreenScore.Destroy;
+ ScreenTop5.Destroy;
+ ScreenOptions.Destroy;
+ ScreenOptionsGame.Destroy;
+ ScreenOptionsGraphics.Destroy;
+ ScreenOptionsSound.Destroy;
+ ScreenOptionsLyrics.Destroy;
+// ScreenOptionsThemes.Destroy;
+ ScreenOptionsRecord.Destroy;
+ ScreenOptionsAdvanced.Destroy;
+ ScreenEditSub.Destroy;
+ ScreenEdit.Destroy;
+ ScreenEditConvert.Destroy;
+ ScreenOpen.Destroy;
+ ScreenSingModi.Destroy;
+ ScreenSongMenu.Destroy;
+ ScreenSongJumpto.Destroy;
+ ScreenPopupCheck.Destroy;
+ ScreenPopupError.Destroy;
+ ScreenPartyNewRound.Destroy;
+ ScreenPartyScore.Destroy;
+ ScreenPartyWin.Destroy;
+ ScreenPartyOptions.Destroy;
+ ScreenPartyPlayer.Destroy;
+ ScreenStatMain.Destroy;
+ ScreenStatDetail.Destroy;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UGraphicClasses.pas b/unicode/src/base/UGraphicClasses.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3fbe262f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UGraphicClasses.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,720 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UGraphicClasses;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ UTexture,
+ SDL;
+
+const
+ DelayBetweenFrames : cardinal = 60;
+
+type
+
+ TParticleType = (GoldenNote, PerfectNote, NoteHitTwinkle, PerfectLineTwinkle, ColoredStar, Flare);
+
+ TColour3f = record
+ r, g, b: real;
+ end;
+
+ TParticle = class
+ X, Y : real; //Position
+ Screen : integer;
+ W, H : cardinal; //dimensions of particle
+ Col : array of TColour3f; // Colour(s) of particle
+ Scale : array of real; // Scaling factors of particle layers
+ Frame : byte; //act. Frame
+ Tex : cardinal; //Tex num from Textur Manager
+ Live : byte; //How many Cycles before Kill
+ RecIndex : integer; //To which rectangle this particle belongs (only GoldenNote)
+ StarType : TParticleType; // GoldenNote | PerfectNote | NoteHitTwinkle | PerfectLineTwinkle
+ Alpha : real; // used for fading...
+ mX, mY : real; // movement-vector for PerfectLineTwinkle
+ SizeMod : real; // experimental size modifier
+ SurviveSentenceChange : Boolean;
+
+ constructor Create(cX, cY : real;
+ cScreen : integer;
+ cLive : byte;
+ cFrame : integer;
+ cRecArrayIndex : integer;
+ cStarType : TParticleType;
+ Player : cardinal);
+ destructor Destroy(); override;
+ procedure Draw;
+ procedure LiveOn;
+ end;
+
+ RectanglePositions = record
+ xTop, yTop, xBottom, yBottom : real;
+ TotalStarCount : integer;
+ CurrentStarCount : integer;
+ Screen : integer;
+ end;
+
+ PerfectNotePositions = record
+ xPos, yPos : real;
+ Screen : integer;
+ end;
+
+ TEffectManager = class
+ Particle : array of TParticle;
+ LastTime : cardinal;
+ RecArray : array of RectanglePositions;
+ TwinkleArray : array[0..5] of real; // store x-position of last twinkle for every player
+ PerfNoteArray : array of PerfectNotePositions;
+
+ FlareTex: TTexture;
+
+ constructor Create;
+ destructor Destroy; override;
+ procedure Draw;
+ function Spawn(X, Y: real;
+ Screen: integer;
+ Live: byte;
+ StartFrame: integer;
+ RecArrayIndex: integer; // this is only used with GoldenNotes
+ StarType: TParticleType;
+ Player: cardinal // for PerfectLineTwinkle
+ ): cardinal;
+ procedure SpawnRec();
+ procedure Kill(index: cardinal);
+ procedure KillAll();
+ procedure SentenceChange();
+ procedure SaveGoldenStarsRec(Xtop, Ytop, Xbottom, Ybottom: real);
+ procedure SavePerfectNotePos(Xtop, Ytop: real);
+ procedure GoldenNoteTwinkle(Top, Bottom, Right: real; Player: integer);
+ procedure SpawnPerfectLineTwinkle();
+ end;
+
+var
+ GoldenRec : TEffectManager;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ sysutils,
+ gl,
+ UIni,
+ UMain,
+ UThemes,
+ USkins,
+ UGraphic,
+ UDrawTexture,
+ UCommon,
+ math;
+
+//TParticle
+constructor TParticle.Create(cX, cY : real;
+ cScreen : integer;
+ cLive : byte;
+ cFrame : integer;
+ cRecArrayIndex : integer;
+ cStarType : TParticleType;
+ Player : cardinal);
+begin
+ inherited Create;
+ // in this constructor we set all initial values for our particle
+ X := cX;
+ Y := cY;
+ Screen := cScreen;
+ Live := cLive;
+ Frame := cFrame;
+ RecIndex := cRecArrayIndex;
+ StarType := cStarType;
+ Alpha := (-cos((Frame+1)*2*pi/16)+1); // neat fade-in-and-out
+ SetLength(Scale,1);
+ Scale[0] := 1;
+ SurviveSentenceChange := False;
+ SizeMod := 1;
+ case cStarType of
+ GoldenNote:
+ begin
+ Tex := Tex_Note_Star.TexNum;
+ W := 20;
+ H := 20;
+ SetLength(Scale,4);
+ Scale[1] := 0.8;
+ Scale[2] := 0.4;
+ Scale[3] := 0.3;
+ SetLength(Col,4);
+ Col[0].r := 1;
+ Col[0].g := 0.7;
+ Col[0].b := 0.1;
+
+ Col[1].r := 1;
+ Col[1].g := 1;
+ Col[1].b := 0.4;
+
+ Col[2].r := 1;
+ Col[2].g := 1;
+ Col[2].b := 1;
+
+ Col[3].r := 1;
+ Col[3].g := 1;
+ Col[3].b := 1;
+ end;
+ PerfectNote:
+ begin
+ Tex := Tex_Note_Perfect_Star.TexNum;
+ W := 30;
+ H := 30;
+ SetLength(Col,1);
+ Col[0].r := 1;
+ Col[0].g := 1;
+ Col[0].b := 0.95;
+ end;
+ NoteHitTwinkle:
+ begin
+ Tex := Tex_Note_Star.TexNum;
+ Alpha := (Live/16); // linear fade-out
+ W := 15;
+ H := 15;
+ Setlength(Col,1);
+ Col[0].r := 1;
+ Col[0].g := 1;
+ Col[0].b := RandomRange(10*Live,100)/90; //0.9;
+ end;
+ PerfectLineTwinkle:
+ begin
+ Tex := Tex_Note_Star.TexNum;
+ W := RandomRange(10,20);
+ H := W;
+ SizeMod := (-cos((Frame+1)*5*2*pi/16)*0.5+1.1);
+ SurviveSentenceChange := True;
+ // assign colours according to player given
+ SetLength(Scale,3);
+ Scale[1] := 0.3;
+ Scale[2] := 0.2;
+ SetLength(Col,3);
+ case Player of
+ 0: LoadColor(Col[0].r,Col[0].g,Col[0].b,'P1Light');
+ 1: LoadColor(Col[0].r,Col[0].g,Col[0].b,'P2Light');
+ 2: LoadColor(Col[0].r,Col[0].g,Col[0].b,'P3Light');
+ 3: LoadColor(Col[0].r,Col[0].g,Col[0].b,'P4Light');
+ 4: LoadColor(Col[0].r,Col[0].g,Col[0].b,'P5Light');
+ 5: LoadColor(Col[0].r,Col[0].g,Col[0].b,'P6Light');
+ else LoadColor(Col[0].r,Col[0].g,Col[0].b,'P1Light');
+ end;
+ Col[1].r := 1;
+ Col[1].g := 1;
+ Col[1].b := 0.4;
+ Col[2].r := Col[0].r+0.5;
+ Col[2].g := Col[0].g+0.5;
+ Col[2].b := Col[0].b+0.5;
+ mX := RandomRange(-5,5);
+ mY := RandomRange(-5,5);
+ end;
+ ColoredStar:
+ begin
+ Tex := Tex_Note_Star.TexNum;
+ W := RandomRange(10,20);
+ H := W;
+ SizeMod := (-cos((Frame+1)*5*2*pi/16)*0.5+1.1);
+ SurviveSentenceChange := True;
+ // assign colours according to player given
+ SetLength(Scale,1);
+ SetLength(Col,1);
+ Col[0].b := (Player and $ff)/255;
+ Col[0].g := ((Player shr 8) and $ff)/255;
+ Col[0].r := ((Player shr 16) and $ff)/255;
+ mX := 0;
+ mY := 0;
+ end;
+ Flare:
+ begin
+ Tex := Tex_Note_Star.TexNum;
+ W := 7;
+ H := 7;
+ SizeMod := (-cos((Frame+1)*5*2*pi/16)*0.5+1.1);
+ mX := RandomRange(-5,5);
+ mY := RandomRange(-5,5);
+ SetLength(Scale,4);
+ Scale[1] := 0.8;
+ Scale[2] := 0.4;
+ Scale[3] := 0.3;
+ SetLength(Col,4);
+ Col[0].r := 1;
+ Col[0].g := 0.7;
+ Col[0].b := 0.1;
+
+ Col[1].r := 1;
+ Col[1].g := 1;
+ Col[1].b := 0.4;
+
+ Col[2].r := 1;
+ Col[2].g := 1;
+ Col[2].b := 1;
+
+ Col[3].r := 1;
+ Col[3].g := 1;
+ Col[3].b := 1;
+
+ end;
+ else // just some random default values
+ begin
+ Tex := Tex_Note_Star.TexNum;
+ Alpha := 1;
+ W := 20;
+ H := 20;
+ SetLength(Col,1);
+ Col[0].r := 1;
+ Col[0].g := 1;
+ Col[0].b := 1;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+destructor TParticle.Destroy();
+begin
+ SetLength(Scale,0);
+ SetLength(Col,0);
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TParticle.LiveOn;
+begin
+ //Live = 0 => Live forever <blindy> ?? but if this is 0 they would be killed in the Manager at Draw
+ if (Live > 0) then
+ Dec(Live);
+
+ // animate frames
+ Frame := ( Frame + 1 ) mod 16;
+
+ // make our particles do funny stuff (besides being animated)
+ // changes of any particle-values throughout its life are done here
+ case StarType of
+ GoldenNote:
+ begin
+ Alpha := (-cos((Frame+1)*2*pi/16)+1); // neat fade-in-and-out
+ end;
+ PerfectNote:
+ begin
+ Alpha := (-cos((Frame+1)*2*pi/16)+1); // neat fade-in-and-out
+ end;
+ NoteHitTwinkle:
+ begin
+ Alpha := (Live/10); // linear fade-out
+ end;
+ PerfectLineTwinkle:
+ begin
+ Alpha := (-cos((Frame+1)*2*pi/16)+1); // neat fade-in-and-out
+ SizeMod := (-cos((Frame+1)*5*2*pi/16)*0.5+1.1);
+ // move around
+ X := X + mX;
+ Y := Y + mY;
+ end;
+ ColoredStar:
+ begin
+ Alpha := (-cos((Frame+1)*2*pi/16)+1); // neat fade-in-and-out
+ end;
+ Flare:
+ begin
+ Alpha := (-cos((Frame+1)/16*1.7*pi+0.3*pi)+1); // neat fade-in-and-out
+ SizeMod := (-cos((Frame+1)*5*2*pi/16)*0.5+1.1);
+ // move around
+ X := X + mX;
+ Y := Y + mY;
+ mY := mY+1.8;
+// mX := mX/2;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TParticle.Draw;
+var
+ L: cardinal;
+begin
+ if ScreenAct = Screen then
+ // this draws (multiple) texture(s) of our particle
+ for L := 0 to High(Col) do
+ begin
+ glColor4f(Col[L].r, Col[L].g, Col[L].b, Alpha);
+
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex);
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f((1/16) * Frame, 0); glVertex2f(X-W*Scale[L]*SizeMod, Y-H*Scale[L]*SizeMod);
+ glTexCoord2f((1/16) * Frame + (1/16), 0); glVertex2f(X-W*Scale[L]*SizeMod, Y+H*Scale[L]*SizeMod);
+ glTexCoord2f((1/16) * Frame + (1/16), 1); glVertex2f(X+W*Scale[L]*SizeMod, Y+H*Scale[L]*SizeMod);
+ glTexCoord2f((1/16) * Frame, 1); glVertex2f(X+W*Scale[L]*SizeMod, Y-H*Scale[L]*SizeMod);
+ glEnd;
+ end;
+ glcolor4f(1,1,1,1);
+end;
+// end of TParticle
+
+// TEffectManager
+
+constructor TEffectManager.Create;
+var
+ c: cardinal;
+begin
+ inherited;
+ LastTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+ for c := 0 to 5 do
+ begin
+ TwinkleArray[c] := 0;
+ end;
+end;
+
+destructor TEffectManager.Destroy;
+begin
+ Killall;
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+
+procedure TEffectManager.Draw;
+var
+ I: integer;
+ CurrentTime: cardinal;
+//const
+// DelayBetweenFrames : cardinal = 100;
+begin
+
+ CurrentTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+ //Manage particle life
+ if (CurrentTime - LastTime) > DelayBetweenFrames then
+ begin
+ LastTime := CurrentTime;
+ for I := 0 to high(Particle) do
+ Particle[I].LiveOn;
+ end;
+
+ I := 0;
+ //Kill dead particles
+ while (I <= High(Particle)) do
+ begin
+ if (Particle[I].Live <= 0) then
+ begin
+ kill(I);
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ inc(I);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ //Draw
+ for I := 0 to high(Particle) do
+ begin
+ Particle[I].Draw;
+ end;
+end;
+
+// this method creates just one particle
+function TEffectManager.Spawn(X, Y: real; Screen: integer; Live: byte; StartFrame : integer; RecArrayIndex : integer; StarType : TParticleType; Player: cardinal): cardinal;
+begin
+ Result := Length(Particle);
+ SetLength(Particle, (Result + 1));
+ Particle[Result] := TParticle.Create(X, Y, Screen, Live, StartFrame, RecArrayIndex, StarType, Player);
+end;
+
+// manage Sparkling of GoldenNote Bars
+procedure TEffectManager.SpawnRec();
+var
+ Xkatze, Ykatze : real;
+ RandomFrame : integer;
+ P : integer; // P as seen on TV as Positionman
+begin
+//Spawn a random amount of stars within the given coordinates
+//RandomRange(0,14) <- this one starts at a random frame, 16 is our last frame - would be senseless to start a particle with 16, cause it would be dead at the next frame
+ for P := 0 to high(RecArray) do
+ begin
+ while (RecArray[P].TotalStarCount > RecArray[P].CurrentStarCount) do
+ begin
+ Xkatze := RandomRange(Ceil(RecArray[P].xTop), Ceil(RecArray[P].xBottom));
+ Ykatze := RandomRange(Ceil(RecArray[P].yTop), Ceil(RecArray[P].yBottom));
+ RandomFrame := RandomRange(0,14);
+ // Spawn a GoldenNote Particle
+ Spawn(Xkatze, Ykatze, RecArray[P].Screen, 16 - RandomFrame, RandomFrame, P, GoldenNote, 0);
+ inc(RecArray[P].CurrentStarCount);
+ end;
+ end;
+ draw;
+end;
+
+// kill one particle (with given index in our particle array)
+procedure TEffectManager.Kill(Index: cardinal);
+var
+ LastParticleIndex : integer;
+begin
+// delete particle indexed by Index,
+// overwrite it's place in our particle-array with the particle stored at the last array index,
+// shorten array
+ LastParticleIndex := high(Particle);
+ if not(LastParticleIndex = -1) then // is there still a particle to delete?
+ begin
+ if not(Particle[Index].RecIndex = -1) then // if it is a GoldenNote particle...
+ dec(RecArray[Particle[Index].RecIndex].CurrentStarCount); // take care of its associated GoldenRec
+ // now get rid of that particle
+ Particle[Index].Destroy;
+ Particle[Index] := Particle[LastParticleIndex];
+ SetLength(Particle, LastParticleIndex);
+ end;
+end;
+
+// clean up all particles and management structures
+procedure TEffectManager.KillAll();
+var
+ c: cardinal;
+begin
+//It's the kill all kennies rotuine
+ while Length(Particle) > 0 do // kill all existing particles
+ Kill(0);
+ SetLength(RecArray,0); // remove GoldenRec positions
+ SetLength(PerfNoteArray,0); // remove PerfectNote positions
+ for c := 0 to 5 do
+ begin
+ TwinkleArray[c] := 0; // reset GoldenNoteHit memory
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TEffectManager.SentenceChange();
+var
+ c: cardinal;
+begin
+ c := 0;
+ while c <= High(Particle) do
+ begin
+ if Particle[c].SurviveSentenceChange then
+ inc(c)
+ else
+ Kill(c);
+ end;
+ SetLength(RecArray,0); // remove GoldenRec positions
+ SetLength(PerfNoteArray,0); // remove PerfectNote positions
+ for c := 0 to 5 do
+ begin
+ TwinkleArray[c] := 0; // reset GoldenNoteHit memory
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TeffectManager.GoldenNoteTwinkle(Top, Bottom, Right: real; Player: integer);
+//Twinkle stars while golden note hit
+// this is called from UDraw.pas, SingDrawPlayerCzesc
+var
+ C, P, XKatze, YKatze, LKatze: integer;
+ H: real;
+begin
+ // make sure we spawn only one time at one position
+ if (TwinkleArray[Player] < Right) then
+ for P := 0 to high(RecArray) do // Are we inside a GoldenNoteRectangle?
+ begin
+ H := (Top+Bottom)/2; // helper...
+ with RecArray[P] do
+ if ((xBottom >= Right) and (xTop <= Right) and
+ (yTop <= H) and (yBottom >= H))
+ and (Screen = ScreenAct) then
+ begin
+ TwinkleArray[Player] := Right; // remember twinkle position for this player
+ for C := 1 to 10 do
+ begin
+ Ykatze := RandomRange(ceil(Top) , ceil(Bottom));
+ XKatze := RandomRange(-7,3);
+ LKatze := RandomRange(7,13);
+ Spawn(Ceil(Right)+XKatze, YKatze, ScreenAct, LKatze, 0, -1, NoteHitTwinkle, 0);
+ end;
+ for C := 1 to 3 do
+ begin
+ Ykatze := RandomRange(ceil(Top)-6 , ceil(Top));
+ XKatze := RandomRange(-5,1);
+ LKatze := RandomRange(4,7);
+ Spawn(Ceil(Right)+XKatze, YKatze, ScreenAct, LKatze, 0, -1, NoteHitTwinkle, 0);
+ end;
+ for C := 1 to 3 do
+ begin
+ Ykatze := RandomRange(ceil(Bottom), ceil(Bottom)+6);
+ XKatze := RandomRange(-5,1);
+ LKatze := RandomRange(4,7);
+ Spawn(Ceil(Right)+XKatze, YKatze, ScreenAct, LKatze, 0, -1, NoteHitTwinkle, 0);
+ end;
+ for C := 1 to 3 do
+ begin
+ Ykatze := RandomRange(ceil(Top)-10 , ceil(Top)-6);
+ XKatze := RandomRange(-5,1);
+ LKatze := RandomRange(1,4);
+ Spawn(Ceil(Right)+XKatze, YKatze, ScreenAct, LKatze, 0, -1, NoteHitTwinkle, 0);
+ end;
+ for C := 1 to 3 do
+ begin
+ Ykatze := RandomRange(ceil(Bottom)+6 , ceil(Bottom)+10);
+ XKatze := RandomRange(-5,1);
+ LKatze := RandomRange(1,4);
+ Spawn(Ceil(Right)+XKatze, YKatze, ScreenAct, LKatze, 0, -1, NoteHitTwinkle, 0);
+ end;
+
+ exit; // found a matching GoldenRec, did spawning stuff... done
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TEffectManager.SaveGoldenStarsRec(Xtop, Ytop, Xbottom, Ybottom: real);
+var
+ P : integer; // P like used in Positions
+ NewIndex : integer;
+begin
+ for P := 0 to high(RecArray) do // Do we already have that "new" position?
+ begin
+ if (ceil(RecArray[P].xTop) = ceil(Xtop)) and
+ (ceil(RecArray[P].yTop) = ceil(Ytop)) and
+ (ScreenAct = RecArray[p].Screen) then
+ exit; // it's already in the array, so we don't have to create a new one
+ end;
+
+ // we got a new position, add the new positions to our array
+ NewIndex := Length(RecArray);
+ SetLength(RecArray, NewIndex + 1);
+ RecArray[NewIndex].xTop := Xtop;
+ RecArray[NewIndex].yTop := Ytop;
+ RecArray[NewIndex].xBottom := Xbottom;
+ RecArray[NewIndex].yBottom := Ybottom;
+ RecArray[NewIndex].TotalStarCount := ceil(Xbottom - Xtop) div 12 + 3;
+ RecArray[NewIndex].CurrentStarCount := 0;
+ RecArray[NewIndex].Screen := ScreenAct;
+end;
+
+procedure TEffectManager.SavePerfectNotePos(Xtop, Ytop: real);
+var
+ P : integer; // P like used in Positions
+ NewIndex : integer;
+ RandomFrame : integer;
+ Xkatze, Ykatze : integer;
+begin
+ for P := 0 to high(PerfNoteArray) do // Do we already have that "new" position?
+ begin
+ with PerfNoteArray[P] do
+ if (ceil(xPos) = ceil(Xtop)) and (ceil(yPos) = ceil(Ytop)) and
+ (Screen = ScreenAct) then
+ exit; // it's already in the array, so we don't have to create a new one
+ end; //for
+
+ // we got a new position, add the new positions to our array
+ NewIndex := Length(PerfNoteArray);
+ SetLength(PerfNoteArray, NewIndex + 1);
+ PerfNoteArray[NewIndex].xPos := Xtop;
+ PerfNoteArray[NewIndex].yPos := Ytop;
+ PerfNoteArray[NewIndex].Screen := ScreenAct;
+
+ for P := 0 to 2 do
+ begin
+ Xkatze := RandomRange(ceil(Xtop) - 5 , ceil(Xtop) + 10);
+ Ykatze := RandomRange(ceil(Ytop) - 5 , ceil(Ytop) + 10);
+ RandomFrame := RandomRange(0,14);
+ Spawn(Xkatze, Ykatze, ScreenAct, 16 - RandomFrame, RandomFrame, -1, PerfectNote, 0);
+ end; //for
+
+end;
+
+procedure TEffectManager.SpawnPerfectLineTwinkle();
+var
+ P, I, Life: cardinal;
+ Left, Right, Top, Bottom: cardinal;
+ cScreen: integer;
+begin
+// calculation of coordinates done with hardcoded values like in UDraw.pas
+// might need to be adjusted if drawing of SingScreen is modified
+// coordinates may still be a bit weird and need adjustment
+ if Ini.SingWindow = 0 then
+ begin
+ Left := 130;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ Left := 30;
+ end;
+ Right := 770;
+ // spawn effect for every player with a perfect line
+ for P := 0 to PlayersPlay-1 do
+ if Player[P].LastSentencePerfect then
+ begin
+ // calculate area where notes of this player are drawn
+ case PlayersPlay of
+ 1: begin
+ Bottom := Skin_P2_NotesB+10;
+ Top := Bottom-105;
+ cScreen := 1;
+ end;
+ 2,4: begin
+ case P of
+ 0,2: begin
+ Bottom := Skin_P1_NotesB+10;
+ Top := Bottom-105;
+ end;
+ else begin
+ Bottom := Skin_P2_NotesB+10;
+ Top := Bottom-105;
+ end;
+ end;
+ case P of
+ 0,1: cScreen := 1;
+ else cScreen := 2;
+ end;
+ end;
+ 3,6: begin
+ case P of
+ 0,3: begin
+ Top := 130;
+ Bottom := Top+85;
+ end;
+ 1,4: begin
+ Top := 255;
+ Bottom := Top+85;
+ end;
+ 2,5: begin
+ Top := 380;
+ Bottom := Top+85;
+ end;
+ end;
+ case P of
+ 0,1,2: cScreen := 1;
+ else cScreen := 2;
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+ // spawn Sparkling Stars inside calculated coordinates
+ for I := 0 to 80 do
+ begin
+ Life := RandomRange(8,16);
+ Spawn(RandomRange(Left,Right), RandomRange(Top,Bottom), cScreen, Life, 16-Life, -1, PerfectLineTwinkle, P);
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UHooks.pas b/unicode/src/base/UHooks.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ab830090
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UHooks.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,461 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UHooks;
+
+{*********************
+ THookManager
+ Class for saving, managing and calling of hooks.
+ Saves all hookable events and their subscribers
+*********************}
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ uPluginDefs,
+ SysUtils;
+
+type
+ //Record that saves info from Subscriber
+ PSubscriberInfo = ^TSubscriberInfo;
+ TSubscriberInfo = record
+ Self: THandle; //ID of this Subscription (First word: ID of Subscription; 2nd word: ID of Hook)
+ Next: PSubscriberInfo; //Pointer to next Item in HookChain
+
+ Owner: integer; //For Error Handling and Plugin Unloading.
+
+ //Here is s/t tricky
+ //To avoid writing of Wrapping Functions to Hook an Event with a Class
+ //We save a Normal Proc or a Method of a Class
+ case isClass: boolean of
+ False: (Proc: TUS_Hook); //Proc that will be called on Event
+ True: (ProcOfClass: TUS_Hook_of_Object);
+ end;
+
+ TEventInfo = record
+ Name: string[60]; //Name of Event
+ FirstSubscriber: PSubscriberInfo; //First subscriber in chain
+ LastSubscriber: PSubscriberInfo; //Last " (for easier subscriber adding
+ end;
+
+ THookManager = class
+ private
+ Events: array of TEventInfo;
+ SpaceinEvents: word; //Number of empty Items in Events Array. (e.g. Deleted Items)
+
+ procedure FreeSubscriber(const EventIndex: word; const Last, Cur: PSubscriberInfo);
+ public
+ constructor Create(const SpacetoAllocate: word);
+
+ function AddEvent (const EventName: Pchar): THandle;
+ function DelEvent (hEvent: THandle): integer;
+
+ function AddSubscriber (const EventName: Pchar; const Proc: TUS_Hook = nil; const ProcOfClass: TUS_Hook_of_Object = nil): THandle;
+ function DelSubscriber (const hSubscriber: THandle): integer;
+
+ function CallEventChain (const hEvent: THandle; const wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+ function EventExists (const EventName: Pchar): integer;
+
+ procedure DelbyOwner(const Owner: integer);
+ end;
+
+function HookTest(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall;
+
+var
+ HookManager: THookManager;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ ULog,
+ UCore;
+
+//------------
+// Create - Creates Class and Set Standard Values
+//------------
+constructor THookManager.Create(const SpacetoAllocate: word);
+var I: integer;
+begin
+ inherited Create();
+
+ //Get the Space and "Zero" it
+ SetLength (Events, SpacetoAllocate);
+ for I := 0 to SpacetoAllocate-1 do
+ Events[I].Name[1] := chr(0);
+
+ SpaceinEvents := SpacetoAllocate;
+
+ {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+ debugWriteLn('HookManager: Succesful Created.');
+ {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+//------------
+// AddEvent - Adds an Event and return the Events Handle or 0 on Failure
+//------------
+function THookManager.AddEvent (const EventName: Pchar): THandle;
+var I: integer;
+begin
+ Result := 0;
+
+ if (EventExists(EventName) = 0) then
+ begin
+ if (SpaceinEvents > 0) then
+ begin
+ //There is already Space available
+ //Go Search it!
+ for I := 0 to High(Events) do
+ if (Events[I].Name[1] = chr(0)) then
+ begin //Found Space
+ Result := I;
+ Dec(SpaceinEvents);
+ Break;
+ end;
+
+ {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+ debugWriteLn('HookManager: Found Space for Event at Handle: ''' + InttoStr(Result+1) + '');
+ {$ENDIF}
+ end
+ else
+ begin //There is no Space => Go make some!
+ Result := Length(Events);
+ SetLength(Events, Result + 1);
+ end;
+
+ //Set Events Data
+ Events[Result].Name := EventName;
+ Events[Result].FirstSubscriber := nil;
+ Events[Result].LastSubscriber := nil;
+
+ //Handle is Index + 1
+ Inc(Result);
+
+ {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+ debugWriteLn('HookManager: Add Event succesful: ''' + EventName + '');
+ {$ENDIF}
+ end
+ {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+ else
+ debugWriteLn('HookManager: Trying to ReAdd Event: ''' + EventName + '');
+ {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+//------------
+// DelEvent - Deletes an Event by Handle Returns False on Failure
+//------------
+function THookManager.DelEvent (hEvent: THandle): integer;
+var
+ Cur, Last: PSubscriberInfo;
+begin
+ hEvent := hEvent - 1; //Arrayindex is Handle - 1
+ Result := -1;
+
+
+ if (Length(Events) > hEvent) and (Events[hEvent].Name[1] <> chr(0)) then
+ begin //Event exists
+ //Free the Space for all Subscribers
+ Cur := Events[hEvent].FirstSubscriber;
+
+ while (Cur <> nil) do
+ begin
+ Last := Cur;
+ Cur := Cur.Next;
+ FreeMem(Last, SizeOf(TSubscriberInfo));
+ end;
+
+ {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+ debugWriteLn('HookManager: Removed Event succesful: ''' + Events[hEvent].Name + '');
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ //Free the Event
+ Events[hEvent].Name[1] := chr(0);
+ Inc(SpaceinEvents); //There is one more space for new events
+ end
+
+ {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+ else
+ debugWriteLn('HookManager: Try to Remove not Existing Event. Handle: ''' + InttoStr(hEvent) + '');
+ {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+//------------
+// AddSubscriber - Adds an Subscriber to the Event by Name
+// Returns Handle of the Subscribtion or 0 on Failure
+//------------
+function THookManager.AddSubscriber (const EventName: Pchar; const Proc: TUS_Hook; const ProcOfClass: TUS_Hook_of_Object): THandle;
+var
+ EventHandle: THandle;
+ EventIndex: Cardinal;
+ Cur: PSubscriberInfo;
+begin
+ Result := 0;
+
+ if (@Proc <> nil) or (@ProcOfClass <> nil) then
+ begin
+ EventHandle := EventExists(EventName);
+
+ if (EventHandle <> 0) then
+ begin
+ EventIndex := EventHandle - 1;
+
+ //Get Memory
+ GetMem(Cur, SizeOf(TSubscriberInfo));
+
+ //Fill it with Data
+ Cur.Next := nil;
+
+ //Add Owner
+ Cur.Owner := Core.CurExecuted;
+
+ if (@Proc = nil) then
+ begin //Use the ProcofClass Method
+ Cur.isClass := True;
+ Cur.ProcOfClass := ProcofClass;
+ end
+ else //Use the normal Proc
+ begin
+ Cur.isClass := False;
+ Cur.Proc := Proc;
+ end;
+
+ //Create Handle (1st word: Handle of Event; 2nd word: unique ID
+ if (Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber = nil) then
+ begin
+ if (Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber = nil) then
+ begin
+ Result := (EventHandle SHL 16);
+ Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber := Cur;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ Result := Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber.Self + 1;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ Result := Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber.Self + 1;
+ Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber.Next := Cur;
+ end;
+
+ Cur.Self := Result;
+
+ //Add to Chain
+ Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber := Cur;
+
+ {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+ debugWriteLn('HookManager: Add Subscriber to Event ''' + Events[EventIndex].Name + ''' succesful. Handle: ''' + InttoStr(Result) + ''' Owner: ' + InttoStr(Cur.Owner));
+ {$ENDIF}
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//------------
+// FreeSubscriber - Helper for DelSubscriber. Prevents Loss of Chain Items. Frees Memory.
+//------------
+procedure THookManager.FreeSubscriber(const EventIndex: word; const Last, Cur: PSubscriberInfo);
+begin
+ //Delete from Chain
+ if (Last <> nil) then
+ begin
+ Last.Next := Cur.Next;
+ end
+ else //Was first Popup
+ begin
+ Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber := Cur.Next;
+ end;
+
+ //Was this Last subscription ?
+ if (Cur = Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber) then
+ begin //Change Last Subscriber
+ Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber := Last;
+ end;
+
+ //Free Space:
+ FreeMem(Cur, SizeOf(TSubscriberInfo));
+end;
+
+//------------
+// DelSubscriber - Deletes a Subscribtion by Handle, return non Zero on Failure
+//------------
+function THookManager.DelSubscriber (const hSubscriber: THandle): integer;
+var
+ EventIndex: Cardinal;
+ Cur, Last: PSubscriberInfo;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+ EventIndex := ((hSubscriber and (High(THandle) xor High(word))) SHR 16) - 1;
+
+ //Existing Event ?
+ if (EventIndex < Length(Events)) and (Events[EventIndex].Name[1] <> chr(0)) then
+ begin
+ Result := -2; //Return -1 on not existing Event, -2 on not existing Subscription
+
+ //Search for Subscription
+ Cur := Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber;
+ Last := nil;
+
+ //go through the chain ...
+ while (Cur <> nil) do
+ begin
+ if (Cur.Self = hSubscriber) then
+ begin //Found Subscription we searched for
+ FreeSubscriber(EventIndex, Last, Cur);
+
+ {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+ debugWriteLn('HookManager: Del Subscriber from Event ''' + Events[EventIndex].Name + ''' succesful. Handle: ''' + InttoStr(hSubscriber) + '');
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ //Set Result and Break the Loop
+ Result := 0;
+ Break;
+ end;
+
+ Last := Cur;
+ Cur := Cur.Next;
+ end;
+
+ end;
+end;
+
+
+//------------
+// CallEventChain - Calls the Chain of a specified EventHandle
+// Returns: -1: Handle doesn't Exist, 0 Chain is called until the End
+//------------
+function THookManager.CallEventChain (const hEvent: THandle; const wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+var
+ EventIndex: Cardinal;
+ Cur: PSubscriberInfo;
+ CurExecutedBackup: integer; //backup of Core.CurExecuted Attribute
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+ EventIndex := hEvent - 1;
+
+ if ((EventIndex <= High(Events)) and (Events[EventIndex].Name[1] <> chr(0))) then
+ begin //Existing Event
+ //Backup CurExecuted
+ CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted;
+
+ //Start calling the Chain !!!11
+ Cur := Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber;
+ Result := 0;
+ //Call Hooks until the Chain is at the End or breaked
+ while ((Cur <> nil) and (Result = 0)) do
+ begin
+ //Set CurExecuted
+ Core.CurExecuted := Cur.Owner;
+ if (Cur.isClass) then
+ Result := Cur.ProcOfClass(wParam, lParam)
+ else
+ Result := Cur.Proc(wParam, lParam);
+
+ Cur := Cur.Next;
+ end;
+
+ //Restore CurExecuted
+ Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup;
+ end;
+
+ {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+ debugWriteLn('HookManager: Called Chain from Event ''' + Events[EventIndex].Name + ''' succesful. Result: ''' + InttoStr(Result) + '');
+ {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+//------------
+// EventExists - Returns non Zero if an Event with the given Name exists
+//------------
+function THookManager.EventExists (const EventName: Pchar): integer;
+var
+ I: integer;
+ Name: string[60];
+begin
+ Result := 0;
+ //if (Length(EventName) <
+ Name := string(EventName);
+
+ //Sure not to search for empty space
+ if (Name[1] <> chr(0)) then
+ begin
+ //Search for Event
+ for I := 0 to High(Events) do
+ if (Events[I].Name = Name) then
+ begin //Event found
+ Result := I + 1;
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//------------
+// DelbyOwner - Dels all Subscriptions by a specific Owner. (For Clean Plugin/Module unloading)
+//------------
+procedure THookManager.DelbyOwner(const Owner: integer);
+var
+ I: integer;
+ Cur, Last: PSubscriberInfo;
+begin
+ //Search for Owner in all Hooks Chains
+ for I := 0 to High(Events) do
+ begin
+ if (Events[I].Name[1] <> chr(0)) then
+ begin
+
+ Last := nil;
+ Cur := Events[I].FirstSubscriber;
+ //Went Through Chain
+ while (Cur <> nil) do
+ begin
+ if (Cur.Owner = Owner) then
+ begin //Found Subscription by Owner -> Delete
+ FreeSubscriber(I, Last, Cur);
+ if (Last <> nil) then
+ Cur := Last.Next
+ else
+ Cur := Events[I].FirstSubscriber;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ //Next Item:
+ Last := Cur;
+ Cur := Cur.Next;
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+
+function HookTest(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall;
+begin
+ Result := 0; //Don't break the chain
+ Core.ShowMessage(CORE_SM_INFO, Pchar(string(Pchar(Pointer(lParam))) + ': ' + string(Pchar(Pointer(wParam)))));
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UImage.pas b/unicode/src/base/UImage.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..18b0035c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UImage.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,984 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UImage;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ SDL;
+
+{$DEFINE HavePNG}
+{$DEFINE HaveBMP}
+{$DEFINE HaveJPG}
+
+const
+ PixelFmt_RGBA: TSDL_Pixelformat = (
+ palette: nil;
+ BitsPerPixel: 32;
+ BytesPerPixel: 4;
+ Rloss: 0;
+ Gloss: 0;
+ Bloss: 0;
+ Aloss: 0;
+ Rshift: 0;
+ Gshift: 8;
+ Bshift: 16;
+ Ashift: 24;
+ Rmask: $000000ff;
+ Gmask: $0000ff00;
+ Bmask: $00ff0000;
+ Amask: $ff000000;
+ ColorKey: 0;
+ Alpha: 255
+ );
+
+ PixelFmt_RGB: TSDL_Pixelformat = (
+ palette: nil;
+ BitsPerPixel: 24;
+ BytesPerPixel: 3;
+ Rloss: 0;
+ Gloss: 0;
+ Bloss: 0;
+ Aloss: 0;
+ Rshift: 0;
+ Gshift: 8;
+ Bshift: 16;
+ Ashift: 0;
+ Rmask: $000000ff;
+ Gmask: $0000ff00;
+ Bmask: $00ff0000;
+ Amask: $00000000;
+ ColorKey: 0;
+ Alpha: 255
+ );
+
+ PixelFmt_BGRA: TSDL_Pixelformat = (
+ palette: nil;
+ BitsPerPixel: 32;
+ BytesPerPixel: 4;
+ Rloss: 0;
+ Gloss: 0;
+ Bloss: 0;
+ Aloss: 0;
+ Rshift: 16;
+ Gshift: 8;
+ Bshift: 0;
+ Ashift: 24;
+ Rmask: $00ff0000;
+ Gmask: $0000ff00;
+ Bmask: $000000ff;
+ Amask: $ff000000;
+ ColorKey: 0;
+ Alpha: 255
+ );
+
+ PixelFmt_BGR: TSDL_Pixelformat = (
+ palette: nil;
+ BitsPerPixel: 24;
+ BytesPerPixel: 3;
+ Rloss: 0;
+ Gloss: 0;
+ Bloss: 0;
+ Aloss: 0;
+ Rshift: 16;
+ Gshift: 8;
+ Bshift: 0;
+ Ashift: 0;
+ Rmask: $00ff0000;
+ Gmask: $0000ff00;
+ Bmask: $000000ff;
+ Amask: $00000000;
+ ColorKey: 0;
+ Alpha: 255
+ );
+
+type
+ TImagePixelFmt = (
+ ipfRGBA, ipfRGB, ipfBGRA, ipfBGR
+ );
+
+(*******************************************************
+ * Image saving
+ *******************************************************)
+
+{$IFDEF HavePNG}
+function WritePNGImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF HaveBMP}
+function WriteBMPImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean;
+{$ENDIF}
+{$IFDEF HaveJPG}
+function WriteJPGImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface; Quality: integer): boolean;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(*******************************************************
+ * Image loading
+ *******************************************************)
+
+function LoadImage(const Filename: string): PSDL_Surface;
+
+(*******************************************************
+ * Image manipulation
+ *******************************************************)
+
+function PixelFormatEquals(fmt1, fmt2: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean;
+procedure ScaleImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: Cardinal);
+procedure FitImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: Cardinal);
+procedure ColorizeImage(ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; NewColor: Cardinal);
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ SysUtils,
+ Classes,
+ Math,
+ {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+ Windows,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ {$IFDEF HaveJPG}
+ {$IFDEF Delphi}
+ Graphics,
+ jpeg,
+ {$ELSE}
+ jpeglib,
+ jerror,
+ jcparam,
+ jdatadst, jcapimin, jcapistd,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ {$ENDIF}
+ {$IFDEF HavePNG}
+ png,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ zlib,
+ sdl_image,
+ sdlutils,
+ UCommon,
+ ULog;
+
+
+function IsRGBSurface(pixelFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean;
+begin
+ Result := (pixelFmt.BitsPerPixel = 24) and
+ (pixelFmt.RMask = $0000FF) and
+ (pixelFmt.GMask = $00FF00) and
+ (pixelFmt.BMask = $FF0000);
+end;
+
+function IsRGBASurface(pixelFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean;
+begin
+ Result := (pixelFmt.BitsPerPixel = 32) and
+ (pixelFmt.RMask = $000000FF) and
+ (pixelFmt.GMask = $0000FF00) and
+ (pixelFmt.BMask = $00FF0000) and
+ (pixelFmt.AMask = $FF000000);
+end;
+
+function IsBGRSurface(pixelFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean;
+begin
+ Result := (pixelFmt.BitsPerPixel = 24) and
+ (pixelFmt.BMask = $0000FF) and
+ (pixelFmt.GMask = $00FF00) and
+ (pixelFmt.RMask = $FF0000);
+end;
+
+function IsBGRASurface(pixelFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean;
+begin
+ Result := (pixelFmt.BitsPerPixel = 32) and
+ (pixelFmt.BMask = $000000FF) and
+ (pixelFmt.GMask = $0000FF00) and
+ (pixelFmt.RMask = $00FF0000) and
+ (pixelFmt.AMask = $FF000000);
+end;
+
+// Converts alpha-formats to BGRA, non-alpha to BGR, and leaves BGR(A) as is
+// sets converted to true if the surface needed to be converted
+function ConvertToBGR_BGRASurface(Surface: PSDL_Surface; out Converted: boolean): PSDL_Surface;
+var
+ pixelFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat;
+begin
+ pixelFmt := Surface.format;
+ if (IsBGRSurface(pixelFmt) or IsBGRASurface(pixelFmt)) then
+ begin
+ Converted := false;
+ Result := Surface;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ // invalid format -> needs conversion
+ if (pixelFmt.AMask <> 0) then
+ Result := SDL_ConvertSurface(Surface, @PixelFmt_BGRA, SDL_SWSURFACE)
+ else
+ Result := SDL_ConvertSurface(Surface, @PixelFmt_BGR, SDL_SWSURFACE);
+ Converted := true;
+ end;
+end;
+
+// Converts alpha-formats to RGBA, non-alpha to RGB, and leaves RGB(A) as is
+// sets converted to true if the surface needed to be converted
+function ConvertToRGB_RGBASurface(Surface: PSDL_Surface; out Converted: boolean): PSDL_Surface;
+var
+ pixelFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat;
+begin
+ pixelFmt := Surface.format;
+ if (IsRGBSurface(pixelFmt) or IsRGBASurface(pixelFmt)) then
+ begin
+ Converted := false;
+ Result := Surface;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ // invalid format -> needs conversion
+ if (pixelFmt.AMask <> 0) then
+ Result := SDL_ConvertSurface(Surface, @PixelFmt_RGBA, SDL_SWSURFACE)
+ else
+ Result := SDL_ConvertSurface(Surface, @PixelFmt_RGB, SDL_SWSURFACE);
+ Converted := true;
+ end;
+end;
+
+
+(*******************************************************
+ * Image saving
+ *******************************************************)
+
+(***************************
+ * PNG section
+ *****************************)
+
+{$IFDEF HavePNG}
+
+// delphi does not support setjmp()/longjmp() -> define our own error-handler
+procedure user_error_fn(png_ptr: png_structp; error_msg: png_const_charp); cdecl;
+begin
+ raise Exception.Create(error_msg);
+end;
+
+procedure user_read_data(png_ptr: png_structp; data: png_bytep; length: png_size_t); cdecl;
+var
+ inFile: TFileStream;
+begin
+ inFile := TFileStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr));
+ inFile.Read(data^, length);
+end;
+
+procedure user_write_data(png_ptr: png_structp; data: png_bytep; length: png_size_t); cdecl;
+var
+ outFile: TFileStream;
+begin
+ outFile := TFileStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr));
+ outFile.Write(data^, length);
+end;
+
+procedure user_flush_data(png_ptr: png_structp); cdecl;
+//var
+// outFile: TFileStream;
+begin
+ // binary files are flushed automatically, Flush() works with Text-files only
+ //outFile := TFileStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr));
+ //outFile.Flush();
+end;
+
+procedure DateTimeToPngTime(time: TDateTime; var pngTime: png_time);
+var
+ year, month, day: word;
+ hour, minute, second, msecond: word;
+begin
+ DecodeDate(time, year, month, day);
+ pngTime.year := year;
+ pngTime.month := month;
+ pngTime.day := day;
+ DecodeTime(time, hour, minute, second, msecond);
+ pngTime.hour := hour;
+ pngTime.minute := minute;
+ pngTime.second := second;
+end;
+
+(*
+ * ImageData must be in RGB-format
+ *)
+function WritePNGImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean;
+var
+ png_ptr: png_structp;
+ info_ptr: png_infop;
+ pngFile: TFileStream;
+ row: integer;
+ rowData: array of png_bytep;
+// rowStride: integer;
+ converted: boolean;
+ colorType: integer;
+// time: png_time;
+begin
+ Result := false;
+
+ // open file for writing
+ try
+ pngFile := TFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
+ except
+ Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName + '"', 'WritePngImage');
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ // only 24bit (RGB) or 32bit (RGBA) data is supported, so convert to it
+ Surface := ConvertToRGB_RGBASurface(Surface, converted);
+
+ png_ptr := nil;
+
+ try
+ // initialize png (and enable a user-defined error-handler that throws an exception on error)
+ png_ptr := png_create_write_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, nil, @user_error_fn, nil);
+ // the error-handler is called if png_create_write_struct() fails, so png_ptr should always be <> nil
+ if (png_ptr = nil) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogError('png_create_write_struct() failed', 'WritePngImage');
+ if (converted) then
+ SDL_FreeSurface(Surface);
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ info_ptr := png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
+
+ if (Surface^.format^.BitsPerPixel = 24) then
+ colorType := PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB
+ else
+ colorType := PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGBA;
+
+ // define write IO-functions (POSIX-style FILE-pointers are not available in Delphi)
+ png_set_write_fn(png_ptr, pngFile, @user_write_data, @user_flush_data);
+ png_set_IHDR(
+ png_ptr, info_ptr,
+ Surface.w, Surface.h,
+ 8,
+ colorType,
+ PNG_INTERLACE_NONE,
+ PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT,
+ PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT
+ );
+
+ // TODO: do we need the modification time?
+ //DateTimeToPngTime(Now, time);
+ //png_set_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, @time);
+
+ if (SDL_MUSTLOCK(Surface)) then
+ SDL_LockSurface(Surface);
+
+ // setup data
+ SetLength(rowData, Surface.h);
+ for row := 0 to Surface.h-1 do
+ begin
+ // set rowData-elements to beginning of each image row
+ // Note: the byte-count of a row is pitch (which is not width*bitsPerPixel if the image is aligned)
+ rowData[row] := @PChar(Surface.pixels)[(Surface.h-row-1) * Surface.pitch];
+ end;
+
+ if (SDL_MUSTLOCK(Surface)) then
+ SDL_UnlockSurface(Surface);
+
+ png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);
+ png_write_image(png_ptr, png_bytepp(rowData));
+ png_write_end(png_ptr, nil);
+
+ Result := true;
+ except on E: Exception do
+ Log.LogError(E.message, 'WritePngImage');
+ end;
+
+ // free row-data
+ SetLength(rowData, 0);
+
+ // free png-resources
+ if (png_ptr <> nil) then
+ png_destroy_write_struct(@png_ptr, nil);
+
+ if (converted) then
+ SDL_FreeSurface(Surface);
+
+ // close file
+ pngFile.Free;
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(***************************
+ * BMP section
+ *****************************)
+
+{$IFDEF HaveBMP}
+
+{$IFNDEF MSWINDOWS}
+const
+ (* constants for the biCompression field *)
+ BI_RGB = 0;
+ BI_RLE8 = 1;
+ BI_RLE4 = 2;
+ BI_BITFIELDS = 3;
+ BI_JPEG = 4;
+ BI_PNG = 5;
+
+type
+ BITMAPINFOHEADER = record
+ biSize: longword;
+ biWidth: longint;
+ biHeight: longint;
+ biPlanes: word;
+ biBitCount: word;
+ biCompression: longword;
+ biSizeImage: longword;
+ biXPelsPerMeter: longint;
+ biYPelsPerMeter: longint;
+ biClrUsed: longword;
+ biClrImportant: longword;
+ end;
+ LPBITMAPINFOHEADER = ^BITMAPINFOHEADER;
+ TBITMAPINFOHEADER = BITMAPINFOHEADER;
+ PBITMAPINFOHEADER = ^BITMAPINFOHEADER;
+
+ RGBTRIPLE = record
+ rgbtBlue: byte;
+ rgbtGreen: byte;
+ rgbtRed: byte;
+ end;
+ tagRGBTRIPLE = RGBTRIPLE;
+ TRGBTRIPLE = RGBTRIPLE;
+ PRGBTRIPLE = ^RGBTRIPLE;
+
+ RGBQUAD = record
+ rgbBlue: byte;
+ rgbGreen: byte;
+ rgbRed: byte;
+ rgbReserved: byte;
+ end;
+ tagRGBQUAD = RGBQUAD;
+ TRGBQUAD = RGBQUAD;
+ PRGBQUAD = ^RGBQUAD;
+
+ BITMAPINFO = record
+ bmiHeader: BITMAPINFOHEADER;
+ bmiColors: array[0..0] of RGBQUAD;
+ end;
+ LPBITMAPINFO = ^BITMAPINFO;
+ PBITMAPINFO = ^BITMAPINFO;
+ TBITMAPINFO = BITMAPINFO;
+
+ {$PACKRECORDS 2}
+ BITMAPFILEHEADER = record
+ bfType: word;
+ bfSize: longword;
+ bfReserved1: word;
+ bfReserved2: word;
+ bfOffBits: longword;
+ end;
+ {$PACKRECORDS DEFAULT}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(*
+ * ImageData must be in BGR-format
+ *)
+function WriteBMPImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean;
+var
+ bmpFile: TFileStream;
+ FileInfo: BITMAPINFOHEADER;
+ FileHeader: BITMAPFILEHEADER;
+ Converted: boolean;
+ Row: integer;
+ RowSize: integer;
+begin
+ Result := false;
+
+ // open file for writing
+ try
+ bmpFile := TFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
+ except
+ Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName + '"', 'WriteBMPImage');
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ // only 24bit (BGR) or 32bit (BGRA) data is supported, so convert to it
+ Surface := ConvertToBGR_BGRASurface(Surface, Converted);
+
+ // aligned (4-byte) row-size in bytes
+ RowSize := ((Surface.w * Surface.format.BytesPerPixel + 3) div 4) * 4;
+
+ // initialize bitmap info
+ FillChar(FileInfo, SizeOf(BITMAPINFOHEADER), 0);
+ with FileInfo do
+ begin
+ biSize := SizeOf(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
+ biWidth := Surface.w;
+ biHeight := Surface.h;
+ biPlanes := 1;
+ biBitCount := Surface^.format^.BitsPerPixel;
+ biCompression := BI_RGB;
+ biSizeImage := RowSize * Surface.h;
+ end;
+
+ // initialize header-data
+ FillChar(FileHeader, SizeOf(BITMAPFILEHEADER), 0);
+ with FileHeader do
+ begin
+ bfType := $4D42; // = 'BM'
+ bfOffBits := SizeOf(BITMAPFILEHEADER) + SizeOf(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
+ bfSize := bfOffBits + FileInfo.biSizeImage;
+ end;
+
+ // and move the whole stuff into the file ;-)
+ try
+ // write headers
+ bmpFile.Write(FileHeader, SizeOf(BITMAPFILEHEADER));
+ bmpFile.Write(FileInfo, SizeOf(BITMAPINFOHEADER));
+
+ // write image-data
+
+ if (SDL_MUSTLOCK(Surface)) then
+ SDL_LockSurface(Surface);
+
+ // BMP needs 4-byte alignment
+ if (Surface.pitch mod 4 = 0) then
+ begin
+ // aligned correctly -> write whole image at once
+ bmpFile.Write(Surface.pixels^, FileInfo.biSizeImage);
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ // misaligned -> write each line separately
+ // Note: for the last line unassigned memory (> last Surface.pixels element)
+ // will be copied to the padding area (last bytes of a row),
+ // but we do not care because the content of padding data is ignored anyhow.
+ for Row := 0 to Surface.h do
+ bmpFile.Write(PChar(Surface.pixels)[Row * Surface.pitch], RowSize);
+ end;
+
+ if (SDL_MUSTLOCK(Surface)) then
+ SDL_UnlockSurface(Surface);
+
+ Result := true;
+ finally
+ Log.LogError('Could not write file: "' + FileName + '"', 'WriteBMPImage');
+ end;
+
+ if (Converted) then
+ SDL_FreeSurface(Surface);
+
+ // close file
+ bmpFile.Free;
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+(***************************
+ * JPG section
+ *****************************)
+
+{$IFDEF HaveJPG}
+
+function WriteJPGImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface; Quality: integer): boolean;
+var
+ {$IFDEF Delphi}
+ Bitmap: TBitmap;
+ BitmapInfo: TBitmapInfo;
+ Jpeg: TJpegImage;
+ row: integer;
+ {$ELSE}
+ cinfo: jpeg_compress_struct;
+ jerr : jpeg_error_mgr;
+ jpgFile: TFileStream;
+ rowPtr: array[0..0] of JSAMPROW;
+ {$ENDIF}
+ converted: boolean;
+begin
+ Result := false;
+
+ {$IFDEF Delphi}
+ // only 24bit (BGR) data is supported, so convert to it
+ if (IsBGRSurface(Surface.format)) then
+ converted := false
+ else
+ begin
+ Surface := SDL_ConvertSurface(Surface, @PixelFmt_BGR, SDL_SWSURFACE);
+ converted := true;
+ end;
+
+ // create and setup bitmap
+ Bitmap := TBitmap.Create;
+ Bitmap.PixelFormat := pf24bit;
+ Bitmap.Width := Surface.w;
+ Bitmap.Height := Surface.h;
+
+ // setup bitmap info on source image (Surface parameter)
+ ZeroMemory(@BitmapInfo, SizeOf(BitmapInfo));
+ with BitmapInfo.bmiHeader do
+ begin
+ biSize := SizeOf(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
+ biWidth := Surface.w;
+ biHeight := Surface.h;
+ biPlanes := 1;
+ biBitCount := 24;
+ biCompression := BI_RGB;
+ end;
+
+ if (SDL_MUSTLOCK(Surface)) then
+ SDL_LockSurface(Surface);
+
+ // use fast Win32-API functions to copy data instead of Bitmap.Canvas.Pixels
+ if (Surface.pitch mod 4 = 0) then
+ begin
+ // if the image is aligned (to a 4-byte boundary) -> copy all data at once
+ // Note: surfaces created with SDL (e.g. with SDL_ConvertSurface) are aligned
+ SetDIBits(0, Bitmap.Handle, 0, Bitmap.Height, Surface.pixels, BitmapInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ // wrong alignment -> copy each line separately.
+ // Note: for the last line unassigned memory (> last Surface.pixels element)
+ // will be copied to the padding area (last bytes of a row),
+ // but we do not care because the content of padding data is ignored anyhow.
+ for row := 0 to Surface.h do
+ begin
+ SetDIBits(0, Bitmap.Handle, row, 1, @PChar(Surface.pixels)[row * Surface.pitch],
+ BitmapInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ if (SDL_MUSTLOCK(Surface)) then
+ SDL_UnlockSurface(Surface);
+
+ // assign Bitmap to JPEG and store the latter
+ Jpeg := TJPEGImage.Create;
+ Jpeg.Assign(Bitmap);
+ Bitmap.Free;
+ Jpeg.CompressionQuality := Quality;
+ try
+ // compress image (don't forget this line, otherwise it won't be compressed)
+ Jpeg.Compress();
+ Jpeg.SaveToFile(FileName);
+ except
+ Log.LogError('Could not save file: "' + FileName + '"', 'WriteJPGImage');
+ Exit;
+ end;
+ Jpeg.Free;
+ {$ELSE}
+ // based on example.pas in FPC's packages/base/pasjpeg directory
+
+ // only 24bit (RGB) data is supported, so convert to it
+ if (IsRGBSurface(Surface.format)) then
+ converted := false
+ else
+ begin
+ Surface := SDL_ConvertSurface(Surface, @PixelFmt_RGB, SDL_SWSURFACE);
+ converted := true;
+ end;
+
+ // allocate and initialize JPEG compression object
+ cinfo.err := jpeg_std_error(jerr);
+ // msg_level that will be displayed. (Nomssi)
+ //jerr.trace_level := 3;
+ // initialize the JPEG compression object
+ jpeg_create_compress(@cinfo);
+
+ // open file for writing
+ try
+ jpgFile := TFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
+ except
+ Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName + '"', 'WriteJPGImage');
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ // specify data destination
+ jpeg_stdio_dest(@cinfo, @jpgFile);
+
+ // set parameters for compression
+ cinfo.image_width := Surface.w;
+ cinfo.image_height := Surface.h;
+ cinfo.in_color_space := JCS_RGB;
+ cinfo.input_components := 3;
+ cinfo.data_precision := 8;
+
+ // set default compression parameters
+ jpeg_set_defaults(@cinfo);
+ jpeg_set_quality(@cinfo, quality, true);
+
+ // start compressor
+ jpeg_start_compress(@cinfo, true);
+
+ if (SDL_MUSTLOCK(Surface)) then
+ SDL_LockSurface(Surface);
+
+ while (cinfo.next_scanline < cinfo.image_height) do
+ begin
+ // Note: the byte-count of a row is pitch (which is not width*bitsPerPixel if the image is aligned)
+ rowPtr[0] := JSAMPROW(@PChar(Surface.pixels)[(Surface.h-cinfo.next_scanline-1) * Surface.pitch]);
+ jpeg_write_scanlines(@cinfo, JSAMPARRAY(@rowPtr), 1);
+ end;
+
+ if (SDL_MUSTLOCK(Surface)) then
+ SDL_UnlockSurface(Surface);
+
+ // finish compression
+ jpeg_finish_compress(@cinfo);
+ // close the output file
+ jpgFile.Free;
+
+ // release JPEG compression object
+ jpeg_destroy_compress(@cinfo);
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ if (converted) then
+ SDL_FreeSurface(Surface);
+
+ Result := true;
+end;
+
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+(*******************************************************
+ * Image loading
+ *******************************************************)
+
+
+(*
+ * Loads an image from the given file
+ *)
+function LoadImage(const Filename: string): PSDL_Surface;
+var
+ FilenameFound: string;
+begin
+ Result := nil;
+
+ // FileExistsInsensitive() requires a var-arg
+ FilenameFound := Filename;
+
+ // try to find the file case insensitive
+ if (not FileExistsInsensitive(FilenameFound)) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogError('Image-File does not exist "'+FilenameFound+'"', 'LoadImage');
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ // load from file
+ try
+ Result := IMG_Load(PChar(FilenameFound));
+ except
+ Log.LogError('Could not load from file "'+FilenameFound+'"', 'LoadImage');
+ Exit;
+ end;
+end;
+
+
+(*******************************************************
+ * Image manipulation
+ *******************************************************)
+
+
+function PixelFormatEquals(fmt1, fmt2: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean;
+begin
+ if (fmt1^.BitsPerPixel = fmt2^.BitsPerPixel) and
+ (fmt1^.BytesPerPixel = fmt2^.BytesPerPixel) and
+ (fmt1^.Rloss = fmt2^.Rloss) and (fmt1^.Gloss = fmt2^.Gloss) and
+ (fmt1^.Bloss = fmt2^.Bloss) and (fmt1^.Rmask = fmt2^.Rmask) and
+ (fmt1^.Gmask = fmt2^.Gmask) and (fmt1^.Bmask = fmt2^.Bmask) and
+ (fmt1^.Rshift = fmt2^.Rshift) and (fmt1^.Gshift = fmt2^.Gshift) and
+ (fmt1^.Bshift = fmt2^.Bshift)
+ then
+ Result := true
+ else
+ Result := false;
+end;
+
+procedure ScaleImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: Cardinal);
+var
+ TempSurface: PSDL_Surface;
+begin
+ TempSurface := ImgSurface;
+ ImgSurface := SDL_ScaleSurfaceRect(TempSurface,
+ 0, 0, TempSurface^.W,TempSurface^.H,
+ Width, Height);
+ SDL_FreeSurface(TempSurface);
+end;
+
+procedure FitImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: Cardinal);
+var
+ TempSurface: PSDL_Surface;
+ ImgFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat;
+begin
+ TempSurface := ImgSurface;
+
+ // create a new surface with given width and height
+ ImgFmt := TempSurface^.format;
+ ImgSurface := SDL_CreateRGBSurface(
+ SDL_SWSURFACE, Width, Height, ImgFmt^.BitsPerPixel,
+ ImgFmt^.RMask, ImgFmt^.GMask, ImgFmt^.BMask, ImgFmt^.AMask);
+
+ // copy image from temp- to new surface
+ SDL_SetAlpha(ImgSurface, 0, 255);
+ SDL_SetAlpha(TempSurface, 0, 255);
+ SDL_BlitSurface(TempSurface, nil, ImgSurface, nil);
+
+ SDL_FreeSurface(TempSurface);
+end;
+
+(*
+// Old slow floating point version of ColorizeTexture.
+// For an easier understanding of the faster fixed point version below.
+procedure ColorizeTexture(TexSurface: PSDL_Surface; Col: Cardinal);
+var
+ clr: array[0..2] of Double; // [0: R, 1: G, 2: B]
+ hsv: array[0..2] of Double; // [0: H(ue), 1: S(aturation), 2: V(alue)]
+ delta, f, p, q, t: Double;
+ max: Double;
+begin
+ clr[0] := PixelColors[0]/255;
+ clr[1] := PixelColors[1]/255;
+ clr[2] := PixelColors[2]/255;
+ max := maxvalue(clr);
+ delta := max - minvalue(clr);
+
+ hsv[0] := DestinationHue; // set H(ue)
+ hsv[2] := max; // set V(alue)
+ // calc S(aturation)
+ if (max = 0.0) then
+ hsv[1] := 0.0
+ else
+ hsv[1] := delta/max;
+
+ //ColorizePixel(PByteArray(Pixel), DestinationHue);
+ h_int := trunc(hsv[0]); // h_int = |_h_|
+ f := hsv[0]-h_int; // f = h-h_int
+ p := hsv[2]*(1.0-hsv[1]); // p = v*(1-s)
+ q := hsv[2]*(1.0-(hsv[1]*f)); // q = v*(1-s*f)
+ t := hsv[2]*(1.0-(hsv[1]*(1.0-f))); // t = v*(1-s*(1-f))
+ case h_int of
+ 0: begin clr[0] := hsv[2]; clr[1] := t; clr[2] := p; end; // (v,t,p)
+ 1: begin clr[0] := q; clr[1] := hsv[2]; clr[2] := p; end; // (q,v,p)
+ 2: begin clr[0] := p; clr[1] := hsv[2]; clr[2] := t; end; // (p,v,t)
+ 3: begin clr[0] := p; clr[1] := q; clr[2] := hsv[2]; end; // (p,q,v)
+ 4: begin clr[0] := t; clr[1] := p; clr[2] := hsv[2]; end; // (t,p,v)
+ 5: begin clr[0] := hsv[2]; clr[1] := p; clr[2] := q; end; // (v,p,q)
+ end;
+
+ // and store new rgb back into the image
+ PixelColors[0] := trunc(255*clr[0]);
+ PixelColors[1] := trunc(255*clr[1]);
+ PixelColors[2] := trunc(255*clr[2]);
+end;
+*)
+
+procedure ColorizeImage(ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; NewColor: Cardinal);
+
+ //returns hue within range [0.0-6.0)
+ function col2hue(Color:Cardinal): double;
+ var
+ clr: array[0..2] of double;
+ hue, max, delta: double;
+ begin
+ clr[0] := ((Color and $ff0000) shr 16)/255; // R
+ clr[1] := ((Color and $ff00) shr 8)/255; // G
+ clr[2] := (Color and $ff) /255; // B
+ max := maxvalue(clr);
+ delta := max - minvalue(clr);
+ // calc hue
+ if (delta = 0.0) then hue := 0
+ else if (clr[0] = max) then hue := (clr[1]-clr[2])/delta
+ else if (clr[1] = max) then hue := 2.0+(clr[2]-clr[0])/delta
+ else if (clr[2] = max) then hue := 4.0+(clr[0]-clr[1])/delta;
+ if (hue < 0.0) then
+ hue := hue + 6.0;
+ Result := hue;
+ end;
+
+var
+ DestinationHue: Double;
+ PixelIndex: Cardinal;
+ Pixel: PByte;
+ PixelColors: PByteArray;
+ clr: array[0..2] of UInt32; // [0: R, 1: G, 2: B]
+ hsv: array[0..2] of UInt32; // [0: H(ue), 1: S(aturation), 2: V(alue)]
+ dhue: UInt32;
+ h_int: Cardinal;
+ delta, f, p, q, t: Longint;
+ max: Uint32;
+begin
+ DestinationHue := col2hue(NewColor);
+
+ dhue := Trunc(DestinationHue*1024);
+
+ Pixel := ImgSurface^.Pixels;
+
+ for PixelIndex := 0 to (ImgSurface^.W * ImgSurface^.H)-1 do
+ begin
+ PixelColors := PByteArray(Pixel);
+ // inlined colorize per pixel
+
+ // uses fixed point math
+ // get color values
+ clr[0] := PixelColors[0] shl 10;
+ clr[1] := PixelColors[1] shl 10;
+ clr[2] := PixelColors[2] shl 10;
+ //calculate luminance and saturation from rgb
+
+ max := clr[0];
+ if clr[1] > max then max := clr[1];
+ if clr[2] > max then max := clr[2];
+ delta := clr[0];
+ if clr[1] < delta then delta := clr[1];
+ if clr[2] < delta then delta := clr[2];
+ delta := max-delta;
+ hsv[0] := dhue; // shl 8
+ hsv[2] := max; // shl 8
+ if (max = 0) then
+ hsv[1] := 0
+ else
+ hsv[1] := (delta shl 10) div max; // shl 8
+ h_int := hsv[0] and $fffffC00;
+ f := hsv[0]-h_int; //shl 10
+ p := (hsv[2]*(1024-hsv[1])) shr 10;
+ q := (hsv[2]*(1024-(hsv[1]*f) shr 10)) shr 10;
+ t := (hsv[2]*(1024-(hsv[1]*(1024-f)) shr 10)) shr 10;
+ h_int := h_int shr 10;
+ case h_int of
+ 0: begin clr[0] := hsv[2]; clr[1] := t; clr[2] := p; end; // (v,t,p)
+ 1: begin clr[0] := q; clr[1] := hsv[2]; clr[2] := p; end; // (q,v,p)
+ 2: begin clr[0] := p; clr[1] := hsv[2]; clr[2] := t; end; // (p,v,t)
+ 3: begin clr[0] := p; clr[1] := q; clr[2] := hsv[2]; end; // (p,q,v)
+ 4: begin clr[0] := t; clr[1] := p; clr[2] := hsv[2]; end; // (t,p,v)
+ 5: begin clr[0] := hsv[2]; clr[1] := p; clr[2] := q; end; // (v,p,q)
+ end;
+
+ PixelColors[0] := clr[0] shr 10;
+ PixelColors[1] := clr[1] shr 10;
+ PixelColors[2] := clr[2] shr 10;
+
+ Inc(Pixel, ImgSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel);
+ end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UIni.pas b/unicode/src/base/UIni.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3a4d6129
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UIni.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,954 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UIni;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ Classes,
+ IniFiles,
+ ULog,
+ SysUtils;
+
+type
+ // TInputDeviceConfig stores the configuration for an input device.
+ // Configurations will be stored in the InputDeviceConfig array.
+ // Note that not all devices listed in InputDeviceConfig are active devices.
+ // Some might be unplugged and hence unavailable.
+ // Available devices are held in TAudioInputProcessor.DeviceList. Each
+ // TAudioInputDevice listed there has a CfgIndex field which is the index to
+ // its configuration in the InputDeviceConfig array.
+ // Name:
+ // the name of the input device
+ // Input:
+ // the index of the input source to use for recording
+ // ChannelToPlayerMap:
+ // mapping of recording channels to players, e.g. ChannelToPlayerMap[0] = 2
+ // maps the channel 0 (left) to player 2. A player index of 0 means that
+ // the channel is not assigned to a player.
+ PInputDeviceConfig = ^TInputDeviceConfig;
+ TInputDeviceConfig = record
+ Name: string;
+ Input: integer;
+ ChannelToPlayerMap: array of integer;
+ end;
+
+type
+
+//Options
+
+ TVisualizerOption = (voOff, voWhenNoVideo, voOn);
+ TBackgroundMusicOption = (bmoOff, bmoOn);
+ TIni = class
+ private
+ function RemoveFileExt(FullName: string): string;
+ function ExtractKeyIndex(const Key, Prefix, Suffix: string): integer;
+ function GetMaxKeyIndex(Keys: TStringList; const Prefix, Suffix: string): integer;
+ function GetArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of string; Value: string; CaseInsensitiv: Boolean = False): integer;
+ function ReadArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of string; IniFile: TCustomIniFile;
+ IniSection: string; IniProperty: string; Default: integer): integer;
+
+ procedure LoadInputDeviceCfg(IniFile: TMemIniFile);
+ procedure SaveInputDeviceCfg(IniFile: TIniFile);
+ procedure LoadThemes(IniFile: TCustomIniFile);
+ procedure LoadPaths(IniFile: TCustomIniFile);
+ procedure LoadScreenModes(IniFile: TCustomIniFile);
+
+ public
+ Name: array[0..11] of string;
+
+ // Templates for Names Mod
+ NameTeam: array[0..2] of string;
+ NameTemplate: array[0..11] of string;
+
+ //Filename of the opened iniFile
+ Filename: string;
+
+ // Game
+ Players: integer;
+ Difficulty: integer;
+ Language: integer;
+ Tabs: integer;
+ Tabs_at_startup:integer; //Tabs at Startup fix
+ Sorting: integer;
+ Debug: integer;
+
+ // Graphics
+ Screens: integer;
+ Resolution: integer;
+ Depth: integer;
+ VisualizerOption:integer;
+ FullScreen: integer;
+ TextureSize: integer;
+ SingWindow: integer;
+ Oscilloscope: integer;
+ Spectrum: integer;
+ Spectrograph: integer;
+ MovieSize: integer;
+
+ // Sound
+ MicBoost: integer;
+ ClickAssist: integer;
+ BeatClick: integer;
+ SavePlayback: integer;
+ ThresholdIndex: integer;
+ AudioOutputBufferSizeIndex:integer;
+ VoicePassthrough:integer;
+
+ //Song Preview
+ PreviewVolume: integer;
+ PreviewFading: integer;
+
+ // Lyrics
+ LyricsFont: integer;
+ LyricsEffect: integer;
+ Solmization: integer;
+ NoteLines: integer;
+
+ // Themes
+ Theme: integer;
+ SkinNo: integer;
+ Color: integer;
+ BackgroundMusicOption:integer;
+
+ // Record
+ InputDeviceConfig: array of TInputDeviceConfig;
+
+ // Advanced
+ LoadAnimation: integer;
+ EffectSing: integer;
+ ScreenFade: integer;
+ AskBeforeDel: integer;
+ OnSongClick: integer;
+ LineBonus: integer;
+ PartyPopup: integer;
+
+ // Controller
+ Joypad: integer;
+
+ procedure Load();
+ procedure Save();
+ procedure SaveNames;
+ procedure SaveLevel;
+ end;
+
+var
+ Ini: TIni;
+ IResolution: array of string;
+ ILanguage: array of string;
+ ITheme: array of string;
+ ISkin: array of string;
+
+
+
+const
+ IPlayers: array[0..4] of string = ('1', '2', '3', '4', '6');
+ IPlayersVals: array[0..4] of integer = ( 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 6 );
+
+ IDifficulty: array[0..2] of string = ('Easy', 'Medium', 'Hard');
+ ITabs: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+
+ ISorting: array[0..7] of string = ('Edition', 'Genre', 'Language', 'Folder', 'Title', 'Artist', 'Title2', 'Artist2');
+ sEdition = 0;
+ sGenre = 1;
+ sLanguage = 2;
+ sFolder = 3;
+ sTitle = 4;
+ sArtist = 5;
+ sTitle2 = 6;
+ sArtist2 = 7;
+
+ IDebug: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+
+ IScreens: array[0..1] of string = ('1', '2');
+ IFullScreen: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+ IDepth: array[0..1] of string = ('16 bit', '32 bit');
+ IVisualizer: array[0..2] of string = ('Off', 'WhenNoVideo','On');
+
+ IBackgroundMusic: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+
+
+ ITextureSize: array[0..2] of string = ('128', '256', '512');
+ ITextureSizeVals: array[0..2] of integer = ( 128, 256, 512);
+
+ ISingWindow: array[0..1] of string = ('Small', 'Big');
+
+ //SingBar Mod
+ IOscilloscope: array[0..2] of string = ('Off', 'Osci', 'Bar');
+//IOscilloscope: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+
+ ISpectrum: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+ ISpectrograph: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+ IMovieSize: array[0..2] of string = ('Half', 'Full [Vid]', 'Full [BG+Vid]');
+
+ IClickAssist: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+ IBeatClick: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+ ISavePlayback: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+
+ IThreshold: array[0..3] of string = ('5%', '10%', '15%', '20%');
+ IThresholdVals: array[0..3] of single = (0.05, 0.10, 0.15, 0.20);
+
+ IVoicePassthrough: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+
+ IAudioOutputBufferSize: array[0..9] of string = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536');
+ IAudioOutputBufferSizeVals: array[0..9] of integer = ( 0, 256, 512 , 1024 , 2048 , 4096 , 8192 , 16384 , 32768 , 65536 );
+
+ IAudioInputBufferSize: array[0..9] of string = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536');
+ IAudioInputBufferSizeVals: array[0..9] of integer = ( 0, 256, 512 , 1024 , 2048 , 4096 , 8192 , 16384 , 32768 , 65536 );
+
+ //Song Preview
+ IPreviewVolume: array[0..10] of string = ('Off', '10%', '20%', '30%', '40%', '50%', '60%', '70%', '80%', '90%', '100%');
+ IPreviewVolumeVals: array[0..10] of single = ( 0, 0.10, 0.20, 0.30, 0.40, 0.50, 0.60, 0.70, 0.80, 0.90, 1.00 );
+
+ IPreviewFading: array[0..5] of string = ('Off', '1 Sec', '2 Secs', '3 Secs', '4 Secs', '5 Secs');
+ IPreviewFadingVals: array[0..5] of integer = ( 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 );
+
+
+ ILyricsFont: array[0..2] of string = ('Plain', 'OLine1', 'OLine2');
+ ILyricsEffect: array[0..4] of string = ('Simple', 'Zoom', 'Slide', 'Ball', 'Shift');
+ ISolmization: array[0..3] of string = ('Off', 'Euro', 'Jap', 'American');
+ INoteLines: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+
+ IColor: array[0..8] of string = ('Blue', 'Green', 'Pink', 'Red', 'Violet', 'Orange', 'Yellow', 'Brown', 'Black');
+
+ // Advanced
+ ILoadAnimation: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+ IEffectSing: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+ IScreenFade: array[0..1] of string =('Off', 'On');
+ IAskbeforeDel: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+ IOnSongClick: array[0..2] of string = ('Sing', 'Select Players', 'Open Menu');
+ ILineBonus: array[0..2] of string = ('Off', 'At Score', 'At Notes');
+ IPartyPopup: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+
+ IJoypad: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On');
+
+ // Recording options
+ IChannelPlayer: array[0..6] of string = ('Off', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6');
+ IMicBoost: array[0..3] of string = ('Off', '+6dB', '+12dB', '+18dB');
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ StrUtils,
+ UMain,
+ SDL,
+ ULanguage,
+ UPlatform,
+ USkins,
+ URecord,
+ UCommandLine;
+
+(**
+ * Returns the filename without its fileextension
+ *)
+function TIni.RemoveFileExt(FullName: string): string;
+begin
+ Result := ChangeFileExt(FullName, '');
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Extracts an index of a key that is surrounded by a Prefix/Suffix pair.
+ * Example: ExtractKeyIndex('MyKey[1]', '[', ']') will return 1.
+ *)
+function TIni.ExtractKeyIndex(const Key, Prefix, Suffix: string): integer;
+var
+ Value: string;
+ Start: integer;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+
+ if Pos(Prefix, Key) > -1 then
+ begin
+ Start := Pos(Prefix, Key) + Length(Prefix);
+
+ // copy all between prefix and suffix
+ Value := Copy(Key, Start, Pos(Suffix, Key)-1 - Start);
+ Result := StrToIntDef(Value, -1);
+ end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Finds the maximum key-index in a key-list.
+ * The indexes of the list are surrounded by Prefix/Suffix,
+ * e.g. MyKey[1] (Prefix='[', Suffix=']')
+ *)
+function TIni.GetMaxKeyIndex(Keys: TStringList; const Prefix, Suffix: string): integer;
+var
+ i: integer;
+ KeyIndex: integer;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+
+ for i := 0 to Keys.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ KeyIndex := ExtractKeyIndex(Keys[i], Prefix, Suffix);
+ if (KeyIndex > Result) then
+ Result := KeyIndex;
+ end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Returns the index of Value in SearchArray
+ * or -1 if Value is not in SearchArray.
+ *)
+function TIni.GetArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of string; Value: string;
+ CaseInsensitiv: Boolean = False): integer;
+var
+ i: integer;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+
+ for i := 0 to High(SearchArray) do
+ begin
+ if (SearchArray[i] = Value) or
+ (CaseInsensitiv and (UpperCase(SearchArray[i]) = UpperCase(Value))) then
+ begin
+ Result := i;
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Reads the property IniSeaction:IniProperty from IniFile and
+ * finds its corresponding index in SearchArray.
+ * If SearchArray does not contain the property value, the default value is
+ * returned.
+ *)
+function TIni.ReadArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of string; IniFile: TCustomIniFile;
+ IniSection: string; IniProperty: string; Default: integer): integer;
+var
+ StrValue: string;
+begin
+ StrValue := IniFile.ReadString(IniSection, IniProperty, SearchArray[Default]);
+ Result := GetArrayIndex(SearchArray, StrValue);
+ if (Result = -1) then
+ begin
+ Result := Default;
+ end;
+end;
+
+
+procedure TIni.LoadInputDeviceCfg(IniFile: TMemIniFile);
+var
+ DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
+ DeviceIndex: integer;
+ ChannelCount: integer;
+ ChannelIndex: integer;
+ RecordKeys: TStringList;
+ i: integer;
+begin
+ RecordKeys := TStringList.Create();
+
+ // read all record-keys for filtering
+ IniFile.ReadSection('Record', RecordKeys);
+
+ SetLength(InputDeviceConfig, 0);
+
+ for i := 0 to RecordKeys.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ // find next device-name
+ DeviceIndex := ExtractKeyIndex(RecordKeys[i], 'DeviceName[', ']');
+ if (DeviceIndex >= 0) then
+ begin
+ if not IniFile.ValueExists('Record', Format('DeviceName[%d]', [DeviceIndex])) then
+ break;
+
+ // resize list
+ SetLength(InputDeviceConfig, Length(InputDeviceConfig)+1);
+
+ // read an input device's config.
+ // Note: All devices are appended to the list whether they exist or not.
+ // Otherwise an external device's config will be lost if it is not
+ // connected (e.g. singstar mics or USB-Audio devices).
+ DeviceCfg := @InputDeviceConfig[High(InputDeviceConfig)];
+ DeviceCfg.Name := IniFile.ReadString('Record', Format('DeviceName[%d]', [DeviceIndex]), '');
+ DeviceCfg.Input := IniFile.ReadInteger('Record', Format('Input[%d]', [DeviceIndex]), 0);
+
+ // find the largest channel-number of the current device in the ini-file
+ ChannelCount := GetMaxKeyIndex(RecordKeys, 'Channel', Format('[%d]', [DeviceIndex]));
+ if (ChannelCount < 0) then
+ ChannelCount := 0;
+
+ SetLength(DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap, ChannelCount);
+
+ // read channel-to-player mapping for every channel of the current device
+ // or set non-configured channels to no player (=0).
+ for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap) do
+ begin
+ DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex] :=
+ IniFile.ReadInteger('Record', Format('Channel%d[%d]', [ChannelIndex+1, DeviceIndex]), 0);
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ RecordKeys.Free();
+
+ // MicBoost
+ //MicBoost := GetArrayIndex(IMicBoost, IniFile.ReadString('Record', 'MicBoost', 'Off'));
+ // Threshold
+ // ThresholdIndex := GetArrayIndex(IThreshold, IniFile.ReadString('Record', 'Threshold', IThreshold[1]));
+end;
+
+procedure TIni.SaveInputDeviceCfg(IniFile: TIniFile);
+var
+ DeviceIndex: integer;
+ ChannelIndex: integer;
+begin
+ for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(InputDeviceConfig) do
+ begin
+ // DeviceName and DeviceInput
+ IniFile.WriteString('Record', Format('DeviceName[%d]', [DeviceIndex+1]),
+ InputDeviceConfig[DeviceIndex].Name);
+ IniFile.WriteInteger('Record', Format('Input[%d]', [DeviceIndex+1]),
+ InputDeviceConfig[DeviceIndex].Input);
+
+ // Channel-to-Player Mapping
+ for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(InputDeviceConfig[DeviceIndex].ChannelToPlayerMap) do
+ begin
+ IniFile.WriteInteger('Record',
+ Format('Channel%d[%d]', [ChannelIndex+1, DeviceIndex+1]),
+ InputDeviceConfig[DeviceIndex].ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex]);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ // MicBoost
+ //IniFile.WriteString('Record', 'MicBoost', IMicBoost[MicBoost]);
+ // Threshold
+ //IniFile.WriteString('Record', 'Threshold', IThreshold[ThresholdIndex]);
+end;
+
+procedure TIni.LoadPaths(IniFile: TCustomIniFile);
+var
+ PathStrings: TStringList;
+ I: integer;
+begin
+ PathStrings := TStringList.Create;
+ IniFile.ReadSection('Directories', PathStrings);
+
+ // Load song-paths
+ for I := 0 to PathStrings.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ if (AnsiStartsText('SongDir', PathStrings[I])) then
+ begin
+ AddSongPath(IniFile.ReadString('Directories', PathStrings[I], ''));
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ PathStrings.Free;
+end;
+
+procedure TIni.LoadThemes(IniFile: TCustomIniFile);
+var
+ SearchResult: TSearchRec;
+ ThemeIni: TMemIniFile;
+ ThemeName: string;
+ I: integer;
+begin
+ // Theme
+ SetLength(ITheme, 0);
+ Log.LogStatus('Searching for Theme : ' + ThemePath + '*.ini', 'Theme');
+
+ FindFirst(ThemePath + '*.ini',faAnyFile, SearchResult);
+ Repeat
+ Log.LogStatus('Found Theme: ' + SearchResult.Name, 'Theme');
+
+ //Read Themename from Theme
+ ThemeIni := TMemIniFile.Create(SearchResult.Name);
+ ThemeName := UpperCase(ThemeIni.ReadString('Theme','Name', RemoveFileExt(SearchResult.Name)));
+ ThemeIni.Free;
+
+ //Search for Skins for this Theme
+ for I := Low(Skin.Skin) to High(Skin.Skin) do
+ begin
+ if UpperCase(Skin.Skin[I].Theme) = ThemeName then
+ begin
+ SetLength(ITheme, Length(ITheme)+1);
+ ITheme[High(ITheme)] := RemoveFileExt(SearchResult.Name);
+ break;
+ end;
+ end;
+ until FindNext(SearchResult) <> 0;
+ FindClose(SearchResult);
+
+ // No Theme Found
+ if (Length(ITheme) = 0) then
+ begin
+ Log.CriticalError('Could not find any valid Themes.');
+ end;
+
+ Theme := GetArrayIndex(ITheme, IniFile.ReadString('Themes', 'Theme', 'DELUXE'), true);
+ if (Theme = -1) then
+ Theme := 0;
+
+ // Skin
+ Skin.onThemeChange;
+
+ SkinNo := GetArrayIndex(ISkin, IniFile.ReadString('Themes', 'Skin', ISkin[0]));
+end;
+
+procedure TIni.LoadScreenModes(IniFile: TCustomIniFile);
+
+ // swap two strings
+ procedure swap(var s1, s2: string);
+ var
+ s3: string;
+ begin
+ s3 := s1;
+ s1 := s2;
+ s2 := s3;
+ end;
+
+var
+ Modes: PPSDL_Rect;
+ I: integer;
+begin
+ // Screens
+ Screens := GetArrayIndex(IScreens, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Screens', IScreens[0]));
+
+ // FullScreen
+ FullScreen := GetArrayIndex(IFullScreen, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'FullScreen', 'On'));
+
+ // Resolution
+ SetLength(IResolution, 0);
+
+ // Check if there are any modes available
+ // TODO: we should seperate windowed and fullscreen modes. Otherwise it is not
+ // possible to select a reasonable fullscreen mode when in windowed mode
+ if IFullScreen[FullScreen] = 'On' then
+ Modes := SDL_ListModes(nil, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN)
+ else
+ Modes := SDL_ListModes(nil, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_RESIZABLE) ;
+
+ if (Modes = nil) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogStatus( 'No resolutions Found' , 'Video');
+ end
+ else if (Modes = PPSDL_Rect(-1)) then
+ begin
+ // Fallback to some standard resolutions
+ SetLength(IResolution, 10);
+ IResolution[0] := '640x480';
+ IResolution[1] := '800x600';
+ IResolution[2] := '1024x768';
+ IResolution[3] := '1152x864';
+ IResolution[4] := '1280x800';
+ IResolution[5] := '1280x960';
+ IResolution[6] := '1400x1050';
+ IResolution[7] := '1440x900';
+ IResolution[8] := '1600x1200';
+ IResolution[9] := '1680x1050';
+
+ Resolution := GetArrayIndex(IResolution, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Resolution', '800x600'));
+ if Resolution = -1 then
+ begin
+ SetLength(IResolution, Length(IResolution) + 1);
+ IResolution[High(IResolution)] := IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Resolution', '800x600');
+ Resolution := High(IResolution);
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ while assigned( Modes^ ) do //this should solve the biggest wine problem | THANKS Linnex (11.11.07)
+ begin
+ Log.LogStatus( 'Found Video Mode : ' + IntToStr(Modes^.w) + 'x' + IntToStr(Modes^.h) , 'Video');
+ SetLength(IResolution, Length(IResolution) + 1);
+ IResolution[High(IResolution)] := IntToStr(Modes^.w) + 'x' + IntToStr(Modes^.h);
+ Inc(Modes);
+ end;
+
+ // reverse order
+ for I := 0 to (Length(IResolution) div 2) - 1 do
+ begin
+ swap(IResolution[I], IResolution[High(IResolution)-I]);
+ end;
+ Resolution := GetArrayIndex(IResolution, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Resolution', '800x600'));
+
+ if Resolution = -1 then
+ begin
+ Resolution := GetArrayIndex(IResolution, '800x600');
+ if Resolution = -1 then
+ Resolution := 0;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ // if no modes were set, then failback to 800x600
+ // as per http://sourceforge.net/forum/message.php?msg_id=4544965
+ // THANKS : linnex at users.sourceforge.net
+ if Length(IResolution) < 1 then
+ begin
+ Log.LogStatus( 'Found Video Mode : NONE !!! ( Defaulted to 800 x 600 )', 'Video');
+ SetLength(IResolution, 1);
+ IResolution[0] := '800x600';
+ Resolution := 0;
+ Log.LogStatus('SDL_ListModes Defaulted Res To : ' + IResolution[0] , 'Graphics - Resolutions');
+
+ // Default to fullscreen OFF, in this case !
+ FullScreen := 0;
+ end;
+
+ // Depth
+ Depth := GetArrayIndex(IDepth, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Depth', '32 bit'));
+end;
+
+procedure TIni.Load();
+var
+ IniFile: TMemIniFile;
+ I: integer;
+begin
+ GamePath := Platform.GetGameUserPath;
+
+ Log.LogStatus( 'GamePath : ' +GamePath , '' );
+
+ if (Params.ConfigFile <> '') then
+ try
+ FileName := Params.ConfigFile;
+ except
+ FileName := GamePath + 'config.ini';
+ end
+ else
+ FileName := GamePath + 'config.ini';
+
+ Log.LogStatus( 'Using config : ' + FileName , 'Ini');
+ IniFile := TMemIniFile.Create( FileName );
+
+ // Name
+ for I := 0 to 11 do
+ Name[I] := IniFile.ReadString('Name', 'P'+IntToStr(I+1), 'Player'+IntToStr(I+1));
+
+ // Templates for Names Mod
+ for I := 0 to 2 do
+ NameTeam[I] := IniFile.ReadString('NameTeam', 'T'+IntToStr(I+1), 'Team'+IntToStr(I+1));
+ for I := 0 to 11 do
+ NameTemplate[I] := IniFile.ReadString('NameTemplate', 'Name'+IntToStr(I+1), 'Template'+IntToStr(I+1));
+
+ // Players
+ Players := GetArrayIndex(IPlayers, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Players', IPlayers[0]));
+
+ // Difficulty
+ Difficulty := GetArrayIndex(IDifficulty, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Difficulty', 'Easy'));
+
+ // Language
+ Language := GetArrayIndex(ILanguage, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Language', 'English'));
+ //Language.ChangeLanguage(ILanguage[Language]);
+
+ // Tabs
+ Tabs := GetArrayIndex(ITabs, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Tabs', ITabs[0]));
+ Tabs_at_startup := Tabs; //Tabs at Startup fix
+
+ // Song Sorting
+ Sorting := GetArrayIndex(ISorting, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Sorting', ISorting[0]));
+
+ // Debug
+ Debug := GetArrayIndex(IDebug, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Debug', IDebug[0]));
+
+ LoadScreenModes(IniFile);
+
+ // TextureSize
+ TextureSize := GetArrayIndex(ITextureSize, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'TextureSize', ITextureSize[1]));
+
+ // SingWindow
+ SingWindow := GetArrayIndex(ISingWindow, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'SingWindow', 'Big'));
+
+ // Oscilloscope
+ Oscilloscope := GetArrayIndex(IOscilloscope, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Oscilloscope', 'Bar'));
+
+ // Spectrum
+ Spectrum := GetArrayIndex(ISpectrum, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Spectrum', 'Off'));
+
+ // Spectrograph
+ Spectrograph := GetArrayIndex(ISpectrograph, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Spectrograph', 'Off'));
+
+ // MovieSize
+ MovieSize := GetArrayIndex(IMovieSize, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'MovieSize', IMovieSize[2]));
+
+ // ClickAssist
+ ClickAssist := GetArrayIndex(IClickAssist, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'ClickAssist', 'Off'));
+
+ // BeatClick
+ BeatClick := GetArrayIndex(IBeatClick, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'BeatClick', IBeatClick[0]));
+
+ // SavePlayback
+ SavePlayback := GetArrayIndex(ISavePlayback, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'SavePlayback', ISavePlayback[0]));
+
+ // AudioOutputBufferSize
+ AudioOutputBufferSizeIndex := ReadArrayIndex(IAudioOutputBufferSize, IniFile, 'Sound', 'AudioOutputBufferSize', 0);
+
+ //Preview Volume
+ PreviewVolume := GetArrayIndex(IPreviewVolume, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'PreviewVolume', IPreviewVolume[7]));
+
+ //Preview Fading
+ PreviewFading := GetArrayIndex(IPreviewFading, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'PreviewFading', IPreviewFading[1]));
+
+ //AudioRepeat aka VoicePassthrough
+ VoicePassthrough := GetArrayIndex(IVoicePassthrough, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'VoicePassthrough', IVoicePassthrough[0]));
+
+ // Lyrics Font
+ LyricsFont := GetArrayIndex(ILyricsFont, IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'LyricsFont', ILyricsFont[1]));
+
+ // Lyrics Effect
+ LyricsEffect := GetArrayIndex(ILyricsEffect, IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'LyricsEffect', ILyricsEffect[1]));
+
+ // Solmization
+ Solmization := GetArrayIndex(ISolmization, IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'Solmization', ISolmization[0]));
+
+ // NoteLines
+ NoteLines := GetArrayIndex(INoteLines, IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'NoteLines', INoteLines[1]));
+
+ LoadThemes(IniFile);
+
+ // Color
+ Color := GetArrayIndex(IColor, IniFile.ReadString('Themes', 'Color', IColor[0]));
+
+ LoadInputDeviceCfg(IniFile);
+
+ // LoadAnimation
+ LoadAnimation := GetArrayIndex(ILoadAnimation, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'LoadAnimation', 'On'));
+
+ // ScreenFade
+ ScreenFade := GetArrayIndex(IScreenFade, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'ScreenFade', 'On'));
+
+ // Visualizations
+ // <mog> this could be of use later..
+ // VisualizerOption :=
+ // TVisualizerOption(GetEnumValue(TypeInfo(TVisualizerOption),
+ // IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Visualization', 'Off')));
+ // || VisualizerOption := TVisualizerOption(GetArrayIndex(IVisualizer, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Visualization', 'Off')));
+ VisualizerOption := GetArrayIndex(IVisualizer, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Visualization', 'Off'));
+
+{**
+ * Background music
+ *}
+ BackgroundMusicOption := GetArrayIndex(IBackgroundMusic, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'BackgroundMusic', 'Off'));
+
+ // EffectSing
+ EffectSing := GetArrayIndex(IEffectSing, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'EffectSing', 'On'));
+
+ // AskbeforeDel
+ AskBeforeDel := GetArrayIndex(IAskbeforeDel, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'AskbeforeDel', 'On'));
+
+ // OnSongClick
+ OnSongClick := GetArrayIndex(IOnSongClick, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'OnSongClick', 'Sing'));
+
+ // Linebonus
+ LineBonus := GetArrayIndex(ILineBonus, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'LineBonus', 'At Score'));
+
+ // PartyPopup
+ PartyPopup := GetArrayIndex(IPartyPopup, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'PartyPopup', 'On'));
+
+ // Joypad
+ Joypad := GetArrayIndex(IJoypad, IniFile.ReadString('Controller', 'Joypad', IJoypad[0]));
+
+ LoadPaths(IniFile);
+
+ IniFile.Free;
+end;
+
+procedure TIni.Save;
+var
+ IniFile: TIniFile;
+begin
+ if (FileExists(Filename) and FileIsReadOnly(Filename)) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogError('Config-file is read-only', 'TIni.Save');
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename);
+
+ // Players
+ IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Players', IPlayers[Players]);
+
+ // Difficulty
+ IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Difficulty', IDifficulty[Difficulty]);
+
+ // Language
+ IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Language', ILanguage[Language]);
+
+ // Tabs
+ IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Tabs', ITabs[Tabs]);
+
+ // Sorting
+ IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Sorting', ISorting[Sorting]);
+
+ // Debug
+ IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Debug', IDebug[Debug]);
+
+ // Screens
+ IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'Screens', IScreens[Screens]);
+
+ // FullScreen
+ IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'FullScreen', IFullScreen[FullScreen]);
+
+ // Visualization
+ IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'Visualization', IVisualizer[VisualizerOption]);
+
+ // Resolution
+ IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'Resolution', IResolution[Resolution]);
+
+ // Depth
+ IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'Depth', IDepth[Depth]);
+
+ // TextureSize
+ IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'TextureSize', ITextureSize[TextureSize]);
+
+ // Sing Window
+ IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'SingWindow', ISingWindow[SingWindow]);
+
+ // Oscilloscope
+ IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'Oscilloscope', IOscilloscope[Oscilloscope]);
+
+ // Spectrum
+ IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'Spectrum', ISpectrum[Spectrum]);
+
+ // Spectrograph
+ IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'Spectrograph', ISpectrograph[Spectrograph]);
+
+ // Movie Size
+ IniFile.WriteString('Graphics', 'MovieSize', IMovieSize[MovieSize]);
+
+ // ClickAssist
+ IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'ClickAssist', IClickAssist[ClickAssist]);
+
+ // BeatClick
+ IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'BeatClick', IBeatClick[BeatClick]);
+
+ // AudioOutputBufferSize
+ IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'AudioOutputBufferSize', IAudioOutputBufferSize[AudioOutputBufferSizeIndex]);
+
+ // Background music
+ IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'BackgroundMusic', IBackgroundMusic[BackgroundMusicOption]);
+
+ // Song Preview
+ IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'PreviewVolume', IPreviewVolume[PreviewVolume]);
+
+ // PreviewFading
+ IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'PreviewFading', IPreviewFading[PreviewFading]);
+
+ // SavePlayback
+ IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'SavePlayback', ISavePlayback[SavePlayback]);
+
+ // VoicePasstrough
+ IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'VoicePassthrough', IVoicePassthrough[VoicePassthrough]);
+
+ // Lyrics Font
+ IniFile.WriteString('Lyrics', 'LyricsFont', ILyricsFont[LyricsFont]);
+
+ // Lyrics Effect
+ IniFile.WriteString('Lyrics', 'LyricsEffect', ILyricsEffect[LyricsEffect]);
+
+ // Solmization
+ IniFile.WriteString('Lyrics', 'Solmization', ISolmization[Solmization]);
+
+ // NoteLines
+ IniFile.WriteString('Lyrics', 'NoteLines', INoteLines[NoteLines]);
+
+ // Theme
+ IniFile.WriteString('Themes', 'Theme', ITheme[Theme]);
+
+ // Skin
+ IniFile.WriteString('Themes', 'Skin', ISkin[SkinNo]);
+
+ // Color
+ IniFile.WriteString('Themes', 'Color', IColor[Color]);
+
+ SaveInputDeviceCfg(IniFile);
+
+ //LoadAnimation
+ IniFile.WriteString('Advanced', 'LoadAnimation', ILoadAnimation[LoadAnimation]);
+
+ //EffectSing
+ IniFile.WriteString('Advanced', 'EffectSing', IEffectSing[EffectSing]);
+
+ //ScreenFade
+ IniFile.WriteString('Advanced', 'ScreenFade', IScreenFade[ScreenFade]);
+
+ //AskbeforeDel
+ IniFile.WriteString('Advanced', 'AskbeforeDel', IAskbeforeDel[AskBeforeDel]);
+
+ //OnSongClick
+ IniFile.WriteString('Advanced', 'OnSongClick', IOnSongClick[OnSongClick]);
+
+ //Line Bonus
+ IniFile.WriteString('Advanced', 'LineBonus', ILineBonus[LineBonus]);
+
+ //Party Popup
+ IniFile.WriteString('Advanced', 'PartyPopup', IPartyPopup[PartyPopup]);
+
+ // Joypad
+ IniFile.WriteString('Controller', 'Joypad', IJoypad[Joypad]);
+
+ // Directories (add a template if section is missing)
+ // Note: Value must be ' ' and not '', otherwise no key is generated on Linux
+ if (not IniFile.SectionExists('Directories')) then
+ IniFile.WriteString('Directories', 'SongDir1', ' ');
+
+ IniFile.Free;
+end;
+
+procedure TIni.SaveNames;
+var
+ IniFile: TIniFile;
+ I: integer;
+begin
+ if not FileIsReadOnly(Filename) then
+ begin
+ IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename);
+
+ //Name Templates for Names Mod
+ for I := 1 to 12 do
+ IniFile.WriteString('Name', 'P' + IntToStr(I), Name[I-1]);
+ for I := 1 to 3 do
+ IniFile.WriteString('NameTeam', 'T' + IntToStr(I), NameTeam[I-1]);
+ for I := 1 to 12 do
+ IniFile.WriteString('NameTemplate', 'Name' + IntToStr(I), NameTemplate[I-1]);
+
+ IniFile.Free;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TIni.SaveLevel;
+var
+ IniFile: TIniFile;
+begin
+ if not FileIsReadOnly(Filename) then
+ begin
+ IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename);
+
+ // Difficulty
+ IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Difficulty', IDifficulty[Difficulty]);
+
+ IniFile.Free;
+ end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UJoystick.pas b/unicode/src/base/UJoystick.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..30808812
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UJoystick.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UJoystick;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ SDL;
+
+type
+ TJoyButton = record
+ State: integer;
+ Enabled: boolean;
+ Type_: byte;
+ Sym: cardinal;
+ end;
+
+ TJoyHatState = record
+ State: Boolean;
+ LastTick: Cardinal;
+ Enabled: boolean;
+ Type_: byte;
+ Sym: cardinal;
+ end;
+
+ TJoyUnit = record
+ Button: array[0..15] of TJoyButton;
+ HatState: Array[0..3] of TJoyHatState;
+ end;
+
+ TJoy = class
+ constructor Create;
+ procedure Update;
+ end;
+
+var
+ Joy: TJoy;
+ JoyUnit: TJoyUnit;
+ SDL_Joy: PSDL_Joystick;
+ JoyEvent: TSDL_Event;
+
+implementation
+
+uses SysUtils,
+ ULog;
+
+constructor TJoy.Create;
+var
+ B: integer;
+ //N: integer;
+begin
+ inherited;
+
+ //Old Corvus5 Method
+ {// joystick support
+ SDL_JoystickEventState(SDL_IGNORE);
+ SDL_InitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK);
+ if SDL_NumJoysticks <> 1 then
+ Log.LogStatus('Joystick count <> 1', 'TJoy.Create');
+
+ SDL_Joy := SDL_JoystickOpen(0);
+ if SDL_Joy = nil then
+ Log.LogError('SDL_JoystickOpen failed', 'TJoy.Create');
+
+ if SDL_JoystickNumButtons(SDL_Joy) <> 16 then
+ Log.LogStatus('Joystick button count <> 16', 'TJoy.Create');
+
+// SDL_JoystickEventState(SDL_ENABLE);
+ // Events don't work - thay hang the whole application with SDL_JoystickEventState(SDL_ENABLE)
+
+ // clear states
+ for B := 0 to 15 do
+ JoyUnit.Button[B].State := 1;
+
+ // mapping
+ JoyUnit.Button[1].Enabled := true;
+ JoyUnit.Button[1].Type_ := SDL_KEYDOWN;
+ JoyUnit.Button[1].Sym := SDLK_RETURN;
+ JoyUnit.Button[2].Enabled := true;
+ JoyUnit.Button[2].Type_ := SDL_KEYDOWN;
+ JoyUnit.Button[2].Sym := SDLK_ESCAPE;
+
+ JoyUnit.Button[12].Enabled := true;
+ JoyUnit.Button[12].Type_ := SDL_KEYDOWN;
+ JoyUnit.Button[12].Sym := SDLK_LEFT;
+ JoyUnit.Button[13].Enabled := true;
+ JoyUnit.Button[13].Type_ := SDL_KEYDOWN;
+ JoyUnit.Button[13].Sym := SDLK_DOWN;
+ JoyUnit.Button[14].Enabled := true;
+ JoyUnit.Button[14].Type_ := SDL_KEYDOWN;
+ JoyUnit.Button[14].Sym := SDLK_RIGHT;
+ JoyUnit.Button[15].Enabled := true;
+ JoyUnit.Button[15].Type_ := SDL_KEYDOWN;
+ JoyUnit.Button[15].Sym := SDLK_UP;
+ }
+ //New Sarutas method
+ SDL_JoystickEventState(SDL_IGNORE);
+ SDL_InitSubSystem(SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK);
+ if SDL_NumJoysticks < 1 then
+ begin
+ Log.LogError('No Joystick found');
+ exit;
+ end;
+
+
+ SDL_Joy := SDL_JoystickOpen(0);
+ if SDL_Joy = nil then
+ begin
+ Log.LogError('Could not Init Joystick');
+ exit;
+ end;
+ //N := SDL_JoystickNumButtons(SDL_Joy);
+ //if N < 6 then Log.LogStatus('Joystick button count < 6', 'TJoy.Create');
+
+ for B := 0 to 5 do begin
+ JoyUnit.Button[B].Enabled := true;
+ JoyUnit.Button[B].State := 1;
+ JoyUnit.Button[B].Type_ := SDL_KEYDOWN;
+ end;
+
+ JoyUnit.Button[0].Sym := SDLK_Return;
+ JoyUnit.Button[1].Sym := SDLK_Escape;
+ JoyUnit.Button[2].Sym := SDLK_M;
+ JoyUnit.Button[3].Sym := SDLK_R;
+
+ JoyUnit.Button[4].Sym := SDLK_RETURN;
+ JoyUnit.Button[5].Sym := SDLK_ESCAPE;
+
+ //Set HatState
+ for B := 0 to 3 do begin
+ JoyUnit.HatState[B].Enabled := true;
+ JoyUnit.HatState[B].State := False;
+ JoyUnit.HatState[B].Type_ := SDL_KEYDOWN;
+ end;
+
+ JoyUnit.HatState[0].Sym := SDLK_UP;
+ JoyUnit.HatState[1].Sym := SDLK_RIGHT;
+ JoyUnit.HatState[2].Sym := SDLK_DOWN;
+ JoyUnit.HatState[3].Sym := SDLK_LEFT;
+end;
+
+procedure TJoy.Update;
+var
+ B: integer;
+ State: UInt8;
+ Tick: Cardinal;
+ Axes: Smallint;
+begin
+ SDL_JoystickUpdate;
+
+ //Manage Buttons
+ for B := 0 to 15 do begin
+ if (JoyUnit.Button[B].Enabled) and (JoyUnit.Button[B].State <> SDL_JoystickGetButton(SDL_Joy, B)) and (JoyUnit.Button[B].State = 0) then begin
+ JoyEvent.type_ := JoyUnit.Button[B].Type_;
+ JoyEvent.key.keysym.sym := JoyUnit.Button[B].Sym;
+ SDL_PushEvent(@JoyEvent);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+
+ for B := 0 to 15 do begin
+ JoyUnit.Button[B].State := SDL_JoystickGetButton(SDL_Joy, B);
+ end;
+
+ //Get Tick
+ Tick := SDL_GetTicks();
+
+ //Get CoolieHat
+ if (SDL_JoystickNumHats(SDL_Joy)>=1) then
+ State := SDL_JoystickGetHat(SDL_Joy, 0)
+ else
+ State := 0;
+
+ //Get Axis
+ if (SDL_JoystickNumAxes(SDL_Joy)>=2) then
+ begin
+ //Down - Up (X- Axis)
+ Axes := SDL_JoystickGetAxis(SDL_Joy, 1);
+ If Axes >= 15000 then
+ State := State or SDL_HAT_Down
+ Else If Axes <= -15000 then
+ State := State or SDL_HAT_UP;
+
+ //Left - Right (Y- Axis)
+ Axes := SDL_JoystickGetAxis(SDL_Joy, 0);
+ If Axes >= 15000 then
+ State := State or SDL_HAT_Right
+ Else If Axes <= -15000 then
+ State := State or SDL_HAT_Left;
+ end;
+
+ //Manage Hat and joystick Events
+ if (SDL_JoystickNumHats(SDL_Joy)>=1) OR (SDL_JoystickNumAxes(SDL_Joy)>=2) then
+ begin
+
+ //Up Button
+ If (JoyUnit.HatState[0].Enabled) and ((SDL_HAT_UP AND State) = SDL_HAT_UP) then
+ begin //IF Button is newly Pressed or if he is Pressed longer than 500 msecs
+ if (JoyUnit.HatState[0].State = False) OR (JoyUnit.HatState[0].Lasttick < Tick) then
+ begin
+ //Set Tick and State
+ if JoyUnit.HatState[0].State then
+ JoyUnit.HatState[0].Lasttick := Tick + 200
+ else
+ JoyUnit.HatState[0].Lasttick := Tick + 500;
+
+ JoyUnit.HatState[0].State := True;
+
+ JoyEvent.type_ := JoyUnit.HatState[0].Type_;
+ JoyEvent.key.keysym.sym := JoyUnit.HatState[0].Sym;
+ SDL_PushEvent(@JoyEvent);
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ JoyUnit.HatState[0].State := False;
+
+ //Right Button
+ If (JoyUnit.HatState[1].Enabled) and ((SDL_HAT_RIGHT AND State) = SDL_HAT_RIGHT) then
+ begin //IF Button is newly Pressed or if he is Pressed longer than 500 msecs
+ if (JoyUnit.HatState[1].State = False) OR (JoyUnit.HatState[1].Lasttick < Tick) then
+ begin
+ //Set Tick and State
+ if JoyUnit.HatState[1].State then
+ JoyUnit.HatState[1].Lasttick := Tick + 200
+ else
+ JoyUnit.HatState[1].Lasttick := Tick + 500;
+
+ JoyUnit.HatState[1].State := True;
+
+ JoyEvent.type_ := JoyUnit.HatState[1].Type_;
+ JoyEvent.key.keysym.sym := JoyUnit.HatState[1].Sym;
+ SDL_PushEvent(@JoyEvent);
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ JoyUnit.HatState[1].State := False;
+
+ //Down button
+ If (JoyUnit.HatState[2].Enabled) and ((SDL_HAT_DOWN AND State) = SDL_HAT_DOWN) then
+ begin //IF Button is newly Pressed or if he is Pressed longer than 230 msecs
+ if (JoyUnit.HatState[2].State = False) OR (JoyUnit.HatState[2].Lasttick < Tick) then
+ begin
+ //Set Tick and State
+ if JoyUnit.HatState[2].State then
+ JoyUnit.HatState[2].Lasttick := Tick + 200
+ else
+ JoyUnit.HatState[2].Lasttick := Tick + 500;
+
+ JoyUnit.HatState[2].State := True;
+
+ JoyEvent.type_ := JoyUnit.HatState[2].Type_;
+ JoyEvent.key.keysym.sym := JoyUnit.HatState[2].Sym;
+ SDL_PushEvent(@JoyEvent);
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ JoyUnit.HatState[2].State := False;
+
+ //Left Button
+ If (JoyUnit.HatState[3].Enabled) and ((SDL_HAT_LEFT AND State) = SDL_HAT_LEFT) then
+ begin //IF Button is newly Pressed or if he is Pressed longer than 230 msecs
+ if (JoyUnit.HatState[3].State = False) OR (JoyUnit.HatState[3].Lasttick < Tick) then
+ begin
+ //Set Tick and State
+ if JoyUnit.HatState[3].State then
+ JoyUnit.HatState[3].Lasttick := Tick + 200
+ else
+ JoyUnit.HatState[3].Lasttick := Tick + 500;
+
+ JoyUnit.HatState[3].State := True;
+
+ JoyEvent.type_ := JoyUnit.HatState[3].Type_;
+ JoyEvent.key.keysym.sym := JoyUnit.HatState[3].Sym;
+ SDL_PushEvent(@JoyEvent);
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ JoyUnit.HatState[3].State := False;
+ end;
+
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/ULanguage.pas b/unicode/src/base/ULanguage.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31840f5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/ULanguage.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit ULanguage;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+type
+ TLanguageEntry = record
+ ID: string;
+ Text: string;
+ end;
+
+ TLanguageList = record
+ Name: string;
+ {FileName: string; }
+ end;
+
+ TLanguage = class
+ public
+ Entry: array of TLanguageEntry; //Entrys of Chosen Language
+ SEntry: array of TLanguageEntry; //Entrys of Standard Language
+ CEntry: array of TLanguageEntry; //Constant Entrys e.g. Version
+ Implode_Glue1, Implode_Glue2: String;
+ public
+ List: array of TLanguageList;
+
+ constructor Create;
+ procedure LoadList;
+ function Translate(Text: String): String;
+ procedure ChangeLanguage(Language: String);
+ procedure AddConst(ID, Text: String);
+ procedure ChangeConst(ID, Text: String);
+ function Implode(Pieces: Array of String): String;
+ end;
+
+var
+ Language: TLanguage;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ UMain,
+ // UFiles,
+ UIni,
+ IniFiles,
+ Classes,
+ SysUtils,
+ {$IFDEF win32}
+ windows,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ ULog;
+
+//----------
+//Create - Construct Class then LoadList + Standard Language + Set Standard Implode Glues
+//----------
+constructor TLanguage.Create;
+var
+ I, J: Integer;
+begin
+ inherited;
+
+ LoadList;
+
+ //Set Implode Glues for Backward Compatibility
+ Implode_Glue1 := ', ';
+ Implode_Glue2 := ' and ';
+
+ if (Length(List) = 0) then //No Language Files Loaded -> Abort Loading
+ Log.CriticalError('Could not load any Language File');
+
+ //Standard Language (If a Language File is Incomplete)
+ //Then use English Language
+ for I := 0 to high(List) do //Search for English Language
+ begin
+ //English Language Found -> Load
+ if Uppercase(List[I].Name) = 'ENGLISH' then
+ begin
+ ChangeLanguage('English');
+
+ SetLength(SEntry, Length(Entry));
+ for J := low(Entry) to high(Entry) do
+ SEntry[J] := Entry[J];
+
+ SetLength(Entry, 0);
+
+ Break;
+ end;
+
+ if (I = high(List)) then
+ Log.LogError('English Languagefile missing! No standard Translation loaded');
+ end;
+ //Standard Language END
+
+end;
+
+//----------
+//LoadList - Parse the Language Dir searching Translations
+//----------
+procedure TLanguage.LoadList;
+var
+ SR: TSearchRec; // for parsing directory
+begin
+ SetLength(List, 0);
+ SetLength(ILanguage, 0);
+
+ if FindFirst(LanguagesPath + '*.ini', 0, SR) = 0 then begin
+ repeat
+ SetLength(List, Length(List)+1);
+ SetLength(ILanguage, Length(ILanguage)+1);
+ SR.Name := ChangeFileExt(SR.Name, '');
+
+ List[High(List)].Name := SR.Name;
+ ILanguage[High(ILanguage)] := SR.Name;
+
+ until FindNext(SR) <> 0;
+ SysUtils.FindClose(SR);
+ end; // if FindFirst
+end;
+
+//----------
+//ChangeLanguage - Load the specified LanguageFile
+//----------
+procedure TLanguage.ChangeLanguage(Language: String);
+var
+ IniFile: TIniFile;
+ E: integer; // entry
+ S: TStringList;
+begin
+ SetLength(Entry, 0);
+ IniFile := TIniFile.Create(LanguagesPath + Language + '.ini');
+ S := TStringList.Create;
+
+ IniFile.ReadSectionValues('Text', S);
+ SetLength(Entry, S.Count);
+ for E := 0 to high(Entry) do
+ begin
+ if S.Names[E] = 'IMPLODE_GLUE1' then
+ Implode_Glue1 := S.ValueFromIndex[E]+ ' '
+ else if S.Names[E] = 'IMPLODE_GLUE2' then
+ Implode_Glue2 := ' ' + S.ValueFromIndex[E] + ' ';
+
+ Entry[E].ID := S.Names[E];
+ Entry[E].Text := S.ValueFromIndex[E];
+ end;
+
+ S.Free;
+ IniFile.Free;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//Translate - Translate the Text
+//----------
+Function TLanguage.Translate(Text: String): String;
+var
+ E: integer; // entry
+begin
+ Result := Text;
+ Text := Uppercase(Result);
+
+ //Const Mod
+ for E := 0 to high(CEntry) do
+ if Text = CEntry[E].ID then
+ begin
+ Result := CEntry[E].Text;
+ exit;
+ end;
+ //Const Mod End
+
+ for E := 0 to high(Entry) do
+ if Text = Entry[E].ID then
+ begin
+ Result := Entry[E].Text;
+ exit;
+ end;
+
+ //Standard Language (If a Language File is Incomplete)
+ //Then use Standard Language
+ for E := low(SEntry) to high(SEntry) do
+ if Text = SEntry[E].ID then
+ begin
+ Result := SEntry[E].Text;
+ Break;
+ end;
+ //Standard Language END
+end;
+
+//----------
+//AddConst - Add a Constant ID that will be Translated but not Loaded from the LanguageFile
+//----------
+procedure TLanguage.AddConst (ID, Text: String);
+begin
+ SetLength (CEntry, Length(CEntry) + 1);
+ CEntry[high(CEntry)].ID := ID;
+ CEntry[high(CEntry)].Text := Text;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//ChangeConst - Change a Constant Value by ID
+//----------
+procedure TLanguage.ChangeConst(ID, Text: String);
+var
+ I: Integer;
+begin
+ for I := 0 to high(CEntry) do
+ begin
+ if CEntry[I].ID = ID then
+ begin
+ CEntry[I].Text := Text;
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//Implode - Connect an Array of Strings with ' and ' or ', ' to one String
+//----------
+function TLanguage.Implode(Pieces: Array of String): String;
+var
+ I: Integer;
+begin
+ Result := '';
+ //Go through Pieces
+ for I := low(Pieces) to high(Pieces) do
+ begin
+ //Add Value
+ Result := Result + Pieces[I];
+
+ //Add Glue
+ if (I < high(Pieces) - 1) then
+ Result := Result + Implode_Glue1
+ else if (I < high(Pieces)) then
+ Result := Result + Implode_Glue2;
+ end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/ULog.pas b/unicode/src/base/ULog.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..582120bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/ULog.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,442 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit ULog;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ Classes;
+
+(*
+ * LOG_LEVEL_[TYPE] defines the "minimum" index for logs of type TYPE. Each
+ * level greater than this BUT less or equal than LOG_LEVEL_[TYPE]_MAX is of this type.
+ * This means a level "LOG_LEVEL_ERROR >= Level <= LOG_LEVEL_ERROR_MAX" e.g.
+ * "Level := LOG_LEVEL_ERROR+2" is considered an error level.
+ * This is nice for debugging if you have more or less important debug messages.
+ * For example you can assign LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG+10 for the more important ones and
+ * LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG+20 for less important ones and so on. By changing the log-level
+ * you can hide the less important ones.
+ *)
+const
+ LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG_MAX = MaxInt;
+ LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG = 50;
+ LOG_LEVEL_INFO_MAX = LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG-1;
+ LOG_LEVEL_INFO = 40;
+ LOG_LEVEL_STATUS_MAX = LOG_LEVEL_INFO-1;
+ LOG_LEVEL_STATUS = 30;
+ LOG_LEVEL_WARN_MAX = LOG_LEVEL_STATUS-1;
+ LOG_LEVEL_WARN = 20;
+ LOG_LEVEL_ERROR_MAX = LOG_LEVEL_WARN-1;
+ LOG_LEVEL_ERROR = 10;
+ LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL_MAX = LOG_LEVEL_ERROR-1;
+ LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL = 0;
+ LOG_LEVEL_NONE = -1;
+
+ // define level that Log(File)Level is initialized with
+ LOG_LEVEL_DEFAULT = LOG_LEVEL_WARN;
+ LOG_FILE_LEVEL_DEFAULT = LOG_LEVEL_ERROR;
+
+type
+ TLog = class
+ private
+ LogFile: TextFile;
+ LogFileOpened: boolean;
+ BenchmarkFile: TextFile;
+ BenchmarkFileOpened: boolean;
+
+ LogLevel: integer;
+ // level of messages written to the log-file
+ LogFileLevel: integer;
+
+ procedure LogToFile(const Text: string);
+ public
+ BenchmarkTimeStart: array[0..31] of real;
+ BenchmarkTimeLength: array[0..31] of real;//TDateTime;
+
+ Title: String; //Application Title
+
+ // Write log message to log-file
+ FileOutputEnabled: Boolean;
+
+ constructor Create;
+
+ // destuctor
+ destructor Destroy; override;
+
+ // benchmark
+ procedure BenchmarkStart(Number: integer);
+ procedure BenchmarkEnd(Number: integer);
+ procedure LogBenchmark(const Text: string; Number: integer);
+
+ procedure SetLogLevel(Level: integer);
+ function GetLogLevel(): integer;
+
+ procedure LogMsg(const Text: string; Level: integer); overload;
+ procedure LogMsg(const Msg, Context: string; Level: integer); overload; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+ procedure LogDebug(const Msg, Context: string); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+ procedure LogInfo(const Msg, Context: string); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+ procedure LogStatus(const Msg, Context: string); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+ procedure LogWarn(const Msg, Context: string); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+ procedure LogError(const Text: string); overload; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+ procedure LogError(const Msg, Context: string); overload; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+ //Critical Error (Halt + MessageBox)
+ procedure LogCritical(const Msg, Context: string); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+ procedure CriticalError(const Text: string); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+
+ // voice
+ procedure LogVoice(SoundNr: integer);
+ // buffer
+ procedure LogBuffer(const buf : Pointer; const bufLength : Integer; const filename : string);
+ end;
+
+procedure DebugWriteln(const aString: String);
+
+var
+ Log: TLog;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ SysUtils,
+ DateUtils,
+ URecord,
+ UMain,
+ UTime,
+ UCommon,
+ UCommandLine;
+
+(*
+ * Write to console if in debug mode (Thread-safe).
+ * If debug-mode is disabled nothing is done.
+ *)
+procedure DebugWriteln(const aString: string);
+begin
+ {$IFNDEF DEBUG}
+ if Params.Debug then
+ begin
+ {$ENDIF}
+ ConsoleWriteLn(aString);
+ {$IFNDEF DEBUG}
+ end;
+ {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+
+constructor TLog.Create;
+begin
+ inherited;
+ LogLevel := LOG_LEVEL_DEFAULT;
+ LogFileLevel := LOG_FILE_LEVEL_DEFAULT;
+ FileOutputEnabled := true;
+end;
+
+destructor TLog.Destroy;
+begin
+ if BenchmarkFileOpened then
+ CloseFile(BenchmarkFile);
+ //if AnalyzeFileOpened then
+ // CloseFile(AnalyzeFile);
+ if LogFileOpened then
+ CloseFile(LogFile);
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.BenchmarkStart(Number: integer);
+begin
+ BenchmarkTimeStart[Number] := USTime.GetTime; //Time;
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.BenchmarkEnd(Number: integer);
+begin
+ BenchmarkTimeLength[Number] := USTime.GetTime {Time} - BenchmarkTimeStart[Number];
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogBenchmark(const Text: string; Number: integer);
+var
+ Minutes: integer;
+ Seconds: integer;
+ Miliseconds: integer;
+
+ MinutesS: string;
+ SecondsS: string;
+ MilisecondsS: string;
+
+ ValueText: string;
+begin
+ if (FileOutputEnabled and Params.Benchmark) then
+ begin
+ if not BenchmarkFileOpened then
+ begin
+ BenchmarkFileOpened := true;
+ AssignFile(BenchmarkFile, LogPath + 'Benchmark.log');
+ {$I-}
+ Rewrite(BenchmarkFile);
+ if IOResult = 0 then
+ BenchmarkFileOpened := true;
+ {$I+}
+
+ //If File is opened write Date to Benchmark File
+ If (BenchmarkFileOpened) then
+ begin
+ WriteLn(BenchmarkFile, Title + ' Benchmark File');
+ WriteLn(BenchmarkFile, 'Date: ' + DatetoStr(Now) + ' Time: ' + TimetoStr(Now));
+ WriteLn(BenchmarkFile, '-------------------');
+
+ Flush(BenchmarkFile);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ if BenchmarkFileOpened then
+ begin
+ Miliseconds := Trunc(Frac(BenchmarkTimeLength[Number]) * 1000);
+ Seconds := Trunc(BenchmarkTimeLength[Number]) mod 60;
+ Minutes := Trunc((BenchmarkTimeLength[Number] - Seconds) / 60);
+ //ValueText := FloatToStr(BenchmarkTimeLength[Number]);
+
+ {
+ ValueText := FloatToStr(SecondOf(BenchmarkTimeLength[Number]) +
+ MilliSecondOf(BenchmarkTimeLength[Number])/1000);
+ if MinuteOf(BenchmarkTimeLength[Number]) >= 1 then
+ ValueText := IntToStr(MinuteOf(BenchmarkTimeLength[Number])) + ':' + ValueText;
+ WriteLn(FileBenchmark, Text + ': ' + ValueText + ' seconds');
+ }
+
+ if (Minutes = 0) and (Seconds = 0) then begin
+ MilisecondsS := IntToStr(Miliseconds);
+ ValueText := MilisecondsS + ' miliseconds';
+ end;
+
+ if (Minutes = 0) and (Seconds >= 1) then begin
+ MilisecondsS := IntToStr(Miliseconds);
+ while Length(MilisecondsS) < 3 do
+ MilisecondsS := '0' + MilisecondsS;
+
+ SecondsS := IntToStr(Seconds);
+
+ ValueText := SecondsS + ',' + MilisecondsS + ' seconds';
+ end;
+
+ if Minutes >= 1 then begin
+ MilisecondsS := IntToStr(Miliseconds);
+ while Length(MilisecondsS) < 3 do
+ MilisecondsS := '0' + MilisecondsS;
+
+ SecondsS := IntToStr(Seconds);
+ while Length(SecondsS) < 2 do
+ SecondsS := '0' + SecondsS;
+
+ MinutesS := IntToStr(Minutes);
+
+ ValueText := MinutesS + ':' + SecondsS + ',' + MilisecondsS + ' minutes';
+ end;
+
+ WriteLn(BenchmarkFile, Text + ': ' + ValueText);
+ Flush(BenchmarkFile);
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogToFile(const Text: string);
+begin
+ if (FileOutputEnabled and not LogFileOpened) then
+ begin
+ AssignFile(LogFile, LogPath + 'Error.log');
+ {$I-}
+ Rewrite(LogFile);
+ if IOResult = 0 then
+ LogFileOpened := true;
+ {$I+}
+
+ //If File is opened write Date to Error File
+ if (LogFileOpened) then
+ begin
+ WriteLn(LogFile, Title + ' Error Log');
+ WriteLn(LogFile, 'Date: ' + DatetoStr(Now) + ' Time: ' + TimetoStr(Now));
+ WriteLn(LogFile, '-------------------');
+
+ Flush(LogFile);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ if LogFileOpened then
+ begin
+ try
+ WriteLn(LogFile, Text);
+ Flush(LogFile);
+ except
+ LogFileOpened := false;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.SetLogLevel(Level: integer);
+begin
+ LogLevel := Level;
+end;
+
+function TLog.GetLogLevel(): integer;
+begin
+ Result := LogLevel;
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogMsg(const Text: string; Level: integer);
+var
+ LogMsg: string;
+begin
+ // TODO: what if (LogFileLevel < LogLevel)? Log to file without printing to
+ // console or do not log at all? At the moment nothing is logged.
+ if (Level <= LogLevel) then
+ begin
+ if (Level <= LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL_MAX) then
+ LogMsg := 'CRITICAL: ' + Text
+ else if (Level <= LOG_LEVEL_ERROR_MAX) then
+ LogMsg := 'ERROR: ' + Text
+ else if (Level <= LOG_LEVEL_WARN_MAX) then
+ LogMsg := 'WARN: ' + Text
+ else if (Level <= LOG_LEVEL_STATUS_MAX) then
+ LogMsg := 'STATUS: ' + Text
+ else if (Level <= LOG_LEVEL_INFO_MAX) then
+ LogMsg := 'INFO: ' + Text
+ else
+ LogMsg := 'DEBUG: ' + Text;
+
+ // output log-message
+ if (Level <= LogLevel) then
+ begin
+ DebugWriteLn(LogMsg);
+ end;
+
+ // write message to log-file
+ if (Level <= LogFileLevel) then
+ begin
+ LogToFile(LogMsg);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ // exit application on criticial errors (cannot be turned off)
+ if (Level <= LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL_MAX) then
+ begin
+ // Show information (window)
+ ShowMessage(Text, mtError);
+ Halt;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogMsg(const Msg, Context: string; Level: integer);
+begin
+ LogMsg(Msg + ' ['+Context+']', Level);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogDebug(const Msg, Context: string);
+begin
+ LogMsg(Msg, Context, LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogInfo(const Msg, Context: string);
+begin
+ LogMsg(Msg, Context, LOG_LEVEL_INFO);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogStatus(const Msg, Context: string);
+begin
+ LogMsg(Msg, Context, LOG_LEVEL_STATUS);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogWarn(const Msg, Context: string);
+begin
+ LogMsg(Msg, Context, LOG_LEVEL_WARN);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogError(const Msg, Context: string);
+begin
+ LogMsg(Msg, Context, LOG_LEVEL_ERROR);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogError(const Text: string);
+begin
+ LogMsg(Text, LOG_LEVEL_ERROR);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.CriticalError(const Text: string);
+begin
+ LogMsg(Text, LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogCritical(const Msg, Context: string);
+begin
+ LogMsg(Msg, Context, LOG_LEVEL_CRITICAL);
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogVoice(SoundNr: integer);
+var
+ FS: TFileStream;
+ FileName: string;
+ Num: integer;
+begin
+ for Num := 1 to 9999 do begin
+ FileName := IntToStr(Num);
+ while Length(FileName) < 4 do
+ FileName := '0' + FileName;
+ FileName := LogPath + 'Voice' + FileName + '.raw';
+ if not FileExists(FileName) then
+ break
+ end;
+
+ FS := TFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate);
+
+ AudioInputProcessor.Sound[SoundNr].LogBuffer.Seek(0, soBeginning);
+ FS.CopyFrom(AudioInputProcessor.Sound[SoundNr].LogBuffer, AudioInputProcessor.Sound[SoundNr].LogBuffer.Size);
+
+ FS.Free;
+end;
+
+procedure TLog.LogBuffer(const buf: Pointer; const bufLength: Integer; const filename: string);
+var
+ f : TFileStream;
+begin
+ f := nil;
+
+ try
+ f := TFileStream.Create( filename, fmCreate);
+ f.Write( buf^, bufLength);
+ f.Free;
+ except
+ on e : Exception do begin
+ Log.LogError('TLog.LogBuffer: Failed to log buffer into file "' + filename + '". ErrMsg: ' + e.Message);
+ f.Free;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+end.
+
+
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/ULyrics.pas b/unicode/src/base/ULyrics.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..82982981
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/ULyrics.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,726 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit ULyrics;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ gl,
+ glext,
+ UTexture,
+ UThemes,
+ UMusic;
+
+type
+ // stores two textures for enabled/disabled states
+ TPlayerIconTex = array [0..1] of TTexture;
+
+ TLyricsEffect = (lfxSimple, lfxZoom, lfxSlide, lfxBall, lfxShift);
+
+ PLyricWord = ^TLyricWord;
+ TLyricWord = record
+ X: real; // left corner
+ Width: real; // width
+ Start: cardinal; // start of the word in quarters (beats)
+ Length: cardinal; // length of the word in quarters
+ Text: string; // text
+ Freestyle: boolean; // is freestyle?
+ end;
+ TLyricWordArray = array of TLyricWord;
+
+ TLyricLine = class
+ public
+ Text: string; // text
+ Width: real; // width
+ Height: real; // height
+ Words: TLyricWordArray; // words in this line
+ CurWord: integer; // current active word idx (only valid if line is active)
+ Start: integer; // start of this line in quarters (Note: negative start values are possible due to gap)
+ StartNote: integer; // start of the first note of this line in quarters
+ Length: integer; // length in quarters (from start of first to the end of the last note)
+ Players: byte; // players that should sing that line (bitset, Player1: 1, Player2: 2, Player3: 4)
+ LastLine: boolean; // is this the last line of the song?
+
+ constructor Create();
+ destructor Destroy(); override;
+ procedure Reset();
+ end;
+
+ TLyricEngine = class
+ private
+ LastDrawBeat: real;
+ UpperLine: TLyricLine; // first line displayed (top)
+ LowerLine: TLyricLine; // second lind displayed (bottom)
+ QueueLine: TLyricLine; // third line (will be displayed when lower line is finished)
+
+ IndicatorTex: TTexture; // texture for lyric indikator
+ BallTex: TTexture; // texture of the ball for the lyric effect
+
+ QueueFull: boolean; // set to true if the queue is full and a line will be replaced with the next AddLine
+ LCounter: integer; // line counter
+
+ // duet mode - textures for player icons
+ // FIXME: do not use a fixed player count, use MAX_PLAYERS instead
+ PlayerIconTex: array[0..5] of TPlayerIconTex;
+
+ // Some helper procedures for lyric drawing
+ procedure DrawLyrics (Beat: real);
+ procedure UpdateLineMetrics(LyricLine: TLyricLine);
+ procedure DrawLyricsWords(LyricLine: TLyricLine; X, Y: real; StartWord, EndWord: integer);
+ procedure DrawLyricsLine(X, W, Y, H: real; Line: TLyricLine; Beat: real);
+ procedure DrawPlayerIcon(Player: byte; Enabled: boolean; X, Y: real; Size, Alpha: real);
+ procedure DrawBall(XBall, YBall, Alpha: real);
+
+ public
+ // positions, line specific settings
+ UpperLineX: real; // X start-pos of UpperLine
+ UpperLineW: real; // Width of UpperLine with icon(s) and text
+ UpperLineY: real; // Y start-pos of UpperLine
+ UpperLineH: real; // Max. font-size of lyrics text in UpperLine
+
+ LowerLineX: real; // X start-pos of LowerLine
+ LowerLineW: real; // Width of LowerLine with icon(s) and text
+ LowerLineY: real; // Y start-pos of LowerLine
+ LowerLineH: real; // Max. font-size of lyrics text in LowerLine
+
+ // display propertys
+ LineColor_en: TRGBA; // Color of words in an enabled line
+ LineColor_dis: TRGBA; // Color of words in a disabled line
+ LineColor_act: TRGBA; // Color of the active word
+ FontStyle: byte; // Font for the lyric text
+
+ { // currently not used
+ FadeInEffect: byte; // Effect for line fading in: 0: No Effect; 1: Fade Effect; 2: Move Upwards from Bottom to Pos
+ FadeOutEffect: byte; // Effect for line fading out: 0: No Effect; 1: Fade Effect; 2: Move Upwards
+ }
+
+ // song specific settings
+ BPM: real;
+ Resolution: integer;
+
+ // properties to easily read options of this class
+ property IsQueueFull: boolean read QueueFull; // line in queue?
+ property LineCounter: integer read LCounter; // lines that were progressed so far (after last clear)
+
+ procedure AddLine(Line: PLine); // adds a line to the queue, if there is space
+ procedure Draw (Beat: real); // draw the current (active at beat) lyrics
+
+ // clears all cached song specific information
+ procedure Clear(cBPM: real = 0; cResolution: integer = 0);
+
+ function GetUpperLine(): TLyricLine;
+ function GetLowerLine(): TLyricLine;
+
+ function GetUpperLineIndex(): integer;
+
+ constructor Create(ULX, ULY, ULW, ULH, LLX, LLY, LLW, LLH: real);
+ procedure LoadTextures;
+ destructor Destroy; override;
+ end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ SysUtils,
+ USkins,
+ TextGL,
+ UGraphic,
+ UDisplay,
+ ULog,
+ math,
+ UIni;
+
+{ TLyricLine }
+
+constructor TLyricLine.Create();
+begin
+ inherited;
+ Reset();
+end;
+
+destructor TLyricLine.Destroy();
+begin
+ SetLength(Words, 0);
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyricLine.Reset();
+begin
+ Start := 0;
+ StartNote := 0;
+ Length := 0;
+ LastLine := False;
+
+ Text := '';
+ Width := 0;
+
+ // duet mode: players of that line (default: all)
+ Players := $FF;
+
+ SetLength(Words, 0);
+ CurWord := -1;
+end;
+
+
+{ TLyricEngine }
+
+{**
+ * Initializes the engine.
+ *}
+constructor TLyricEngine.Create(ULX, ULY, ULW, ULH, LLX, LLY, LLW, LLH: real);
+begin
+ inherited Create();
+
+ BPM := 0;
+ Resolution := 0;
+ LCounter := 0;
+ QueueFull := False;
+
+ UpperLine := TLyricLine.Create;
+ LowerLine := TLyricLine.Create;
+ QueueLine := TLyricLine.Create;
+
+ LastDrawBeat := 0;
+
+ UpperLineX := ULX;
+ UpperLineW := ULW;
+ UpperLineY := ULY;
+ UpperLineH := ULH;
+
+ LowerLineX := LLX;
+ LowerLineW := LLW;
+ LowerLineY := LLY;
+ LowerLineH := LLH;
+
+ LoadTextures;
+end;
+
+
+{**
+ * Frees memory.
+ *}
+destructor TLyricEngine.Destroy;
+begin
+ UpperLine.Free;
+ LowerLine.Free;
+ QueueLine.Free;
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Clears all cached Song specific Information.
+ *}
+procedure TLyricEngine.Clear(cBPM: real; cResolution: integer);
+begin
+ BPM := cBPM;
+ Resolution := cResolution;
+ LCounter := 0;
+ QueueFull := False;
+
+ LastDrawBeat:=0;
+end;
+
+
+{**
+ * Loads textures needed for the drawing the lyrics,
+ * player icons, a ball for the ball effect and the lyric indicator.
+ *}
+procedure TLyricEngine.LoadTextures;
+var
+ I: Integer;
+begin
+ // lyric indicator (bar that indicates when the line start)
+ IndicatorTex := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LyricHelpBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF);
+
+ // ball for current word hover in ball effect
+ BallTex := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Ball'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+
+ // duet mode: load player icon
+ for I := 0 to 5 do
+ begin
+ PlayerIconTex[I][0] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LyricIcon_P' + InttoStr(I+1)), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+ PlayerIconTex[I][1] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LyricIconD_P' + InttoStr(I+1)), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0);
+ end;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Adds LyricLine to queue.
+ * The LyricEngine stores three lines in its queue:
+ * UpperLine: the upper line displayed in the lyrics
+ * LowerLine: the lower line displayed in the lyrics
+ * QueueLine: an offscreen line that precedes LowerLine
+ * If the queue is full the next call to AddLine will replace UpperLine with
+ * LowerLine, LowerLine with QueueLine and QueueLine with the Line parameter.
+ *}
+procedure TLyricEngine.AddLine(Line: PLine);
+var
+ LyricLine: TLyricLine;
+ I: integer;
+begin
+ // only add lines, if there is space
+ if not IsQueueFull then
+ begin
+ // set LyricLine to line to write to
+ if (LineCounter = 0) then
+ LyricLine := UpperLine
+ else if (LineCounter = 1) then
+ LyricLine := LowerLine
+ else
+ begin
+ // now the queue is full
+ LyricLine := QueueLine;
+ QueueFull := True;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ begin // rotate lines (round-robin-like)
+ LyricLine := UpperLine;
+ UpperLine := LowerLine;
+ LowerLine := QueueLine;
+ QueueLine := LyricLine;
+ end;
+
+ // reset line state
+ LyricLine.Reset();
+
+ // check if sentence has notes
+ if (Line <> nil) and (Length(Line.Note) > 0) then
+ begin
+ // copy values from SongLine to LyricLine
+ LyricLine.Start := Line.Start;
+ LyricLine.StartNote := Line.Note[0].Start;
+ LyricLine.Length := Line.Note[High(Line.Note)].Start +
+ Line.Note[High(Line.Note)].Length -
+ Line.Note[0].Start;
+ LyricLine.LastLine := Line.LastLine;
+
+ // copy words
+ SetLength(LyricLine.Words, Length(Line.Note));
+ for I := 0 to High(Line.Note) do
+ begin
+ LyricLine.Words[I].Start := Line.Note[I].Start;
+ LyricLine.Words[I].Length := Line.Note[I].Length;
+ LyricLine.Words[I].Text := Line.Note[I].Text;
+ LyricLine.Words[I].Freestyle := Line.Note[I].NoteType = ntFreestyle;
+
+ LyricLine.Text := LyricLine.Text + LyricLine.Words[I].Text;
+ end;
+
+ UpdateLineMetrics(LyricLine);
+ end;
+
+ // increase the counter
+ Inc(LCounter);
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Draws Lyrics.
+ * Draw just manages the Lyrics, drawing is done by a call of DrawLyrics.
+ * @param Beat: current Beat in Quarters
+ *}
+procedure TLyricEngine.Draw(Beat: real);
+begin
+ DrawLyrics(Beat);
+ LastDrawBeat := Beat;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Main Drawing procedure.
+ *}
+procedure TLyricEngine.DrawLyrics(Beat: real);
+begin
+ DrawLyricsLine(UpperLineX, UpperLineW, UpperLineY, UpperLineH, UpperLine, Beat);
+ DrawLyricsLine(LowerLineX, LowerLineW, LowerLineY, LowerLineH, LowerLine, Beat);
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Draws a Player's icon.
+ *}
+procedure TLyricEngine.DrawPlayerIcon(Player: byte; Enabled: boolean; X, Y: real; Size, Alpha: real);
+var
+ IEnabled: byte;
+begin
+ if Enabled then
+ IEnabled := 0
+ else
+ IEnabled := 1;
+
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, PlayerIconTex[Player][IEnabled].TexNum);
+
+ glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X, Y);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(X, Y + Size);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(X + Size, Y + Size);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(X + Size, Y);
+ glEnd;
+
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+ glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Draws the Ball over the LyricLine if needed.
+ *}
+procedure TLyricEngine.DrawBall(XBall, YBall, Alpha: real);
+begin
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, BallTex.TexNum);
+
+ glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(XBall - 10, YBall);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(XBall - 10, YBall + 20);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(XBall + 10, YBall + 20);
+ glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(XBall + 10, YBall);
+ glEnd;
+
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+ glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+end;
+
+procedure TLyricEngine.DrawLyricsWords(LyricLine: TLyricLine;
+ X, Y: real; StartWord, EndWord: integer);
+var
+ I: integer;
+ PosX: real;
+ CurWord: PLyricWord;
+begin
+ PosX := X;
+
+ // set word positions and line size and draw the line
+ for I := StartWord to EndWord do
+ begin
+ CurWord := @LyricLine.Words[I];
+ SetFontItalic(CurWord.Freestyle);
+ SetFontPos(PosX, Y);
+ glPrint(CurWord.Text);
+ PosX := PosX + CurWord.Width;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyricEngine.UpdateLineMetrics(LyricLine: TLyricLine);
+var
+ I: integer;
+ PosX: real;
+ CurWord: PLyricWord;
+ RequestWidth, RequestHeight: real;
+begin
+ PosX := 0;
+
+ // setup font
+ SetFontStyle(FontStyle);
+ ResetFont();
+
+ // check if line is lower or upper line and set sizes accordingly
+ // Note: at the moment upper and lower lines have same width/height
+ // and this function is just called by AddLine() but this may change
+ // so that it is called by DrawLyricsLine().
+ //if (LyricLine = LowerLine) then
+ //begin
+ // RequestWidth := LowerLineW;
+ // RequestHeight := LowerLineH;
+ //end
+ //else
+ //begin
+ RequestWidth := UpperLineW;
+ RequestHeight := UpperLineH;
+ //end;
+
+ // set font size to a reasonable value
+ LyricLine.Height := RequestHeight * 0.9;
+ SetFontSize(LyricLine.Height);
+ LyricLine.Width := glTextWidth(LyricLine.Text);
+
+ // change font-size to fit into the lyric bar
+ if (LyricLine.Width > RequestWidth) then
+ begin
+ LyricLine.Height := Trunc(LyricLine.Height * (RequestWidth / LyricLine.Width));
+ // the line is very loooong, set font to at least 1px
+ if (LyricLine.Height < 1) then
+ LyricLine.Height := 1;
+
+ SetFontSize(LyricLine.Height);
+ LyricLine.Width := glTextWidth(LyricLine.Text);
+ end;
+
+ // calc word positions and widths
+ for I := 0 to High(LyricLine.Words) do
+ begin
+ CurWord := @LyricLine.Words[I];
+
+ // - if current word is italic but not the next word get the width of the
+ // italic font to avoid overlapping.
+ // - if two italic words follow each other use the normal style's
+ // width otherwise the spacing between the words will be too big.
+ // - if it is the line's last word use normal width
+ if CurWord.Freestyle and
+ (I+1 < Length(LyricLine.Words)) and
+ (not LyricLine.Words[I+1].Freestyle) then
+ begin
+ SetFontItalic(true);
+ end;
+
+ CurWord.X := PosX;
+ CurWord.Width := glTextWidth(CurWord.Text);
+ PosX := PosX + CurWord.Width;
+ SetFontItalic(false);
+ end;
+end;
+
+
+{**
+ * Draws one LyricLine
+ *}
+procedure TLyricEngine.DrawLyricsLine(X, W, Y, H: real; Line: TLyricLine; Beat: real);
+var
+ CurWord: PLyricWord; // current word
+ LastWord: PLyricWord; // last word in line
+ NextWord: PLyricWord; // word following current word
+ Progress: real; // progress of singing the current word
+ LyricX, LyricY: real; // left/top lyric position
+ WordY: real; // word y-position
+ LyricsEffect: TLyricsEffect;
+ Alpha: real; // alphalevel to fade out at end
+ ClipPlaneEq: array[0..3] of GLdouble; // clipping plane for slide effect
+ {// duet mode
+ IconSize: real; // size of player icons
+ IconAlpha: real; // alpha level of player icons
+ }
+begin
+ // do not draw empty lines
+ if (Length(Line.Words) = 0) then
+ Exit;
+
+ {
+ // duet mode
+ IconSize := (2 * Height);
+ IconAlpha := Frac(Beat/(Resolution*4));
+
+ DrawPlayerIcon (0, True, X, Y + (42 - IconSize) / 2 , IconSize, IconAlpha);
+ DrawPlayerIcon (1, True, X + IconSize + 1, Y + (42 - IconSize) / 2, IconSize, IconAlpha);
+ DrawPlayerIcon (2, True, X + (IconSize + 1)*2, Y + (42 - IconSize) / 2, IconSize, IconAlpha);
+ }
+
+ // set font size and style
+ SetFontStyle(FontStyle);
+ ResetFont();
+ SetFontSize(Line.Height);
+
+ // center lyrics
+ LyricX := X + (W - Line.Width) / 2;
+ LyricY := Y + (H - Line.Height) / 2;
+ // get lyrics effect
+ LyricsEffect := TLyricsEffect(Ini.LyricsEffect);
+
+ // TODO: what about alpha in freetype outline fonts?
+ Alpha := 1;
+
+ // check if this line is active (at least its first note must be active)
+ if (Beat >= Line.StartNote) then
+ begin
+ // if this line just got active, CurWord is -1,
+ // this means we should try to make the first word active
+ if (Line.CurWord = -1) then
+ Line.CurWord := 0;
+
+ // check if the current active word is still active.
+ // Otherwise proceed to the next word if there is one in this line.
+ // Note: the max. value of Line.CurWord is High(Line.Words)
+ if (Line.CurWord < High(Line.Words)) and
+ (Beat >= Line.Words[Line.CurWord + 1].Start) then
+ begin
+ Inc(Line.CurWord);
+ end;
+
+ // determine current and last word in this line.
+ // If the end of the line is reached use the last word as current word.
+ LastWord := @Line.Words[High(Line.Words)];
+ CurWord := @Line.Words[Line.CurWord];
+ if (Line.CurWord+1 < Length(Line.Words)) then
+ NextWord := @Line.Words[Line.CurWord+1]
+ else
+ NextWord := nil;
+
+ // calc the progress of the lyrics effect
+ Progress := (Beat - CurWord.Start) / CurWord.Length;
+ if (Progress >= 1) then
+ Progress := 1;
+ if (Progress <= 0) then
+ Progress := 0;
+
+ // last word of this line finished, but this line did not hide -> fade out
+ if Line.LastLine and
+ (Beat > LastWord.Start + LastWord.Length) then
+ begin
+ Alpha := 1 - (Beat - (LastWord.Start + LastWord.Length)) / 15;
+ if (Alpha < 0) then
+ Alpha := 0;
+ end;
+
+ // draw sentence before current word
+ if (LyricsEffect in [lfxSimple, lfxBall, lfxShift]) then
+ // only highlight current word and not that ones before in this line
+ glColorRGB(LineColor_en, Alpha)
+ else
+ glColorRGB(LineColor_act, Alpha);
+ DrawLyricsWords(Line, LyricX, LyricY, 0, Line.CurWord-1);
+
+ // draw rest of sentence (without current word)
+ glColorRGB(LineColor_en, Alpha);
+ if (NextWord <> nil) then
+ begin
+ DrawLyricsWords(Line, LyricX + NextWord.X, LyricY,
+ Line.CurWord+1, High(Line.Words));
+ end;
+
+ // draw current word
+ if (LyricsEffect in [lfxSimple, lfxBall, lfxShift]) then
+ begin
+ if (LyricsEffect = lfxShift) then
+ WordY := LyricY - 8 * (1-Progress)
+ else
+ WordY := LyricY;
+
+ // change the color of the current word
+ glColor4f(LineColor_act.r, LineColor_act.g, LineColor_act.b, Alpha);
+ DrawLyricsWords(Line, LyricX + CurWord.X, WordY, Line.CurWord, Line.CurWord);
+ end
+ // change color and zoom current word
+ else if (LyricsEffect = lfxZoom) then
+ begin
+ glPushMatrix;
+
+ // zoom at word center
+ glTranslatef(LyricX + CurWord.X + CurWord.Width/2,
+ LyricY + Line.Height/2, 0);
+ glScalef(1.0 + (1-Progress) * 0.5, 1.0 + (1-Progress) * 0.5, 1.0);
+
+ glColor4f(LineColor_act.r, LineColor_act.g, LineColor_act.b, Alpha);
+ DrawLyricsWords(Line, -CurWord.Width/2, -Line.Height/2, Line.CurWord, Line.CurWord);
+
+ glPopMatrix;
+ end
+ // split current word into active and non-active part
+ else if (LyricsEffect = lfxSlide) then
+ begin
+ // enable clipping and set clip equation coefficients to zeros
+ glEnable(GL_CLIP_PLANE0);
+ FillChar(ClipPlaneEq[0], SizeOf(ClipPlaneEq), 0);
+
+ glPushMatrix;
+ glTranslatef(LyricX + CurWord.X, LyricY, 0);
+
+ // clip non-active right part of the current word
+ ClipPlaneEq[0] := -1;
+ ClipPlaneEq[3] := CurWord.Width * Progress;
+ glClipPlane(GL_CLIP_PLANE0, @ClipPlaneEq);
+ // and draw active left part
+ glColor4f(LineColor_act.r, LineColor_act.g, LineColor_act.b, Alpha);
+ DrawLyricsWords(Line, 0, 0, Line.CurWord, Line.CurWord);
+
+ // clip active left part of the current word
+ ClipPlaneEq[0] := -ClipPlaneEq[0];
+ ClipPlaneEq[3] := -ClipPlaneEq[3];
+ glClipPlane(GL_CLIP_PLANE0, @ClipPlaneEq);
+ // and draw non-active right part
+ glColor4f(LineColor_en.r, LineColor_en.g, LineColor_en.b, Alpha);
+ DrawLyricsWords(Line, 0, 0, Line.CurWord, Line.CurWord);
+
+ glPopMatrix;
+
+ glDisable(GL_CLIP_PLANE0);
+ end;
+
+ // draw the ball onto the current word
+ if (LyricsEffect = lfxBall) then
+ begin
+ DrawBall(LyricX + CurWord.X + CurWord.Width * Progress,
+ LyricY - 15 - 15*sin(Progress * Pi), Alpha);
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ // this section is called if the whole line can be drawn at once and no
+ // word is highlighted.
+
+ // enable the upper, disable the lower line
+ if (Line = UpperLine) then
+ glColorRGB(LineColor_en)
+ else
+ glColorRGB(LineColor_dis);
+
+ DrawLyricsWords(Line, LyricX, LyricY, 0, High(Line.Words));
+ end;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * @returns a reference to the upper line
+ *}
+function TLyricEngine.GetUpperLine(): TLyricLine;
+begin
+ Result := UpperLine;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * @returns a reference to the lower line
+ *}
+function TLyricEngine.GetLowerLine(): TLyricLine;
+begin
+ Result := LowerLine;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * @returns the index of the upper line
+ *}
+function TLyricEngine.GetUpperLineIndex(): integer;
+const
+ QUEUE_SIZE = 3;
+begin
+ // no line in queue
+ if (LineCounter <= 0) then
+ Result := -1
+ // no line has been removed from queue yet
+ else if (LineCounter <= QUEUE_SIZE) then
+ Result := 0
+ // lines have been removed from queue already
+ else
+ Result := LineCounter - QUEUE_SIZE;
+end;
+
+end.
+
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UMain.pas b/unicode/src/base/UMain.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6300f18b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UMain.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1176 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMain;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ SysUtils,
+ Classes,
+ SDL,
+ UMusic,
+ URecord,
+ UTime,
+ UDisplay,
+ UIni,
+ ULog,
+ ULyrics,
+ UScreenSing,
+ USong,
+ gl;
+
+type
+ PPLayerNote = ^TPlayerNote;
+ TPlayerNote = record
+ Start: integer;
+ Length: integer;
+ Detect: real; // accurate place, detected in the note
+ Tone: real;
+ Perfect: boolean; // true if the note matches the original one, lit the star
+ Hit: boolean; // true if the note Hits the Line
+ end;
+
+ PPLayer = ^TPlayer;
+ TPlayer = record
+ Name: string;
+
+ // Index in Teaminfo record
+ TeamID: Byte;
+ PlayerID: Byte;
+
+ // Scores
+ Score: real;
+ ScoreLine: real;
+ ScoreGolden: real;
+
+ ScoreInt: integer;
+ ScoreLineInt: integer;
+ ScoreGoldenInt: integer;
+ ScoreTotalInt: integer;
+
+ // LineBonus
+ ScoreLast: Real;//Last Line Score
+
+ // PerfectLineTwinkle (effect)
+ LastSentencePerfect: Boolean;
+
+ HighNote: integer; // index of last note (= High(Note)?)
+ LengthNote: integer; // number of notes (= Length(Note)?).
+ Note: array of TPlayerNote;
+ end;
+
+
+var
+ // Absolute Paths
+ GamePath: string;
+ SoundPath: string;
+ SongPaths: TStringList;
+ LogPath: string;
+ ThemePath: string;
+ SkinsPath: string;
+ ScreenshotsPath: string;
+ CoverPaths: TStringList;
+ LanguagesPath: string;
+ PluginPath: string;
+ VisualsPath: string;
+ FontPath: string;
+ ResourcesPath: string;
+ PlayListPath: string;
+
+ Done: Boolean;
+ // FIXME: ConversionFileName should not be global
+ ConversionFileName: string;
+ Restart: boolean;
+
+ // player and music info
+ Player: array of TPlayer;
+ PlayersPlay: integer;
+
+ CurrentSong : TSong;
+
+const
+ MAX_SONG_SCORE = 10000; // max. achievable points per song
+ MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS = 1000; // max. achievable line bonus per song
+
+
+function FindPath(out PathResult: string; const RequestedPath: string; NeedsWritePermission: boolean): boolean;
+procedure InitializePaths;
+procedure AddSongPath(const Path: string);
+
+procedure Main;
+procedure MainLoop;
+procedure CheckEvents;
+procedure Sing(Screen: TScreenSing);
+procedure NewSentence(Screen: TScreenSing);
+procedure NewBeatClick(Screen: TScreenSing); // executed when on then new beat for click
+procedure NewBeatDetect(Screen: TScreenSing); // executed when on then new beat for detection
+procedure NewNote(Screen: TScreenSing); // detect note
+function GetMidBeat(Time: real): real;
+function GetTimeFromBeat(Beat: integer): real;
+procedure ClearScores(PlayerNum: integer);
+
+
+type
+ TMainThreadExecProc = procedure(Data: Pointer);
+
+const
+ MAINTHREAD_EXEC_EVENT = SDL_USEREVENT + 2;
+
+{*
+ * Delegates execution of procedure Proc to the main thread.
+ * The Data pointer is passed to the procedure when it is called.
+ * The main thread is notified by signaling a MAINTHREAD_EXEC_EVENT which
+ * is handled in CheckEvents.
+ * Note that Data must not be a pointer to local data. If you want to pass local
+ * data, use Getmem() or New() or create a temporary object.
+ *}
+procedure MainThreadExec(Proc: TMainThreadExecProc; Data: Pointer);
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ Math,
+ StrUtils,
+ USongs,
+ UJoystick,
+ UCommandLine,
+ ULanguage,
+ //SDL_ttf,
+ USkins,
+ UCovers,
+ UCatCovers,
+ UDataBase,
+ UPlaylist,
+ UDLLManager,
+ UParty,
+ UConfig,
+ UCore,
+ UCommon,
+ UGraphic,
+ UGraphicClasses,
+ UPluginDefs,
+ UPlatform,
+ UThemes;
+
+
+
+
+procedure Main;
+var
+ WndTitle: string;
+begin
+ {$IFNDEF Debug}
+ try
+ {$ENDIF}
+ WndTitle := USDXVersionStr;
+
+ Platform.Init;
+
+ if Platform.TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(WndTitle) then
+ Exit;
+
+ // fix floating-point exceptions (FPE)
+ DisableFloatingPointExceptions();
+ // fix the locale for string-to-float parsing in C-libs
+ SetDefaultNumericLocale();
+
+ // setup separators for parsing
+ // Note: ThousandSeparator must be set because of a bug in TIniFile.ReadFloat
+ ThousandSeparator := ',';
+ DecimalSeparator := '.';
+
+ //------------------------------
+ //StartUp - Create Classes and Load Files
+ //------------------------------
+
+ // Initialize SDL
+ // Without SDL_INIT_TIMER SDL_GetTicks() might return strange values
+ SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_VIDEO or SDL_INIT_TIMER);
+ SDL_EnableUnicode(1);
+
+ USTime := TTime.Create;
+ VideoBGTimer := TRelativeTimer.Create;
+
+ // Commandline Parameter Parser
+ Params := TCMDParams.Create;
+
+ // Log + Benchmark
+ Log := TLog.Create;
+ Log.Title := WndTitle;
+ Log.FileOutputEnabled := not Params.NoLog;
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(0);
+
+ // Language
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+ Log.LogStatus('Initialize Paths', 'Initialization');
+ InitializePaths;
+ Log.LogStatus('Load Language', 'Initialization');
+ Language := TLanguage.Create;
+
+ // Add Const Values:
+ Language.AddConst('US_VERSION', USDXVersionStr);
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Language', 1);
+
+ {
+ // SDL_ttf (Not used yet, maybe in version 1.5)
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+ Log.LogStatus('Initialize SDL_ttf', 'Initialization');
+ TTF_Init();
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing SDL_ttf', 1);
+ }
+
+ // Skin
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+ Log.LogStatus('Loading Skin List', 'Initialization');
+ Skin := TSkin.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Skin List', 1);
+
+ // Ini + Paths
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+ Log.LogStatus('Load Ini', 'Initialization');
+ Ini := TIni.Create;
+ Ini.Load;
+
+ //it's possible that this is the first run, create a .ini file if neccessary
+ Log.LogStatus('Write Ini', 'Initialization');
+ Ini.Save;
+
+ // Load Languagefile
+ if (Params.Language <> -1) then
+ Language.ChangeLanguage(ILanguage[Params.Language])
+ else
+ Language.ChangeLanguage(ILanguage[Ini.Language]);
+
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Ini', 1);
+
+ // Sound
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+ Log.LogStatus('Initialize Sound', 'Initialization');
+ InitializeSound();
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing Sound', 1);
+
+ // Lyrics-engine with media reference timer
+ LyricsState := TLyricsState.Create();
+
+ // Theme
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+ Log.LogStatus('Load Themes', 'Initialization');
+ Theme := TTheme.Create(ThemePath + ITheme[Ini.Theme] + '.ini', Ini.Color);
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Themes', 1);
+
+ // Covers Cache
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+ Log.LogStatus('Creating Covers Cache', 'Initialization');
+ Covers := TCoverDatabase.Create;
+ Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Covers Cache Array', 1);
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+
+ // Category Covers
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+ Log.LogStatus('Creating Category Covers Array', 'Initialization');
+ CatCovers:= TCatCovers.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Category Covers Array', 1);
+
+ // Songs
+ //Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+ Log.LogStatus('Creating Song Array', 'Initialization');
+ Songs := TSongs.Create;
+ //Songs.LoadSongList;
+
+ Log.LogStatus('Creating 2nd Song Array', 'Initialization');
+ CatSongs := TCatSongs.Create;
+
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Songs', 1);
+
+ // PluginManager
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+ Log.LogStatus('PluginManager', 'Initialization');
+ DLLMan := TDLLMan.Create; // Load PluginList
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('Loading PluginManager', 1);
+
+ {// Party Mode Manager
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+ Log.LogStatus('PartySession Manager', 'Initialization');
+ PartySession := TPartySession.Create; //Load PartySession
+
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('Loading PartySession Manager', 1); }
+
+ // Graphics
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+ Log.LogStatus('Initialize 3D', 'Initialization');
+ Initialize3D(WndTitle);
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing 3D', 1);
+
+ // Score Saving System
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+ Log.LogStatus('DataBase System', 'Initialization');
+ DataBase := TDataBaseSystem.Create;
+
+ if (Params.ScoreFile = '') then
+ DataBase.Init (Platform.GetGameUserPath + 'Ultrastar.db')
+ else
+ DataBase.Init (Params.ScoreFile);
+
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('Loading DataBase System', 1);
+
+ // Playlist Manager
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+ Log.LogStatus('Playlist Manager', 'Initialization');
+ PlaylistMan := TPlaylistManager.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Playlist Manager', 1);
+
+ // GoldenStarsTwinkleMod
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+ Log.LogStatus('Effect Manager', 'Initialization');
+ GoldenRec := TEffectManager.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Particle System', 1);
+
+ // Joypad
+ if (Ini.Joypad = 1) OR (Params.Joypad) then
+ begin
+ Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
+ Log.LogStatus('Initialize Joystick', 'Initialization');
+ Joy := TJoy.Create;
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing Joystick', 1);
+ end;
+
+ Log.BenchmarkEnd(0);
+ Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Time', 0);
+
+ Log.LogStatus('Creating Core', 'Initialization');
+ {Core := TCore.Create(
+ USDXShortVersionStr,
+ MakeVersion(USDX_VERSION_MAJOR,
+ USDX_VERSION_MINOR,
+ USDX_VERSION_RELEASE,
+ chr(0))
+ ); }
+
+ Log.LogStatus('Running Core', 'Initialization');
+ //Core.Run;
+
+ //------------------------------
+ //Start- Mainloop
+ //------------------------------
+ Log.LogStatus('Main Loop', 'Initialization');
+ MainLoop;
+
+ {$IFNDEF Debug}
+ finally
+ {$ENDIF}
+ //------------------------------
+ //Finish Application
+ //------------------------------
+
+ // TODO:
+ // call an uninitialize routine for every initialize step
+ // or at least use the corresponding Free-Methods
+
+ FinalizeMedia();
+
+ //TTF_Quit();
+ SDL_Quit();
+
+ if assigned(Log) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogStatus('Main Loop', 'Finished');
+ Log.Free;
+ end;
+ {$IFNDEF Debug}
+ end;
+ {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+procedure MainLoop;
+var
+ Delay: integer;
+const
+ MAX_FPS = 100;
+begin
+ SDL_EnableKeyRepeat(125, 125);
+
+ CountSkipTime(); // JB - for some reason this seems to be needed when we use the SDL Timer functions.
+ while not Done do
+ begin
+ // joypad
+ if (Ini.Joypad = 1) or (Params.Joypad) then
+ Joy.Update;
+
+ // keyboard events
+ CheckEvents;
+
+ // display
+ done := not Display.Draw;
+ SwapBuffers;
+
+ // delay
+ CountMidTime;
+
+ Delay := Floor(1000 / MAX_FPS - 1000 * TimeMid);
+
+ if Delay >= 1 then
+ SDL_Delay(Delay); // dynamic, maximum is 100 fps
+
+ CountSkipTime;
+
+ // reinitialization of graphics
+ if Restart then
+ begin
+ Reinitialize3D;
+ Restart := false;
+ end;
+
+ end;
+End;
+
+procedure CheckEvents;
+var
+ Event: TSDL_event;
+begin
+ if Assigned(Display.NextScreen) then
+ Exit;
+
+ while (SDL_PollEvent(@Event) <> 0) do
+ begin
+ case Event.type_ of
+ SDL_QUITEV:
+ begin
+ Display.Fade := 0;
+ Display.NextScreenWithCheck := nil;
+ Display.CheckOK := True;
+ end;
+ SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN:
+ begin
+ {
+ with Event.button do
+ begin
+ if State = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT Then
+ begin
+ //
+ end;
+ end;
+ }
+ end;
+ SDL_VIDEORESIZE:
+ begin
+ ScreenW := Event.resize.w;
+ ScreenH := Event.resize.h;
+ // Note: do NOT call SDL_SetVideoMode on Windows and MacOSX here.
+ // This would create a new OpenGL render-context and all texture data
+ // would be invalidated.
+ // On Linux the mode MUST be resetted, otherwise graphics will be corrupted.
+ {$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
+ if boolean( Ini.FullScreen ) then
+ SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN)
+ else
+ SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_RESIZABLE);
+ {$IFEND}
+ end;
+ SDL_KEYDOWN:
+ begin
+ // remap the "keypad enter" key to the "standard enter" key
+ if (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_KP_ENTER) then
+ Event.key.keysym.sym := SDLK_RETURN;
+
+ if (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_F11) or
+ ((Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_RETURN) and
+ ((Event.key.keysym.modifier and KMOD_ALT) <> 0)) then // toggle full screen
+ begin
+ Ini.FullScreen := integer( not boolean( Ini.FullScreen ) );
+
+ // FIXME: SDL_SetVideoMode creates a new OpenGL RC so we have to
+ // reload all texture data (-> whitescreen bug).
+ // Only Linux (and FreeBSD) is able to handle screen-switching this way.
+ {$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)}
+ if boolean( Ini.FullScreen ) then
+ begin
+ SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN);
+ SDL_ShowCursor(0);
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_RESIZABLE);
+ SDL_ShowCursor(1);
+ end;
+
+ glViewPort(0, 0, ScreenW, ScreenH);
+ {$IFEND}
+ end
+ // if print is pressed -> make screenshot and save to screenshot path
+ else if (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_SYSREQ) or (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_PRINT) then
+ Display.SaveScreenShot
+ // if there is a visible popup then let it handle input instead of underlying screen
+ // shoud be done in a way to be sure the topmost popup has preference (maybe error, then check)
+ else if (ScreenPopupError <> nil) and (ScreenPopupError.Visible) then
+ done := not ScreenPopupError.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, WideChar(Event.key.keysym.unicode), True)
+ else if (ScreenPopupCheck <> nil) and (ScreenPopupCheck.Visible) then
+ done := not ScreenPopupCheck.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, WideChar(Event.key.keysym.unicode), True)
+ else
+ begin
+ // check if screen wants to exit
+ done := not Display.CurrentScreen^.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, WideChar(Event.key.keysym.unicode), True);
+
+ // if screen wants to exit
+ if done then
+ begin
+ // if question option is enabled then show exit popup
+ if (Ini.AskbeforeDel = 1) then
+ begin
+ Display.CurrentScreen^.CheckFadeTo(nil,'MSG_QUIT_USDX');
+ end
+ else // if ask-for-exit is disabled then simply exit
+ begin
+ Display.Fade := 0;
+ Display.NextScreenWithCheck := nil;
+ Display.CheckOK := True;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ end;
+ end;
+ SDL_JOYAXISMOTION:
+ begin
+ // not implemented
+ end;
+ SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN:
+ begin
+ // not implemented
+ end;
+ MAINTHREAD_EXEC_EVENT:
+ with Event.user do
+ begin
+ TMainThreadExecProc(data1)(data2);
+ end;
+ end; // case
+ end; // while
+end;
+
+procedure MainThreadExec(Proc: TMainThreadExecProc; Data: Pointer);
+var
+ Event: TSDL_Event;
+begin
+ with Event.user do
+ begin
+ type_ := MAINTHREAD_EXEC_EVENT;
+ code := 0; // not used at the moment
+ data1 := @Proc;
+ data2 := Data;
+ end;
+ SDL_PushEvent(@Event);
+end;
+
+function GetTimeForBeats(BPM, Beats: real): real;
+begin
+ Result := 60 / BPM * Beats;
+end;
+
+function GetBeats(BPM, msTime: real): real;
+begin
+ Result := BPM * msTime / 60;
+end;
+
+procedure GetMidBeatSub(BPMNum: integer; var Time: real; var CurBeat: real);
+var
+ NewTime: real;
+begin
+ if High(CurrentSong.BPM) = BPMNum then
+ begin
+ // last BPM
+ CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat + GetBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, Time);
+ Time := 0;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ // not last BPM
+ // count how much time is it for start of the new BPM and store it in NewTime
+ NewTime := GetTimeForBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum+1].StartBeat - CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat);
+
+ // compare it to remaining time
+ if (Time - NewTime) > 0 then
+ begin
+ // there is still remaining time
+ CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat;
+ Time := Time - NewTime;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ // there is no remaining time
+ CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat + GetBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, Time);
+ Time := 0;
+ end; // if
+ end; // if
+end;
+
+function GetMidBeat(Time: real): real;
+var
+ CurBeat: real;
+ CurBPM: integer;
+begin
+ // static BPM
+ if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 1 then
+ begin
+ Result := Time * CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 60;
+ end
+ // variable BPM
+ else if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) > 1 then
+ begin
+ CurBeat := 0;
+ CurBPM := 0;
+ while (Time > 0) do
+ begin
+ GetMidBeatSub(CurBPM, Time, CurBeat);
+ Inc(CurBPM);
+ end;
+
+ Result := CurBeat;
+ end
+ // invalid BPM
+ else
+ begin
+ Result := 0;
+ end;
+end;
+
+function GetTimeFromBeat(Beat: integer): real;
+var
+ CurBPM: integer;
+begin
+ // static BPM
+ if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 1 then
+ begin
+ Result := CurrentSong.GAP / 1000 + Beat * 60 / CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM;
+ end
+ // variable BPM
+ else if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) > 1 then
+ begin
+ Result := CurrentSong.GAP / 1000;
+ CurBPM := 0;
+ while (CurBPM <= High(CurrentSong.BPM)) and
+ (Beat > CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat) do
+ begin
+ if (CurBPM < High(CurrentSong.BPM)) and
+ (Beat >= CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat) then
+ begin
+ // full range
+ Result := Result + (60 / CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].BPM) *
+ (CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat - CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat);
+ end;
+
+ if (CurBPM = High(CurrentSong.BPM)) or
+ (Beat < CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat) then
+ begin
+ // in the middle
+ Result := Result + (60 / CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].BPM) *
+ (Beat - CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat);
+ end;
+ Inc(CurBPM);
+ end;
+
+ {
+ while (Time > 0) do
+ begin
+ GetMidBeatSub(CurBPM, Time, CurBeat);
+ Inc(CurBPM);
+ end;
+ }
+ end
+ // invalid BPM
+ else
+ begin
+ Result := 0;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure Sing(Screen: TScreenSing);
+var
+ Count: integer;
+ CountGr: integer;
+ CP: integer;
+ N: integer;
+begin
+ LyricsState.UpdateBeats();
+
+ // sentences routines
+ for CountGr := 0 to 0 do //High(Lines)
+ begin;
+ CP := CountGr;
+ // old parts
+ LyricsState.OldLine := Lines[CP].Current;
+
+ // choose current parts
+ for Count := 0 to Lines[CP].High do
+ begin
+ if LyricsState.CurrentBeat >= Lines[CP].Line[Count].Start then
+ Lines[CP].Current := Count;
+ end;
+
+ // clean player note if there is a new line
+ // (optimization on halfbeat time)
+ if Lines[CP].Current <> LyricsState.OldLine then
+ NewSentence(Screen);
+
+ end; // for CountGr
+
+ // make some operations on clicks
+ if {(LyricsState.CurrentBeatC >= 0) and }(LyricsState.OldBeatC <> LyricsState.CurrentBeatC) then
+ NewBeatClick(Screen);
+
+ // make some operations when detecting new voice pitch
+ if (LyricsState.CurrentBeatD >= 0) and (LyricsState.OldBeatD <> LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
+ NewBeatDetect(Screen);
+end;
+
+procedure NewSentence(Screen: TScreenSing);
+var
+ i: Integer;
+begin
+ // clean note of player
+ for i := 0 to High(Player) do
+ begin
+ Player[i].LengthNote := 0;
+ Player[i].HighNote := -1;
+ SetLength(Player[i].Note, 0);
+ end;
+
+ // on sentence change...
+ Screen.onSentenceChange(Lines[0].Current);
+end;
+
+procedure NewBeatClick;
+var
+ Count: integer;
+begin
+ // beat click
+ if ((Ini.BeatClick = 1) and
+ ((LyricsState.CurrentBeatC + Lines[0].Resolution + Lines[0].NotesGAP) mod Lines[0].Resolution = 0)) then
+ begin
+ AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Click);
+ end;
+
+ for Count := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote do
+ begin
+ if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Count].Start = LyricsState.CurrentBeatC) then
+ begin
+ // click assist
+ if Ini.ClickAssist = 1 then
+ AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Click);
+
+ // drum machine
+ (*
+ TempBeat := LyricsState.CurrentBeat;// + 2;
+ if (TempBeat mod 8 = 0) then Music.PlayDrum;
+ if (TempBeat mod 8 = 4) then Music.PlayClap;
+ //if (TempBeat mod 4 = 2) then Music.PlayHihat;
+ if (TempBeat mod 4 <> 0) then Music.PlayHihat;
+ *)
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure NewBeatDetect(Screen: TScreenSing);
+begin
+ NewNote(Screen);
+end;
+
+procedure NewNote(Screen: TScreenSing);
+var
+ LineFragmentIndex: integer;
+ CurrentLineFragment: PLineFragment;
+ PlayerIndex: integer;
+ CurrentSound: TCaptureBuffer;
+ CurrentPlayer: PPlayer;
+ LastPlayerNote: PPlayerNote;
+ Line: PLine;
+ SentenceIndex: integer;
+ SentenceMin: integer;
+ SentenceMax: integer;
+ SentenceDetected: integer; // sentence of detected note
+ NoteAvailable: boolean;
+ NewNote: boolean;
+ Range: integer;
+ NoteHit: boolean;
+ MaxSongPoints: integer; // max. points for the song (without line bonus)
+ MaxLinePoints: Real; // max. points for the current line
+begin
+ // TODO: add duet mode support
+ // use Lines[LineSetIndex] with LineSetIndex depending on the current player
+
+ // count min and max sentence range for checking (detection is delayed to the notes we see on the screen)
+ SentenceMin := Lines[0].Current-1;
+ if (SentenceMin < 0) then
+ SentenceMin := 0;
+ SentenceMax := Lines[0].Current;
+
+ // check for an active note at the current time defined in the lyrics
+ NoteAvailable := false;
+ SentenceDetected := SentenceMin;
+ for SentenceIndex := SentenceMin to SentenceMax do
+ begin
+ Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceIndex];
+ for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do
+ begin
+ CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex];
+ // check if line is active
+ if ((CurrentLineFragment.Start <= LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) and
+ (CurrentLineFragment.Start + CurrentLineFragment.Length-1 >= LyricsState.CurrentBeatD)) and
+ (CurrentLineFragment.NoteType <> ntFreestyle) and // but ignore FreeStyle notes
+ (CurrentLineFragment.Length > 0) then // and make sure the note lengths is at least 1
+ begin
+ SentenceDetected := SentenceIndex;
+ NoteAvailable := true;
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+ // TODO: break here, if NoteAvailable is true? We would then use the first instead
+ // of the last note matching the current beat if notes overlap. But notes
+ // should not overlap at all.
+ //if (NoteAvailable) then
+ // Break;
+ end;
+
+ // analyze player signals
+ for PlayerIndex := 0 to PlayersPlay-1 do
+ begin
+ CurrentPlayer := @Player[PlayerIndex];
+ CurrentSound := AudioInputProcessor.Sound[PlayerIndex];
+
+ // At the beginning of the song there is no previous note
+ if (Length(CurrentPlayer.Note) > 0) then
+ LastPlayerNote := @CurrentPlayer.Note[CurrentPlayer.HighNote]
+ else
+ LastPlayerNote := nil;
+
+ // analyze buffer
+ CurrentSound.AnalyzeBuffer;
+
+ // add some noise
+ // TODO: do we need this?
+ //LyricsState.Tone := LyricsState.Tone + Round(Random(3)) - 1;
+
+ // add note if possible
+ if (CurrentSound.ToneValid and NoteAvailable) then
+ begin
+ Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceDetected];
+
+ // process until last note
+ for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do
+ begin
+ CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex];
+ if (CurrentLineFragment.Start <= LyricsState.OldBeatD+1) and
+ (CurrentLineFragment.Start + CurrentLineFragment.Length > LyricsState.OldBeatD+1) then
+ begin
+ // compare notes (from song-file and from player)
+
+ // move players tone to proper octave
+ while (CurrentSound.Tone - CurrentLineFragment.Tone > 6) do
+ CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentSound.Tone - 12;
+
+ while (CurrentSound.Tone - CurrentLineFragment.Tone < -6) do
+ CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentSound.Tone + 12;
+
+ // half size notes patch
+ NoteHit := false;
+
+ //if Ini.Difficulty = 0 then Range := 2;
+ //if Ini.Difficulty = 1 then Range := 1;
+ //if Ini.Difficulty = 2 then Range := 0;
+ Range := 2 - Ini.Difficulty;
+
+ // check if the player hit the correct tone within the tolerated range
+ if (Abs(CurrentLineFragment.Tone - CurrentSound.Tone) <= Range) then
+ begin
+ // adjust the players tone to the correct one
+ // TODO: do we need to do this?
+ CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentLineFragment.Tone;
+
+ // half size notes patch
+ NoteHit := true;
+
+ if (Ini.LineBonus > 0) then
+ MaxSongPoints := MAX_SONG_SCORE - MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS
+ else
+ MaxSongPoints := MAX_SONG_SCORE;
+
+ // Note: ScoreValue is the sum of all note values of the song
+ MaxLinePoints := MaxSongPoints / Lines[0].ScoreValue;
+
+ // FIXME: is this correct? Why do we add the points for a whole line
+ // if just one note is correct?
+ case CurrentLineFragment.NoteType of
+ ntNormal: CurrentPlayer.Score := CurrentPlayer.Score + MaxLinePoints;
+ ntGolden: CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden := CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden + MaxLinePoints;
+ end;
+
+ CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt := Floor(CurrentPlayer.Score / 10) * 10;
+ CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt := Floor(CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden / 10) * 10;
+
+ CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt := CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt +
+ CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt +
+ CurrentPlayer.ScoreLineInt;
+ end;
+
+ end; // operation
+ end; // for
+
+ // check if we have to add a new note or extend the note's length
+ if (SentenceDetected = SentenceMax) then
+ begin
+ // we will add a new note
+ NewNote := true;
+
+ // if previous note (if any) was the same, extend prrevious note
+ if ((CurrentPlayer.LengthNote > 0) and
+ (LastPlayerNote <> nil) and
+ (LastPlayerNote.Tone = CurrentSound.Tone) and
+ ((LastPlayerNote.Start + LastPlayerNote.Length) = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD)) then
+ begin
+ NewNote := false;
+ end;
+
+ // if is not as new note to control
+ for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do
+ begin
+ if (Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex].Start = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
+ NewNote := true;
+ end;
+
+ // add new note
+ if NewNote then
+ begin
+ // new note
+ Inc(CurrentPlayer.LengthNote);
+ Inc(CurrentPlayer.HighNote);
+ SetLength(CurrentPlayer.Note, CurrentPlayer.LengthNote);
+
+ // update player's last note
+ LastPlayerNote := @CurrentPlayer.Note[CurrentPlayer.HighNote];
+ with LastPlayerNote^ do
+ begin
+ Start := LyricsState.CurrentBeatD;
+ Length := 1;
+ Tone := CurrentSound.Tone; // Tone || ToneAbs
+ Detect := LyricsState.MidBeat;
+ Hit := NoteHit; // half note patch
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ // extend note length
+ if (LastPlayerNote <> nil) then
+ Inc(LastPlayerNote.Length);
+ end;
+
+ // check for perfect note and then lit the star (on Draw)
+ for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do
+ begin
+ CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex];
+ if (CurrentLineFragment.Start = LastPlayerNote.Start) and
+ (CurrentLineFragment.Length = LastPlayerNote.Length) and
+ (CurrentLineFragment.Tone = LastPlayerNote.Tone) then
+ begin
+ LastPlayerNote.Perfect := true;
+ end;
+ end;
+ end; // if SentenceDetected = SentenceMax
+
+ end; // if Detected
+ end; // for PlayerIndex
+
+ //Log.LogStatus('EndBeat', 'NewBeat');
+
+ // on sentence end -> for LineBonus and display of SingBar (rating pop-up)
+ if (SentenceDetected >= Low(Lines[0].Line)) and
+ (SentenceDetected <= High(Lines[0].Line)) then
+ begin
+ Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceDetected];
+ CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[Line.HighNote];
+ if ((CurrentLineFragment.Start + CurrentLineFragment.Length - 1) = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then
+ begin
+ if assigned(Screen) then
+ Screen.OnSentenceEnd(SentenceDetected);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+end;
+
+procedure ClearScores(PlayerNum: integer);
+begin
+ with Player[PlayerNum] do
+ begin
+ Score := 0;
+ ScoreLine := 0;
+ ScoreGolden := 0;
+
+ ScoreInt := 0;
+ ScoreLineInt := 0;
+ ScoreGoldenInt:= 0;
+ ScoreTotalInt := 0;
+
+ ScoreLast := 0;
+
+ LastSentencePerfect := False;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure AddSpecialPath(var PathList: TStringList; const Path: string);
+var
+ I: integer;
+ PathAbs, OldPathAbs: string;
+begin
+ if (PathList = nil) then
+ PathList := TStringList.Create;
+
+ if (Path = '') or not ForceDirectories(Path) then
+ Exit;
+
+ PathAbs := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(ExpandFileName(Path));
+
+ // check if path or a part of the path was already added
+ for I := 0 to PathList.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ OldPathAbs := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(ExpandFileName(PathList[I]));
+ // check if the new directory is a sub-directory of a previously added one.
+ // This is also true, if both paths point to the same directories.
+ if (AnsiStartsText(OldPathAbs, PathAbs)) then
+ begin
+ // ignore the new path
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ // check if a previously added directory is a sub-directory of the new one.
+ if (AnsiStartsText(PathAbs, OldPathAbs)) then
+ begin
+ // replace the old with the new one.
+ PathList[I] := PathAbs;
+ Exit;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ PathList.Add(PathAbs);
+end;
+
+procedure AddSongPath(const Path: string);
+begin
+ AddSpecialPath(SongPaths, Path);
+end;
+
+procedure AddCoverPath(const Path: string);
+begin
+ AddSpecialPath(CoverPaths, Path);
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Initialize a path variable
+ * After setting paths, make sure that paths exist
+ *)
+function FindPath(out PathResult: string; const RequestedPath: string; NeedsWritePermission: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+ Result := false;
+
+ if (RequestedPath = '') then
+ Exit;
+
+ // Make sure the directory exists
+ if (not ForceDirectories(RequestedPath)) then
+ begin
+ PathResult := '';
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ PathResult := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(RequestedPath);
+
+ if (NeedsWritePermission) and
+ (FileIsReadOnly(RequestedPath)) then
+ begin
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ Result := true;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Function sets all absolute paths e.g. song path and makes sure the directorys exist
+ *)
+procedure InitializePaths;
+begin
+ // Log directory (must be writable)
+ if (not FindPath(LogPath, Platform.GetLogPath, true)) then
+ begin
+ Log.FileOutputEnabled := false;
+ Log.LogWarn('Log directory "'+ Platform.GetLogPath +'" not available', 'InitializePaths');
+ end;
+
+ FindPath(SoundPath, Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'sounds', false);
+ FindPath(ThemePath, Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'themes', false);
+ FindPath(SkinsPath, Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'themes', false);
+ FindPath(LanguagesPath, Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'languages', false);
+ FindPath(PluginPath, Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'plugins', false);
+ FindPath(VisualsPath, Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'visuals', false);
+ FindPath(FontPath, Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'fonts', false);
+ FindPath(ResourcesPath, Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'resources', false);
+
+ // Playlists are not shared as we need one directory to write too
+ FindPath(PlaylistPath, Platform.GetGameUserPath + 'playlists', true);
+
+ // Screenshot directory (must be writable)
+ if (not FindPath(ScreenshotsPath, Platform.GetGameUserPath + 'screenshots', true)) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogWarn('Screenshot directory "'+ Platform.GetGameUserPath +'" not available', 'InitializePaths');
+ end;
+
+ // Add song paths
+ AddSongPath(Params.SongPath);
+ AddSongPath(Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'songs');
+ AddSongPath(Platform.GetGameUserPath + 'songs');
+
+ // Add category cover paths
+ AddCoverPath(Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'covers');
+ AddCoverPath(Platform.GetGameUserPath + 'covers');
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UModules.pas b/unicode/src/base/UModules.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..97494180
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UModules.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UModules;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+{*********************
+ UModules
+ Unit Contains all used Modules in its uses clausel
+ and a const with an array of all Modules to load
+*********************}
+
+uses
+ UCoreModule,
+ UPluginLoader;
+
+const
+ CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD: Array[0..2] of cCoreModule = (
+ TPluginLoader, //First because it has to look if there are Module replacements (Feature o/t Future)
+ TCoreModule, //Remove this later, just a dummy
+ TtehPlugins //Represents the Plugins. Last because they may use CoreModules Services etc.
+ );
+
+implementation
+
+end. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UMusic.pas b/unicode/src/base/UMusic.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..792d5e3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UMusic.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1258 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UMusic;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ UTime,
+ Classes;
+
+type
+ TNoteType = (ntFreestyle, ntNormal, ntGolden);
+
+ (**
+ * TLineFragment represents a fragment of a lyrics line.
+ * This is a text-fragment (e.g. a syllable) assigned to a note pitch,
+ * represented by a bar in the sing-screen.
+ *)
+ PLineFragment = ^TLineFragment;
+ TLineFragment = record
+ Color: integer;
+ Start: integer; // beat the fragment starts at
+ Length: integer; // length in beats
+ Tone: integer; // full range tone
+ Text: string; // text assigned to this fragment (a syllable, word, etc.)
+ NoteType: TNoteType; // note-type: golden-note/freestyle etc.
+ end;
+
+ (**
+ * TLine represents one lyrics line and consists of multiple
+ * notes.
+ *)
+ PLine = ^TLine;
+ TLine = record
+ Start: integer; // the start beat of this line (<> start beat of the first note of this line)
+ Lyric: string;
+ LyricWidth: real; // @deprecated: width of the line in pixels.
+ // Do not use this as the width is not correct.
+ // Use TLyricsEngine.GetUpperLine().Width instead.
+ End_: integer;
+ BaseNote: integer;
+ HighNote: integer; // index of last note in line (= High(Note)?)
+ TotalNotes: integer; // value of all notes in the line
+ LastLine: boolean;
+ Note: array of TLineFragment;
+ end;
+
+ (**
+ * TLines stores sets of lyric lines and information on them.
+ * Normally just one set is defined but in duet mode it might for example
+ * contain two sets.
+ *)
+ TLines = record
+ Current: integer; // for drawing of current line
+ High: integer; // (= High(Line)?)
+ Number: integer;
+ Resolution: integer;
+ NotesGAP: integer;
+ ScoreValue: integer;
+ Line: array of TLine;
+ end;
+
+ (**
+ * TLyricsState contains all information concerning the
+ * state of the lyrics, e.g. the current beat or duration of the lyrics.
+ *)
+ TLyricsState = class
+ private
+ Timer: TRelativeTimer; // keeps track of the current time
+ public
+ OldBeat: integer; // previous discovered beat
+ CurrentBeat: integer; // current beat (rounded)
+ MidBeat: real; // current beat (float)
+
+ // now we use this for super synchronization!
+ // only used when analyzing voice
+ // TODO: change ...D to ...Detect(ed)
+ OldBeatD: integer; // previous discovered beat
+ CurrentBeatD: integer; // current discovered beat (rounded)
+ MidBeatD: real; // current discovered beat (float)
+
+ // we use this for audible clicks
+ // TODO: Change ...C to ...Click
+ OldBeatC: integer; // previous discovered beat
+ CurrentBeatC: integer;
+ MidBeatC: real; // like CurrentBeatC
+
+ OldLine: integer; // previous displayed sentence
+
+ StartTime: real; // time till start of lyrics (= Gap)
+ TotalTime: real; // total song time
+
+ constructor Create();
+ procedure Pause();
+ procedure Resume();
+
+ procedure Reset();
+ procedure UpdateBeats();
+
+ (**
+ * current song time (in seconds) used as base-timer for lyrics etc.
+ *)
+ function GetCurrentTime(): real;
+ procedure SetCurrentTime(Time: real);
+ end;
+
+
+const
+ FFTSize = 512; // size of FFT data (output: FFTSize/2 values)
+type
+ TFFTData = array[0..(FFTSize div 2)-1] of Single;
+
+type
+ PPCMStereoSample = ^TPCMStereoSample;
+ TPCMStereoSample = array[0..1] of SmallInt;
+ TPCMData = array[0..511] of TPCMStereoSample;
+
+type
+ TStreamStatus = (ssStopped, ssPlaying, ssPaused);
+const
+ StreamStatusStr: array[TStreamStatus] of string =
+ ('Stopped', 'Playing', 'Paused');
+
+type
+ TAudioSampleFormat = (
+ asfU8, asfS8, // unsigned/signed 8 bits
+ asfU16LSB, asfS16LSB, // unsigned/signed 16 bits (endianness: LSB)
+ asfU16MSB, asfS16MSB, // unsigned/signed 16 bits (endianness: MSB)
+ asfU16, asfS16, // unsigned/signed 16 bits (endianness: System)
+ asfS32, // signed 32 bits (endianness: System)
+ asfFloat, // float
+ asfDouble // double
+ );
+
+const
+ // Size of one sample (one channel only) in bytes
+ AudioSampleSize: array[TAudioSampleFormat] of integer = (
+ 1, 1, // asfU8, asfS8
+ 2, 2, // asfU16LSB, asfS16LSB
+ 2, 2, // asfU16MSB, asfS16MSB
+ 2, 2, // asfU16, asfS16
+ 3, // asfS24
+ 4, // asfS32
+ 4 // asfFloat
+ );
+
+const
+ CHANNELMAP_LEFT = 1;
+ CHANNELMAP_RIGHT = 2;
+ CHANNELMAP_FRONT = CHANNELMAP_LEFT or CHANNELMAP_RIGHT;
+
+type
+ TAudioFormatInfo = class
+ private
+ fSampleRate : double;
+ fChannels : byte;
+ fFormat : TAudioSampleFormat;
+ fFrameSize : integer;
+
+ procedure SetChannels(Channels: byte);
+ procedure SetFormat(Format: TAudioSampleFormat);
+ procedure UpdateFrameSize();
+ function GetBytesPerSec(): double;
+ public
+ constructor Create(Channels: byte; SampleRate: double; Format: TAudioSampleFormat);
+ function Copy(): TAudioFormatInfo;
+
+ (**
+ * Returns the inverse ratio of the size of data in this format to its
+ * size in a given target format.
+ * Example: SrcSize*SrcInfo.GetRatio(TgtInfo) = TgtSize
+ *)
+ function GetRatio(TargetInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): double;
+
+ property SampleRate: double read fSampleRate write fSampleRate;
+ property Channels: byte read fChannels write SetChannels;
+ property Format: TAudioSampleFormat read fFormat write SetFormat;
+ property FrameSize: integer read fFrameSize;
+ property BytesPerSec: double read GetBytesPerSec;
+ end;
+
+type
+ TSoundEffect = class
+ public
+ EngineData: Pointer; // can be used for engine-specific data
+ procedure Callback(Buffer: PChar; BufSize: integer); virtual; abstract;
+ end;
+
+ TVoiceRemoval = class(TSoundEffect)
+ public
+ procedure Callback(Buffer: PChar; BufSize: integer); override;
+ end;
+
+type
+ TSyncSource = class
+ function GetClock(): real; virtual; abstract;
+ end;
+
+ TAudioProcessingStream = class;
+ TOnCloseHandler = procedure(Stream: TAudioProcessingStream);
+
+ TAudioProcessingStream = class
+ protected
+ OnCloseHandlers: array of TOnCloseHandler;
+
+ function GetLength(): real; virtual; abstract;
+ function GetPosition(): real; virtual; abstract;
+ procedure SetPosition(Time: real); virtual; abstract;
+ function GetLoop(): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+ procedure SetLoop(Enabled: boolean); virtual; abstract;
+
+ procedure PerformOnClose();
+ public
+ function GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo; virtual; abstract;
+ procedure Close(); virtual; abstract;
+
+ (**
+ * Adds a new OnClose action handler.
+ * The handlers are performed in the order they were added.
+ * If not stated explicitely, member-variables might have been invalidated
+ * already. So do not use any member (variable/method/...) if you are not
+ * sure it is valid.
+ *)
+ procedure AddOnCloseHandler(Handler: TOnCloseHandler);
+
+ property Length: real read GetLength;
+ property Position: real read GetPosition write SetPosition;
+ property Loop: boolean read GetLoop write SetLoop;
+ end;
+
+ TAudioSourceStream = class(TAudioProcessingStream)
+ protected
+ function IsEOF(): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+ function IsError(): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+ public
+ function ReadData(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer): integer; virtual; abstract;
+
+ property EOF: boolean read IsEOF;
+ property Error: boolean read IsError;
+ end;
+
+ (*
+ * State-Chart for playback-stream state transitions
+ * []: Transition, (): State
+ *
+ * /---[Play/FadeIn]--->-\ /-------[Pause]----->-\
+ * -[Create]->(Stop) (Play) (Pause)
+ * \\-<-[Stop/EOF*/Error]-/ \-<---[Play/FadeIn]--//
+ * \-<------------[Stop/EOF*/Error]--------------/
+ *
+ * *: if not looped, otherwise stream is repeated
+ * Note: SetPosition() does not change the state.
+ *)
+
+ TAudioPlaybackStream = class(TAudioProcessingStream)
+ protected
+ SyncSource: TSyncSource;
+ AvgSyncDiff: double;
+ SourceStream: TAudioSourceStream;
+
+ function GetLatency(): double; virtual; abstract;
+ function GetStatus(): TStreamStatus; virtual; abstract;
+ function GetVolume(): single; virtual; abstract;
+ procedure SetVolume(Volume: single); virtual; abstract;
+ function Synchronize(BufferSize: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): integer;
+ procedure FillBufferWithFrame(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer; Frame: PChar; FrameSize: integer);
+ public
+ (**
+ * Opens a SourceStream for playback.
+ * Note that the caller (not the TAudioPlaybackStream) is responsible to
+ * free the SourceStream after the Playback-Stream is closed.
+ * You may use an OnClose-handler to achieve this. GetSourceStream()
+ * guarantees to deliver this method's SourceStream parameter to
+ * the OnClose-handler. Freeing SourceStream at OnClose is allowed.
+ *)
+ function Open(SourceStream: TAudioSourceStream): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+
+ procedure Play(); virtual; abstract;
+ procedure Pause(); virtual; abstract;
+ procedure Stop(); virtual; abstract;
+ procedure FadeIn(Time: real; TargetVolume: single); virtual; abstract;
+
+ procedure GetFFTData(var data: TFFTData); virtual; abstract;
+ function GetPCMData(var data: TPCMData): Cardinal; virtual; abstract;
+
+ procedure AddSoundEffect(Effect: TSoundEffect); virtual; abstract;
+ procedure RemoveSoundEffect(Effect: TSoundEffect); virtual; abstract;
+
+ procedure SetSyncSource(SyncSource: TSyncSource);
+ function GetSourceStream(): TAudioSourceStream;
+
+ property Status: TStreamStatus read GetStatus;
+ property Volume: single read GetVolume write SetVolume;
+ end;
+
+ TAudioDecodeStream = class(TAudioSourceStream)
+ end;
+
+ TAudioVoiceStream = class(TAudioSourceStream)
+ protected
+ FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo;
+ ChannelMap: integer;
+ public
+ destructor Destroy; override;
+
+ function Open(ChannelMap: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean; virtual;
+ procedure Close(); override;
+
+ procedure WriteData(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer); virtual; abstract;
+ function GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo; override;
+
+ function GetLength(): real; override;
+ function GetPosition(): real; override;
+ procedure SetPosition(Time: real); override;
+ function GetLoop(): boolean; override;
+ procedure SetLoop(Enabled: boolean); override;
+ end;
+
+type
+ // soundcard output-devices information
+ TAudioOutputDevice = class
+ public
+ Name: string; // soundcard name
+ end;
+ TAudioOutputDeviceList = array of TAudioOutputDevice;
+
+type
+ IGenericPlayback = Interface
+ ['{63A5EBC3-3F4D-4F23-8DFB-B5165FCE33DD}']
+ function GetName: String;
+
+ function Open(const Filename: string): boolean; // true if succeed
+ procedure Close;
+
+ procedure Play;
+ procedure Pause;
+ procedure Stop;
+
+ procedure SetPosition(Time: real);
+ function GetPosition: real;
+
+ property Position: real read GetPosition write SetPosition;
+ end;
+
+ IVideoPlayback = Interface( IGenericPlayback )
+ ['{3574C40C-28AE-4201-B3D1-3D1F0759B131}']
+ function Init(): boolean;
+ function Finalize: boolean;
+
+ procedure GetFrame(Time: Extended); // WANT TO RENAME THESE TO BE MORE GENERIC
+ procedure DrawGL(Screen: integer); // WANT TO RENAME THESE TO BE MORE GENERIC
+
+ end;
+
+ IVideoVisualization = Interface( IVideoPlayback )
+ ['{5AC17D60-B34D-478D-B632-EB00D4078017}']
+ end;
+
+ IAudioPlayback = Interface( IGenericPlayback )
+ ['{E4AE0B40-3C21-4DC5-847C-20A87E0DFB96}']
+ function InitializePlayback: boolean;
+ function FinalizePlayback: boolean;
+
+ function GetOutputDeviceList(): TAudioOutputDeviceList;
+
+ procedure SetAppVolume(Volume: single);
+ procedure SetVolume(Volume: single);
+ procedure SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);
+
+ procedure FadeIn(Time: real; TargetVolume: single);
+ procedure SetSyncSource(SyncSource: TSyncSource);
+
+ procedure Rewind;
+ function Finished: boolean;
+ function Length: real;
+
+ // Sounds
+ // TODO:
+ // add a TMediaDummyPlaybackStream implementation that will
+ // be used by the TSoundLib whenever OpenSound() fails, so checking for
+ // nil-pointers is not neccessary anymore.
+ // PlaySound/StopSound will be removed then, OpenSound will be renamed to
+ // CreateSound.
+ function OpenSound(const Filename: String): TAudioPlaybackStream;
+ procedure PlaySound(Stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+ procedure StopSound(Stream: TAudioPlaybackStream);
+
+ // Equalizer
+ procedure GetFFTData(var Data: TFFTData);
+
+ // Interface for Visualizer
+ function GetPCMData(var Data: TPCMData): Cardinal;
+
+ function CreateVoiceStream(ChannelMap: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): TAudioVoiceStream;
+ end;
+
+ IGenericDecoder = Interface
+ ['{557B0E9A-604D-47E4-B826-13769F3E10B7}']
+ function GetName(): String;
+ function InitializeDecoder(): boolean;
+ function FinalizeDecoder(): boolean;
+ //function IsSupported(const Filename: string): boolean;
+ end;
+
+ (*
+ IVideoDecoder = Interface( IGenericDecoder )
+ ['{2F184B2B-FE69-44D5-9031-0A2462391DCA}']
+ function Open(const Filename: string): TVideoDecodeStream;
+ end;
+ *)
+
+ IAudioDecoder = Interface( IGenericDecoder )
+ ['{AB47B1B6-2AA9-4410-BF8C-EC79561B5478}']
+ function Open(const Filename: string): TAudioDecodeStream;
+ end;
+
+ IAudioInput = Interface
+ ['{A5C8DA92-2A0C-4AB2-849B-2F7448C6003A}']
+ function GetName: String;
+ function InitializeRecord: boolean;
+ function FinalizeRecord(): boolean;
+
+ procedure CaptureStart;
+ procedure CaptureStop;
+ end;
+
+type
+ TAudioConverter = class
+ protected
+ fSrcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo;
+ fDstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo;
+ public
+ function Init(SrcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo; DstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean; virtual;
+ destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+ (**
+ * Converts the InputBuffer and stores the result in OutputBuffer.
+ * If the result is not -1, InputSize will be set to the actual number of
+ * input-buffer bytes used.
+ * Returns the number of bytes written to the output-buffer or -1 if an error occured.
+ *)
+ function Convert(InputBuffer: PChar; OutputBuffer: PChar; var InputSize: integer): integer; virtual; abstract;
+
+ (**
+ * Destination/Source size ratio
+ *)
+ function GetRatio(): double; virtual; abstract;
+
+ function GetOutputBufferSize(InputSize: integer): integer; virtual; abstract;
+ property SrcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo read fSrcFormatInfo;
+ property DstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo read fDstFormatInfo;
+ end;
+
+(* TODO
+const
+ SOUNDID_START = 0;
+ SOUNDID_BACK = 1;
+ SOUNDID_SWOOSH = 2;
+ SOUNDID_CHANGE = 3;
+ SOUNDID_OPTION = 4;
+ SOUNDID_CLICK = 5;
+ LAST_SOUNDID = SOUNDID_CLICK;
+
+ BaseSoundFilenames: array[0..LAST_SOUNDID] of string = (
+ '%SOUNDPATH%/Common start.mp3', // Start
+ '%SOUNDPATH%/Common back.mp3', // Back
+ '%SOUNDPATH%/menu swoosh.mp3', // Swoosh
+ '%SOUNDPATH%/select music change music 50.mp3', // Change
+ '%SOUNDPATH%/option change col.mp3', // Option
+ '%SOUNDPATH%/rimshot022b.mp3' // Click
+ {
+ '%SOUNDPATH%/bassdrumhard076b.mp3', // Drum (unused)
+ '%SOUNDPATH%/hihatclosed068b.mp3', // Hihat (unused)
+ '%SOUNDPATH%/claps050b.mp3', // Clap (unused)
+ '%SOUNDPATH%/Shuffle.mp3' // Shuffle (unused)
+ }
+ );
+*)
+
+type
+ TSoundLibrary = class
+ private
+ // TODO
+ //Sounds: array of TAudioPlaybackStream;
+ public
+ // TODO: move sounds to the private section
+ // and provide IDs instead.
+ Start: TAudioPlaybackStream;
+ Back: TAudioPlaybackStream;
+ Swoosh: TAudioPlaybackStream;
+ Change: TAudioPlaybackStream;
+ Option: TAudioPlaybackStream;
+ Click: TAudioPlaybackStream;
+ BGMusic: TAudioPlaybackStream;
+
+ constructor Create();
+ destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+ procedure LoadSounds();
+ procedure UnloadSounds();
+
+ procedure StartBgMusic();
+ procedure PauseBgMusic();
+ // TODO
+ //function AddSound(Filename: string): integer;
+ //procedure RemoveSound(ID: integer);
+ //function GetSound(ID: integer): TAudioPlaybackStream;
+ //property Sound[ID: integer]: TAudioPlaybackStream read GetSound; default;
+ end;
+
+var
+ // TODO: JB --- THESE SHOULD NOT BE GLOBAL
+ Lines: array of TLines;
+ LyricsState: TLyricsState;
+ SoundLib: TSoundLibrary;
+
+
+procedure InitializeSound;
+procedure InitializeVideo;
+procedure FinalizeMedia;
+
+function Visualization(): IVideoPlayback;
+function VideoPlayback(): IVideoPlayback;
+function AudioPlayback(): IAudioPlayback;
+function AudioInput(): IAudioInput;
+function AudioDecoders(): TInterfaceList;
+
+function MediaManager: TInterfaceList;
+
+procedure DumpMediaInterfaces();
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ sysutils,
+ math,
+ UIni,
+ UMain,
+ UCommandLine,
+ URecord,
+ ULog;
+
+var
+ DefaultVideoPlayback : IVideoPlayback;
+ DefaultVisualization : IVideoPlayback;
+ DefaultAudioPlayback : IAudioPlayback;
+ DefaultAudioInput : IAudioInput;
+ AudioDecoderList : TInterfaceList;
+ MediaInterfaceList : TInterfaceList;
+
+
+constructor TAudioFormatInfo.Create(Channels: byte; SampleRate: double; Format: TAudioSampleFormat);
+begin
+ inherited Create();
+ fChannels := Channels;
+ fSampleRate := SampleRate;
+ fFormat := Format;
+ UpdateFrameSize();
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioFormatInfo.SetChannels(Channels: byte);
+begin
+ fChannels := Channels;
+ UpdateFrameSize();
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioFormatInfo.SetFormat(Format: TAudioSampleFormat);
+begin
+ fFormat := Format;
+ UpdateFrameSize();
+end;
+
+function TAudioFormatInfo.GetBytesPerSec(): double;
+begin
+ Result := FrameSize * SampleRate;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioFormatInfo.UpdateFrameSize();
+begin
+ fFrameSize := AudioSampleSize[fFormat] * fChannels;
+end;
+
+function TAudioFormatInfo.Copy(): TAudioFormatInfo;
+begin
+ Result := TAudioFormatInfo.Create(Self.Channels, Self.SampleRate, Self.Format);
+end;
+
+function TAudioFormatInfo.GetRatio(TargetInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): double;
+begin
+ Result := (TargetInfo.FrameSize / Self.FrameSize) *
+ (TargetInfo.SampleRate / Self.SampleRate)
+end;
+
+
+function MediaManager: TInterfaceList;
+begin
+ if (not assigned(MediaInterfaceList)) then
+ MediaInterfaceList := TInterfaceList.Create();
+ Result := MediaInterfaceList;
+end;
+
+function VideoPlayback(): IVideoPlayback;
+begin
+ Result := DefaultVideoPlayback;
+end;
+
+function Visualization(): IVideoPlayback;
+begin
+ Result := DefaultVisualization;
+end;
+
+function AudioPlayback(): IAudioPlayback;
+begin
+ Result := DefaultAudioPlayback;
+end;
+
+function AudioInput(): IAudioInput;
+begin
+ Result := DefaultAudioInput;
+end;
+
+function AudioDecoders(): TInterfaceList;
+begin
+ Result := AudioDecoderList;
+end;
+
+procedure FilterInterfaceList(const IID: TGUID; InList, OutList: TInterfaceList);
+var
+ i: integer;
+ obj: IInterface;
+begin
+ if (not assigned(OutList)) then
+ Exit;
+
+ OutList.Clear;
+ for i := 0 to InList.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ if assigned(InList[i]) then
+ begin
+ // add object to list if it implements the interface searched for
+ if (InList[i].QueryInterface(IID, obj) = 0) then
+ OutList.Add(obj);
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure InitializeSound;
+var
+ i: integer;
+ InterfaceList: TInterfaceList;
+ CurrentAudioDecoder: IAudioDecoder;
+ CurrentAudioPlayback: IAudioPlayback;
+ CurrentAudioInput: IAudioInput;
+begin
+ // create a temporary list for interface enumeration
+ InterfaceList := TInterfaceList.Create();
+
+ // initialize all audio-decoders first
+ FilterInterfaceList(IAudioDecoder, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+ for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ CurrentAudioDecoder := IAudioDecoder(InterfaceList[i]);
+ if (not CurrentAudioDecoder.InitializeDecoder()) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogError('Initialize failed, Removing - '+ CurrentAudioDecoder.GetName);
+ MediaManager.Remove(CurrentAudioDecoder);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ // create and setup decoder-list (see AudioDecoders())
+ AudioDecoderList := TInterfaceList.Create;
+ FilterInterfaceList(IAudioDecoder, MediaManager, AudioDecoders);
+
+ // find and initialize playback interface
+ DefaultAudioPlayback := nil;
+ FilterInterfaceList(IAudioPlayback, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+ for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ CurrentAudioPlayback := IAudioPlayback(InterfaceList[i]);
+ if (CurrentAudioPlayback.InitializePlayback()) then
+ begin
+ DefaultAudioPlayback := CurrentAudioPlayback;
+ break;
+ end;
+ Log.LogError('Initialize failed, Removing - '+ CurrentAudioPlayback.GetName);
+ MediaManager.Remove(CurrentAudioPlayback);
+ end;
+
+ // find and initialize input interface
+ DefaultAudioInput := nil;
+ FilterInterfaceList(IAudioInput, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+ for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ CurrentAudioInput := IAudioInput(InterfaceList[i]);
+ if (CurrentAudioInput.InitializeRecord()) then
+ begin
+ DefaultAudioInput := CurrentAudioInput;
+ break;
+ end;
+ Log.LogError('Initialize failed, Removing - '+ CurrentAudioInput.GetName);
+ MediaManager.Remove(CurrentAudioInput);
+ end;
+
+ InterfaceList.Free;
+
+ // Update input-device list with registered devices
+ AudioInputProcessor.UpdateInputDeviceConfig();
+
+ // Load in-game sounds
+ SoundLib := TSoundLibrary.Create;
+end;
+
+procedure InitializeVideo();
+var
+ i: integer;
+ InterfaceList: TInterfaceList;
+ VideoInterface: IVideoPlayback;
+ VisualInterface: IVideoVisualization;
+begin
+ InterfaceList := TInterfaceList.Create;
+
+ // initialize and set video-playback singleton
+ DefaultVideoPlayback := nil;
+ FilterInterfaceList(IVideoPlayback, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+ for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ VideoInterface := IVideoPlayback(InterfaceList[i]);
+ if (VideoInterface.Init()) then
+ begin
+ DefaultVideoPlayback := VideoInterface;
+ break;
+ end;
+ Log.LogError('Initialize failed, Removing - '+ VideoInterface.GetName);
+ MediaManager.Remove(VideoInterface);
+ end;
+
+ // initialize and set visualization singleton
+ DefaultVisualization := nil;
+ FilterInterfaceList(IVideoVisualization, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+ for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ VisualInterface := IVideoVisualization(InterfaceList[i]);
+ if (VisualInterface.Init()) then
+ begin
+ DefaultVisualization := VisualInterface;
+ break;
+ end;
+ Log.LogError('Initialize failed, Removing - '+ VisualInterface.GetName);
+ MediaManager.Remove(VisualInterface);
+ end;
+
+ InterfaceList.Free;
+
+ // now that we have all interfaces, we can dump them
+ // TODO: move this to another place
+ if FindCmdLineSwitch( cMediaInterfaces ) then
+ begin
+ DumpMediaInterfaces();
+ halt;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure UnloadMediaModules;
+var
+ i: integer;
+ InterfaceList: TInterfaceList;
+begin
+ FreeAndNil(AudioDecoderList);
+ DefaultAudioPlayback := nil;
+ DefaultAudioInput := nil;
+ DefaultVideoPlayback := nil;
+ DefaultVisualization := nil;
+
+ // create temporary interface list
+ InterfaceList := TInterfaceList.Create();
+
+ // finalize audio playback interfaces (should be done before the decoders)
+ FilterInterfaceList(IAudioPlayback, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+ for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+ IAudioPlayback(InterfaceList[i]).FinalizePlayback();
+
+ // finalize audio input interfaces
+ FilterInterfaceList(IAudioInput, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+ for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+ IAudioInput(InterfaceList[i]).FinalizeRecord();
+
+ // finalize audio decoder interfaces
+ FilterInterfaceList(IAudioDecoder, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+ for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+ IAudioDecoder(InterfaceList[i]).FinalizeDecoder();
+
+ // finalize video interfaces
+ FilterInterfaceList(IVideoPlayback, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+ for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+ IVideoPlayback(InterfaceList[i]).Finalize();
+
+ // finalize audio decoder interfaces
+ FilterInterfaceList(IVideoVisualization, MediaManager, InterfaceList);
+ for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do
+ IVideoVisualization(InterfaceList[i]).Finalize();
+
+ InterfaceList.Free;
+
+ // finally free interfaces (by removing all references to them)
+ FreeAndNil(MediaInterfaceList);
+end;
+
+procedure FinalizeMedia;
+begin
+ // stop, close and free sounds
+ SoundLib.Free;
+
+ // stop and close music stream
+ if (AudioPlayback <> nil) then
+ AudioPlayback.Close;
+
+ // stop any active captures
+ if (AudioInput <> nil) then
+ AudioInput.CaptureStop;
+
+ if (VideoPlayback <> nil) then
+ VideoPlayback.Close;
+
+ if (Visualization <> nil) then
+ Visualization.Close;
+
+ UnloadMediaModules();
+end;
+
+procedure DumpMediaInterfaces();
+begin
+ writeln( '' );
+ writeln( '--------------------------------------------------------------' );
+ writeln( ' In-use Media Interfaces ' );
+ writeln( '--------------------------------------------------------------' );
+ writeln( 'Registered Audio Playback Interface : ' + AudioPlayback.GetName );
+ writeln( 'Registered Audio Input Interface : ' + AudioInput.GetName );
+ writeln( 'Registered Video Playback Interface : ' + VideoPlayback.GetName );
+ writeln( 'Registered Visualization Interface : ' + Visualization.GetName );
+ writeln( '--------------------------------------------------------------' );
+ writeln( '' );
+end;
+
+
+{ TSoundLibrary }
+
+constructor TSoundLibrary.Create();
+begin
+ inherited;
+ LoadSounds();
+end;
+
+destructor TSoundLibrary.Destroy();
+begin
+ UnloadSounds();
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TSoundLibrary.LoadSounds();
+begin
+ UnloadSounds();
+
+ Start := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'Common start.mp3');
+ Back := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'Common back.mp3');
+ Swoosh := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'menu swoosh.mp3');
+ Change := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'select music change music 50.mp3');
+ Option := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'option change col.mp3');
+ Click := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'rimshot022b.mp3');
+
+ BGMusic := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'Bebeto_-_Loop010.mp3');
+
+ if (BGMusic <> nil) then
+ BGMusic.Loop := True;
+end;
+
+procedure TSoundLibrary.UnloadSounds();
+begin
+ FreeAndNil(Start);
+ FreeAndNil(Back);
+ FreeAndNil(Swoosh);
+ FreeAndNil(Change);
+ FreeAndNil(Option);
+ FreeAndNil(Click);
+ FreeAndNil(BGMusic);
+end;
+
+(* TODO
+function TSoundLibrary.GetSound(ID: integer): TAudioPlaybackStream;
+begin
+ if ((ID >= 0) and (ID < Length(Sounds))) then
+ Result := Sounds[ID]
+ else
+ Result := nil;
+end;
+*)
+
+procedure TSoundLibrary.StartBgMusic();
+begin
+ if (TBackgroundMusicOption(Ini.BackgroundMusicOption) = bmoOn) and
+ (Soundlib.BGMusic <> nil) and not (Soundlib.BGMusic.Status = ssPlaying) then
+ begin
+ AudioPlayback.PlaySound(Soundlib.BGMusic);
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSoundLibrary.PauseBgMusic();
+begin
+ If (Soundlib.BGMusic <> nil) then
+ begin
+ Soundlib.BGMusic.Pause;
+ end;
+end;
+
+{ TVoiceRemoval }
+
+procedure TVoiceRemoval.Callback(Buffer: PChar; BufSize: integer);
+var
+ FrameIndex, FrameSize: integer;
+ Value: integer;
+ Sample: PPCMStereoSample;
+begin
+ FrameSize := 2 * SizeOf(SmallInt);
+ for FrameIndex := 0 to (BufSize div FrameSize)-1 do
+ begin
+ Sample := PPCMStereoSample(Buffer);
+ // channel difference
+ Value := Sample[0] - Sample[1];
+ // clip
+ if (Value > High(SmallInt)) then
+ Value := High(SmallInt)
+ else if (Value < Low(SmallInt)) then
+ Value := Low(SmallInt);
+ // assign result
+ Sample[0] := Value;
+ Sample[1] := Value;
+ // increase to next frame
+ Inc(Buffer, FrameSize);
+ end;
+end;
+
+
+{ TVoiceRemoval }
+
+constructor TLyricsState.Create();
+begin
+ // create a triggered timer, so we can Pause() it, set the time
+ // and Resume() it afterwards for better synching.
+ Timer := TRelativeTimer.Create(true);
+
+ // reset state
+ Reset();
+end;
+
+procedure TLyricsState.Pause();
+begin
+ Timer.Pause();
+end;
+
+procedure TLyricsState.Resume();
+begin
+ Timer.Resume();
+end;
+
+procedure TLyricsState.SetCurrentTime(Time: real);
+begin
+ // do not start the timer (if not started already),
+ // after setting the current time
+ Timer.SetTime(Time, false);
+end;
+
+function TLyricsState.GetCurrentTime(): real;
+begin
+ Result := Timer.GetTime();
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Resets the timer and state of the lyrics.
+ * The timer will be stopped afterwards so you have to call Resume()
+ * to start the lyrics timer.
+ *)
+procedure TLyricsState.Reset();
+begin
+ Pause();
+ SetCurrentTime(0);
+
+ StartTime := 0;
+ TotalTime := 0;
+
+ OldBeat := -1;
+ MidBeat := -1;
+ CurrentBeat := -1;
+
+ OldBeatC := -1;
+ MidBeatC := -1;
+ CurrentBeatC := -1;
+
+ OldBeatD := -1;
+ MidBeatD := -1;
+ CurrentBeatD := -1;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Updates the beat information (CurrentBeat/MidBeat/...) according to the
+ * current lyric time.
+ *)
+procedure TLyricsState.UpdateBeats();
+var
+ CurLyricsTime: real;
+begin
+ CurLyricsTime := GetCurrentTime();
+
+ OldBeat := CurrentBeat;
+ MidBeat := GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - StartTime / 1000);
+ CurrentBeat := Floor(MidBeat);
+
+ OldBeatC := CurrentBeatC;
+ MidBeatC := GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - StartTime / 1000);
+ CurrentBeatC := Floor(MidBeatC);
+
+ OldBeatD := CurrentBeatD;
+ // MidBeatD = MidBeat with additional GAP
+ MidBeatD := -0.5 + GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - (StartTime + 120 + 20) / 1000);
+ CurrentBeatD := Floor(MidBeatD);
+end;
+
+
+{ TAudioConverter }
+
+function TAudioConverter.Init(SrcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo; DstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean;
+begin
+ fSrcFormatInfo := SrcFormatInfo.Copy();
+ fDstFormatInfo := DstFormatInfo.Copy();
+ Result := true;
+end;
+
+destructor TAudioConverter.Destroy();
+begin
+ FreeAndNil(fSrcFormatInfo);
+ FreeAndNil(fDstFormatInfo);
+end;
+
+
+{ TAudioProcessingStream }
+
+procedure TAudioProcessingStream.AddOnCloseHandler(Handler: TOnCloseHandler);
+begin
+ if (@Handler <> nil) then
+ begin
+ SetLength(OnCloseHandlers, System.Length(OnCloseHandlers)+1);
+ OnCloseHandlers[High(OnCloseHandlers)] := @Handler;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioProcessingStream.PerformOnClose();
+var i: integer;
+begin
+ for i := 0 to High(OnCloseHandlers) do
+ begin
+ OnCloseHandlers[i](Self);
+ end;
+end;
+
+
+{ TAudioPlaybackStream }
+
+function TAudioPlaybackStream.GetSourceStream(): TAudioSourceStream;
+begin
+ Result := SourceStream;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioPlaybackStream.SetSyncSource(SyncSource: TSyncSource);
+begin
+ Self.SyncSource := SyncSource;
+ AvgSyncDiff := -1;
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Results an adjusted size of the input buffer size to keep the stream in sync
+ * with the SyncSource. If no SyncSource was assigned to this stream, the
+ * input buffer size will be returned, so this method will have no effect.
+ *
+ * These are the possible cases:
+ * - Result > BufferSize: stream is behind the sync-source (stream is too slow),
+ * (Result-BufferSize) bytes of the buffer must be skipped.
+ * - Result = BufferSize: stream is in sync,
+ * there is nothing to do.
+ * - Result < BufferSize: stream is ahead of the sync-source (stream is too fast),
+ * (BufferSize-Result) bytes of the buffer must be padded.
+ *)
+function TAudioPlaybackStream.Synchronize(BufferSize: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): integer;
+var
+ TimeDiff: double;
+ TimeCorrectionFactor: double;
+const
+ AVG_HISTORY_FACTOR = 0.9;
+ SYNC_THRESHOLD = 0.045;
+ MAX_SYNC_DIFF_TIME = 0.002;
+begin
+ Result := BufferSize;
+
+ if (not assigned(SyncSource)) then
+ Exit;
+
+ if (BufferSize <= 0) then
+ Exit;
+
+ // difference between sync-source and stream position
+ // (negative if the music-stream's position is ahead of the master clock)
+ TimeDiff := SyncSource.GetClock() - (Position - GetLatency());
+
+ // calculate average time difference (some sort of weighted mean).
+ // The bigger AVG_HISTORY_FACTOR is, the smoother is the average diff.
+ // This means that older diffs are weighted more with a higher history factor
+ // than with a lower. Do not use a too low history factor. FFmpeg produces
+ // very instable timestamps (pts) for ogg due to some bugs. They may differ
+ // +-50ms from the real stream position. Without filtering those glitches we
+ // would synch without any need, resulting in ugly plopping sounds.
+ if (AvgSyncDiff = -1) then
+ AvgSyncDiff := TimeDiff
+ else
+ AvgSyncDiff := TimeDiff * (1-AVG_HISTORY_FACTOR) +
+ AvgSyncDiff * AVG_HISTORY_FACTOR;
+
+ // check if sync needed
+ if (Abs(AvgSyncDiff) >= SYNC_THRESHOLD) then
+ begin
+ // TODO: use SetPosition if diff is too large (>5s)
+ if (TimeDiff < 1) then
+ TimeCorrectionFactor := Sign(TimeDiff)*TimeDiff*TimeDiff
+ else
+ TimeCorrectionFactor := TimeDiff;
+
+ // calculate adapted buffer size
+ // reduce size of data to fetch if music is ahead, increase otherwise
+ Result := BufferSize + Round(TimeCorrectionFactor * FormatInfo.SampleRate) * FormatInfo.FrameSize;
+ if (Result < 0) then
+ Result := 0;
+
+ // reset average
+ AvgSyncDiff := -1;
+ end;
+
+ (*
+ DebugWriteln('Diff: ' + floattostrf(TimeDiff, ffFixed, 15, 3) +
+ '| SyS: ' + floattostrf(SyncSource.GetClock(), ffFixed, 15, 3) +
+ '| Pos: ' + floattostrf(Position, ffFixed, 15, 3) +
+ '| Avg: ' + floattostrf(AvgSyncDiff, ffFixed, 15, 3));
+ *)
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Fills a buffer with copies of the given frame or with 0 if frame.
+ *)
+procedure TAudioPlaybackStream.FillBufferWithFrame(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer; Frame: PChar; FrameSize: integer);
+var
+ i: integer;
+ FrameCopyCount: integer;
+begin
+ // the buffer must at least contain place for one copy of the frame.
+ if ((Buffer = nil) or (BufferSize <= 0) or (BufferSize < FrameSize)) then
+ Exit;
+
+ // no valid frame -> fill with 0
+ if ((Frame = nil) or (FrameSize <= 0)) then
+ begin
+ FillChar(Buffer[0], BufferSize, 0);
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ // number of frames to copy
+ FrameCopyCount := BufferSize div FrameSize;
+ // insert as many copies of frame into the buffer as possible
+ for i := 0 to FrameCopyCount-1 do
+ Move(Frame[0], Buffer[i*FrameSize], FrameSize);
+end;
+
+{ TAudioVoiceStream }
+
+function TAudioVoiceStream.Open(ChannelMap: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean;
+begin
+ Self.ChannelMap := ChannelMap;
+ Self.FormatInfo := FormatInfo.Copy();
+ // a voice stream is always mono, reassure the the format is correct
+ Self.FormatInfo.Channels := 1;
+ Result := true;
+end;
+
+destructor TAudioVoiceStream.Destroy;
+begin
+ Close();
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioVoiceStream.Close();
+begin
+ PerformOnClose();
+ FreeAndNil(FormatInfo);
+end;
+
+function TAudioVoiceStream.GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo;
+begin
+ Result := FormatInfo;
+end;
+
+function TAudioVoiceStream.GetLength(): real;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+end;
+
+function TAudioVoiceStream.GetPosition(): real;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioVoiceStream.SetPosition(Time: real);
+begin
+end;
+
+function TAudioVoiceStream.GetLoop(): boolean;
+begin
+ Result := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioVoiceStream.SetLoop(Enabled: boolean);
+begin
+end;
+
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UParty.pas b/unicode/src/base/UParty.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cf19e46e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UParty.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UParty;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE DELPHI}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ UPartyDefs,
+ UCoreModule,
+ UPluginDefs;
+
+type
+ ARounds = Array [0..252] of Integer; //0..252 needed for
+ PARounds = ^ARounds;
+
+ TRoundInfo = record
+ Modi: Cardinal;
+ Winner: Byte;
+ end;
+
+ TeamOrderEntry = record
+ Teamnum: Byte;
+ Score: Byte;
+ end;
+
+ TeamOrderArray = Array[0..5] of Byte;
+
+ TUS_ModiInfoEx = record
+ Info: TUS_ModiInfo;
+ Owner: Integer;
+ TimesPlayed: Byte; //Helper for setting Round Plugins
+ end;
+
+ TPartySession = class (TCoreModule)
+ private
+ bPartyMode: Boolean; //Is this Party or Singleplayer
+ CurRound: Byte;
+
+ Modis: Array of TUS_ModiInfoEx;
+ Teams: TTeamInfo;
+
+ function IsWinner(Player, Winner: Byte): boolean;
+ procedure GenScores;
+ function GetRandomPlugin(TeamMode: Boolean): Cardinal;
+ function GetRandomPlayer(Team: Byte): Byte;
+ public
+ //Teams: TTeamInfo;
+ Rounds: array of TRoundInfo;
+
+ //TCoreModule methods to inherit
+ Constructor Create; override;
+ Procedure Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo); override;
+ Function Load: Boolean; override;
+ Function Init: Boolean; override;
+ Procedure DeInit; override;
+ Destructor Destroy; override;
+
+ //Register Modi Service
+ Function RegisterModi(nothin: TwParam; pModiInfo: TlParam): integer; //Registers a new Modi. wParam: Pointer to TUS_ModiInfo
+
+ //Start new Party
+ Function StartParty(NumRounds: TwParam; PAofIRounds: TlParam): integer; //Starts new Party Mode. Returns Non Zero on Success
+ Function GetCurModi(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Returns Pointer to Cur. Modis TUS_ModiInfo (to Use with Singscreen)
+ Function StopParty(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Stops Party Mode. Returns 1 If Partymode was enabled before.
+ Function NextRound(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Increases CurRound by 1; Returns num of Round or -1 if last Round is already played
+
+ Function CallModiInit(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Calls CurModis Init Proc. If an Error occurs, Returns Nonzero. In this Case a New Plugin was Selected. Please renew Loading
+ Function CallModiDeInit(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Calls DeInitProc and does the RoundEnding
+
+ Function GetTeamInfo(wParam: TwParam; pTeamInfo: TlParam): integer; //Writes TTeamInfo Record to Pointer at lParam. Returns Zero on Success
+ Function SetTeamInfo(wParam: TwParam; pTeamInfo: TlParam): integer; //Read TTeamInfo Record from Pointer at lParam. Returns Zero on Success
+
+ Function GetTeamOrder(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Returns Team Order. Structure: Bits 1..3: Team at Place1; Bits 4..6: Team at Place2 ...
+ Function GetWinnerString(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //wParam is Roundnum. If (Pointer = nil) then Return Length of the String. Otherwise Write the String to Address at lParam
+ end;
+
+const
+ StandardModi = 0; //Modi ID that will be played in non party Mode
+
+implementation
+
+uses UCore, UGraphic, UMain, ULanguage, ULog, SysUtils;
+
+{*********************
+ TPluginLoader
+ Implentation
+*********************}
+
+//-------------
+// Function that gives some Infos about the Module to the Core
+//-------------
+Procedure TPartySession.Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo);
+begin
+ pInfo^.Name := 'TPartySession';
+ pInfo^.Version := MakeVersion(1,0,0,chr(0));
+ pInfo^.Description := 'Manages Party Modi and Party Game';
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Just the Constructor
+//-------------
+Constructor TPartySession.Create;
+begin
+ inherited;
+ //UnSet PartyMode
+ bPartyMode := False;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Is Called on Loading.
+//In this Method only Events and Services should be created
+//to offer them to other Modules or Plugins during the Init process
+//If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
+//-------------
+Function TPartySession.Load: Boolean;
+begin
+ //Add Register Party Modi Service
+ Result := True;
+ Core.Services.AddService('Party/RegisterModi', nil, Self.RegisterModi);
+ Core.Services.AddService('Party/StartParty', nil, Self.StartParty);
+ Core.Services.AddService('Party/GetCurModi', nil, Self.GetCurModi);
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Is Called on Init Process
+//In this Method you can Hook some Events and Create + Init
+//your Classes, Variables etc.
+//If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
+//-------------
+Function TPartySession.Init: Boolean;
+begin
+ //Just set Prvate Var to true.
+ Result := true;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Is Called if this Module has been Inited and there is a Exit.
+//Deinit is in backwards Initing Order
+//-------------
+Procedure TPartySession.DeInit;
+begin
+ //Force DeInit
+
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Is Called if this Module will be unloaded and has been created
+//Should be used to Free Memory
+//-------------
+Destructor TPartySession.Destroy;
+begin
+ //Just save some Memory if it wasn't done now..
+ SetLength(Modis, 0);
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Registers a new Modi. wParam: Pointer to TUS_ModiInfo
+// Service for Plugins
+//-------------
+Function TPartySession.RegisterModi(nothin: TwParam; pModiInfo: TlParam): integer;
+var
+ Len: Integer;
+ Info: PUS_ModiInfo;
+begin
+ Info := PModiInfo;
+ //Copy Info if cbSize is correct
+ If (Info.cbSize = SizeOf(TUS_ModiInfo)) then
+ begin
+ Len := Length(Modis);
+ SetLength(Modis, Len + 1);
+
+ Modis[Len].Info := Info^;
+ end
+ else
+ Core.ReportError(Integer(PChar('Plugins try to Register Modi with wrong Pointer, or wrong TUS_ModiInfo Record.')), PChar('TPartySession'));
+
+ // FIXME: return a valid result
+ Result := 0;
+end;
+
+//----------
+// Returns a Number of a Random Plugin
+//----------
+Function TPartySession.GetRandomPlugin(TeamMode: Boolean): Cardinal;
+var
+ LowestTP: Byte;
+ NumPwithLTP: Word;
+ I: Integer;
+ R: Word;
+begin
+ Result := StandardModi; //If there are no matching Modis, Play StandardModi
+ LowestTP := high(Byte);
+ NumPwithLTP := 0;
+
+ //Search for Plugins not often played yet
+ For I := 0 to high(Modis) do
+ begin
+ if (Modis[I].TimesPlayed < lowestTP) And (((Modis[I].Info.LoadingSettings AND MLS_TeamOnly) <> 0) = TeamMode) then
+ begin
+ lowestTP := Modis[I].TimesPlayed;
+ NumPwithLTP := 1;
+ end
+ else if (Modis[I].TimesPlayed = lowestTP) And (((Modis[I].Info.LoadingSettings AND MLS_TeamOnly) <> 0) = TeamMode) then
+ begin
+ Inc(NumPwithLTP);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ //Create Random No
+ R := Random(NumPwithLTP);
+
+ //Search for Random Plugin
+ For I := 0 to high(Modis) do
+ begin
+ if (Modis[I].TimesPlayed = lowestTP) And (((Modis[I].Info.LoadingSettings AND MLS_TeamOnly) <> 0) = TeamMode) then
+ begin
+ //Plugin Found
+ if (R = 0) then
+ begin
+ Result := I;
+ Inc(Modis[I].TimesPlayed);
+ Break;
+ end;
+
+ Dec(R);
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+// Starts new Party Mode. Returns Non Zero on Success
+//----------
+Function TPartySession.StartParty(NumRounds: TwParam; PAofIRounds: TlParam): integer;
+var
+ I: Integer;
+ aiRounds: PARounds;
+ TeamMode: Boolean;
+begin
+ Result := 0;
+ If (Teams.NumTeams >= 1) AND (NumRounds < High(Byte)-1) then
+ begin
+ bPartyMode := false;
+ aiRounds := PAofIRounds;
+
+ Try
+ //Is this Teammode(More then one Player per Team) ?
+ TeamMode := True;
+ For I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+ TeamMode := TeamMode AND (Teams.Teaminfo[I].NumPlayers > 1);
+
+ //Set Rounds
+ SetLength(Rounds, NumRounds);
+
+ For I := 0 to High(Rounds) do
+ begin //Set Plugins
+ If (aiRounds[I] = -1) then
+ Rounds[I].Modi := GetRandomPlugin(TeamMode)
+ Else If (aiRounds[I] >= 0) AND (aiRounds[I] <= High(Modis)) AND (TeamMode OR ((Modis[aiRounds[I]].Info.LoadingSettings AND MLS_TeamOnly) = 0)) then
+ Rounds[I].Modi := aiRounds[I]
+ Else
+ Rounds[I].Modi := StandardModi;
+
+ Rounds[I].Winner := High(Byte); //Set Winner to Not Played
+ end;
+
+ CurRound := High(Byte); //Set CurRound to not defined
+
+ //Return teh true and Set PartyMode
+ bPartyMode := True;
+ Result := 1;
+
+ Except
+ Core.ReportError(Integer(PChar('Can''t start PartyMode.')), PChar('TPartySession'));
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+// Returns Pointer to Cur. ModiInfoEx (to Use with Singscreen)
+//----------
+Function TPartySession.GetCurModi(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+begin
+ If (bPartyMode) AND (CurRound <= High(Rounds)) then
+ begin //If PartyMode is enabled:
+ //Return the Plugin of the Cur Round
+ Result := Integer(@Modis[Rounds[CurRound].Modi]);
+ end
+ else
+ begin //Return StandardModi
+ Result := Integer(@Modis[StandardModi]);
+ end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+// Stops Party Mode. Returns 1 If Partymode was enabled before. And -1 if Change was not possible
+//----------
+Function TPartySession.StopParty(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+ If (bPartyMode) then
+ begin
+ // to-do : Whitü: Check here if SingScreen is not Shown atm.
+ bPartyMode := False;
+ Result := 1;
+ end
+ else
+ Result := 0;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//GetRandomPlayer - Gives back a Random Player to Play next Round
+//----------
+function TPartySession.GetRandomPlayer(Team: Byte): Byte;
+var
+ I, R: Integer;
+ lowestTP: Byte;
+ NumPwithLTP: Byte;
+begin
+ LowestTP := high(Byte);
+ NumPwithLTP := 0;
+ Result := 0;
+
+ //Search for Players that have not often played yet
+ For I := 0 to Teams.Teaminfo[Team].NumPlayers-1 do
+ begin
+ if (Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed < lowestTP) then
+ begin
+ lowestTP := Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed;
+ NumPwithLTP := 1;
+ end
+ else if (Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed = lowestTP) then
+ begin
+ Inc(NumPwithLTP);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ //Create Random No
+ R := Random(NumPwithLTP);
+
+ //Search for Random Player
+ For I := 0 to Teams.Teaminfo[Team].NumPlayers-1 do
+ begin
+ if Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed = lowestTP then
+ begin
+ //Player Found
+ if (R = 0) then
+ begin
+ Result := I;
+ Break;
+ end;
+
+ Dec(R);
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+// NextRound - Increases CurRound by 1; Returns num of Round or -1 if last Round is already played
+//----------
+Function TPartySession.NextRound(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+var I: Integer;
+begin
+ If ((CurRound < high(Rounds)) OR (CurRound = high(CurRound))) then
+ begin //everythings OK! -> Start the Round, maaaaan
+ Inc(CurRound);
+
+ //Set Players to play this Round
+ for I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+ Teams.Teaminfo[I].CurPlayer := GetRandomPlayer(I);
+
+ // FIXME: return a valid result
+ Result := 0;
+ end
+ else
+ Result := -1;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//IsWinner - Returns True if the Players Bit is set in the Winner Byte
+//----------
+function TPartySession.IsWinner(Player, Winner: Byte): boolean;
+var
+ Bit: Byte;
+begin
+ Bit := 1 shl Player;
+
+ Result := ((Winner AND Bit) = Bit);
+end;
+
+//----------
+//GenScores - Inc Scores for Cur. Round
+//----------
+procedure TPartySession.GenScores;
+var
+ I: Byte;
+begin
+ for I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+ begin
+ if isWinner(I, Rounds[CurRound].Winner) then
+ Inc(Teams.Teaminfo[I].Score);
+ end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+// CallModiInit - Calls CurModis Init Proc. If an Error occurs, Returns Nonzero. In this Case a New Plugin was Selected. Please renew Loading
+//----------
+Function TPartySession.CallModiInit(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+begin
+ If (not bPartyMode) then
+ begin //Set Rounds if not in PartyMode
+ SetLength(Rounds, 1);
+ Rounds[0].Modi := StandardModi;
+ Rounds[0].Winner := High(Byte);
+ CurRound := 0;
+ end;
+
+ Try
+ //Core.
+ Except
+ on E : Exception do
+ begin
+ Core.ReportError(Integer(PChar('Error starting Modi: ' + Modis[Rounds[CurRound].Modi].Info.Name + ' ErrorStr: ' + E.Message)), PChar('TPartySession'));
+ If (Rounds[CurRound].Modi = StandardModi) then
+ begin
+ Core.ReportError(Integer(PChar('Can''t start StandardModi, will exit now!')), PChar('TPartySession'));
+ Halt;
+ end
+ Else //Select StandardModi
+ begin
+ Rounds[CurRound].Modi := StandardModi
+ end;
+ end;
+ End;
+
+ // FIXME: return a valid result
+ Result := 0;
+end;
+
+//----------
+// CallModiDeInit - Calls DeInitProc and does the RoundEnding
+//----------
+Function TPartySession.CallModiDeInit(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+var
+ I: Integer;
+ MaxScore: Word;
+begin
+ If (bPartyMode) then
+ begin
+ //Get Winner Byte!
+ if (@Modis[Rounds[CurRound].Modi].Info.ModiDeInit <> nil) then //get Winners from Plugin
+ Rounds[CurRound].Winner := Modis[Rounds[CurRound].Modi].Info.ModiDeInit(Modis[Rounds[CurRound].Modi].Info.ID)
+ else
+ begin //Create winners by Score :/
+ Rounds[CurRound].Winner := 0;
+ MaxScore := 0;
+ for I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+ begin
+ // to-do : recode Percentage stuff
+ //PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Percentage := PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[I].Score div 9999;
+ if (Player[I].ScoreTotalInt > MaxScore) then
+ begin
+ MaxScore := Player[I].ScoreTotalInt;
+ Rounds[CurRound].Winner := 1 shl I;
+ end
+ else if (Player[I].ScoreTotalInt = MaxScore) AND (Player[I].ScoreTotalInt <> 0) then
+ begin
+ Rounds[CurRound].Winner := Rounds[CurRound].Winner or (1 shl I);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+
+ //When nobody has Points -> Everybody loose
+ if (MaxScore = 0) then
+ Rounds[CurRound].Winner := 0;
+
+ end;
+
+ //Generate teh Scores
+ GenScores;
+
+ //Inc Players TimesPlayed
+ If ((Modis[Rounds[CurRound-1].Modi].Info.LoadingSettings AND MLS_IncTP) = MLS_IncTP) then
+ begin
+ For I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+ Inc(Teams.TeamInfo[I].Playerinfo[Teams.TeamInfo[I].CurPlayer].TimesPlayed);
+ end;
+ end
+ else if (@Modis[Rounds[CurRound].Modi].Info.ModiDeInit <> nil) then
+ Modis[Rounds[CurRound].Modi].Info.ModiDeInit(Modis[Rounds[CurRound].Modi].Info.ID);
+
+ // FIXME: return a valid result
+ Result := 0;
+end;
+
+//----------
+// GetTeamInfo - Writes TTeamInfo Record to Pointer at lParam. Returns Zero on Success
+//----------
+Function TPartySession.GetTeamInfo(wParam: TwParam; pTeamInfo: TlParam): integer;
+var Info: ^TTeamInfo;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+ Info := pTeamInfo;
+ If (Info <> nil) then
+ begin
+ Try
+ // to - do : Check Delphi memory management in this case
+ //Not sure if i had to copy PChars to a new address or if delphi manages this o0
+ Info^ := Teams;
+ Result := 0;
+ Except
+ Result := -2;
+ End;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+// SetTeamInfo - Read TTeamInfo Record from Pointer at lParam. Returns Zero on Success
+//----------
+Function TPartySession.SetTeamInfo(wParam: TwParam; pTeamInfo: TlParam): integer;
+var
+ TeamInfobackup: TTeamInfo;
+ Info: ^TTeamInfo;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+ Info := pTeamInfo;
+ If (Info <> nil) then
+ begin
+ Try
+ TeamInfoBackup := Teams;
+ // to - do : Check Delphi memory management in this case
+ //Not sure if i had to copy PChars to a new address or if delphi manages this o0
+ Teams := Info^;
+ Result := 0;
+ Except
+ Teams := TeamInfoBackup;
+ Result := -2;
+ End;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+// GetTeamOrder - Returns Team Order. Structure: Bits 1..3: Team at Place1; Bits 4..6: Team at Place2 ...
+//----------
+Function TPartySession.GetTeamOrder(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+var
+ I, J: Integer;
+ ATeams: array [0..5] of TeamOrderEntry;
+ TempTeam: TeamOrderEntry;
+begin
+ // to-do : PartyMode: Write this in another way, so that teams with the same scire get the same Placing
+ //Fill Team Array
+ For I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+ begin
+ ATeams[I].Teamnum := I;
+ ATeams[I].Score := Teams.Teaminfo[I].Score;
+ end;
+
+ //Sort Teams
+ for J := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+ for I := 1 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+ if ATeams[I].Score > ATeams[I-1].Score then
+ begin
+ TempTeam := ATeams[I-1];
+ ATeams[I-1] := ATeams[I];
+ ATeams[I] := TempTeam;
+ end;
+
+ //Copy to Result
+ Result := 0;
+ For I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+ Result := Result or (ATeams[I].TeamNum Shl I*3);
+end;
+
+//----------
+// GetWinnerString - wParam is Roundnum. If (Pointer = nil) then Return Length of the String. Otherwise Write the String to Address at lParam
+//----------
+Function TPartySession.GetWinnerString(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+var
+ Winners: Array of String;
+ I: Integer;
+ ResultStr: String;
+ S: ^String;
+begin
+ ResultStr := Language.Translate('PARTY_NOBODY');
+
+ if (wParam <= High(Rounds)) then
+ begin
+ if (Rounds[wParam].Winner <> 0) then
+ begin
+ if (Rounds[wParam].Winner = 255) then
+ begin
+ ResultStr := Language.Translate('PARTY_NOTPLAYEDYET');
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ SetLength(Winners, 0);
+ for I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+ begin
+ if isWinner(I, Rounds[wParam].Winner) then
+ begin
+ SetLength(Winners, Length(Winners) + 1);
+ Winners[high(Winners)] := Teams.TeamInfo[I].Name;
+ end;
+ end;
+ ResultStr := Language.Implode(Winners);
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ //Now Return what we have got
+ If (lParam = nil) then
+ begin //ReturnString Length
+ Result := Length(ResultStr);
+ end
+ Else
+ begin //Return String
+ Try
+ S := lParam;
+ S^ := ResultStr;
+ Result := 0;
+ Except
+ Result := -1;
+
+ End;
+ end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UPlatform.pas b/unicode/src/base/UPlatform.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e4cb6f0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UPlatform.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UPlatform;
+
+// Comment by Eddie:
+// This unit defines an interface for platform specific utility functions.
+// The Interface is implemented in separate files for each platform:
+// UPlatformWindows, UPlatformLinux and UPlatformMacOSX.
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ Classes;
+
+type
+ TDirectoryEntry = record
+ Name : WideString;
+ IsDirectory : boolean;
+ IsFile : boolean;
+ end;
+
+ TDirectoryEntryArray = array of TDirectoryEntry;
+
+ TPlatform = class
+ function GetExecutionDir(): string;
+ procedure Init; virtual;
+ function DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray; virtual; abstract;
+ function TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle : string): boolean; virtual;
+ function FindSongFile(Dir, Mask: WideString): WideString; virtual;
+ procedure Halt; virtual;
+ function GetLogPath : WideString; virtual; abstract;
+ function GetGameSharedPath : WideString; virtual; abstract;
+ function GetGameUserPath : WideString; virtual; abstract;
+ function CopyFile(const Source, Target: WideString; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean; virtual;
+ end;
+
+ function Platform(): TPlatform;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ SysUtils,
+ {$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
+ UPlatformWindows,
+ {$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)}
+ UPlatformMacOSX,
+ {$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
+ UPlatformLinux,
+ {$IFEND}
+ ULog;
+
+
+// I have modified it to use the Platform_singleton in this location ( in the implementaiton )
+// so that this variable can NOT be overwritten from anywhere else in the application.
+// the accessor function platform, emulates all previous calls to work the same way.
+var
+ Platform_singleton : TPlatform;
+
+function Platform : TPlatform;
+begin
+ Result := Platform_singleton;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Default Init() implementation
+ *)
+procedure TPlatform.Init;
+begin
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Default Halt() implementation
+ *)
+procedure TPlatform.Halt;
+begin
+ // Note: Application.terminate is NOT the same
+ System.Halt;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the directory of the executable
+ *}
+function TPlatform.GetExecutionDir(): string;
+begin
+ Result := ExpandFileName(ExtractFilePath(ParamStr(0)));
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Default TerminateIfAlreadyRunning() implementation
+ *)
+function TPlatform.TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle : string): Boolean;
+begin
+ Result := false;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Default FindSongFile() implementation
+ *)
+function TPlatform.FindSongFile(Dir, Mask: WideString): WideString;
+var
+ SR: TSearchRec; // for parsing song directory
+begin
+ Result := '';
+ if SysUtils.FindFirst(Dir + Mask, faDirectory, SR) = 0 then
+ begin
+ Result := SR.Name;
+ end;
+ SysUtils.FindClose(SR);
+end;
+
+function TPlatform.CopyFile(const Source, Target: WideString; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;
+const
+ COPY_BUFFER_SIZE = 4096; // a good tradeoff between speed and memory consumption
+var
+ SourceFile, TargetFile: TFileStream;
+ FileCopyBuffer: array [0..COPY_BUFFER_SIZE-1] of byte; // temporary copy-buffer.
+ NumberOfBytes: integer; // number of bytes read from SourceFile
+begin
+ Result := false;
+ SourceFile := nil;
+ TargetFile := nil;
+
+ // if overwrite is disabled return if the target file already exists
+ if (FailIfExists and FileExists(Target)) then
+ Exit;
+
+ try
+ try
+ // open source and target file (might throw an exception on error)
+ SourceFile := TFileStream.Create(Source, fmOpenRead);
+ TargetFile := TFileStream.Create(Target, fmCreate or fmOpenWrite);
+
+ while true do
+ begin
+ // read a block from the source file and check for errors or EOF
+ NumberOfBytes := SourceFile.Read(FileCopyBuffer, SizeOf(FileCopyBuffer));
+ if (NumberOfBytes <= 0) then
+ Break;
+ // write block to target file and check if everything was written
+ if (TargetFile.Write(FileCopyBuffer, NumberOfBytes) <> NumberOfBytes) then
+ Exit;
+ end;
+ except
+ Exit;
+ end;
+ finally
+ SourceFile.Free;
+ TargetFile.Free;
+ end;
+
+ Result := true;
+end;
+
+
+initialization
+{$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
+ Platform_singleton := TPlatformWindows.Create;
+{$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)}
+ Platform_singleton := TPlatformMacOSX.Create;
+{$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
+ Platform_singleton := TPlatformLinux.Create;
+{$IFEND}
+
+finalization
+ Platform_singleton.Free;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UPlatformLinux.pas b/unicode/src/base/UPlatformLinux.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..30499a97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UPlatformLinux.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UPlatformLinux;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ Classes,
+ UPlatform,
+ UConfig;
+
+type
+ TPlatformLinux = class(TPlatform)
+ private
+ UseLocalDirs: boolean;
+
+ procedure DetectLocalExecution();
+ function GetHomeDir(): string;
+ public
+ procedure Init; override;
+
+ function DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: Boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray; override;
+
+ function GetLogPath : WideString; override;
+ function GetGameSharedPath : WideString; override;
+ function GetGameUserPath : WideString; override;
+ end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ UCommandLine,
+ BaseUnix,
+ {$IF FPC_VERSION_INT >= 2002002}
+ pwd,
+ {$IFEND}
+ SysUtils,
+ ULog;
+
+const
+ {$I paths.inc}
+
+procedure TPlatformLinux.Init;
+begin
+ inherited Init();
+ DetectLocalExecution();
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Detects whether the game was executed locally or globally.
+ * - It is local if it was not installed and directly executed from
+ * within the game folder. In this case resources (themes, language-files)
+ * reside in the directory of the executable.
+ * - It is global if the game was installed (e.g. to /usr/bin) and
+ * the resources are in a separate folder (e.g. /usr/share/ultrastardx)
+ * which name is stored in the INSTALL_DATADIR constant in paths.inc.
+ *
+ * Sets UseLocalDirs to true if the game is executed locally, false otherwise.
+ *}
+procedure TPlatformLinux.DetectLocalExecution();
+var
+ LocalDir: string;
+begin
+ LocalDir := GetExecutionDir();
+
+ // we just check if the 'languages' folder exists in the
+ // directory of the executable. If so -> local execution.
+ UseLocalDirs := (DirectoryExists(LocalDir + 'languages'));
+end;
+
+function TPlatformLinux.DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: Boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray;
+var
+ i: Integer;
+ TheDir : pDir;
+ ADirent : pDirent;
+ Entry : Longint;
+ lAttrib : integer;
+begin
+ i := 0;
+ Filter := LowerCase(Filter);
+
+ TheDir := FpOpenDir( Dir );
+ if Assigned(TheDir) then
+ begin
+ repeat
+ ADirent := FpReadDir(TheDir^);
+
+ if Assigned(ADirent) and (ADirent^.d_name <> '.') and (ADirent^.d_name <> '..') then
+ begin
+ lAttrib := FileGetAttr(Dir + ADirent^.d_name);
+ if ReturnAllSubDirs and ((lAttrib and faDirectory) <> 0) then
+ begin
+ SetLength( Result, i + 1);
+ Result[i].Name := ADirent^.d_name;
+ Result[i].IsDirectory := true;
+ Result[i].IsFile := false;
+ i := i + 1;
+ end
+ else if (Length(Filter) = 0) or (Pos( Filter, LowerCase(ADirent^.d_name)) > 0) then
+ begin
+ SetLength( Result, i + 1);
+ Result[i].Name := ADirent^.d_name;
+ Result[i].IsDirectory := false;
+ Result[i].IsFile := true;
+ i := i + 1;
+ end;
+ end;
+ until (ADirent = nil);
+
+ FpCloseDir(TheDir^);
+ end;
+end;
+
+function TPlatformLinux.GetLogPath: WideString;
+begin
+ if UseLocalDirs then
+ Result := GetExecutionDir()
+ else
+ Result := GetGameUserPath() + 'logs/';
+
+ // create non-existing directories
+ ForceDirectories(Result);
+end;
+
+function TPlatformLinux.GetGameSharedPath: WideString;
+begin
+ if UseLocalDirs then
+ Result := GetExecutionDir()
+ else
+ Result := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(INSTALL_DATADIR);
+end;
+
+function TPlatformLinux.GetGameUserPath: WideString;
+begin
+ if UseLocalDirs then
+ Result := GetExecutionDir()
+ else
+ Result := GetHomeDir() + '.ultrastardx/';
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Returns the user's home directory terminated by a path delimiter
+ *}
+function TPlatformLinux.GetHomeDir(): string;
+{$IF FPC_VERSION_INT >= 2002002}
+var
+ PasswdEntry: PPasswd;
+{$IFEND}
+begin
+ Result := '';
+
+ {$IF FPC_VERSION_INT >= 2002002}
+ // try to retrieve the info from passwd
+ PasswdEntry := FpGetpwuid(FpGetuid());
+ if (PasswdEntry <> nil) then
+ Result := PasswdEntry.pw_dir;
+ {$IFEND}
+ // fallback if passwd does not contain the path
+ if (Result = '') then
+ Result := GetEnvironmentVariable('HOME');
+ // add trailing path delimiter (normally '/')
+ if (Result <> '') then
+ Result := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(Result);
+
+ {$IF FPC_VERSION_INT >= 2002002}
+ // GetUserDir() is another function that returns a user path.
+ // It uses env-var HOME or a fallback to a temp-dir.
+ //Result := GetUserDir();
+ {$IFEND}
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UPlatformMacOSX.pas b/unicode/src/base/UPlatformMacOSX.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1aa37cd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UPlatformMacOSX.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UPlatformMacOSX;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ Classes,
+ ULog,
+ UPlatform;
+
+type
+ {**
+ * @abstract(Provides Mac OS X specific details.)
+ * @lastmod(August 1, 2008)
+ * The UPlatformMacOSX unit takes care of setting paths to resource folders.
+ *
+ * (Note for non-Maccies: "folder" is the Mac name for directory.)
+ *
+ * Note on the resource folders:
+ * 1. Installation of an application on the mac works as follows: Extract and copy an application
+ * and if you don't like or need the application anymore you move the folder
+ * to the trash - and you're done.
+ * 2. The use folders in the user's home directory is against Apple's guidelines
+ * and strange to an average user.
+ * 3. Even worse is using /usr/local/... since all lowercase folders in / are
+ * not visible to an average user in the Finder, at least not without some "tricks".
+ *
+ * The best way would be to store everything within the application bundle. However, this
+ * requires USDX to offer the handling of the resources. Until this is implemented, the
+ * second best solution is as follows:
+ *
+ * According to Aple guidelines handling of resources and folders should follow these lines:
+ *
+ * Acceptable places for files are folders named UltraStarDeluxe either in
+ * /Library/Application Support/
+ * or
+ * ~/Library/Application Support/
+ *
+ * So
+ * GetGameSharedPath could return
+ * /Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources/.
+ * GetGameUserPath could return
+ * ~/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources/.
+ *
+ * Right now, only $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources
+ * is used. So every user needs the complete set of files and folders.
+ * Future versions may also use shared resources in
+ * /Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources. However, this is not
+ * treated yet in the code outside this unit.
+ *
+ * USDX checks, whether GetGameUserPath exists. If not, USDX creates it.
+ * The existence of needed files is then checked and if a file is missing
+ * it is copied to there from within the Resources folder in the Application
+ * bundle, which contains the default files. USDX should not delete files or
+ * folders in Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe automatically or without
+ * user confirmation.
+ *}
+ TPlatformMacOSX = class(TPlatform)
+ private
+ {**
+ * GetBundlePath returns the path to the application bundle UltraStarDeluxe.app.
+ *}
+ function GetBundlePath: WideString;
+
+ {**
+ * GetApplicationSupportPath returns the path to
+ * $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources.
+ *}
+ function GetApplicationSupportPath: WideString;
+
+ {**
+ * see the description of @link(Init).
+ *}
+ procedure CreateUserFolders();
+
+ public
+ {**
+ * Init simply calls @link(CreateUserFolders), which in turn scans the folder
+ * UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents/Resources for all files and folders.
+ * $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources is then checked
+ * for their presence and missing ones are copied.
+ *}
+ procedure Init; override;
+
+ {**
+ * DirectoryFindFiles returns all entries of a folder with names and booleans
+ * about their type, i.e. file or directory.
+ *}
+ function DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray; override;
+
+ {**
+ * GetLogPath returns the path for log messages. Currently it is set to
+ * $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources/Log.
+ *}
+ function GetLogPath : WideString; override;
+
+ {**
+ * GetGameSharedPath returns the path for shared resources. Currently it is set to
+ * /Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources.
+ * However it is not used.
+ *}
+ function GetGameSharedPath : WideString; override;
+
+ {**
+ * GetGameUserPath returns the path for user resources. Currently it is set to
+ * $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources.
+ * This is where a user can add songs, themes, ....
+ *}
+ function GetGameUserPath : WideString; override;
+ end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ SysUtils,
+ BaseUnix;
+
+procedure TPlatformMacOSX.Init;
+begin
+ CreateUserFolders();
+end;
+
+procedure TPlatformMacOSX.CreateUserFolders();
+var
+ RelativePath: string;
+ // BaseDir contains the path to the folder, where a search is performed.
+ // It is set to the entries in @link(DirectoryList) one after the other.
+ BaseDir: string;
+ // OldBaseDir contains the path to the folder, where the search started.
+ // It is used to return to it, when the search is completed in all folders.
+ OldBaseDir: string;
+ // This record contains the result of a file search with FindFirst or FindNext
+ SearchInfo: TSearchRec;
+ // These two lists contain all folder and file names found
+ // within the folder @link(BaseDir).
+ DirectoryList, FileList: TStringList;
+ // DirectoryIsFinished contains the index of the folder in @link(DirectoryList),
+ // which is the last one completely searched. Later folders are still to be
+ // searched for additional files and folders.
+ DirectoryIsFinished: longint;
+ Counter: longint;
+
+ UserPathName: string;
+const
+ // used to construct the @link(UserPathName)
+ PathName: string = '/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources';
+begin
+ // Get the current folder and save it in OldBaseDir for returning to it, when
+ // finished.
+ GetDir(0, OldBaseDir);
+
+ // UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents/Resources contains all the default files and
+ // folders.
+ BaseDir := OldBaseDir + '/UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents/Resources';
+ ChDir(BaseDir);
+
+ // Right now, only $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources
+ // is used.
+ UserPathName := GetEnvironmentVariable('HOME') + PathName;
+
+ DirectoryIsFinished := 0;
+ DirectoryList := TStringList.Create();
+ FileList := TStringList.Create();
+ DirectoryList.Add('.');
+
+ // create the folder and file lists
+ repeat
+
+ RelativePath := DirectoryList[DirectoryIsFinished];
+ ChDir(BaseDir + '/' + RelativePath);
+ if (FindFirst('*', faAnyFile, SearchInfo) = 0) then
+ begin
+ repeat
+ if DirectoryExists(SearchInfo.Name) then
+ begin
+ if (SearchInfo.Name <> '.') and (SearchInfo.Name <> '..') then
+ DirectoryList.Add(RelativePath + '/' + SearchInfo.Name);
+ end
+ else
+ Filelist.Add(RelativePath + '/' + SearchInfo.Name);
+ until (FindNext(SearchInfo) <> 0);
+ end;
+ FindClose(SearchInfo);
+ Inc(DirectoryIsFinished);
+ until (DirectoryIsFinished = DirectoryList.Count);
+
+ // create missing folders
+ ForceDirectories(UserPathName); // should not be necessary since (UserPathName+'/.') is created.
+ for Counter := 0 to DirectoryList.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ if not ForceDirectories(UserPathName + '/' + DirectoryList[Counter]) then
+ Log.LogError('Failed to create the folder "'+ UserPathName + '/' + DirectoryList[Counter] +'"',
+ 'TPlatformMacOSX.CreateUserFolders');
+ end;
+ DirectoryList.Free();
+
+ // copy missing files
+ for Counter := 0 to Filelist.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ CopyFile(BaseDir + '/' + Filelist[Counter],
+ UserPathName + '/' + Filelist[Counter], true);
+ end;
+ FileList.Free();
+
+ // go back to the initial folder
+ ChDir(OldBaseDir);
+end;
+
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetBundlePath: WideString;
+var
+ i, pos : integer;
+begin
+ // Mac applications are packaged in folders.
+ // We have to cut the last two folders
+ // to get the application folder.
+
+ Result := GetExecutionDir();
+ for i := 1 to 2 do
+ begin
+ pos := Length(Result);
+ repeat
+ Delete(Result, pos, 1);
+ pos := Length(Result);
+ until (pos = 0) or (Result[pos] = '/');
+ end;
+end;
+
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetApplicationSupportPath: WideString;
+const
+ PathName : string = '/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources';
+begin
+ Result := GetEnvironmentVariable('HOME') + PathName + '/';
+end;
+
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetLogPath: WideString;
+begin
+ Result := GetApplicationSupportPath + 'Logs';
+end;
+
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetGameSharedPath: WideString;
+begin
+ Result := GetApplicationSupportPath;
+end;
+
+function TPlatformMacOSX.GetGameUserPath: WideString;
+begin
+ Result := GetApplicationSupportPath;
+end;
+
+function TPlatformMacOSX.DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray;
+var
+ i : integer;
+ TheDir : pdir;
+ ADirent : pDirent;
+ lAttrib : integer;
+begin
+ i := 0;
+ Filter := LowerCase(Filter);
+
+ TheDir := FPOpenDir(Dir);
+ if Assigned(TheDir) then
+ repeat
+ ADirent := FPReadDir(TheDir);
+
+ if Assigned(ADirent) and (ADirent^.d_name <> '.') and (ADirent^.d_name <> '..') then
+ begin
+ lAttrib := FileGetAttr(Dir + ADirent^.d_name);
+ if ReturnAllSubDirs and ((lAttrib and faDirectory) <> 0) then
+ begin
+ SetLength(Result, i + 1);
+ Result[i].Name := ADirent^.d_name;
+ Result[i].IsDirectory := true;
+ Result[i].IsFile := false;
+ i := i + 1;
+ end
+ else if (Length(Filter) = 0) or (Pos( Filter, LowerCase(ADirent^.d_name)) > 0) then
+ begin
+ SetLength(Result, i + 1);
+ Result[i].Name := ADirent^.d_name;
+ Result[i].IsDirectory := false;
+ Result[i].IsFile := true;
+ i := i + 1;
+ end;
+ end;
+ until ADirent = nil;
+
+ FPCloseDir(TheDir);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UPlatformWindows.pas b/unicode/src/base/UPlatformWindows.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e198958a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UPlatformWindows.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UPlatformWindows;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+// turn off messages for platform specific symbols
+{$WARN SYMBOL_PLATFORM OFF}
+
+uses
+ Classes,
+ UPlatform;
+
+type
+ TPlatformWindows = class(TPlatform)
+ private
+ function GetSpecialPath(CSIDL: integer): WideString;
+ public
+ function DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: Boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray; override;
+ function TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle: String): Boolean; override;
+
+ function GetLogPath: WideString; override;
+ function GetGameSharedPath: WideString; override;
+ function GetGameUserPath: WideString; override;
+
+ function CopyFile(const Source, Target: WideString; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean; override;
+ end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ SysUtils,
+ ShlObj,
+ Windows,
+ UConfig;
+
+type
+ TSearchRecW = record
+ Time: Integer;
+ Size: Integer;
+ Attr: Integer;
+ Name: WideString;
+ ExcludeAttr: Integer;
+ FindHandle: THandle;
+ FindData: TWin32FindDataW;
+ end;
+
+function FindFirstW(const Path: WideString; Attr: Integer; var F: TSearchRecW): Integer; forward;
+function FindNextW(var F: TSearchRecW): Integer; forward;
+procedure FindCloseW(var F: TSearchRecW); forward;
+function FindMatchingFileW(var F: TSearchRecW): Integer; forward;
+function DirectoryExistsW(const Directory: widestring): Boolean; forward;
+
+function FindFirstW(const Path: widestring; Attr: Integer; var F: TSearchRecW): Integer;
+const
+ faSpecial = faHidden or faSysFile or faVolumeID or faDirectory;
+begin
+ F.ExcludeAttr := not Attr and faSpecial;
+{$IFDEF Delphi}
+ F.FindHandle := FindFirstFileW(PWideChar(Path), F.FindData);
+{$ELSE}
+ F.FindHandle := FindFirstFileW(PWideChar(Path), @F.FindData);
+{$ENDIF}
+ if F.FindHandle <> INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE then
+ begin
+ Result := FindMatchingFileW(F);
+ if Result <> 0 then FindCloseW(F);
+ end else
+ Result := GetLastError;
+end;
+
+function FindNextW(var F: TSearchRecW): Integer;
+begin
+{$IFDEF Delphi}
+ if FindNextFileW(F.FindHandle, F.FindData) then
+{$ELSE}
+ if FindNextFileW(F.FindHandle, @F.FindData) then
+{$ENDIF}
+ Result := FindMatchingFileW(F)
+ else
+ Result := GetLastError;
+end;
+
+procedure FindCloseW(var F: TSearchRecW);
+begin
+ if F.FindHandle <> INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE then
+ begin
+ Windows.FindClose(F.FindHandle);
+ F.FindHandle := INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+ end;
+end;
+
+function FindMatchingFileW(var F: TSearchRecW): Integer;
+var
+ LocalFileTime: TFileTime;
+begin
+ with F do
+ begin
+ while FindData.dwFileAttributes and ExcludeAttr <> 0 do
+{$IFDEF Delphi}
+ if not FindNextFileW(FindHandle, FindData) then
+{$ELSE}
+ if not FindNextFileW(FindHandle, @FindData) then
+{$ENDIF}
+ begin
+ Result := GetLastError;
+ Exit;
+ end;
+ FileTimeToLocalFileTime(FindData.ftLastWriteTime, LocalFileTime);
+ FileTimeToDosDateTime(LocalFileTime, LongRec(Time).Hi, LongRec(Time).Lo);
+ Size := FindData.nFileSizeLow;
+ Attr := FindData.dwFileAttributes;
+ Name := FindData.cFileName;
+ end;
+ Result := 0;
+end;
+
+function DirectoryExistsW(const Directory: widestring): Boolean;
+var
+ Code: Integer;
+begin
+ Code := GetFileAttributesW(PWideChar(Directory));
+ Result := (Code <> -1) and (FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY and Code <> 0);
+end;
+
+//------------------------------
+//Start more than One Time Prevention
+//------------------------------
+function TPlatformWindows.TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle: String): Boolean;
+var
+ hWnd: THandle;
+ I: Integer;
+begin
+ Result := false;
+ hWnd:= FindWindow(nil, PChar(WndTitle));
+ //Programm already started
+ if (hWnd <> 0) then
+ begin
+ I := Messagebox(0, PChar('Another Instance of Ultrastar is already running. Continue ?'), PChar(WndTitle), MB_ICONWARNING or MB_YESNO);
+ if (I = IDYes) then
+ begin
+ I := 1;
+ repeat
+ Inc(I);
+ hWnd := FindWindow(nil, PChar(WndTitle + ' Instance ' + InttoStr(I)));
+ until (hWnd = 0);
+ WndTitle := WndTitle + ' Instance ' + InttoStr(I);
+ end
+ else
+ Result := true;
+ end;
+end;
+
+function TPlatformWindows.DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: Boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray;
+var
+ i : Integer;
+ SR : TSearchRecW;
+ Attrib : Integer;
+begin
+ i := 0;
+ Filter := LowerCase(Filter);
+
+ if FindFirstW(Dir + '*', faAnyFile or faDirectory, SR) = 0 then
+ repeat
+ if (SR.Name <> '.') and (SR.Name <> '..') then
+ begin
+ Attrib := FileGetAttr(Dir + SR.name);
+ if ReturnAllSubDirs and ((Attrib and faDirectory) <> 0) then
+ begin
+ SetLength( Result, i + 1);
+ Result[i].Name := SR.name;
+ Result[i].IsDirectory := true;
+ Result[i].IsFile := false;
+ i := i + 1;
+ end
+ else if (Length(Filter) = 0) or (Pos( Filter, LowerCase(SR.Name)) > 0) then
+ begin
+ SetLength( Result, i + 1);
+ Result[i].Name := SR.Name;
+ Result[i].IsDirectory := false;
+ Result[i].IsFile := true;
+ i := i + 1;
+ end;
+ end;
+ until FindNextW(SR) <> 0;
+ FindCloseW(SR);
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Returns the path of a special folder.
+ *
+ * Some Folder IDs:
+ * CSIDL_APPDATA (e.g. C:\Documents and Settings\username\Application Data)
+ * CSIDL_LOCAL_APPDATA (e.g. C:\Documents and Settings\username\Local Settings\Application Data)
+ * CSIDL_PROFILE (e.g. C:\Documents and Settings\username)
+ * CSIDL_PERSONAL (e.g. C:\Documents and Settings\username\My Documents)
+ * CSIDL_MYMUSIC (e.g. C:\Documents and Settings\username\My Documents\My Music)
+ *)
+function TPlatformWindows.GetSpecialPath(CSIDL: integer): WideString;
+var
+ Buffer: array [0..MAX_PATH-1] of WideChar;
+begin
+{$IF Defined(Delphi) or (FPC_VERSION_INT >= 2002002)} // >= 2.2.2
+ if (SHGetSpecialFolderPathW(0, @Buffer, CSIDL, false)) then
+ Result := Buffer
+ else
+{$IFEND}
+ Result := '';
+end;
+
+function TPlatformWindows.GetLogPath: WideString;
+begin
+ Result := GetExecutionDir();
+end;
+
+function TPlatformWindows.GetGameSharedPath: WideString;
+begin
+ Result := GetExecutionDir();
+end;
+
+function TPlatformWindows.GetGameUserPath: WideString;
+begin
+ //Result := GetSpecialPath(CSIDL_APPDATA) + PathDelim + 'UltraStarDX' + PathDelim;
+ Result := GetExecutionDir();
+end;
+
+function TPlatformWindows.CopyFile(const Source, Target: WideString; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean;
+begin
+ Result := Windows.CopyFileW(PWideChar(Source), PWideChar(Target), FailIfExists);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UPlaylist.pas b/unicode/src/base/UPlaylist.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..11ed84de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UPlaylist.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,514 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UPlaylist;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ USong;
+
+type
+ TPlaylistItem = record
+ Artist: String;
+ Title: String;
+ SongID: Integer;
+ end;
+
+ APlaylistItem = array of TPlaylistItem;
+
+ TPlaylist = record
+ Name: String;
+ Filename: String;
+ Items: APlaylistItem;
+ end;
+
+ APlaylist = array of TPlaylist;
+
+ //----------
+ //TPlaylistManager - Class for Managing Playlists (Loading, Displaying, Saving)
+ //----------
+ TPlaylistManager = class
+ private
+
+ public
+ Mode: TSingMode; //Current Playlist Mode for SongScreen
+ CurPlayList: Cardinal;
+ CurItem: Cardinal;
+
+ Playlists: APlaylist;
+
+ constructor Create;
+ Procedure LoadPlayLists;
+ Function LoadPlayList(Index: Cardinal; Filename: String): Boolean;
+ Procedure SavePlayList(Index: Cardinal);
+
+ Procedure SetPlayList(Index: Cardinal);
+
+ Function AddPlaylist(Name: String): Cardinal;
+ Procedure DelPlaylist(const Index: Cardinal);
+
+ Procedure AddItem(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1);
+ Procedure DelItem(const iItem: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1);
+
+ Procedure GetNames(var PLNames: array of String);
+ Function GetIndexbySongID(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1): Integer;
+ end;
+
+ {Modes:
+ 0: Standard Mode
+ 1: Category Mode
+ 2: PlayList Mode}
+
+ var
+ PlayListMan: TPlaylistManager;
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses USongs,
+ ULog,
+ UMain,
+ //UFiles,
+ UGraphic,
+ UThemes,
+ SysUtils;
+
+//----------
+//Create - Construct Class - Dummy for now
+//----------
+constructor TPlayListManager.Create;
+begin
+ inherited;
+ LoadPlayLists;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//LoadPlayLists - Load list of Playlists from PlayList Folder
+//----------
+Procedure TPlayListManager.LoadPlayLists;
+var
+ SR: TSearchRec;
+ Len: Integer;
+ PlayListBuffer: TPlayList;
+begin
+ SetLength(Playlists, 0);
+
+ if FindFirst(PlayListPath + '*.upl', 0, SR) = 0 then
+ begin
+ repeat
+ Len := Length(Playlists);
+ SetLength(Playlists, Len +1);
+
+ if not LoadPlayList (Len, Sr.Name) then
+ SetLength(Playlists, Len)
+ else
+ begin
+ // Sort the Playlists - Insertion Sort
+ PlayListBuffer := Playlists[Len];
+ Dec(Len);
+ while (Len >= 0) AND (CompareText(Playlists[Len].Name, PlayListBuffer.Name) >= 0) do
+ begin
+ Playlists[Len+1] := Playlists[Len];
+ Dec(Len);
+ end;
+ Playlists[Len+1] := PlayListBuffer;
+ end;
+
+ until FindNext(SR) <> 0;
+ FindClose(SR);
+ end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//LoadPlayList - Load a Playlist in the Array
+//----------
+Function TPlayListManager.LoadPlayList(Index: Cardinal; Filename: String): Boolean;
+ var
+ F: TextFile;
+ Line: String;
+ PosDelimiter: Integer;
+ SongID: Integer;
+ Len: Integer;
+
+ Function FindSong(Artist, Title: String): Integer;
+ var I: Integer;
+ begin
+ Result := -1;
+
+ For I := low(CatSongs.Song) to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+ begin
+ if (CatSongs.Song[I].Title = Title) AND (CatSongs.Song[I].Artist = Artist) then
+ begin
+ Result := I;
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+begin
+ if not FileExists(PlayListPath + Filename) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogError('Could not load Playlist: ' + Filename);
+ Result := False;
+ Exit;
+ end;
+ Result := True;
+
+ //Load File
+ AssignFile(F, PlayListPath + FileName);
+ Reset(F);
+
+ //Set Filename
+ PlayLists[Index].Filename := Filename;
+ PlayLists[Index].Name := '';
+
+ //Read Until End of File
+ While not Eof(F) do
+ begin
+ //Read Curent Line
+ Readln(F, Line);
+
+ if (Length(Line) > 0) then
+ begin
+ PosDelimiter := Pos(':', Line);
+ if (PosDelimiter <> 0) then
+ begin
+ //Comment or Name String
+ if (Line[1] = '#') then
+ begin
+ //Found Name Value
+ if (Uppercase(Trim(copy(Line, 2, PosDelimiter - 2))) = 'NAME') then
+ PlayLists[Index].Name := Trim(copy(Line, PosDelimiter + 1,Length(Line) - PosDelimiter))
+
+ end
+ //Song Entry
+ else
+ begin
+ SongID := FindSong(Trim(copy(Line, 1, PosDelimiter - 1)), Trim(copy(Line, PosDelimiter + 1, Length(Line) - PosDelimiter)));
+ if (SongID <> -1) then
+ begin
+ Len := Length(PlayLists[Index].Items);
+ SetLength(PlayLists[Index].Items, Len + 1);
+
+ PlayLists[Index].Items[Len].SongID := SongID;
+
+ PlayLists[Index].Items[Len].Artist := Trim(copy(Line, 1, PosDelimiter - 1));
+ PlayLists[Index].Items[Len].Title := Trim(copy(Line, PosDelimiter + 1, Length(Line) - PosDelimiter));
+ end
+ else Log.LogError('Could not find Song in Playlist: ' + PlayLists[Index].Filename + ', ' + Line);
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ //If no special name is given, use Filename
+ if PlayLists[Index].Name = '' then
+ begin
+ PlayLists[Index].Name := ChangeFileExt(FileName, '');
+ end;
+
+ //Finish (Close File)
+ CloseFile(F);
+end;
+
+//----------
+//SavePlayList - Saves the specified Playlist
+//----------
+Procedure TPlayListManager.SavePlayList(Index: Cardinal);
+var
+ F: TextFile;
+ I: Integer;
+begin
+ if (Not FileExists(PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename)) OR (Not FileisReadOnly(PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename)) then
+ begin
+
+ //open File for Rewriting
+ AssignFile(F, PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename);
+ try
+ try
+ Rewrite(F);
+
+ //Write Version (not nessecary but helpful)
+ WriteLn(F, '######################################');
+ WriteLn(F, '#Ultrastar Deluxe Playlist Format v1.0');
+ WriteLn(F, '#Playlist "' + Playlists[Index].Name + '" with ' + InttoStr(Length(Playlists[Index].Items)) + ' Songs.');
+ WriteLn(F, '######################################');
+
+ //Write Name Information
+ WriteLn(F, '#Name: ' + Playlists[Index].Name);
+
+ //Write Song Information
+ WriteLn(F, '#Songs:');
+
+ For I := 0 to high(Playlists[Index].Items) do
+ begin
+ WriteLn(F, Playlists[Index].Items[I].Artist + ' : ' + Playlists[Index].Items[I].Title);
+ end;
+ except
+ log.LogError('Could not write Playlistfile "' + Playlists[Index].Name + '"');
+ end;
+ finally
+ CloseFile(F);
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//SetPlayList - Display a Playlist in CatSongs
+//----------
+Procedure TPlayListManager.SetPlayList(Index: Cardinal);
+var
+ I: Integer;
+begin
+ If (Int(Index) > High(PlayLists)) then
+ exit;
+
+ //Hide all Songs
+ For I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+ CatSongs.Song[I].Visible := False;
+
+ //Show Songs in PL
+ For I := 0 to high(PlayLists[Index].Items) do
+ begin
+ CatSongs.Song[PlayLists[Index].Items[I].SongID].Visible := True;
+ end;
+
+ //Set CatSongsMode + Playlist Mode
+ CatSongs.CatNumShow := -3;
+ Mode := smPlayListRandom;
+
+ //Set CurPlaylist
+ CurPlaylist := Index;
+
+ //Show Cat in Topleft:
+ ScreenSong.ShowCatTLCustom(Format(Theme.Playlist.CatText,[Playlists[Index].Name]));
+
+ //Fix SongSelection
+ ScreenSong.Interaction := 0;
+ ScreenSong.SelectNext;
+ ScreenSong.FixSelected;
+
+ //Play correct Music
+ ScreenSong.ChangeMusic;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//AddPlaylist - Adds a Playlist and Returns the Index
+//----------
+Function TPlayListManager.AddPlaylist(Name: String): Cardinal;
+var
+ I: Integer;
+begin
+ Result := Length(Playlists);
+ SetLength(Playlists, Result + 1);
+
+ // Sort the Playlists - Insertion Sort
+ while (Result > 0) AND (CompareText(Playlists[Result - 1].Name, Name) >= 0) do
+ begin
+ Dec(Result);
+ Playlists[Result+1] := Playlists[Result];
+ end;
+ Playlists[Result].Name := Name;
+
+ I := 1;
+ if (not FileExists(PlaylistPath + Name + '.upl')) then
+ Playlists[Result].Filename := Name + '.upl'
+ else
+ begin
+ repeat
+ Inc(I);
+ until not FileExists(PlaylistPath + Name + InttoStr(I) + '.upl');
+ Playlists[Result].Filename := Name + InttoStr(I) + '.upl';
+ end;
+
+ //Save new Playlist
+ SavePlayList(Result);
+end;
+
+//----------
+//DelPlaylist - Deletes a Playlist
+//----------
+Procedure TPlayListManager.DelPlaylist(const Index: Cardinal);
+var
+ I: Integer;
+ Filename: String;
+begin
+ If Int(Index) > High(Playlists) then
+ Exit;
+
+ Filename := PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename;
+
+ //If not FileExists or File is not Writeable then exit
+ If (Not FileExists(Filename)) OR (FileisReadOnly(Filename)) then
+ Exit;
+
+
+ //Delete Playlist from FileSystem
+ if Not DeleteFile(Filename) then
+ Exit;
+
+ //Delete Playlist from Array
+ //move all PLs to the Hole
+ For I := Index to High(Playlists)-1 do
+ PlayLists[I] := PlayLists[I+1];
+
+ //Delete last Playlist
+ SetLength (Playlists, High(Playlists));
+
+ //If Playlist is Displayed atm
+ //-> Display Songs
+ if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) and (Index = CurPlaylist) then
+ begin
+ ScreenSong.UnLoadDetailedCover;
+ ScreenSong.HideCatTL;
+ CatSongs.SetFilter('', 0);
+ ScreenSong.Interaction := 0;
+ ScreenSong.FixSelected;
+ ScreenSong.ChangeMusic;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//AddItem - Adds an Item to a specific Playlist
+//----------
+Procedure TPlayListManager.AddItem(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer);
+var
+ P: Cardinal;
+ Len: Cardinal;
+begin
+ if iPlaylist = -1 then
+ P := CurPlaylist
+ else if (iPlaylist >= 0) AND (iPlaylist <= high(Playlists)) then
+ P := iPlaylist
+ else
+ exit;
+
+ if (Int(SongID) <= High(CatSongs.Song)) AND (NOT CatSongs.Song[SongID].Main) then
+ begin
+ Len := Length(Playlists[P].Items);
+ SetLength(Playlists[P].Items, Len + 1);
+
+ Playlists[P].Items[Len].SongID := SongID;
+ Playlists[P].Items[Len].Title := CatSongs.Song[SongID].Title;
+ Playlists[P].Items[Len].Artist := CatSongs.Song[SongID].Artist;
+
+ //Save Changes
+ SavePlayList(P);
+
+ //Correct Display when Editing current Playlist
+ if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) and (P = CurPlaylist) then
+ SetPlaylist(P);
+ end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//DelItem - Deletes an Item from a specific Playlist
+//----------
+Procedure TPlayListManager.DelItem(const iItem: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer);
+var
+ I: Integer;
+ P: Cardinal;
+begin
+ if iPlaylist = -1 then
+ P := CurPlaylist
+ else if (iPlaylist >= 0) AND (iPlaylist <= high(Playlists)) then
+ P := iPlaylist
+ else
+ exit;
+
+ if (Int(iItem) <= high(Playlists[P].Items)) then
+ begin
+ //Move all entrys behind deleted one to Front
+ For I := iItem to High(Playlists[P].Items) - 1 do
+ Playlists[P].Items[I] := Playlists[P].Items[I + 1];
+
+ //Delete Last Entry
+ SetLength(PlayLists[P].Items, Length(PlayLists[P].Items) - 1);
+
+ //Save Changes
+ SavePlayList(P);
+ end;
+
+ //Delete Playlist if Last Song is deleted
+ if (Length(PlayLists[P].Items) = 0) then
+ begin
+ DelPlaylist(P);
+ end
+ //Correct Display when Editing current Playlist
+ else if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) and (P = CurPlaylist) then
+ SetPlaylist(P);
+end;
+
+//----------
+//GetNames - Writes Playlist Names in a Array
+//----------
+Procedure TPlayListManager.GetNames(var PLNames: array of String);
+var
+ I: Integer;
+ Len: Integer;
+begin
+ Len := High(Playlists);
+
+ if (Length(PLNames) <> Len + 1) then
+ exit;
+
+ For I := 0 to Len do
+ PLNames[I] := Playlists[I].Name;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//GetIndexbySongID - Returns Index in the specified Playlist of the given Song
+//----------
+Function TPlayListManager.GetIndexbySongID(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer): Integer;
+var
+ P: Integer;
+ I: Integer;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+
+ if iPlaylist = -1 then
+ P := CurPlaylist
+ else if (iPlaylist >= 0) AND (iPlaylist <= high(Playlists)) then
+ P := iPlaylist
+ else
+ exit;
+
+ For I := 0 to high(Playlists[P].Items) do
+ begin
+ if (Playlists[P].Items[I].SongID = Int(SongID)) then
+ begin
+ Result := I;
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UPluginInterface.pas b/unicode/src/base/UPluginInterface.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f299796f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UPluginInterface.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit uPluginInterface;
+{*********************
+ uPluginInterface
+ Unit fills a TPluginInterface structure with method pointers
+ Unit contains all functions called directly by plugins
+*********************}
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ uPluginDefs;
+
+//---------------
+// Methods for Plugin
+//---------------
+ {******** Hook specific Methods ********}
+ {Function Creates a new Hookable Event and Returns the Handle
+ or 0 on Failure. (Name already exists)}
+ Function CreateHookableEvent (EventName: PChar): THandle; stdcall;
+
+ {Function Destroys an Event and Unhooks all Hooks to this Event.
+ 0 on success, not 0 on Failure}
+ Function DestroyHookableEvent (hEvent: THandle): integer; stdcall;
+
+ {Function start calling the Hook Chain
+ 0 if Chain is called until the End, -1 if Event Handle is not valid
+ otherwise Return Value of the Hook that breaks the Chain}
+ Function NotivyEventHooks (hEvent: THandle; wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall;
+
+ {Function Hooks an Event by Name.
+ Returns Hook Handle on Success, otherwise 0}
+ Function HookEvent (EventName: PChar; HookProc: TUS_Hook): THandle; stdcall;
+
+ {Function Removes the Hook from the Chain
+ Returns 0 on Success}
+ Function UnHookEvent (hHook: THandle): Integer; stdcall;
+
+ {Function Returns Non Zero if a Event with the given Name Exists,
+ otherwise 0}
+ Function EventExists (EventName: PChar): Integer; stdcall;
+
+ {******** Service specific Methods ********}
+ {Function Creates a new Service and Returns the Services Handle
+ or 0 on Failure. (Name already exists)}
+ Function CreateService (ServiceName: PChar; ServiceProc: TUS_Service): THandle; stdcall;
+
+ {Function Destroys a Service.
+ 0 on success, not 0 on Failure}
+ Function DestroyService (hService: THandle): integer; stdcall;
+
+ {Function Calls a Services Proc
+ Returns Services Return Value or SERVICE_NOT_FOUND on Failure}
+ Function CallService (ServiceName: PChar; wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall;
+
+ {Function Returns Non Zero if a Service with the given Name Exists,
+ otherwise 0}
+ Function ServiceExists (ServiceName: PChar): Integer; stdcall;
+
+implementation
+uses UCore;
+
+{******** Hook specific Methods ********}
+//---------------
+// Function Creates a new Hookable Event and Returns the Handle
+// or 0 on Failure. (Name already exists)
+//---------------
+Function CreateHookableEvent (EventName: PChar): THandle; stdcall;
+begin
+ Result := Core.Hooks.AddEvent(EventName);
+end;
+
+//---------------
+// Function Destroys an Event and Unhooks all Hooks to this Event.
+// 0 on success, not 0 on Failure
+//---------------
+Function DestroyHookableEvent (hEvent: THandle): integer; stdcall;
+begin
+ Result := Core.Hooks.DelEvent(hEvent);
+end;
+
+//---------------
+// Function start calling the Hook Chain
+// 0 if Chain is called until the End, -1 if Event Handle is not valid
+// otherwise Return Value of the Hook that breaks the Chain
+//---------------
+Function NotivyEventHooks (hEvent: THandle; wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall;
+begin
+ Result := Core.Hooks.CallEventChain(hEvent, wParam, lParam);
+end;
+
+//---------------
+// Function Hooks an Event by Name.
+// Returns Hook Handle on Success, otherwise 0
+//---------------
+Function HookEvent (EventName: PChar; HookProc: TUS_Hook): THandle; stdcall;
+begin
+ Result := Core.Hooks.AddSubscriber(EventName, HookProc);
+end;
+
+//---------------
+// Function Removes the Hook from the Chain
+// Returns 0 on Success
+//---------------
+Function UnHookEvent (hHook: THandle): Integer; stdcall;
+begin
+ Result := Core.Hooks.DelSubscriber(hHook);
+end;
+
+//---------------
+// Function Returns Non Zero if a Event with the given Name Exists,
+// otherwise 0
+//---------------
+Function EventExists (EventName: PChar): Integer; stdcall;
+begin
+ Result := Core.Hooks.EventExists(EventName);
+end;
+
+ {******** Service specific Methods ********}
+//---------------
+// Function Creates a new Service and Returns the Services Handle
+// or 0 on Failure. (Name already exists)
+//---------------
+Function CreateService (ServiceName: PChar; ServiceProc: TUS_Service): THandle; stdcall;
+begin
+ Result := Core.Services.AddService(ServiceName, ServiceProc);
+end;
+
+//---------------
+// Function Destroys a Service.
+// 0 on success, not 0 on Failure
+//---------------
+Function DestroyService (hService: THandle): integer; stdcall;
+begin
+ Result := Core.Services.DelService(hService);
+end;
+
+//---------------
+// Function Calls a Services Proc
+// Returns Services Return Value or SERVICE_NOT_FOUND on Failure
+//---------------
+Function CallService (ServiceName: PChar; wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall;
+begin
+ Result := Core.Services.CallService(ServiceName, wParam, lParam);
+end;
+
+//---------------
+// Function Returns Non Zero if a Service with the given Name Exists,
+// otherwise 0
+//---------------
+Function ServiceExists (ServiceName: PChar): Integer; stdcall;
+begin
+ Result := Core.Services.ServiceExists(ServiceName);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UPluginLoader.pas b/unicode/src/base/UPluginLoader.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5e581c23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UPluginLoader.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,798 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL: https://ultrastardx.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/ultrastardx/trunk/src/base/uPluginLoader.pas $
+ * $Id: uPluginLoader.pas 1403 2008-09-23 21:17:22Z k-m_schindler $
+ *}
+
+unit UPluginLoader;
+{*********************
+ UPluginLoader
+ Unit contains two classes
+ TPluginLoader: Class searching for and loading the plugins
+ TtehPlugins: Class representing the plugins in modules chain
+*********************}
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ UPluginDefs,
+ UCoreModule;
+
+type
+ TPluginListItem = record
+ Info: TUS_PluginInfo;
+ State: Byte; // State of this plugin: 0 - undefined; 1 - loaded; 2 - inited / running; 4 - unloaded; 254 - loading aborted by plugin; 255 - unloaded because of error
+ Path: String; // path to this plugin
+ NeedsDeInit: Boolean; // if this is inited correctly this should be true
+ hLib: THandle; // handle of loaded libary
+ Procs: record // procs offered by plugin. Don't call this directly use wrappers of TPluginLoader
+ Load: Func_Load;
+ Init: Func_Init;
+ DeInit: Proc_DeInit;
+ end;
+ end;
+ {*********************
+ TPluginLoader
+ Class searches for plugins and manages loading and unloading
+ *********************}
+ PPluginLoader = ^TPluginLoader;
+ TPluginLoader = class (TCoreModule)
+ private
+ LoadingProcessFinished: Boolean;
+ sUnloadPlugin: THandle;
+ sLoadPlugin: THandle;
+ sGetPluginInfo: THandle;
+ sGetPluginState: THandle;
+
+ procedure FreePlugin(Index: Cardinal);
+ public
+ PluginInterface: TUS_PluginInterface;
+ Plugins: array of TPluginListItem;
+
+ // TCoreModule methods to inherit
+ constructor Create; override;
+ procedure Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo); override;
+ function Load: Boolean; override;
+ function Init: Boolean; override;
+ procedure DeInit; override;
+ Destructor Destroy; override;
+
+ // New methods
+ procedure BrowseDir(Path: String); // browses the path at _Path_ for plugins
+ function PluginExists(Name: String): integer; // if plugin exists: Index of plugin, else -1
+ procedure AddPlugin(Filename: String); // adds plugin to the array
+
+ function CallLoad(Index: Cardinal): integer;
+ function CallInit(Index: Cardinal): integer;
+ procedure CallDeInit(Index: Cardinal);
+
+ //Services offered
+ function LoadPlugin(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //wParam PChar(PluginName/PluginPath) | lParam (if wParam = nil) ID of the Plugin
+ function UnloadPlugin(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //wParam PChar(PluginName/PluginPath) | lParam (if wParam = nil) ID of the Plugin
+ function GetPluginInfo(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //If wParam = -1 then (If lParam = nil then get length of Moduleinfo Array. If lparam <> nil then write array of TUS_PluginInfo to address at lparam) else (Get PluginInfo of Plugin with Index(wParam) to Address at lParam)
+ function GetPluginState(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //If wParam = -1 then (If lParam = nil then get length of Moduleinfo Array. If lparam <> nil then write array of TUS_PluginInfo to address at lparam) else (Return PluginInfo of Plugin with Index(wParam))
+
+ end;
+
+ {*********************
+ TtehPlugins
+ Class represents the plugins in module chain.
+ It calls the plugins procs and funcs
+ *********************}
+ TtehPlugins = class (TCoreModule)
+ private
+ PluginLoader: PPluginLoader;
+ public
+ // TCoreModule methods to inherit
+ constructor Create; override;
+
+ procedure Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo); override;
+ function Load: Boolean; override;
+ function Init: Boolean; override;
+ procedure DeInit; override;
+ end;
+
+const
+{$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)}
+ PluginFileExtension = '.dll';
+{$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)}
+ PluginFileExtension = '.dylib';
+{$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)}
+ PluginFileExtension = '.so';
+{$IFEND}
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ UCore,
+ UPluginInterface,
+{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+ windows,
+{$ELSE}
+ dynlibs,
+{$ENDIF}
+ UMain,
+ SysUtils;
+
+{*********************
+ TPluginLoader
+ Implementation
+*********************}
+
+//-------------
+// function that gives some infos about the module to the core
+//-------------
+procedure TPluginLoader.Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo);
+begin
+ pInfo^.Name := 'TPluginLoader';
+ pInfo^.Version := MakeVersion(1,0,0,chr(0));
+ pInfo^.Description := 'Searches for plugins, loads and unloads them';
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Just the constructor
+//-------------
+constructor TPluginLoader.Create;
+begin
+ inherited;
+
+ // Init PluginInterface
+ // Using methods from UPluginInterface
+ PluginInterface.CreateHookableEvent := CreateHookableEvent;
+ PluginInterface.DestroyHookableEvent := DestroyHookableEvent;
+ PluginInterface.NotivyEventHooks := NotivyEventHooks;
+ PluginInterface.HookEvent := HookEvent;
+ PluginInterface.UnHookEvent := UnHookEvent;
+ PluginInterface.EventExists := EventExists;
+
+ PluginInterface.CreateService := @CreateService;
+ PluginInterface.DestroyService := DestroyService;
+ PluginInterface.CallService := CallService;
+ PluginInterface.ServiceExists := ServiceExists;
+
+ // UnSet private var
+ LoadingProcessFinished := False;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Is called on loading.
+// In this method only events and services should be created
+// to offer them to other modules or plugins during the init process
+// if false is returned this will cause a forced exit
+//-------------
+function TPluginLoader.Load: Boolean;
+begin
+ Result := True;
+
+ try
+ // Start searching for plugins
+ BrowseDir(PluginPath);
+ except
+ Result := False;
+ Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Error browsing and loading.')), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
+ end;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Is called on init process
+// In this method you can hook some events and create + init
+// your classes, variables etc.
+// If false is returned this will cause a forced exit
+//-------------
+function TPluginLoader.Init: Boolean;
+begin
+ // Just set private var to true.
+ LoadingProcessFinished := True;
+ Result := True;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Is called if this module has been inited and there is a exit.
+// Deinit is in backwards initing order
+//-------------
+procedure TPluginLoader.DeInit;
+var
+ I: integer;
+begin
+ // Force deinit
+ // if some plugins aren't deinited for some reason o0
+ for I := 0 to High(Plugins) do
+ begin
+ if (Plugins[I].State < 4) then
+ FreePlugin(I);
+ end;
+
+ // Nothing to do here. Core will remove the hooks
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Is called if this module will be unloaded and has been created
+// Should be used to free memory
+//-------------
+Destructor TPluginLoader.Destroy;
+begin
+ // Just save some memory if it wasn't done now..
+ SetLength(Plugins, 0);
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+//--------------
+// Browses the path at _Path_ for plugins
+//--------------
+procedure TPluginLoader.BrowseDir(Path: String);
+var
+ SR: TSearchRec;
+begin
+ // Search for other dirs to browse
+ if FindFirst(Path + '*', faDirectory, SR) = 0 then begin
+ repeat
+ if (SR.Name <> '.') and (SR.Name <> '..') then
+ BrowseDir(Path + Sr.Name + PathDelim);
+ until FindNext(SR) <> 0;
+ end;
+ FindClose(SR);
+
+ // Search for plugins at path
+ if FindFirst(Path + '*' + PluginFileExtension, 0, SR) = 0 then
+ begin
+ repeat
+ AddPlugin(Path + SR.Name);
+ until FindNext(SR) <> 0;
+ end;
+ FindClose(SR);
+end;
+
+//--------------
+// If plugin exists: Index of plugin, else -1
+//--------------
+function TPluginLoader.PluginExists(Name: String): integer;
+var
+ I: integer;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+
+ if (Length(Name) <= 32 { =>Length(TUS_PluginInfo.Name)}) then
+ begin
+ for I := 0 to High(Plugins) do
+ if (Plugins[I].Info.Name = Name) then
+ begin //Found the Plugin
+ Result := I;
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//--------------
+// Adds plugin to the array
+//--------------
+procedure TPluginLoader.AddPlugin(Filename: String);
+var
+ hLib: THandle;
+ PInfo: Proc_PluginInfo;
+ Info: TUS_PluginInfo;
+ PluginID: integer;
+begin
+ if (FileExists(Filename)) then
+ begin //Load Libary
+ hLib := LoadLibrary(PChar(Filename));
+ if (hLib <> 0) then
+ begin // Try to get address of the info proc
+ PInfo := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_Info'));
+ if (@PInfo <> nil) then
+ begin
+ Info.cbSize := SizeOf(TUS_PluginInfo);
+
+ try // Call info proc
+ PInfo(@Info);
+ except
+ Info.Name := '';
+ Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Error getting plugin info: ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
+ end;
+
+ // Is name set ?
+ if (Trim(Info.Name) <> '') then
+ begin
+ PluginID := PluginExists(Info.Name);
+
+ if (PluginID > 0) and (Plugins[PluginID].State >=4) then
+ PluginID := -1;
+
+ if (PluginID = -1) then
+ begin
+ // Add new item to array
+ PluginID := Length(Plugins);
+ SetLength(Plugins, PluginID + 1);
+
+ // Fill with info:
+ Plugins[PluginID].Info := Info;
+ Plugins[PluginID].State := 0;
+ Plugins[PluginID].Path := Filename;
+ Plugins[PluginID].NeedsDeInit := False;
+ Plugins[PluginID].hLib := hLib;
+
+ // Try to get procs
+ Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Load := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_Load'));
+ Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Init := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_Init'));
+ Plugins[PluginID].Procs.DeInit := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_DeInit'));
+
+ if (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Load = nil) OR (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Init = nil) OR (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.DeInit = nil) then
+ begin
+ Plugins[PluginID].State := 255;
+ FreeLibrary(hLib);
+ Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Can''t get plugin procs from libary: "' + Info.Name + '" ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
+ end;
+
+ // Emulate loading process if this plugin is loaded too late
+ if (LoadingProcessFinished) then
+ begin
+ CallLoad(PluginID);
+ CallInit(PluginID);
+ end;
+ end
+ else if (LoadingProcessFinished = False) then
+ begin
+ if (Plugins[PluginID].Info.Version < Info.Version) then
+ begin // Found newer version of this plugin
+ Core.ReportDebug(integer(PChar('Found a newer version of plugin: ' + String(Info.Name))), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
+
+ // Unload old plugin
+ UnloadPlugin(PluginID, nil);
+
+ // Fill with new info
+ Plugins[PluginID].Info := Info;
+ Plugins[PluginID].State := 0;
+ Plugins[PluginID].Path := Filename;
+ Plugins[PluginID].NeedsDeInit := False;
+ Plugins[PluginID].hLib := hLib;
+
+ // Try to get procs
+ Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Load := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_Load'));
+ Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Init := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_Init'));
+ Plugins[PluginID].Procs.DeInit := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_DeInit'));
+
+ if (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Load = nil) OR (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Init = nil) OR (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.DeInit = nil) then
+ begin
+ FreeLibrary(hLib);
+ Plugins[PluginID].State := 255;
+ Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Can''t get plugin procs from libary: "' + Info.Name + '" ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ begin // Newer Version already loaded
+ FreeLibrary(hLib);
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ FreeLibrary(hLib);
+ Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Plugin with this name already exists: ' + String(Info.Name))), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ FreeLibrary(hLib);
+ Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('No name reported: ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ FreeLibrary(hLib);
+ Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Can''t find info procedure: ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Can''t load plugin libary: ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
+ end;
+end;
+
+//--------------
+// Calls load func of plugin with the given index
+//--------------
+function TPluginLoader.CallLoad(Index: Cardinal): integer;
+begin
+ Result := -2;
+ if(Index < Length(Plugins)) then
+ begin
+ if (@Plugins[Index].Procs.Load <> nil) and (Plugins[Index].State = 0) then
+ begin
+ try
+ Result := Plugins[Index].Procs.Load(@PluginInterface);
+ except
+ Result := -3;
+ End;
+
+ if (Result = 0) then
+ Plugins[Index].State := 1
+ else
+ begin
+ FreePlugin(Index);
+ Plugins[Index].State := 255;
+ Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Error calling load function from plugin: ' + String(Plugins[Index].Info.Name))), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//--------------
+// Calls init func of plugin with the given index
+//--------------
+function TPluginLoader.CallInit(Index: Cardinal): integer;
+begin
+ Result := -2;
+ if(Index < Length(Plugins)) then
+ begin
+ if (@Plugins[Index].Procs.Init <> nil) and (Plugins[Index].State = 1) then
+ begin
+ try
+ Result := Plugins[Index].Procs.Init(@PluginInterface);
+ except
+ Result := -3;
+ End;
+
+ if (Result = 0) then
+ begin
+ Plugins[Index].State := 2;
+ Plugins[Index].NeedsDeInit := True;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ FreePlugin(Index);
+ Plugins[Index].State := 255;
+ Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Error calling init function from plugin: ' + String(Plugins[Index].Info.Name))), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//--------------
+// Calls deinit proc of plugin with the given index
+//--------------
+procedure TPluginLoader.CallDeInit(Index: Cardinal);
+begin
+ if(Index < Length(Plugins)) then
+ begin
+ if (Plugins[Index].State < 4) then
+ begin
+ if (@Plugins[Index].Procs.DeInit <> nil) and (Plugins[Index].NeedsDeInit) then
+ try
+ Plugins[Index].Procs.DeInit(@PluginInterface);
+ except
+
+ End;
+
+ // Don't forget to remove services and subscriptions by this plugin
+ Core.Hooks.DelbyOwner(-1 - Index);
+
+ FreePlugin(Index);
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//--------------
+// Frees all plugin sources (procs and handles) - helper for deiniting functions
+//--------------
+procedure TPluginLoader.FreePlugin(Index: Cardinal);
+begin
+ Plugins[Index].State := 4;
+ Plugins[Index].Procs.Load := nil;
+ Plugins[Index].Procs.Init := nil;
+ Plugins[Index].Procs.DeInit := nil;
+
+ if (Plugins[Index].hLib <> 0) then
+ FreeLibrary(Plugins[Index].hLib);
+end;
+
+
+
+//--------------
+// wParam PChar(PluginName/PluginPath) | wParam (if lParam = nil) ID of the plugin
+//--------------
+function TPluginLoader.LoadPlugin(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+var
+ Index: integer;
+ sFile: String;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+ sFile := '';
+ // lParam is ID
+ if (lParam = nil) then
+ begin
+ Index := wParam;
+ end
+ else
+ begin //lParam is PChar
+ try
+ sFile := String(PChar(lParam));
+ Index := PluginExists(sFile);
+ if (Index < 0) And FileExists(sFile) then
+ begin // Is filename
+ AddPlugin(sFile);
+ Result := Plugins[High(Plugins)].State;
+ end;
+ except
+ Index := -2;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+
+ if (Index >= 0) and (Index < Length(Plugins)) then
+ begin
+ AddPlugin(Plugins[Index].Path);
+ Result := Plugins[Index].State;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//--------------
+// wParam PChar(PluginName/PluginPath) | wParam (if lParam = nil) ID of the plugin
+//--------------
+function TPluginLoader.UnloadPlugin(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+var
+ Index: integer;
+ sName: String;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+ // lParam is ID
+ if (lParam = nil) then
+ begin
+ Index := wParam;
+ end
+ else
+ begin // wParam is PChar
+ try
+ sName := String(PChar(lParam));
+ Index := PluginExists(sName);
+ except
+ Index := -2;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+
+ if (Index >= 0) and (Index < Length(Plugins)) then
+ CallDeInit(Index)
+end;
+
+//--------------
+// if wParam = -1 then (if lParam = nil then get length of moduleinfo array. if lparam <> nil then write array of TUS_PluginInfo to address at lparam) else (Get PluginInfo of plugin with Index(wParam) to address at lParam)
+//--------------
+function TPluginLoader.GetPluginInfo(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+var I: integer;
+begin
+ Result := 0;
+ if (wParam > 0) then
+ begin // Get info of 1 plugin
+ if (lParam <> nil) and (wParam < Length(Plugins)) then
+ begin
+ try
+ Result := 1;
+ PUS_PluginInfo(lParam)^ := Plugins[wParam].Info;
+ except
+
+ End;
+ end;
+ end
+ else if (lParam = nil) then
+ begin // Get length of plugin (info) array
+ Result := Length(Plugins);
+ end
+ else //Write PluginInfo Array to Address in lParam
+ begin
+ try
+ for I := 0 to high(Plugins) do
+ PAUS_PluginInfo(lParam)^[I] := Plugins[I].Info;
+ Result := Length(Plugins);
+ except
+ Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Could not write PluginInfo Array')), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
+ End;
+ end;
+
+end;
+
+//--------------
+// if wParam = -1 then (if lParam = nil then get length of plugin state array. if lparam <> nil then write array of Byte to address at lparam) else (return state of plugin with index(wParam))
+//--------------
+function TPluginLoader.GetPluginState(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+var I: integer;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+ if (wParam > 0) then
+ begin // Get state of 1 plugin
+ if (wParam < Length(Plugins)) then
+ begin
+ Result := Plugins[wParam].State;
+ end;
+ end
+ else if (lParam = nil) then
+ begin // Get length of plugin (info) array
+ Result := Length(Plugins);
+ end
+ else // Write plugininfo array to address in lParam
+ begin
+ try
+ for I := 0 to high(Plugins) do
+ Byte(Pointer(integer(lParam) + I)^) := Plugins[I].State;
+ Result := Length(Plugins);
+ except
+ Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Could not write pluginstate array')), PChar('TPluginLoader'));
+ End;
+ end;
+end;
+
+
+{*********************
+ TtehPlugins
+ Implementation
+*********************}
+
+//-------------
+// function that gives some infos about the module to the core
+//-------------
+procedure TtehPlugins.Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo);
+begin
+ pInfo^.Name := 'TtehPlugins';
+ pInfo^.Version := MakeVersion(1,0,0,chr(0));
+ pInfo^.Description := 'Module executing the Plugins!';
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Just the constructor
+//-------------
+constructor TtehPlugins.Create;
+begin
+ inherited;
+ PluginLoader := nil;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Is called on loading.
+// In this method only events and services should be created
+// to offer them to other modules or plugins during the init process
+// if false is returned this will cause a forced exit
+//-------------
+function TtehPlugins.Load: Boolean;
+var
+ i: integer; // Counter
+ CurExecutedBackup: integer; //backup of Core.CurExecuted Attribute
+begin
+ // Get pointer to pluginloader
+ PluginLoader := PPluginLoader(Core.GetModulebyName('TPluginLoader'));
+ if (PluginLoader = nil) then
+ begin
+ Result := false;
+ Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Could not get pointer to pluginLoader')), PChar('TtehPlugins'));
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ Result := true;
+
+ // Backup curexecuted
+ CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted;
+
+ // Start loading the plugins
+ for i := 0 to High(PluginLoader.Plugins) do
+ begin
+ Core.CurExecuted := -1 - i;
+
+ try
+ // Unload plugin if not correctly executed
+ if (PluginLoader.CallLoad(i) <> 0) then
+ begin
+ PluginLoader.CallDeInit(i);
+ PluginLoader.Plugins[i].State := 254; // Plugin asks for unload
+ Core.ReportDebug(integer(PChar('Plugin selfabort during loading process: ' + String(PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name))), PChar('TtehPlugins'));
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ Core.ReportDebug(integer(PChar('Plugin loaded succesfully: ' + String(PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name))), PChar('TtehPlugins'));
+ end;
+ except
+ // Plugin could not be loaded.
+ // => Show error message, then shutdown plugin
+ on E: Exception do
+ begin
+ PluginLoader.CallDeInit(i);
+ PluginLoader.Plugins[i].State := 255; // Plugin causes error
+ Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Plugin causes error during loading process: ' + PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name + ', ErrorMsg: "' + E.Message + '"')), PChar('TtehPlugins'));
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ // Reset CurExecuted
+ Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Is called on init process
+// in this method you can hook some events and create + init
+// your classes, variables etc.
+// if false is returned this will cause a forced exit
+//-------------
+function TtehPlugins.Init: Boolean;
+var
+ i: integer; // Counter
+ CurExecutedBackup: integer; // backup of Core.CurExecuted attribute
+begin
+ Result := true;
+
+ // Backup CurExecuted
+ CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted;
+
+ // Start loading the plugins
+ for i := 0 to High(PluginLoader.Plugins) do
+ try
+ Core.CurExecuted := -1 - i;
+
+ // Unload plugin if not correctly executed
+ if (PluginLoader.CallInit(i) <> 0) then
+ begin
+ PluginLoader.CallDeInit(i);
+ PluginLoader.Plugins[i].State := 254; //Plugin asks for unload
+ Core.ReportDebug(integer(PChar('Plugin selfabort during init process: ' + String(PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name))), PChar('TtehPlugins'));
+ end
+ else
+ Core.ReportDebug(integer(PChar('Plugin inited succesfully: ' + String(PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name))), PChar('TtehPlugins'));
+ except
+ // Plugin could not be loaded.
+ // => Show error message, then shut down plugin
+ PluginLoader.CallDeInit(i);
+ PluginLoader.Plugins[i].State := 255; //Plugin causes Error
+ Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Plugin causes error during init process: ' + String(PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name))), PChar('TtehPlugins'));
+ end;
+
+ // Reset CurExecuted
+ Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Is called if this module has been inited and there is a exit.
+// Deinit is in backwards initing order
+//-------------
+procedure TtehPlugins.DeInit;
+var
+ i: integer; // Counter
+ CurExecutedBackup: integer; // backup of Core.CurExecuted attribute
+begin
+ // Backup CurExecuted
+ CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted;
+
+ // Start loop
+
+ for i := 0 to High(PluginLoader.Plugins) do
+ begin
+ try
+ // DeInit plugin
+ PluginLoader.CallDeInit(i);
+ except
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ // Reset CurExecuted
+ Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/URecord.pas b/unicode/src/base/URecord.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..132bafd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/URecord.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,788 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit URecord;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ Classes,
+ Math,
+ SysUtils,
+ sdl,
+ UCommon,
+ UMusic,
+ UIni;
+
+const
+ BaseToneFreq = 65.4064; // lowest (half-)tone to analyze (C2 = 65.4064 Hz)
+ NumHalftones = 36; // C2-B4 (for Whitney and my high voice)
+
+type
+ TCaptureBuffer = class
+ private
+ VoiceStream: TAudioVoiceStream; // stream for voice passthrough
+ AnalysisBufferLock: PSDL_Mutex;
+
+ function GetToneString: string; // converts a tone to its string represenatation;
+
+ procedure BoostBuffer(Buffer: PChar; Size: Cardinal);
+ procedure ProcessNewBuffer(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer);
+
+ // we call it to analyze sound by checking Autocorrelation
+ procedure AnalyzeByAutocorrelation;
+ // use this to check one frequency by Autocorrelation
+ function AnalyzeAutocorrelationFreq(Freq: real): real;
+ public
+ AnalysisBuffer: array[0..4095] of smallint; // newest 4096 samples
+ AnalysisBufferSize: integer; // number of samples of BufferArray to analyze
+
+ LogBuffer: TMemoryStream; // full buffer
+
+ AudioFormat: TAudioFormatInfo;
+
+ // pitch detection
+ // TODO: remove ToneValid, set Tone/ToneAbs=-1 if invalid instead
+ ToneValid: boolean; // true if Tone contains a valid value (otherwise it contains noise)
+ Tone: integer; // tone relative to one octave (e.g. C2=C3=C4). Range: 0-11
+ ToneAbs: integer; // absolute (full range) tone (e.g. C2<>C3). Range: 0..NumHalftones-1
+
+ // methods
+ constructor Create;
+ destructor Destroy; override;
+
+ procedure Clear;
+
+ // use to analyze sound from buffers to get new pitch
+ procedure AnalyzeBuffer;
+ procedure LockAnalysisBuffer(); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+ procedure UnlockAnalysisBuffer(); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF}
+
+ function MaxSampleVolume: Single;
+ property ToneString: string READ GetToneString;
+ end;
+
+const
+ DEFAULT_SOURCE_NAME = '[Default]';
+
+type
+ TAudioInputSource = record
+ Name: string;
+ end;
+
+ // soundcard input-devices information
+ TAudioInputDevice = class
+ public
+ CfgIndex: integer; // index of this device in Ini.InputDeviceConfig
+ Name: string; // soundcard name
+ Source: array of TAudioInputSource; // soundcard input-sources
+ SourceRestore: integer; // source-index that will be selected after capturing (-1: not detected)
+ MicSource: integer; // source-index of mic (-1: none detected)
+
+ AudioFormat: TAudioFormatInfo; // capture format info (e.g. 44.1kHz SInt16 stereo)
+ CaptureChannel: array of TCaptureBuffer; // sound-buffer references used for mono or stereo channel's capture data
+
+ destructor Destroy; override;
+
+ procedure LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex: integer; Sound: TCaptureBuffer);
+
+ // TODO: add Open/Close functions so Start/Stop becomes faster
+ //function Open(): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+ //function Close(): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+ function Start(): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+ function Stop(): boolean; virtual; abstract;
+
+ function GetVolume(): single; virtual; abstract;
+ procedure SetVolume(Volume: single); virtual; abstract;
+ end;
+
+ TAudioInputProcessor = class
+ public
+ Sound: array of TCaptureBuffer; // sound-buffers for every player
+ DeviceList: array of TAudioInputDevice;
+
+ constructor Create;
+ destructor Destroy; override;
+
+ procedure UpdateInputDeviceConfig;
+
+ // handle microphone input
+ procedure HandleMicrophoneData(Buffer: PChar; Size: Cardinal;
+ InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice);
+ end;
+
+ TAudioInputBase = class( TInterfacedObject, IAudioInput )
+ private
+ Started: boolean;
+ protected
+ function UnifyDeviceName(const name: string; deviceIndex: integer): string;
+ public
+ function GetName: String; virtual; abstract;
+ function InitializeRecord: boolean; virtual; abstract;
+ function FinalizeRecord: boolean; virtual;
+
+ procedure CaptureStart;
+ procedure CaptureStop;
+ end;
+
+
+ TSmallIntArray = array [0..(MaxInt div SizeOf(SmallInt))-1] of SmallInt;
+ PSmallIntArray = ^TSmallIntArray;
+
+ function AudioInputProcessor(): TAudioInputProcessor;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ ULog,
+ UMain;
+
+var
+ singleton_AudioInputProcessor : TAudioInputProcessor = nil;
+
+
+{ Global }
+
+function AudioInputProcessor(): TAudioInputProcessor;
+begin
+ if singleton_AudioInputProcessor = nil then
+ singleton_AudioInputProcessor := TAudioInputProcessor.create();
+
+ result := singleton_AudioInputProcessor;
+end;
+
+
+{ TAudioInputDevice }
+
+destructor TAudioInputDevice.Destroy;
+begin
+ Stop();
+ Source := nil;
+ CaptureChannel := nil;
+ FreeAndNil(AudioFormat);
+ inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+procedure TAudioInputDevice.LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex: integer; Sound: TCaptureBuffer);
+var
+ DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
+ OldSound: TCaptureBuffer;
+begin
+ // check bounds
+ if ((ChannelIndex < 0) or (ChannelIndex > High(CaptureChannel))) then
+ Exit;
+
+ // reset previously assigned (old) capture-buffer
+ OldSound := CaptureChannel[ChannelIndex];
+ if (OldSound <> nil) then
+ begin
+ // close voice stream
+ FreeAndNil(OldSound.VoiceStream);
+ // free old audio-format info
+ FreeAndNil(OldSound.AudioFormat);
+ end;
+
+ // set audio-format of new capture-buffer
+ if (Sound <> nil) then
+ begin
+ // copy the input-device audio-format ...
+ Sound.AudioFormat := AudioFormat.Copy;
+ // and adjust it because capture buffers are always mono
+ Sound.AudioFormat.Channels := 1;
+ DeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[CfgIndex];
+
+ if (Ini.VoicePassthrough = 1) then
+ begin
+ // TODO: map odd players to the left and even players to the right speaker
+ Sound.VoiceStream := AudioPlayback.CreateVoiceStream(CHANNELMAP_FRONT, AudioFormat);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ // replace old with new buffer (Note: Sound might be nil)
+ CaptureChannel[ChannelIndex] := Sound;
+end;
+
+{ TSound }
+
+constructor TCaptureBuffer.Create;
+begin
+ inherited;
+ LogBuffer := TMemoryStream.Create;
+ AnalysisBufferLock := SDL_CreateMutex();
+ AnalysisBufferSize := Length(AnalysisBuffer);
+end;
+
+destructor TCaptureBuffer.Destroy;
+begin
+ FreeAndNil(LogBuffer);
+ FreeAndNil(VoiceStream);
+ FreeAndNil(AudioFormat);
+ SDL_DestroyMutex(AnalysisBufferLock);
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TCaptureBuffer.LockAnalysisBuffer();
+begin
+ SDL_mutexP(AnalysisBufferLock);
+end;
+
+procedure TCaptureBuffer.UnlockAnalysisBuffer();
+begin
+ SDL_mutexV(AnalysisBufferLock);
+end;
+
+procedure TCaptureBuffer.Clear;
+begin
+ if assigned(LogBuffer) then
+ LogBuffer.Clear;
+ LockAnalysisBuffer();
+ FillChar(AnalysisBuffer[0], Length(AnalysisBuffer) * SizeOf(SmallInt), 0);
+ UnlockAnalysisBuffer();
+end;
+
+procedure TCaptureBuffer.ProcessNewBuffer(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer);
+var
+ BufferOffset: integer;
+ SampleCount: integer;
+ i: integer;
+begin
+ // apply software boost
+ BoostBuffer(Buffer, BufferSize);
+
+ // voice passthrough (send data to playback-device)
+ if (assigned(VoiceStream)) then
+ VoiceStream.WriteData(Buffer, BufferSize);
+
+ // we assume that samples are in S16Int format
+ // TODO: support float too
+ if (AudioFormat.Format <> asfS16) then
+ Exit;
+
+ // process BufferArray
+ BufferOffset := 0;
+
+ SampleCount := BufferSize div SizeOf(SmallInt);
+
+ // check if we have more new samples than we can store
+ if (SampleCount > Length(AnalysisBuffer)) then
+ begin
+ // discard the oldest of the new samples
+ BufferOffset := (SampleCount - Length(AnalysisBuffer)) * SizeOf(SmallInt);
+ SampleCount := Length(AnalysisBuffer);
+ end;
+
+
+ LockAnalysisBuffer();
+ try
+
+ // move old samples to the beginning of the array (if necessary)
+ for i := 0 to High(AnalysisBuffer)-SampleCount do
+ AnalysisBuffer[i] := AnalysisBuffer[i+SampleCount];
+
+ // copy new samples to analysis buffer
+ Move(Buffer[BufferOffset], AnalysisBuffer[Length(AnalysisBuffer)-SampleCount],
+ SampleCount * SizeOf(SmallInt));
+
+ finally
+ UnlockAnalysisBuffer();
+ end;
+
+
+ // save capture-data to BufferLong if enabled
+ if (Ini.SavePlayback = 1) then
+ begin
+ // this is just for debugging (approx 15MB per player for a 3min song!!!)
+ // For an in-game replay-mode we need to compress data so we do not
+ // waste that much memory. Maybe ogg-vorbis with voice-preset in fast-mode?
+ // Or we could use a faster but not that efficient lossless compression.
+ LogBuffer.WriteBuffer(Buffer, BufferSize);
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TCaptureBuffer.AnalyzeBuffer;
+var
+ Volume: single;
+ MaxVolume: single;
+ SampleIndex: integer;
+ Threshold: single;
+begin
+ ToneValid := false;
+ ToneAbs := -1;
+ Tone := -1;
+
+ LockAnalysisBuffer();
+ try
+
+ // find maximum volume of first 1024 samples
+ MaxVolume := 0;
+ for SampleIndex := 0 to 1023 do
+ begin
+ Volume := Abs(AnalysisBuffer[SampleIndex]) / -Low(Smallint);
+ if Volume > MaxVolume then
+ MaxVolume := Volume;
+ end;
+
+ Threshold := IThresholdVals[Ini.ThresholdIndex];
+
+ // check if signal has an acceptable volume (ignore background-noise)
+ if MaxVolume >= Threshold then
+ begin
+ // analyse the current voice pitch
+ AnalyzeByAutocorrelation;
+ ToneValid := true;
+ end;
+
+ finally
+ UnlockAnalysisBuffer();
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TCaptureBuffer.AnalyzeByAutocorrelation;
+var
+ ToneIndex: integer;
+ CurFreq: real;
+ CurWeight: real;
+ MaxWeight: real;
+ MaxTone: integer;
+const
+ HalftoneBase = 1.05946309436; // 2^(1/12) -> HalftoneBase^12 = 2 (one octave)
+begin
+ // prepare to analyze
+ MaxWeight := -1;
+ MaxTone := 0; // this is not needed, but it satifies the compiler
+
+ // analyze halftones
+ // Note: at the lowest tone (~65Hz) and a buffer-size of 4096
+ // at 44.1 (or 48kHz) only 6 (or 5) samples are compared, this might be
+ // too few samples -> use a bigger buffer-size
+ for ToneIndex := 0 to NumHalftones-1 do
+ begin
+ CurFreq := BaseToneFreq * Power(HalftoneBase, ToneIndex);
+ CurWeight := AnalyzeAutocorrelationFreq(CurFreq);
+
+ // TODO: prefer higher frequencies (use >= or use downto)
+ if (CurWeight > MaxWeight) then
+ begin
+ // this frequency has a higher weight
+ MaxWeight := CurWeight;
+ MaxTone := ToneIndex;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ ToneAbs := MaxTone;
+ Tone := MaxTone mod 12;
+end;
+
+// result medium difference
+function TCaptureBuffer.AnalyzeAutocorrelationFreq(Freq: real): real;
+var
+ Dist: real; // distance (0=equal .. 1=totally different) between correlated samples
+ AccumDist: real; // accumulated distances
+ SampleIndex: integer; // index of sample to analyze
+ CorrelatingSampleIndex: integer; // index of sample one period ahead
+ SamplesPerPeriod: integer; // samples in one period
+begin
+ SampleIndex := 0;
+ SamplesPerPeriod := Round(AudioFormat.SampleRate/Freq);
+ CorrelatingSampleIndex := SampleIndex + SamplesPerPeriod;
+
+ AccumDist := 0;
+
+ // compare correlating samples
+ while (CorrelatingSampleIndex < AnalysisBufferSize) do
+ begin
+ // calc distance (correlation: 1-dist) to corresponding sample in next period
+ Dist := Abs(AnalysisBuffer[SampleIndex] - AnalysisBuffer[CorrelatingSampleIndex]) /
+ High(Word);
+ AccumDist := AccumDist + Dist;
+ Inc(SampleIndex);
+ Inc(CorrelatingSampleIndex);
+ end;
+
+ // return "inverse" average distance (=correlation)
+ Result := 1 - AccumDist / AnalysisBufferSize;
+end;
+
+function TCaptureBuffer.MaxSampleVolume: Single;
+var
+ lSampleIndex: Integer;
+ lMaxVol : Longint;
+begin;
+ LockAnalysisBuffer();
+ try
+ lMaxVol := 0;
+ for lSampleIndex := 0 to High(AnalysisBuffer) do
+ begin
+ if Abs(AnalysisBuffer[lSampleIndex]) > lMaxVol then
+ lMaxVol := Abs(AnalysisBuffer[lSampleIndex]);
+ end;
+ finally
+ UnlockAnalysisBuffer();
+ end;
+
+ result := lMaxVol / -Low(Smallint);
+end;
+
+const
+ ToneStrings: array[0..11] of string = (
+ 'C', 'C#', 'D', 'D#', 'E', 'F', 'F#', 'G', 'G#', 'A', 'A#', 'B'
+ );
+
+function TCaptureBuffer.GetToneString: string;
+begin
+ if (ToneValid) then
+ Result := ToneStrings[Tone] + IntToStr(ToneAbs div 12 + 2)
+ else
+ Result := '-';
+end;
+
+procedure TCaptureBuffer.BoostBuffer(Buffer: PChar; Size: Cardinal);
+var
+ i: integer;
+ Value: Longint;
+ SampleCount: integer;
+ SampleBuffer: PSmallIntArray; // buffer handled as array of samples
+ Boost: byte;
+begin
+ // TODO: set boost per device
+ case Ini.MicBoost of
+ 0: Boost := 1;
+ 1: Boost := 2;
+ 2: Boost := 4;
+ 3: Boost := 8;
+ else Boost := 1;
+ end;
+
+ // at the moment we will boost SInt16 data only
+ if (AudioFormat.Format = asfS16) then
+ begin
+ // interpret buffer as buffer of bytes
+ SampleBuffer := PSmallIntArray(Buffer);
+ SampleCount := Size div AudioFormat.FrameSize;
+
+ // boost buffer
+ for i := 0 to SampleCount-1 do
+ begin
+ Value := SampleBuffer^[i] * Boost;
+
+ if Value > High(Smallint) then
+ Value := High(Smallint);
+
+ if Value < Low(Smallint) then
+ Value := Low(Smallint);
+
+ SampleBuffer^[i] := Value;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+
+{ TAudioInputProcessor }
+
+constructor TAudioInputProcessor.Create;
+var
+ i: integer;
+begin
+ inherited;
+ SetLength(Sound, 6 {max players});//Ini.Players+1);
+ for i := 0 to High(Sound) do
+ Sound[i] := TCaptureBuffer.Create;
+end;
+
+destructor TAudioInputProcessor.Destroy;
+var
+ i: integer;
+begin
+ for i := 0 to High(Sound) do
+ Sound[i].Free;
+ SetLength(Sound, 0);
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+// updates InputDeviceConfig with current input-device information
+// See: TIni.LoadInputDeviceCfg()
+procedure TAudioInputProcessor.UpdateInputDeviceConfig;
+var
+ deviceIndex: integer;
+ newDevice: boolean;
+ deviceIniIndex: integer;
+ deviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
+ device: TAudioInputDevice;
+ channelCount: integer;
+ channelIndex: integer;
+ i: integer;
+begin
+ // Input devices - append detected soundcards
+ for deviceIndex := 0 to High(DeviceList) do
+ begin
+ newDevice := true;
+ //Search for Card in List
+ for deviceIniIndex := 0 to High(Ini.InputDeviceConfig) do
+ begin
+ deviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[deviceIniIndex];
+ device := DeviceList[deviceIndex];
+
+ if (deviceCfg.Name = Trim(device.Name)) then
+ begin
+ newDevice := false;
+
+ // store highest channel index as an offset for the new channels
+ channelIndex := High(deviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap);
+ // add missing channels or remove non-existing ones
+ SetLength(deviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap, device.AudioFormat.Channels);
+ // initialize added channels to 0
+ for i := channelIndex+1 to High(deviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap) do
+ begin
+ deviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[i] := 0;
+ end;
+
+ // associate ini-index with device
+ device.CfgIndex := deviceIniIndex;
+ break;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ //If not in List -> Add
+ if newDevice then
+ begin
+ // resize list
+ SetLength(Ini.InputDeviceConfig, Length(Ini.InputDeviceConfig)+1);
+ deviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[High(Ini.InputDeviceConfig)];
+ device := DeviceList[deviceIndex];
+
+ // associate ini-index with device
+ device.CfgIndex := High(Ini.InputDeviceConfig);
+
+ deviceCfg.Name := Trim(device.Name);
+ deviceCfg.Input := 0;
+
+ channelCount := device.AudioFormat.Channels;
+ SetLength(deviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap, channelCount);
+
+ for channelIndex := 0 to channelCount-1 do
+ begin
+ // set default at first start of USDX (1st device, 1st channel -> player1)
+ if ((channelIndex = 0) and (device.CfgIndex = 0)) then
+ deviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[0] := 1
+ else
+ deviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[channelIndex] := 0;
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+{*
+ * Handles captured microphone input data.
+ * Params:
+ * Buffer - buffer of signed 16bit interleaved stereo PCM-samples.
+ * Interleaved means that a right-channel sample follows a left-
+ * channel sample and vice versa (0:left[0],1:right[0],2:left[1],...).
+ * Length - number of bytes in Buffer
+ * Input - Soundcard-Input used for capture
+ *}
+procedure TAudioInputProcessor.HandleMicrophoneData(Buffer: PChar; Size: Cardinal; InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice);
+var
+ MultiChannelBuffer: PChar; // buffer handled as array of bytes (offset relative to channel)
+ SingleChannelBuffer: PChar; // temporary buffer for new samples per channel
+ SingleChannelBufferSize: integer;
+ ChannelIndex: integer;
+ CaptureChannel: TCaptureBuffer;
+ AudioFormat: TAudioFormatInfo;
+ SampleSize: integer;
+ SampleCount: integer;
+ SamplesPerChannel: integer;
+ i: integer;
+begin
+ AudioFormat := InputDevice.AudioFormat;
+ SampleSize := AudioSampleSize[AudioFormat.Format];
+ SampleCount := Size div SampleSize;
+ SamplesPerChannel := Size div AudioFormat.FrameSize;
+
+ SingleChannelBufferSize := SamplesPerChannel * SampleSize;
+ GetMem(SingleChannelBuffer, SingleChannelBufferSize);
+
+ // process channels
+ for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(InputDevice.CaptureChannel) do
+ begin
+ CaptureChannel := InputDevice.CaptureChannel[ChannelIndex];
+ // check if a capture buffer was assigned, otherwise there is nothing to do
+ if (CaptureChannel <> nil) then
+ begin
+ // set offset according to channel index
+ MultiChannelBuffer := @Buffer[ChannelIndex * SampleSize];
+ // seperate channel-data from interleaved multi-channel (e.g. stereo) data
+ for i := 0 to SamplesPerChannel-1 do
+ begin
+ Move(MultiChannelBuffer[i*AudioFormat.FrameSize],
+ SingleChannelBuffer[i*SampleSize],
+ SampleSize);
+ end;
+ CaptureChannel.ProcessNewBuffer(SingleChannelBuffer, SingleChannelBufferSize);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ FreeMem(SingleChannelBuffer);
+end;
+
+
+{ TAudioInputBase }
+
+function TAudioInputBase.FinalizeRecord: boolean;
+var
+ i: integer;
+begin
+ for i := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do
+ AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[i].Free();
+ AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList := nil;
+ Result := true;
+end;
+
+{*
+ * Start capturing on all used input-device.
+ *}
+procedure TAudioInputBase.CaptureStart;
+var
+ S: integer;
+ DeviceIndex: integer;
+ ChannelIndex: integer;
+ Device: TAudioInputDevice;
+ DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
+ DeviceUsed: boolean;
+ Player: integer;
+begin
+ if (Started) then
+ CaptureStop();
+
+ // reset buffers
+ for S := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.Sound) do
+ AudioInputProcessor.Sound[S].Clear;
+
+ // start capturing on each used device
+ for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do
+ begin
+ Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex];
+ if not assigned(Device) then
+ continue;
+ DeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[Device.CfgIndex];
+
+ DeviceUsed := false;
+
+ // check if device is used
+ for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap) do
+ begin
+ Player := DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap[ChannelIndex]-1;
+ if (Player < 0) or (Player >= PlayersPlay) then
+ begin
+ Device.LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex, nil);
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ Device.LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex, AudioInputProcessor.Sound[Player]);
+ DeviceUsed := true;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ // start device if used
+ if (DeviceUsed) then
+ begin
+ //Log.BenchmarkStart(2);
+ Device.Start();
+ //Log.BenchmarkEnd(2);
+ //Log.LogBenchmark('Device.Start', 2) ;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ Started := true;
+end;
+
+{*
+ * Stop input-capturing on all soundcards.
+ *}
+procedure TAudioInputBase.CaptureStop;
+var
+ DeviceIndex: integer;
+ ChannelIndex: integer;
+ Device: TAudioInputDevice;
+ DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig;
+begin
+ for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do
+ begin
+ Device := AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[DeviceIndex];
+ if not assigned(Device) then
+ continue;
+
+ Device.Stop();
+
+ // disconnect capture buffers
+ DeviceCfg := @Ini.InputDeviceConfig[Device.CfgIndex];
+ for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(DeviceCfg.ChannelToPlayerMap) do
+ Device.LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex, nil);
+ end;
+
+ Started := false;
+end;
+
+function TAudioInputBase.UnifyDeviceName(const name: string; deviceIndex: integer): string;
+var
+ count: integer; // count of devices with this name
+
+ function IsDuplicate(const name: string): boolean;
+ var
+ i: integer;
+ begin
+ Result := False;
+ // search devices with same description
+ For i := 0 to deviceIndex-1 do
+ begin
+ if (AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[i].Name = name) then
+ begin
+ Result := True;
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+begin
+ count := 1;
+ result := name;
+
+ // if there is another device with the same ID, search for an available name
+ while (IsDuplicate(result)) do
+ begin
+ Inc(count);
+ // set description
+ result := name + ' ('+IntToStr(count)+')';
+ end;
+end;
+
+end.
+
+
+
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/URingBuffer.pas b/unicode/src/base/URingBuffer.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..515d0efb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/URingBuffer.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit URingBuffer;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ SysUtils;
+
+type
+ TRingBuffer = class
+ private
+ RingBuffer: PChar;
+ BufferCount: integer;
+ BufferSize: integer;
+ WritePos: integer;
+ ReadPos: integer;
+ public
+ constructor Create(Size: integer);
+ destructor Destroy; override;
+ function Read(Buffer: PChar; Count: integer): integer;
+ function Write(Buffer: PChar; Count: integer): integer;
+ procedure Flush();
+ end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ Math;
+
+constructor TRingBuffer.Create(Size: integer);
+begin
+ BufferSize := Size;
+
+ GetMem(RingBuffer, Size);
+ if (RingBuffer = nil) then
+ raise Exception.Create('No memory');
+end;
+
+destructor TRingBuffer.Destroy;
+begin
+ FreeMem(RingBuffer);
+end;
+
+function TRingBuffer.Read(Buffer: PChar; Count: integer): integer;
+var
+ PartCount: integer;
+begin
+ // adjust output count
+ if (Count > BufferCount) then
+ begin
+ //DebugWriteln('Read too much: ' + inttostr(count) +',count:'+ inttostr(BufferCount) + '/size:' + inttostr(BufferSize));
+ Count := BufferCount;
+ end;
+
+ // check if there is something to do
+ if (Count <= 0) then
+ begin
+ Result := Count;
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ // copy data to output buffer
+
+ // first step: copy from the area between the read-position and the end of the buffer
+ PartCount := Min(Count, BufferSize - ReadPos);
+ Move(RingBuffer[ReadPos], Buffer[0], PartCount);
+
+ // second step: if we need more data, copy from the beginning of the buffer
+ if (PartCount < Count) then
+ Move(RingBuffer[0], Buffer[0], Count-PartCount);
+
+ // mark the copied part of the buffer as free
+ BufferCount := BufferCount - Count;
+ ReadPos := (ReadPos + Count) mod BufferSize;
+
+ Result := Count;
+end;
+
+function TRingBuffer.Write(Buffer: PChar; Count: integer): integer;
+var
+ PartCount: integer;
+begin
+ // check for a reasonable request
+ if (Count <= 0) then
+ begin
+ Result := Count;
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ // skip input data if the input buffer is bigger than the ring-buffer
+ if (Count > BufferSize) then
+ begin
+ //DebugWriteln('Write skip data:' + inttostr(count) +',count:'+ inttostr(BufferCount) + '/size:' + inttostr(BufferSize));
+ Buffer := @Buffer[Count - BufferSize];
+ Count := BufferSize;
+ end;
+
+ // first step: copy to the area between the write-position and the end of the buffer
+ PartCount := Min(Count, BufferSize - WritePos);
+ Move(Buffer[0], RingBuffer[WritePos], PartCount);
+
+ // second step: copy data to front of buffer
+ if (PartCount < Count) then
+ Move(Buffer[PartCount], RingBuffer[0], Count-PartCount);
+
+ // update info
+ BufferCount := Min(BufferCount + Count, BufferSize);
+ WritePos := (WritePos + Count) mod BufferSize;
+ // if the buffer is full, we have to reposition the read-position
+ if (BufferCount = BufferSize) then
+ ReadPos := WritePos;
+
+ Result := Count;
+end;
+
+procedure TRingBuffer.Flush();
+begin
+ ReadPos := 0;
+ WritePos := 0;
+ BufferCount := 0;
+end;
+
+end. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UServices.pas b/unicode/src/base/UServices.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3783c543
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UServices.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UServices;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ uPluginDefs,
+ SysUtils;
+{*********************
+ TServiceManager
+ Class for saving, managing and calling of Services.
+ Saves all Services and their Procs
+*********************}
+
+type
+ TServiceName = String[60];
+ PServiceInfo = ^TServiceInfo;
+ TServiceInfo = record
+ Self: THandle; //Handle of this Service
+ Hash: Integer; //4 Bit Hash of the Services Name
+ Name: TServiceName; //Name of this Service
+
+ Owner: Integer; //If < 0 [-(DLLMan Pluginindex + 1)]; 0 - undefined, On Error Full shutdown, If < 0 [ModuleIndex - 1]
+
+ Next: PServiceInfo; //Pointer to the Next Service in teh list
+
+ //Here is s/t tricky
+ //To avoid writing of Wrapping Functions to offer a Service from a Class
+ //We save a Normal Proc or a Method of a Class
+ Case isClass: boolean of
+ False: (Proc: TUS_Service); //Proc that will be called on Event
+ True: (ProcOfClass: TUS_Service_of_Object);
+ end;
+
+ TServiceManager = class
+ private
+ //Managing Service List
+ FirstService: PServiceInfo;
+ LastService: PServiceInfo;
+
+ //Some Speed improvement by caching the last 4 called Services
+ //Most of the time a Service is called multiple times
+ ServiceCache: Array[0..3] of PServiceInfo;
+ NextCacheItem: Byte;
+
+ //Next Service added gets this Handle:
+ NextHandle: THandle;
+ public
+ Constructor Create;
+
+ Function AddService(const ServiceName: PChar; const Proc: TUS_Service = nil; const ProcofClass: TUS_Service_of_Object = nil): THandle;
+ Function DelService(const hService: THandle): integer;
+
+ Function CallService(const ServiceName: PChar; const wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+
+ Function NametoHash(const ServiceName: TServiceName): Integer;
+ Function ServiceExists(const ServiceName: PChar): Integer;
+ end;
+
+var
+ ServiceManager: TServiceManager;
+
+implementation
+uses
+ ULog,
+ UCore;
+
+//------------
+// Create - Creates Class and Set Standard Values
+//------------
+Constructor TServiceManager.Create;
+begin
+ inherited;
+
+ FirstService := nil;
+ LastService := nil;
+
+ ServiceCache[0] := nil;
+ ServiceCache[1] := nil;
+ ServiceCache[2] := nil;
+ ServiceCache[3] := nil;
+
+ NextCacheItem := 0;
+
+ NextHandle := 1;
+
+ {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+ debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Succesful created!');
+ {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+//------------
+// Function Creates a new Service and Returns the Services Handle,
+// 0 on Failure. (Name already exists)
+//------------
+Function TServiceManager.AddService(const ServiceName: PChar; const Proc: TUS_Service; const ProcofClass: TUS_Service_of_Object): THandle;
+var
+ Cur: PServiceInfo;
+begin
+ Result := 0;
+
+ If (@Proc <> nil) or (@ProcOfClass <> nil) then
+ begin
+ If (ServiceExists(ServiceName) = 0) then
+ begin //There is a Proc and the Service does not already exist
+ //Ok Add it!
+
+ //Get Memory
+ GetMem(Cur, SizeOf(TServiceInfo));
+
+ //Fill it with Data
+ Cur.Next := nil;
+
+ If (@Proc = nil) then
+ begin //Use the ProcofClass Method
+ Cur.isClass := True;
+ Cur.ProcOfClass := ProcofClass;
+ end
+ else //Use the normal Proc
+ begin
+ Cur.isClass := False;
+ Cur.Proc := Proc;
+ end;
+
+ Cur.Self := NextHandle;
+ //Zero Name
+ Cur.Name := #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0;
+ Cur.Name := String(ServiceName);
+ Cur.Hash := NametoHash(Cur.Name);
+
+ //Add Owner to Service
+ Cur.Owner := Core.CurExecuted;
+
+ //Add Service to the List
+ If (FirstService = nil) then
+ FirstService := Cur;
+
+ If (LastService <> nil) then
+ LastService.Next := Cur;
+
+ LastService := Cur;
+
+ {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+ debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Service added: ''' + ServiceName + ''', Handle: ' + InttoStr(Cur.Self));
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ //Inc Next Handle
+ Inc(NextHandle);
+ end
+ {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+ else debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Try to readd Service: ' + ServiceName);
+ {$ENDIF}
+ end;
+end;
+
+//------------
+// Function Destroys a Service, 0 on success, not 0 on Failure
+//------------
+Function TServiceManager.DelService(const hService: THandle): integer;
+var
+ Last, Cur: PServiceInfo;
+ I: Integer;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+
+ Last := nil;
+ Cur := FirstService;
+
+ //Search for Service to Delete
+ While (Cur <> nil) do
+ begin
+ If (Cur.Self = hService) then
+ begin //Found Service => Delete it
+
+ //Delete from List
+ If (Last = nil) then //Found first Service
+ FirstService := Cur.Next
+ Else //Service behind the first
+ Last.Next := Cur.Next;
+
+ //IF this is the LastService, correct LastService
+ If (Cur = LastService) then
+ LastService := Last;
+
+ //Search for Service in Cache and delete it if found
+ For I := 0 to High(ServiceCache) do
+ If (ServiceCache[I] = Cur) then
+ begin
+ ServiceCache[I] := nil;
+ end;
+
+ {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+ debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Removed Service succesful: ' + Cur.Name);
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ //Free Memory
+ Freemem(Cur, SizeOf(TServiceInfo));
+
+ //Break the Loop
+ Break;
+ end;
+
+ //Go to Next Service
+ Last := Cur;
+ Cur := Cur.Next;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//------------
+// Function Calls a Services Proc
+// Returns Services Return Value or SERVICE_NOT_FOUND on Failure
+//------------
+Function TServiceManager.CallService(const ServiceName: PChar; const wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer;
+var
+ SExists: Integer;
+ Service: PServiceInfo;
+ CurExecutedBackup: Integer; //backup of Core.CurExecuted Attribute
+begin
+ Result := SERVICE_NOT_FOUND;
+ SExists := ServiceExists(ServiceName);
+ If (SExists <> 0) then
+ begin
+ //Backup CurExecuted
+ CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted;
+
+ Service := Pointer(SExists);
+
+ If (Service.isClass) then
+ //Use Proc of Class
+ Result := Service.ProcOfClass(wParam, lParam)
+ Else
+ //Use normal Proc
+ Result := Service.Proc(wParam, lParam);
+
+ //Restore CurExecuted
+ Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup;
+ end;
+
+ {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+ debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Service ''' + ServiceName + ''' called. Result: ' + InttoStr(Result));
+ {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+//------------
+// Generates the Hash for the given Name
+//------------
+Function TServiceManager.NametoHash(const ServiceName: TServiceName): Integer;
+// FIXME: check if the non-asm version is fast enough and use it by default if so
+{$IF Defined(CPUX86_64)}
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$ASMMODE Intel}
+{$ENDIF}
+asm
+ { CL: Counter; RAX: Result; RDX: Current Memory Address }
+ Mov RCX, 14
+ Mov RDX, ServiceName {Save Address of String that should be "Hashed"}
+ Mov RAX, [RDX]
+ @FoldLoop: ADD RDX, 4 {jump 4 Byte(32 Bit) to the next tile }
+ ADD RAX, [RDX] {Add the Value of the next 4 Byte of the String to the Hash}
+ LOOP @FoldLoop {Fold again if there are Chars Left}
+end;
+{$ELSEIF Defined(CPU386) or Defined(CPUI386)}
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$ASMMODE Intel}
+{$ENDIF}
+asm
+ { CL: Counter; EAX: Result; EDX: Current Memory Address }
+ Mov ECX, 14 {Init Counter, Fold 14 Times to get 4 Bytes out of 60}
+ Mov EDX, ServiceName {Save Address of String that should be "Hashed"}
+ Mov EAX, [EDX]
+ @FoldLoop: ADD EDX, 4 {jump 4 Byte(32 Bit) to the next tile }
+ ADD EAX, [EDX] {Add the Value of the next 4 Byte of the String to the Hash}
+ LOOP @FoldLoop {Fold again if there are Chars Left}
+end;
+{$ELSE}
+var
+ i: integer;
+ ptr: ^integer;
+begin
+ ptr := @ServiceName;
+ Result := 0;
+ for i := 1 to 14 do
+ begin
+ Result := Result + ptr^;
+ Inc(ptr);
+ end;
+end;
+{$IFEND}
+
+
+//------------
+// Function Returns Non Zero if a Service with the given Name Exists, otherwise 0
+//------------
+Function TServiceManager.ServiceExists(const ServiceName: PChar): Integer;
+var
+ Name: TServiceName;
+ Hash: Integer;
+ Cur: PServiceInfo;
+ I: Byte;
+begin
+ Result := 0;
+ // to-do : Write a Metbod (in ASM) to Zero and Add in one turn (faster then this dirty hack ;)
+ //Zero Name:
+ Name := #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0;
+ //Add Service Name
+ Name := String(ServiceName);
+ Hash := NametoHash(Name);
+
+ //First of all Look for the Service in Cache
+ For I := 0 to High(ServiceCache) do
+ begin
+ If (ServiceCache[I] <> nil) AND (ServiceCache[I].Hash = Hash) then
+ begin
+ If (ServiceCache[I].Name = Name) then
+ begin //Found Service in Cache
+ Result := Integer(ServiceCache[I]);
+
+ {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+ debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Found Service in Cache: ''' + ServiceName + '''');
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ If (Result = 0) then
+ begin
+ Cur := FirstService;
+ While (Cur <> nil) do
+ begin
+ If (Cur.Hash = Hash) then
+ begin
+ If (Cur.Name = Name) then
+ begin //Found the Service
+ Result := Integer(Cur);
+
+ {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+ debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Found Service in List: ''' + ServiceName + '''');
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ //Add to Cache
+ ServiceCache[NextCacheItem] := Cur;
+ NextCacheItem := (NextCacheItem + 1) AND 3;
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ Cur := Cur.Next;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/USingNotes.pas b/unicode/src/base/USingNotes.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dcfaff9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/USingNotes.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit USingNotes;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+{ Dummy Unit atm
+ For further explanation
+ Placeholder for Class that will handle the Notes Drawing}
+
+implementation
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/USingScores.pas b/unicode/src/base/USingScores.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2d9b1e5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/USingScores.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1010 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit USingScores;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ UThemes,
+ gl,
+ UTexture;
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// ATTENTION: //
+// Enabled Flag does not Work atm. This should cause Popups //
+// Not to Move and Scores to stay until Renenabling. //
+// To use e.g. in Pause Mode //
+// Also InVisible Flag causes Attributes not to change. //
+// This should be fixed after next Draw when Visible = True,//
+// but not testet yet //
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+//Some constants containing options that could change by time
+const
+ MaxPlayers = 6; //Maximum of Players that could be added
+ MaxPositions = 6; //Maximum of Score Positions that could be added
+
+type
+ //-----------
+ // TScorePlayer - Record Containing Information about a Players Score
+ //-----------
+ TScorePlayer = record
+ Position: Byte; //Index of the Position where the Player should be Drawn
+ Enabled: Boolean; //Is the Score Display Enabled
+ Visible: Boolean; //Is the Score Display Visible
+ Score: Word; //Current Score of the Player
+ ScoreDisplayed: Word; //Score cur. Displayed(for counting up)
+ ScoreBG: TTexture;//Texture of the Players Scores BG
+ Color: TRGB; //Teh Players Color
+ RBPos: Real; //Cur. Percentille of the Rating Bar
+ RBTarget: Real; //Target Position of Rating Bar
+ RBVisible:Boolean; //Is Rating bar Drawn
+ end;
+ aScorePlayer = array[0..MaxPlayers-1] of TScorePlayer;
+
+ //-----------
+ // TScorePosition - Record Containing Information about a Score Position, that can be used
+ //-----------
+ PScorePosition = ^TScorePosition;
+ TScorePosition = record
+ //The Position is Used for Which Playercount
+ PlayerCount: Byte;
+ // 1 - One Player per Screen
+ // 2 - 2 Players per Screen
+ // 4 - 3 Players per Screen
+ // 6 would be 2 and 3 Players per Screen
+
+ BGX: Real; //X Position of the Score BG
+ BGY: Real; //Y Position of the Score BG
+ BGW: Real; //Width of the Score BG
+ BGH: Real; //Height of the Score BG
+
+ RBX: Real; //X Position of the Rating Bar
+ RBY: Real; //Y Position of the Rating Bar
+ RBW: Real; //Width of the Rating Bar
+ RBH: Real; //Height of the Rating Bar
+
+ TextX: Real; //X Position of the Score Text
+ TextY: Real; //Y Position of the Score Text
+ TextFont: Byte; //Font of the Score Text
+ TextSize: integer; //Size of the Score Text
+
+ PUW: Real; //Width of the LineBonus Popup
+ PUH: Real; //Height of the LineBonus Popup
+ PUFont: Byte; //Font for the PopUps
+ PUFontSize: integer; //FontSize for the PopUps
+ PUStartX: Real; //X Start Position of the LineBonus Popup
+ PUStartY: Real; //Y Start Position of the LineBonus Popup
+ PUTargetX: Real; //X Target Position of the LineBonus Popup
+ PUTargetY: Real; //Y Target Position of the LineBonus Popup
+ end;
+ aScorePosition = array[0..MaxPositions-1] of TScorePosition;
+
+ //-----------
+ // TScorePopUp - Record Containing Information about a LineBonus Popup
+ // List, Next Item is Saved in Next attribute
+ //-----------
+ PScorePopUp = ^TScorePopUp;
+ TScorePopUp = record
+ Player: Byte; //Index of the PopUps Player
+ TimeStamp: Cardinal; //Timestamp of Popups Spawn
+ Rating: Byte; //0 to 8, Type of Rating (Cool, bad, etc.)
+ ScoreGiven:Word; //Score that has already been given to the Player
+ ScoreDiff: Word; //Difference Between Cur Score at Spawn and Old Score
+ Next: PScorePopUp; //Next Item in List
+ end;
+ aScorePopUp = array of TScorePopUp;
+
+ //-----------
+ // TSingScores - Class containing Scores Positions and Drawing Scores, Rating Bar + Popups
+ //-----------
+ TSingScores = class
+ private
+ Positions: aScorePosition;
+ aPlayers: aScorePlayer;
+ oPositionCount: Byte;
+ oPlayerCount: Byte;
+
+ //Saves the First and Last Popup of the List
+ FirstPopUp: PScorePopUp;
+ LastPopUp: PScorePopUp;
+
+ // Draws a Popup by Pointer
+ procedure DrawPopUp(const PopUp: PScorePopUp);
+
+ // Draws a Score by Playerindex
+ procedure DrawScore(const Index: Integer);
+
+ // Draws the RatingBar by Playerindex
+ procedure DrawRatingBar(const Index: Integer);
+
+ // Removes a PopUp w/o destroying the List
+ procedure KillPopUp(const last, cur: PScorePopUp);
+ public
+ Settings: record //Record containing some Displaying Options
+ Phase1Time: Real; //time for Phase 1 to complete (in msecs)
+ //The Plop Up of the PopUp
+ Phase2Time: Real; //time for Phase 2 to complete (in msecs)
+ //The Moving (mainly Upwards) of the Popup
+ Phase3Time: Real; //time for Phase 3 to complete (in msecs)
+ //The Fade out and Score adding
+
+ PopUpTex: array [0..8] of TTexture; //Textures for every Popup Rating
+
+ RatingBar_BG_Tex: TTexture; //Rating Bar Texs
+ RatingBar_FG_Tex: TTexture;
+ RatingBar_Bar_Tex: TTexture;
+
+ end;
+
+ Visible: Boolean; //Visibility of all Scores
+ Enabled: Boolean; //Scores are changed, PopUps are Moved etc.
+ RBVisible: Boolean; //Visibility of all Rating Bars
+
+ //Propertys for Reading Position and Playercount
+ property PositionCount: Byte read oPositionCount;
+ property PlayerCount: Byte read oPlayerCount;
+ property Players: aScorePlayer read aPlayers;
+
+ //Constructor just sets some standard Settings
+ constructor Create;
+
+ // Adds a Position to Array and Increases Position Count
+ procedure AddPosition(const pPosition: PScorePosition);
+
+ // Adds a Player to Array and Increases Player Count
+ procedure AddPlayer(const ScoreBG: TTexture; const Color: TRGB; const Score: Word = 0; const Enabled: Boolean = True; const Visible: Boolean = True);
+
+ //Change a Players Visibility, Enable
+ procedure ChangePlayerVisibility(const Index: Byte; const pVisible: Boolean);
+ procedure ChangePlayerEnabled(const Index: Byte; const pEnabled: Boolean);
+
+ // Deletes all Player Information
+ procedure ClearPlayers;
+
+ // Deletes Positions and Playerinformation
+ procedure Clear;
+
+ // Loads some Settings and the Positions from Theme
+ procedure LoadfromTheme;
+
+ // has to be called after Positions and Players have been added, before first call of Draw
+ //It gives every Player a Score Position
+ procedure Init;
+
+ //Spawns a new Line Bonus PopUp for the Player
+ procedure SpawnPopUp(const PlayerIndex: Byte; const Rating: Byte; const Score: Word);
+
+ //Removes all PopUps from Mem
+ procedure KillAllPopUps;
+
+ // Draws Scores and Linebonus PopUps
+ procedure Draw;
+ end;
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses SDL,
+ SysUtils,
+ ULog,
+ UGraphic,
+ TextGL;
+
+{**
+ * Sets some standard Settings
+ *}
+Constructor TSingScores.Create;
+begin
+ inherited;
+
+ //Clear PopupList Pointers
+ FirstPopUp := nil;
+ LastPopUp := nil;
+
+ //Clear Variables
+ Visible := True;
+ Enabled := True;
+ RBVisible := True;
+
+ //Clear Position Index
+ oPositionCount := 0;
+ oPlayerCount := 0;
+
+ Settings.Phase1Time := 350; // plop it up . -> [ ]
+ Settings.Phase2Time := 550; // shift it up ^[ ]^
+ Settings.Phase3Time := 200; // increase score [s++]
+
+ Settings.PopUpTex[0].TexNum := 0;
+ Settings.PopUpTex[1].TexNum := 0;
+ Settings.PopUpTex[2].TexNum := 0;
+ Settings.PopUpTex[3].TexNum := 0;
+ Settings.PopUpTex[4].TexNum := 0;
+ Settings.PopUpTex[5].TexNum := 0;
+ Settings.PopUpTex[6].TexNum := 0;
+ Settings.PopUpTex[7].TexNum := 0;
+ Settings.PopUpTex[8].TexNum := 0;
+
+ Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexNum := 0;
+ Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexNum := 0;
+ Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexNum := 0;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Adds a Position to Array and Increases Position Count
+ *}
+Procedure TSingScores.AddPosition(const pPosition: PScorePosition);
+begin
+ if (PositionCount < MaxPositions) then
+ begin
+ Positions[PositionCount] := pPosition^;
+
+ Inc(oPositionCount);
+ end;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Adds a Player to Array and Increases Player Count
+ *}
+Procedure TSingScores.AddPlayer(const ScoreBG: TTexture; const Color: TRGB; const Score: Word; const Enabled: Boolean; const Visible: Boolean);
+begin
+ if (PlayerCount < MaxPlayers) then
+ begin
+ aPlayers[PlayerCount].Position := High(byte);
+ aPlayers[PlayerCount].Enabled := Enabled;
+ aPlayers[PlayerCount].Visible := Visible;
+ aPlayers[PlayerCount].Score := Score;
+ aPlayers[PlayerCount].ScoreDisplayed := Score;
+ aPlayers[PlayerCount].ScoreBG := ScoreBG;
+ aPlayers[PlayerCount].Color := Color;
+ aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBPos := 0.5;
+ aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBTarget := 0.5;
+ aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBVisible := True;
+
+ Inc(oPlayerCount);
+ end;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Change a Players Visibility
+ *}
+Procedure TSingScores.ChangePlayerVisibility(const Index: Byte; const pVisible: Boolean);
+begin
+ if (Index < MaxPlayers) then
+ aPlayers[Index].Visible := pVisible;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Change Player Enabled
+ *}
+Procedure TSingScores.ChangePlayerEnabled(const Index: Byte; const pEnabled: Boolean);
+begin
+ if (Index < MaxPlayers) then
+ aPlayers[Index].Enabled := pEnabled;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Procedure Deletes all Player Information
+ *}
+Procedure TSingScores.ClearPlayers;
+begin
+ KillAllPopUps;
+ oPlayerCount := 0;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Procedure Deletes Positions and Playerinformation
+ *}
+Procedure TSingScores.Clear;
+begin
+ KillAllPopUps;
+ oPlayerCount := 0;
+ oPositionCount := 0;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Procedure Loads some Settings and the Positions from Theme
+ *}
+Procedure TSingScores.LoadfromTheme;
+var I: Integer;
+ Procedure AddbyStatics(const PC: Byte; const ScoreStatic, SingBarStatic: TThemeStatic; ScoreText: TThemeText);
+ var nPosition: TScorePosition;
+ begin
+ nPosition.PlayerCount := PC; //Only for one Player Playing
+
+ nPosition.BGX := ScoreStatic.X;
+ nPosition.BGY := ScoreStatic.Y;
+ nPosition.BGW := ScoreStatic.W;
+ nPosition.BGH := ScoreStatic.H;
+
+ nPosition.TextX := ScoreText.X;
+ nPosition.TextY := ScoreText.Y;
+ nPosition.TextFont := ScoreText.Font;
+ nPosition.TextSize := ScoreText.Size;
+
+ nPosition.RBX := SingBarStatic.X;
+ nPosition.RBY := SingBarStatic.Y;
+ nPosition.RBW := SingBarStatic.W;
+ nPosition.RBH := SingBarStatic.H;
+
+ nPosition.PUW := nPosition.BGW;
+ nPosition.PUH := nPosition.BGH;
+
+ nPosition.PUFont := 2;
+ nPosition.PUFontSize := 18;
+
+ nPosition.PUStartX := nPosition.BGX;
+ nPosition.PUStartY := nPosition.TextY + 65;
+
+ nPosition.PUTargetX := nPosition.BGX;
+ nPosition.PUTargetY := nPosition.TextY;
+
+ AddPosition(@nPosition);
+ end;
+begin
+ Clear;
+
+ //Set Textures
+ //Popup Tex
+ For I := 0 to 8 do
+ Settings.PopUpTex[I] := Tex_SingLineBonusBack[I];
+
+ //Rating Bar Tex
+ Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex := Tex_SingBar_Back;
+ Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex := Tex_SingBar_Front;
+ Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex := Tex_SingBar_Bar;
+
+ //Load Positions from Theme
+
+ // Player1:
+ AddByStatics(1, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1SingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1Score);
+ AddByStatics(2, Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore);
+ AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore);
+
+ // Player2:
+ AddByStatics(2, Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP2RSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore);
+ AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP2MSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore);
+
+ // Player3:
+ AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP3SingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore);
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Spawns a new Line Bonus PopUp for the Player
+ *}
+Procedure TSingScores.SpawnPopUp(const PlayerIndex: Byte; const Rating: Byte; const Score: Word);
+var Cur: PScorePopUp;
+begin
+ if (PlayerIndex < PlayerCount) then
+ begin
+ //Get Memory and Add Data
+ GetMem(Cur, SizeOf(TScorePopUp));
+
+ Cur.Player := PlayerIndex;
+ Cur.TimeStamp := SDL_GetTicks;
+
+ //limit rating value to 8
+ //a higher value would cause a crash when selecting the bg textur
+ if (Rating > 8) then
+ Cur.Rating := 8
+ else
+ Cur.Rating := Rating;
+
+ Cur.ScoreGiven:= 0;
+ If (Players[PlayerIndex].Score < Score) then
+ begin
+ Cur.ScoreDiff := Score - Players[PlayerIndex].Score;
+ aPlayers[PlayerIndex].Score := Score;
+ end
+ else
+ Cur.ScoreDiff := 0;
+ Cur.Next := nil;
+
+ //Log.LogError('TSingScores.SpawnPopUp| Player: ' + InttoStr(PlayerIndex) + ', Score: ' + InttoStr(Score) + ', ScoreDiff: ' + InttoStr(Cur.ScoreDiff));
+
+ //Add it to the Chain
+ if (FirstPopUp = nil) then
+ //the first PopUp in the List
+ FirstPopUp := Cur
+ else
+ //second or earlier popup
+ LastPopUp.Next := Cur;
+
+ //Set new Popup to Last PopUp in the List
+ LastPopUp := Cur;
+ end
+ else
+ Log.LogError('TSingScores: Try to add PopUp for not existing player');
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Removes a PopUp w/o destroying the List
+ *}
+Procedure TSingScores.KillPopUp(const last, cur: PScorePopUp);
+begin
+ //Give Player the Last Points that missing till now
+ aPlayers[Cur.Player].ScoreDisplayed := aPlayers[Cur.Player].ScoreDisplayed + Cur.ScoreDiff - Cur.ScoreGiven;
+
+ //Change Bars Position
+ if (Cur.ScoreDiff > 0) THEN
+ begin //Popup w/ scorechange -> give missing Percentille
+ aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget +
+ (Cur.ScoreDiff - Cur.ScoreGiven) / Cur.ScoreDiff
+ * (Cur.Rating / 20 - 0.26);
+ end
+ else
+ begin //Popup w/o scorechange -> give complete Percentille
+ aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget +
+ (Cur.Rating / 20 - 0.26);
+ end;
+
+ If (aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget > 1) then
+ aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := 1
+ else
+ If (aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget < 0) then
+ aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := 0;
+
+ //If this is the First PopUp => Make Next PopUp the First
+ If (Cur = FirstPopUp) then
+ FirstPopUp := Cur.Next
+ //Else => Remove Curent Popup from Chain
+ else
+ Last.Next := Cur.Next;
+
+ //If this is the Last PopUp, Make PopUp before the Last
+ If (Cur = LastPopUp) then
+ LastPopUp := Last;
+
+ //Free the Memory
+ FreeMem(Cur, SizeOf(TScorePopUp));
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Removes all PopUps from Mem
+ *}
+Procedure TSingScores.KillAllPopUps;
+var
+ Cur: PScorePopUp;
+ Last: PScorePopUp;
+begin
+ Cur := FirstPopUp;
+
+ //Remove all PopUps:
+ While (Cur <> nil) do
+ begin
+ Last := Cur;
+ Cur := Cur.Next;
+ FreeMem(Last, SizeOf(TScorePopUp));
+ end;
+
+ FirstPopUp := nil;
+ LastPopUp := nil;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Has to be called after Positions and Players have been added, before first call of Draw
+ * It gives every Player a Score Position
+ *}
+Procedure TSingScores.Init;
+var
+ PlC: Array [0..1] of Byte; //Playercount First Screen and Second Screen
+ I, J: Integer;
+ MaxPlayersperScreen: Byte;
+ CurPlayer: Byte;
+
+ Function GetPositionCountbyPlayerCount(bPlayerCount: Byte): Byte;
+ var I: Integer;
+ begin
+ Result := 0;
+ bPlayerCount := 1 shl (bPlayerCount - 1);
+
+ For I := 0 to PositionCount-1 do
+ begin
+ If ((Positions[I].PlayerCount AND bPlayerCount) <> 0) then
+ Inc(Result);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ Function GetPositionbyPlayernum(bPlayerCount, bPlayer: Byte): Byte;
+ var I: Integer;
+ begin
+ bPlayerCount := 1 shl (bPlayerCount - 1);
+ Result := High(Byte);
+
+ For I := 0 to PositionCount-1 do
+ begin
+ If ((Positions[I].PlayerCount AND bPlayerCount) <> 0) then
+ begin
+ If (bPlayer = 0) then
+ begin
+ Result := I;
+ Break;
+ end
+ else
+ Dec(bPlayer);
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+begin
+ MaxPlayersPerScreen := 0;
+
+ For I := 1 to 6 do
+ begin
+ //If there are enough Positions -> Write to MaxPlayers
+ If (GetPositionCountbyPlayerCount(I) = I) then
+ MaxPlayersPerScreen := I
+ else
+ Break;
+ end;
+
+
+ //Split Players to both Screen or Display on One Screen
+ if (Screens = 2) and (MaxPlayersPerScreen < PlayerCount) then
+ begin
+ PlC[0] := PlayerCount div 2 + PlayerCount mod 2;
+ PlC[1] := PlayerCount div 2;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ PlC[0] := PlayerCount;
+ PlC[1] := 0;
+ end;
+
+
+ //Check if there are enough Positions for all Players
+ For I := 0 to Screens - 1 do
+ begin
+ if (PlC[I] > MaxPlayersperScreen) then
+ begin
+ PlC[I] := MaxPlayersperScreen;
+ Log.LogError('More Players than available Positions, TSingScores');
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ CurPlayer := 0;
+ //Give every Player a Position
+ For I := 0 to Screens - 1 do
+ For J := 0 to PlC[I]-1 do
+ begin
+ aPlayers[CurPlayer].Position := GetPositionbyPlayernum(PlC[I], J) OR (I shl 7);
+ //Log.LogError('Player ' + InttoStr(CurPlayer) + ' gets Position: ' + InttoStr(aPlayers[CurPlayer].Position));
+ Inc(CurPlayer);
+ end;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Draws Scores and Linebonus PopUps
+ *}
+Procedure TSingScores.Draw;
+var
+ I: Integer;
+ CurTime: Cardinal;
+ CurPopUp, LastPopUp: PScorePopUp;
+begin
+ CurTime := SDL_GetTicks;
+
+ If Visible then
+ begin
+ //Draw Popups
+ LastPopUp := nil;
+ CurPopUp := FirstPopUp;
+
+ While (CurPopUp <> nil) do
+ begin
+ if (CurTime - CurPopUp.TimeStamp > Settings.Phase1Time + Settings.Phase2Time + Settings.Phase3Time) then
+ begin
+ KillPopUp(LastPopUp, CurPopUp);
+ if (LastPopUp = nil) then
+ CurPopUp := FirstPopUp
+ else
+ CurPopUp := LastPopUp.Next;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ DrawPopUp(CurPopUp);
+ LastPopUp := CurPopUp;
+ CurPopUp := LastPopUp.Next;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+
+ IF (RBVisible) then
+ //Draw Players w/ Rating Bar
+ For I := 0 to PlayerCount-1 do
+ begin
+ DrawScore(I);
+ DrawRatingBar(I);
+ end
+ else
+ //Draw Players w/o Rating Bar
+ For I := 0 to PlayerCount-1 do
+ begin
+ DrawScore(I);
+ end;
+
+ end; //eo Visible
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Draws a Popup by Pointer
+ *}
+Procedure TSingScores.DrawPopUp(const PopUp: PScorePopUp);
+var
+ Progress: Real;
+ CurTime: Cardinal;
+ X, Y, W, H, Alpha: Real;
+ FontSize: integer;
+ FontOffset: Real;
+ TimeDiff: Cardinal;
+ PIndex: Byte;
+ TextLen: Real;
+ ScoretoAdd: Word;
+ PosDiff: Real;
+begin
+ if (PopUp <> nil) then
+ begin
+ //Only Draw if Player has a Position
+ PIndex := Players[PopUp.Player].Position;
+ If PIndex <> high(byte) then
+ begin
+ //Only Draw if Player is on Cur Screen
+ If ((Players[PopUp.Player].Position AND 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1) then
+ begin
+ CurTime := SDL_GetTicks;
+ If Not (Enabled AND Players[PopUp.Player].Enabled) then
+ //Increase Timestamp with TIem where there is no Movement ...
+ begin
+ //Inc(PopUp.TimeStamp, LastRender);
+ end;
+ TimeDiff := CurTime - PopUp.TimeStamp;
+
+ //Get Position of PopUp
+ PIndex := PIndex AND 127;
+
+
+ //Check for Phase ...
+ If (TimeDiff <= Settings.Phase1Time) then
+ begin
+ //Phase 1 - The Ploping up
+ Progress := TimeDiff / Settings.Phase1Time;
+
+
+ W := Positions[PIndex].PUW * Sin(Progress/2*Pi);
+ H := Positions[PIndex].PUH * Sin(Progress/2*Pi);
+
+ X := Positions[PIndex].PUStartX + (Positions[PIndex].PUW - W)/2;
+ Y := Positions[PIndex].PUStartY + (Positions[PIndex].PUH - H)/2;
+
+ FontSize := Round(Progress * Positions[PIndex].PUFontSize);
+ FontOffset := (H - FontSize) / 2;
+ Alpha := 1;
+ end
+
+ Else If (TimeDiff <= Settings.Phase2Time + Settings.Phase1Time) then
+ begin
+ //Phase 2 - The Moving
+ Progress := (TimeDiff - Settings.Phase1Time) / Settings.Phase2Time;
+
+ W := Positions[PIndex].PUW;
+ H := Positions[PIndex].PUH;
+
+ PosDiff := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetX - Positions[PIndex].PUStartX;
+ If PosDiff > 0 then
+ PosDiff := PosDiff + W;
+ X := Positions[PIndex].PUStartX + PosDiff * sqr(Progress);
+
+ PosDiff := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetY - Positions[PIndex].PUStartY;
+ If PosDiff < 0 then
+ PosDiff := PosDiff + Positions[PIndex].BGH;
+ Y := Positions[PIndex].PUStartY + PosDiff * sqr(Progress);
+
+ FontSize := Positions[PIndex].PUFontSize;
+ FontOffset := (H - FontSize) / 2;
+ Alpha := 1 - 0.3 * Progress;
+ end
+
+ else
+ begin
+ //Phase 3 - The Fading out + Score adding
+ Progress := (TimeDiff - Settings.Phase1Time - Settings.Phase2Time) / Settings.Phase3Time;
+
+ If (PopUp.Rating > 0) then
+ begin
+ //Add Scores if Player Enabled
+ If (Enabled AND Players[PopUp.Player].Enabled) then
+ begin
+ ScoreToAdd := Round(PopUp.ScoreDiff * Progress) - PopUp.ScoreGiven;
+ Inc(PopUp.ScoreGiven, ScoreToAdd);
+ aPlayers[PopUp.Player].ScoreDisplayed := Players[PopUp.Player].ScoreDisplayed + ScoreToAdd;
+
+ //Change Bars Position
+ aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget + ScoreToAdd/PopUp.ScoreDiff * (PopUp.Rating / 20 - 0.26);
+ If (aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget > 1) then
+ aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := 1
+ else If (aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget < 0) then
+ aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := 0;
+ end;
+
+ //Set Positions etc.
+ Alpha := 0.7 - 0.7 * Progress;
+
+ W := Positions[PIndex].PUW;
+ H := Positions[PIndex].PUH;
+
+ PosDiff := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetX - Positions[PIndex].PUStartX;
+ If (PosDiff > 0) then
+ PosDiff := W
+ else
+ PosDiff := 0;
+ X := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetX + PosDiff * Progress;
+
+ PosDiff := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetY - Positions[PIndex].PUStartY;
+ If (PosDiff < 0) then
+ PosDiff := -Positions[PIndex].BGH
+ else
+ PosDiff := 0;
+ Y := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetY - PosDiff * (1-Progress);
+
+ FontSize := Positions[PIndex].PUFontSize;
+ FontOffset := (H - FontSize) / 2;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ //Here the Effect that Should be shown if a PopUp without Score is Drawn
+ //And or Spawn with the GraphicObjects etc.
+ //Some Work for Blindy to do :P
+
+ //ATM: Just Let it Slide in the Scores just like the Normal PopUp
+ Alpha := 0;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ //Draw PopUp
+
+ if (Alpha > 0) AND (Players[PopUp.Player].Visible) then
+ begin
+ //Draw BG:
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+ glColor4f(1,1,1, Alpha);
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexNum);
+
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X, Y);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexH); glVertex2f(X, Y + H);
+ glTexCoord2f(Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexW, Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexH); glVertex2f(X + W, Y + H);
+ glTexCoord2f(Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexW, 0); glVertex2f(X + W, Y);
+ glEnd;
+
+ glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+ //Set FontStyle and Size
+ SetFontStyle(Positions[PIndex].PUFont);
+ SetFontItalic(False);
+ SetFontSize(FontSize);
+
+ //Draw Text
+ TextLen := glTextWidth(Theme.Sing.LineBonusText[PopUp.Rating]);
+
+ //Color and Pos
+ SetFontPos (X + (W - TextLen) / 2, Y + FontOffset);
+ glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha);
+
+ //Draw
+ glPrint(Theme.Sing.LineBonusText[PopUp.Rating]);
+ end; //eo Alpha check
+ end; //eo Right Screen
+ end; //eo Player has Position
+ end
+ else
+ Log.LogError('TSingScores: Try to Draw a not existing PopUp');
+end;
+
+{**
+ * Draws a Score by Playerindex
+ *}
+Procedure TSingScores.DrawScore(const Index: Integer);
+var
+ Position: PScorePosition;
+ ScoreStr: String;
+begin
+ //Only Draw if Player has a Position
+ If Players[Index].Position <> high(byte) then
+ begin
+ //Only Draw if Player is on Cur Screen
+ If (((Players[Index].Position AND 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1)) AND Players[Index].Visible then
+ begin
+ Position := @Positions[Players[Index].Position and 127];
+
+ //Draw ScoreBG
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+ glColor4f(1,1,1, 1);
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexNum);
+
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Position.BGX, Position.BGY);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexH); glVertex2f(Position.BGX, Position.BGY + Position.BGH);
+ glTexCoord2f(Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexW, Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexH); glVertex2f(Position.BGX + Position.BGW, Position.BGY + Position.BGH);
+ glTexCoord2f(Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexW, 0); glVertex2f(Position.BGX + Position.BGW, Position.BGY);
+ glEnd;
+
+ glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+ //Draw Score Text
+ SetFontStyle(Position.TextFont);
+ SetFontItalic(False);
+ SetFontSize(Position.TextSize);
+ SetFontPos(Position.TextX, Position.TextY);
+
+ ScoreStr := InttoStr(Players[Index].ScoreDisplayed div 10) + '0';
+ While (Length(ScoreStr) < 5) do
+ ScoreStr := '0' + ScoreStr;
+
+ glPrint(ScoreStr);
+
+ end; //eo Right Screen
+ end; //eo Player has Position
+end;
+
+
+Procedure TSingScores.DrawRatingBar(const Index: Integer);
+var
+ Position: PScorePosition;
+ R,G,B, Size: Real;
+ Diff: Real;
+begin
+ //Only Draw if Player has a Position
+ if Players[Index].Position <> high(byte) then
+ begin
+ //Only Draw if Player is on Cur Screen
+ if (((Players[Index].Position and 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1) and
+ Players[index].RBVisible and
+ Players[index].Visible) then
+ begin
+ Position := @Positions[Players[Index].Position and 127];
+
+ if (Enabled AND Players[Index].Enabled) then
+ begin
+ //Move Position if Enabled
+ Diff := Players[Index].RBTarget - Players[Index].RBPos;
+ If(Abs(Diff) < 0.02) then
+ aPlayers[Index].RBPos := aPlayers[Index].RBTarget
+ else
+ aPlayers[Index].RBPos := aPlayers[Index].RBPos + Diff*0.1;
+ end;
+
+ //Get Colors for RatingBar
+ if (Players[index].RBPos <= 0.22) then
+ begin
+ R := 1;
+ G := 0;
+ B := 0;
+ end
+ else if (Players[index].RBPos <= 0.42) then
+ begin
+ R := 1;
+ G := Players[index].RBPos*5;
+ B := 0;
+ end
+ else if (Players[index].RBPos <= 0.57) then
+ begin
+ R := 1;
+ G := 1;
+ B := 0;
+ end
+ else if (Players[index].RBPos <= 0.77) then
+ begin
+ R := 1-(Players[index].RBPos-0.57)*5;
+ G := 1;
+ B := 0;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ R := 0;
+ G := 1;
+ B := 0;
+ end;
+
+ //Enable all glFuncs Needed
+ glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+ glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+ //Draw RatingBar BG
+ glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.8);
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexNum);
+
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0);
+ glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY);
+
+ glTexCoord2f(0, Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexH);
+ glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY+Position.RBH);
+
+ glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexW, Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexH);
+ glVertex2f(Position.RBX+Position.RBW, Position.RBY+Position.RBH);
+
+ glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexW, 0);
+ glVertex2f(Position.RBX+Position.RBW, Position.RBY);
+ glEnd;
+
+ //Draw Rating bar itself
+ Size := Position.RBX + Position.RBW * Players[Index].RBPos;
+ glColor4f(R, G, B, 1);
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexNum);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0);
+ glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY);
+
+ glTexCoord2f(0, Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexH);
+ glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY + Position.RBH);
+
+ glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexW, Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexH);
+ glVertex2f(Size, Position.RBY + Position.RBH);
+
+ glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexW, 0);
+ glVertex2f(Size, Position.RBY);
+ glEnd;
+
+ //Draw Ratingbar FG (Teh thing with the 3 lines to get better readability)
+ glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.6);
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexNum);
+ glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+ glTexCoord2f(0, 0);
+ glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY);
+
+ glTexCoord2f(0, Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexH);
+ glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY + Position.RBH);
+
+ glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexW, Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexH);
+ glVertex2f(Position.RBX + Position.RBW, Position.RBY + Position.RBH);
+
+ glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexW, 0);
+ glVertex2f(Position.RBX + Position.RBW, Position.RBY);
+ glEnd;
+
+ //Disable all Enabled glFuncs
+ glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+ glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+ end; //eo Right Screen
+ end; //eo Player has Position
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/USkins.pas b/unicode/src/base/USkins.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df736684
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/USkins.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit USkins;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+type
+ TSkinTexture = record
+ Name: string;
+ FileName: string;
+ end;
+
+ TSkinEntry = record
+ Theme: string;
+ Name: string;
+ Path: string;
+ FileName: string;
+ Creator: string; // not used yet
+ end;
+
+ TSkin = class
+ Skin: array of TSkinEntry;
+ SkinTexture: array of TSkinTexture;
+ SkinPath: string;
+ Color: integer;
+ constructor Create;
+ procedure LoadList;
+ procedure ParseDir(Dir: string);
+ procedure LoadHeader(FileName: string);
+ procedure LoadSkin(Name: string);
+ function GetTextureFileName(TextureName: string): string;
+ function GetSkinNumber(Name: string): integer;
+ procedure onThemeChange;
+ end;
+
+var
+ Skin: TSkin;
+
+implementation
+
+uses IniFiles,
+ Classes,
+ SysUtils,
+ UMain,
+ ULog,
+ UIni;
+
+constructor TSkin.Create;
+begin
+ inherited;
+ LoadList;
+// LoadSkin('Lisek');
+// SkinColor := Color;
+end;
+
+procedure TSkin.LoadList;
+var
+ SR: TSearchRec;
+begin
+ if FindFirst(SkinsPath+'*', faDirectory, SR) = 0 then begin
+ repeat
+ if (SR.Name <> '.') and (SR.Name <> '..') then
+ ParseDir(SkinsPath + SR.Name + PathDelim);
+ until FindNext(SR) <> 0;
+ end; // if
+ FindClose(SR);
+end;
+
+procedure TSkin.ParseDir(Dir: string);
+var
+ SR: TSearchRec;
+begin
+ if FindFirst(Dir + '*.ini', faAnyFile, SR) = 0 then begin
+ repeat
+
+ if (SR.Name <> '.') and (SR.Name <> '..') then
+ LoadHeader(Dir + SR.Name);
+
+ until FindNext(SR) <> 0;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSkin.LoadHeader(FileName: string);
+var
+ SkinIni: TMemIniFile;
+ S: integer;
+begin
+ SkinIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FileName);
+
+ S := Length(Skin);
+ SetLength(Skin, S+1);
+
+ Skin[S].Path := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(ExtractFileDir(FileName));
+ Skin[S].FileName := ExtractFileName(FileName);
+ Skin[S].Theme := SkinIni.ReadString('Skin', 'Theme', '');
+ Skin[S].Name := SkinIni.ReadString('Skin', 'Name', '');
+ Skin[S].Creator := SkinIni.ReadString('Skin', 'Creator', '');
+
+ SkinIni.Free;
+end;
+
+procedure TSkin.LoadSkin(Name: string);
+var
+ SkinIni: TMemIniFile;
+ SL: TStringList;
+ T: integer;
+ S: integer;
+begin
+ S := GetSkinNumber(Name);
+ SkinPath := Skin[S].Path;
+
+ SkinIni := TMemIniFile.Create(SkinPath + Skin[S].FileName);
+
+ SL := TStringList.Create;
+ SkinIni.ReadSection('Textures', SL);
+
+ SetLength(SkinTexture, SL.Count);
+ for T := 0 to SL.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ SkinTexture[T].Name := SL.Strings[T];
+ SkinTexture[T].FileName := SkinIni.ReadString('Textures', SL.Strings[T], '');
+ end;
+
+ SL.Free;
+ SkinIni.Free;
+end;
+
+function TSkin.GetTextureFileName(TextureName: string): string;
+var
+ T: integer;
+begin
+ Result := '';
+
+ for T := 0 to High(SkinTexture) do
+ begin
+ if ( SkinTexture[T].Name = TextureName ) AND
+ ( SkinTexture[T].FileName <> '' ) then
+ begin
+ Result := SkinPath + SkinTexture[T].FileName;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ if ( TextureName <> '' ) AND
+ ( Result <> '' ) THEN
+ begin
+ //Log.LogError('', '-----------------------------------------');
+ //Log.LogError(TextureName+' - '+ Result, 'TSkin.GetTextureFileName');
+ end;
+
+{ Result := SkinPath + 'Bar.jpg';
+ if TextureName = 'Ball' then Result := SkinPath + 'Ball.bmp';
+ if Copy(TextureName, 1, 4) = 'Gray' then Result := SkinPath + 'Ball.bmp';
+ if Copy(TextureName, 1, 6) = 'NoteBG' then Result := SkinPath + 'Ball.bmp';}
+end;
+
+function TSkin.GetSkinNumber(Name: string): integer;
+var
+ S: integer;
+begin
+ Result := 0; // set default to the first available skin
+ for S := 0 to High(Skin) do
+ if Skin[S].Name = Name then Result := S;
+end;
+
+procedure TSkin.onThemeChange;
+var
+ S: integer;
+ Name: String;
+begin
+ Ini.SkinNo:=0;
+ SetLength(ISkin, 0);
+ Name := Uppercase(ITheme[Ini.Theme]);
+ for S := 0 to High(Skin) do
+ if Name = Uppercase(Skin[S].Theme) then begin
+ SetLength(ISkin, Length(ISkin)+1);
+ ISkin[High(ISkin)] := Skin[S].Name;
+ end;
+
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/USong.pas b/unicode/src/base/USong.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cff56c1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/USong.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,1109 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit USong;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+ Windows,
+ {$ELSE}
+ {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+ syscall,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ baseunix,
+ UnixType,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ SysUtils,
+ Classes,
+ UPlatform,
+ ULog,
+ UTexture,
+ UCommon,
+ {$IFDEF DARWIN}
+ cthreads,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ {$IFDEF USE_PSEUDO_THREAD}
+ PseudoThread,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ UCatCovers,
+ UXMLSong;
+
+type
+
+ TSingMode = ( smNormal, smPartyMode, smPlaylistRandom );
+
+ TBPM = record
+ BPM: real;
+ StartBeat: real;
+ end;
+
+ TScore = record
+ Name: WideString;
+ Score: integer;
+ Length: string;
+ end;
+
+ TSong = class
+ FileLineNo : integer; //Line which is readed at Last, for error reporting
+
+ procedure ParseNote(LineNumber: integer; TypeP: char; StartP, DurationP, NoteP: integer; LyricS: string);
+ procedure NewSentence(LineNumberP: integer; Param1, Param2: integer);
+
+ function ReadTXTHeader( const aFileName : WideString ): boolean;
+ function ReadXMLHeader( const aFileName : WideString ): boolean;
+ public
+ Path: WideString;
+ Folder: WideString; // for sorting by folder
+ fFileName,
+ FileName: WideString;
+
+ // sorting methods
+ Category: array of WideString; // TODO: do we need this?
+ Genre: WideString;
+ Edition: WideString;
+ Language: WideString;
+
+ Title: WideString;
+ Artist: WideString;
+
+ Text: WideString;
+ Creator: WideString;
+
+ Cover: WideString;
+ CoverTex: TTexture;
+ Mp3: WideString;
+ Background: WideString;
+ Video: WideString;
+ VideoGAP: real;
+ NotesGAP: integer;
+ Start: real; // in seconds
+ Finish: integer; // in miliseconds
+ Relative: boolean;
+ Resolution: integer;
+ BPM: array of TBPM;
+ GAP: real; // in miliseconds
+
+ Score: array[0..2] of array of TScore;
+
+ // these are used when sorting is enabled
+ Visible: boolean; // false if hidden, true if visible
+ Main: boolean; // false for songs, true for category buttons
+ OrderNum: integer; // has a number of category for category buttons and songs
+ OrderTyp: integer; // type of sorting for this button (0=name)
+ CatNumber: integer; // Count of Songs in Category for Cats and Number of Song in Category for Songs
+
+ SongFile: TextFile; // all procedures in this unit operate on this file
+
+ Base : array[0..1] of integer;
+ Rel : array[0..1] of integer;
+ Mult : integer;
+ MultBPM : integer;
+
+ LastError: String;
+ Function GetErrorLineNo: Integer;
+ Property ErrorLineNo: Integer read GetErrorLineNo;
+
+
+ constructor Create (); overload;
+ constructor Create ( const aFileName : WideString ); overload;
+ function LoadSong: boolean;
+ function LoadXMLSong: boolean;
+ function Analyse(): boolean;
+ function AnalyseXML(): boolean;
+ procedure Clear();
+ end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ TextGL,
+ UIni,
+ UMusic, //needed for Lines
+ UMain; //needed for Player
+
+constructor TSong.Create();
+begin
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+constructor TSong.Create( const aFileName : WideString );
+begin
+ inherited Create();
+
+ Mult := 1;
+ MultBPM := 4;
+ fFileName := aFileName;
+
+ LastError := '';
+
+ if fileexists( aFileName ) then
+ begin
+ self.Path := ExtractFilePath( aFileName );
+ self.Folder := ExtractFilePath( aFileName );
+ self.FileName := ExtractFileName( aFileName );
+ (*
+ if ReadTXTHeader( aFileName ) then
+ begin
+ LoadSong();
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ Log.LogError('Error Loading SongHeader, abort Song Loading');
+ Exit;
+ end;
+ *)
+ end;
+end;
+
+//Load TXT Song
+function TSong.LoadSong(): boolean;
+
+var
+ TempC: char;
+ Text: string;
+ CP: integer; // Current Player (0 or 1)
+ Count: integer;
+ Both: boolean;
+ Param1: integer;
+ Param2: integer;
+ Param3: integer;
+ ParamS: string;
+ I: integer;
+
+begin
+ Result := false;
+ LastError := '';
+
+ if not FileExists(Path + PathDelim + FileName) then
+ begin
+ LastError := 'ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_FILE_NOT_FOUND';
+ Log.LogError('File not found: "' + Path + PathDelim + FileName + '"', 'TSong.LoadSong()');
+ exit;
+ end;
+
+ MultBPM := 4; // multiply beat-count of note by 4
+ Mult := 1; // accuracy of measurement of note
+ Base[0] := 100; // high number
+ Lines[0].ScoreValue := 0;
+ self.Relative := false;
+ Rel[0] := 0;
+ CP := 0;
+ Both := false;
+
+ if Length(Player) = 2 then
+ Both := true;
+
+ try
+ // Open song file for reading.....
+ FileMode := fmOpenRead;
+ AssignFile(SongFile, fFileName);
+ Reset(SongFile);
+
+ //Clear old Song Header
+ if (self.Path = '') then
+ self.Path := ExtractFilePath(FileName);
+
+ if (self.FileName = '') then
+ self.Filename := ExtractFileName(FileName);
+
+ FileLineNo := 0;
+ //Search for Note Begining
+ repeat
+ ReadLn(SongFile, Text);
+ Inc(FileLineNo);
+
+ if (EoF(SongFile)) then
+ begin //Song File Corrupted - No Notes
+ CloseFile(SongFile);
+ Log.LogError('Could not load txt File, no Notes found: ' + FileName);
+ LastError := 'ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_NO_NOTES';
+ Exit;
+ end;
+ Read(SongFile, TempC);
+ until ((TempC = ':') or (TempC = 'F') or (TempC = '*'));
+
+ SetLength(Lines, 2);
+ for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do
+ begin
+ SetLength(Lines[Count].Line, 1);
+ Lines[Count].High := 0;
+ Lines[Count].Number := 1;
+ Lines[Count].Current := 0;
+ Lines[Count].Resolution := self.Resolution;
+ Lines[Count].NotesGAP := self.NotesGAP;
+ Lines[Count].Line[0].HighNote := -1;
+ Lines[Count].Line[0].LastLine := False;
+ end;
+
+ //TempC := ':';
+ //TempC := Text[1]; // read from backup variable, don't use default ':' value
+
+ while (TempC <> 'E') AND (not EOF(SongFile)) do
+ begin
+
+ if (TempC = ':') or (TempC = '*') or (TempC = 'F') then
+ begin
+ // read notes
+ Read(SongFile, Param1);
+ Read(SongFile, Param2);
+ Read(SongFile, Param3);
+ Read(SongFile, ParamS);
+
+ //Check for ZeroNote
+ if Param2 = 0 then Log.LogError('Found ZeroNote at "'+TempC+' '+IntToStr(Param1)+' '+IntToStr(Param2)+' '+IntToStr(Param3)+ParamS+'" -> Note ignored!') else
+ begin
+ // add notes
+ if not Both then
+ // P1
+ ParseNote(0, TempC, (Param1+Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamS)
+ else begin
+ // P1 + P2
+ ParseNote(0, TempC, (Param1+Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamS);
+ ParseNote(1, TempC, (Param1+Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamS);
+ end;
+ end; //Zeronote check
+ end // if
+
+ Else if TempC = '-' then
+ begin
+ // reads sentence
+ Read(SongFile, Param1);
+ if self.Relative then Read(SongFile, Param2); // read one more data for relative system
+
+ // new sentence
+ if not Both then
+ // P1
+ NewSentence(0, (Param1 + Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2)
+ else begin
+ // P1 + P2
+ NewSentence(0, (Param1 + Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2);
+ NewSentence(1, (Param1 + Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2);
+ end;
+ end // if
+
+ Else if TempC = 'B' then
+ begin
+ SetLength(self.BPM, Length(self.BPM) + 1);
+ Read(SongFile, self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat);
+ self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat := self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat + Rel[0];
+
+ Read(SongFile, Text);
+ self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM := StrToFloat(Text);
+ self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM := self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM * Mult * MultBPM;
+ end;
+
+
+ if not Both then
+ begin
+ Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].BaseNote := Base[CP];
+ Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].LyricWidth := glTextWidth(Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Lyric);
+ //Total Notes Patch
+ Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := 0;
+ for I := low(Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note) to high(Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note) do
+ begin
+ if (Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[I].NoteType = ntGolden) then
+ Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[I].Length;
+
+ if (Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[I].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then
+ Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[I].Length;
+ end;
+ //Total Notes Patch End
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do
+ begin
+ Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].BaseNote := Base[Count];
+ Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].LyricWidth := glTextWidth(Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Lyric);
+ //Total Notes Patch
+ Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := 0;
+ for I := low(Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note) to high(Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note) do
+ begin
+ if (Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[I].NoteType = ntGolden) then
+ Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes + Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[I].Length;
+ if (Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[I].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then
+ Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes + Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[I].Length;
+ end;
+ //Total Notes Patch End
+ end;
+ end;
+ ReadLn(SongFile); //Jump to next line in File, otherwise the next Read would catch the linebreak(e.g. #13 #10 on win32)
+
+ Read(SongFile, TempC);
+ Inc(FileLineNo);
+ end; // while}
+
+ CloseFile(SongFile);
+
+ For I := 0 to High(Lines) do
+ begin
+ If ((Both) or (I = 0)) then
+ begin
+ If (Length(Lines[I].Line) < 2) then
+ begin
+ LastError := 'ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_NO_BREAKS';
+ Log.LogError('Error Loading File, Can''t find any Linebreaks: "' + fFileName + '"');
+ exit;
+ end;
+
+ If (Lines[I].Line[Lines[I].High].HighNote < 0) then
+ begin
+ SetLength(Lines[I].Line, Lines[I].Number - 1);
+ Lines[I].High := Lines[I].High - 1;
+ Lines[I].Number := Lines[I].Number - 1;
+ Log.LogError('Error loading Song, sentence w/o note found in last line before E: ' + Filename);
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do
+ begin
+ If (High(Lines[Count].Line) >= 0) then
+ Lines[Count].Line[High(Lines[Count].Line)].LastLine := True;
+ end;
+ except
+ try
+ CloseFile(SongFile);
+ except
+
+ end;
+
+ LastError := 'ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_ERROR_IN_LINE';
+ Log.LogError('Error Loading File: "' + fFileName + '" in Line ' + inttostr(FileLineNo));
+ exit;
+ end;
+
+ Result := true;
+end;
+
+//Load XML Song
+function TSong.LoadXMLSong(): boolean;
+
+var
+ //TempC: char;
+ Text: string;
+ CP: integer; // Current Player (0 or 1)
+ Count: integer;
+ Both: boolean;
+ Param1: integer;
+ Param2: integer;
+ Param3: integer;
+ ParamS: string;
+ I, J: integer;
+ NoteIndex: integer;
+
+ NoteType: char;
+ SentenceEnd, Rest, Time: integer;
+ Parser: TParser;
+
+begin
+ Result := false;
+ LastError := '';
+
+ if not FileExists(Path + PathDelim + FileName) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogError('File not found: "' + Path + PathDelim + FileName + '"', 'TSong.LoadSong()');
+ exit;
+ end;
+
+ MultBPM := 4; // multiply beat-count of note by 4
+ Mult := 1; // accuracy of measurement of note
+ Base[0] := 100; // high number
+ Lines[0].ScoreValue := 0;
+ self.Relative := false;
+ Rel[0] := 0;
+ CP := 0;
+ Both := false;
+
+ if Length(Player) = 2 then
+ Both := true;
+
+ Parser := TParser.Create;
+ Parser.Settings.DashReplacement := '~';
+
+ for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do
+ begin
+ SetLength(Lines[Count].Line, 1);
+ Lines[Count].High := 0;
+ Lines[Count].Number := 1;
+ Lines[Count].Current := 0;
+ Lines[Count].Resolution := self.Resolution;
+ Lines[Count].NotesGAP := self.NotesGAP;
+ Lines[Count].Line[0].HighNote := -1;
+ Lines[Count].Line[0].LastLine := False;
+ end;
+
+ //Try to Parse the Song
+
+ if Parser.ParseSong(Path + PathDelim + FileName) then
+ begin
+ //Writeln('XML Inputfile Parsed succesful');
+
+ //Start write parsed information to Song
+ //Notes Part
+ for I := 0 to High(Parser.SongInfo.Sentences) do
+ begin
+ //Add Notes
+ for J := 0 to High(Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes) do
+ begin
+ case Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].NoteTyp of
+ NT_Normal: NoteType := ':';
+ NT_Golden: NoteType := '*';
+ NT_Freestyle: NoteType := 'F';
+ end;
+
+ Param1:=Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].Start; //Note Start
+ Param2:=Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].Duration; //Note Duration
+ Param3:=Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].Tone; //Note Tone
+ ParamS:=' ' + Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].Lyric; //Note Lyric
+
+ if not Both then
+ // P1
+ ParseNote(0, NoteType, (Param1+Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamS)
+ else
+ begin
+ // P1 + P2
+ ParseNote(0, NoteType, (Param1+Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamS);
+ ParseNote(1, NoteType, (Param1+Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamS);
+ end;
+
+ if not Both then
+ begin
+ Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].BaseNote := Base[CP];
+ Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].LyricWidth := glTextWidth(Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Lyric);
+ //Total Notes Patch
+ Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := 0;
+ for NoteIndex := 0 to high(Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note) do
+ begin
+ if (Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[NoteIndex].NoteType = ntGolden) then
+ Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[NoteIndex].Length;
+
+ if (Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[NoteIndex].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then
+ Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[NoteIndex].Length;
+ end;
+ //Total Notes Patch End
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do
+ begin
+ Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].BaseNote := Base[Count];
+ Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].LyricWidth := glTextWidth(Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Lyric);
+ //Total Notes Patch
+ Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := 0;
+ for NoteIndex := 0 to high(Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note) do
+ begin
+ if (Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[NoteIndex].NoteType = ntGolden) then
+ Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes + Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[NoteIndex].Length;
+ if (Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[NoteIndex].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then
+ Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes + Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[NoteIndex].Length;
+
+ end;
+ //Total Notes Patch End
+ end;
+ end; { end of for loop }
+
+ end; //J Forloop
+
+ //Add Sentence break
+ if (I < High(Parser.SongInfo.Sentences)) then
+ begin
+ SentenceEnd := Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[High(Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes)].Start + Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[High(Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes)].Duration;
+ Rest := Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I+1].Notes[0].Start - SentenceEnd;
+
+ //Calculate Time
+ case Rest of
+ 0, 1: Time := Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I+1].Notes[0].Start;
+ 2: Time := Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I+1].Notes[0].Start - 1;
+ 3: Time := Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I+1].Notes[0].Start - 2;
+ else
+ if (Rest >= 4) then
+ Time := SentenceEnd + 2
+ else //Sentence overlapping :/
+ Time := Parser.SongInfo.Sentences[I+1].Notes[0].Start;
+ end;
+ // new sentence
+ if not Both then // P1
+ NewSentence(0, (Time + Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2)
+ else
+ begin // P1 + P2
+ NewSentence(0, (Time + Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2);
+ NewSentence(1, (Time + Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2);
+ end;
+
+ end;
+ end;
+ //End write parsed information to Song
+ Parser.Free;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ Log.LogError('Could not parse Inputfile: ' + Path + PathDelim + FileName);
+ exit;
+ end;
+
+ for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do
+ begin
+ Lines[Count].Line[High(Lines[Count].Line)].LastLine := True;
+ end;
+
+ Result := true;
+end;
+
+function TSong.ReadXMLHeader(const aFileName : WideString): boolean;
+
+var
+ //Line, Identifier, Value: string;
+ //Temp : word;
+ Done : byte;
+ Parser : TParser;
+
+begin
+ Result := true;
+ Done := 0;
+
+ //Parse XML
+ Parser := TParser.Create;
+ Parser.Settings.DashReplacement := '~';
+
+ if Parser.ParseSong(self.Path + self.FileName) then
+ begin
+ //-----------
+ //Required Attributes
+ //-----------
+
+ //Title
+ self.Title := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Title;
+
+ //Add Title Flag to Done
+ Done := Done or 1;
+
+ //Artist
+ self.Artist := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Artist;
+
+ //Add Artist Flag to Done
+ Done := Done or 2;
+
+ //MP3 File //Test if Exists
+ self.Mp3 := platform.FindSongFile(Path, '*.mp3');
+ //Add Mp3 Flag to Done
+ if (FileExists(self.Path + self.Mp3)) then
+ Done := Done or 4;
+
+ //Beats per Minute
+ SetLength(self.BPM, 1);
+ self.BPM[0].StartBeat := 0;
+
+ self.BPM[0].BPM := (Parser.SongInfo.Header.BPM * Parser.SongInfo.Header.Resolution/4 ) * Mult * MultBPM;
+
+ //Add BPM Flag to Done
+ if self.BPM[0].BPM <> 0 then
+ Done := Done or 8;
+
+ //---------
+ //Additional Header Information
+ //---------
+
+ // Gap
+ self.GAP := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Gap;
+
+ //Cover Picture
+ self.Cover := platform.FindSongFile(Path, '*[CO].jpg');
+
+ //Background Picture
+ self.Background := platform.FindSongFile(Path, '*[BG].jpg');
+
+ // Video File
+ // self.Video := Value
+
+ // Video Gap
+ // self.VideoGAP := song_StrtoFloat( Value )
+
+ //Genre Sorting
+ self.Genre := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Genre;
+
+ //Edition Sorting
+ self.Edition := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Edition;
+
+ //Year Sorting
+ //Parser.SongInfo.Header.Year
+
+ //Language Sorting
+ self.Language := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Language;
+ end else
+ Log.LogError('File Incomplete or not SingStar XML (A): ' + aFileName);
+
+ Parser.Free;
+
+ //Check if all Required Values are given
+ if (Done <> 15) then
+ begin
+ Result := False;
+ if (Done and 8) = 0 then //No BPM Flag
+ Log.LogError('BPM Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName)
+ else if (Done and 4) = 0 then //No MP3 Flag
+ Log.LogError('MP3 Tag/File Missing: ' + self.FileName)
+ else if (Done and 2) = 0 then //No Artist Flag
+ Log.LogError('Artist Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName)
+ else if (Done and 1) = 0 then //No Title Flag
+ Log.LogError('Title Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName)
+ else //unknown Error
+ Log.LogError('File Incomplete or not SingStar XML (B - '+ inttostr(Done) +'): ' + aFileName);
+ end;
+
+end;
+
+
+function TSong.ReadTXTHeader(const aFileName : WideString): boolean;
+
+ function song_StrtoFloat( aValue : string ) : Extended;
+
+ var
+ lValue : string;
+
+ begin
+ lValue := aValue;
+
+ if (Pos(',', lValue) <> 0) then
+ lValue[Pos(',', lValue)] := '.';
+
+ Result := StrToFloatDef(lValue, 0);
+ end;
+
+var
+ Line, Identifier, Value: string;
+ Temp : word;
+ Done : byte;
+
+begin
+ Result := true;
+ Done := 0;
+
+ //Read first Line
+ ReadLn (SongFile, Line);
+
+ if (Length(Line) <= 0) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogError('File Starts with Empty Line: ' + aFileName);
+ Result := False;
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ //Read Lines while Line starts with # or its empty
+ while (Length(Line) = 0) or
+ (Line[1] = '#') do
+ begin
+ //Increase Line Number
+ Inc (FileLineNo);
+ Temp := Pos(':', Line);
+
+ //Line has a Seperator-> Headerline
+ if (Temp <> 0) then
+ begin
+ //Read Identifier and Value
+ Identifier := Uppercase(Trim(Copy(Line, 2, Temp - 2))); //Uppercase is for Case Insensitive Checks
+ Value := Trim(Copy(Line, Temp + 1,Length(Line) - Temp));
+
+ //Check the Identifier (If Value is given)
+ if (Length(Value) <> 0) then
+ begin
+ //-----------
+ //Required Attributes
+ //-----------
+
+ {$IFDEF UTF8_FILENAMES}
+ if ((Identifier = 'MP3') or (Identifier = 'BACKGROUND') or (Identifier = 'COVER') or (Identifier = 'VIDEO')) then
+ Value := Utf8Encode(Value);
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ //Title
+ if (Identifier = 'TITLE') then
+ begin
+ self.Title := Value;
+
+ //Add Title Flag to Done
+ Done := Done or 1;
+ end
+
+ //Artist
+ else if (Identifier = 'ARTIST') then
+ begin
+ self.Artist := Value;
+
+ //Add Artist Flag to Done
+ Done := Done or 2;
+ end
+
+ //MP3 File //Test if Exists
+ else if (Identifier = 'MP3') AND
+ (FileExists(self.Path + Value)) then
+ begin
+ self.Mp3 := Value;
+
+ //Add Mp3 Flag to Done
+ Done := Done or 4;
+ end
+
+ //Beats per Minute
+ else if (Identifier = 'BPM') then
+ begin
+ SetLength(self.BPM, 1);
+ self.BPM[0].StartBeat := 0;
+
+ self.BPM[0].BPM := song_StrtoFloat( Value ) * Mult * MultBPM;
+
+ if self.BPM[0].BPM <> 0 then
+ begin
+ //Add BPM Flag to Done
+ Done := Done or 8;
+ end;
+ end
+
+ //---------
+ //Additional Header Information
+ //---------
+
+ // Gap
+ else if (Identifier = 'GAP') then
+ self.GAP := song_StrtoFloat( Value )
+
+ //Cover Picture
+ else if (Identifier = 'COVER') then
+ self.Cover := Value
+
+ //Background Picture
+ else if (Identifier = 'BACKGROUND') then
+ self.Background := Value
+
+ // Video File
+ else if (Identifier = 'VIDEO') then
+ begin
+ if (FileExists(self.Path + Value)) then
+ self.Video := Value
+ else
+ Log.LogError('Can''t find Video File in Song: ' + aFileName);
+ end
+
+ // Video Gap
+ else if (Identifier = 'VIDEOGAP') then
+ self.VideoGAP := song_StrtoFloat( Value )
+
+ //Genre Sorting
+ else if (Identifier = 'GENRE') then
+ self.Genre := Value
+
+ //Edition Sorting
+ else if (Identifier = 'EDITION') then
+ self.Edition := Value
+
+ //Creator Tag
+ else if (Identifier = 'CREATOR') then
+ self.Creator := Value
+
+ //Language Sorting
+ else if (Identifier = 'LANGUAGE') then
+ self.Language := Value
+
+ // Song Start
+ else if (Identifier = 'START') then
+ self.Start := song_StrtoFloat( Value )
+
+ // Song Ending
+ else if (Identifier = 'END') then
+ TryStrtoInt(Value, self.Finish)
+
+ // Resolution
+ else if (Identifier = 'RESOLUTION') then
+ TryStrtoInt(Value, self.Resolution)
+
+ // Notes Gap
+ else if (Identifier = 'NOTESGAP') then
+ TryStrtoInt(Value, self.NotesGAP)
+ // Relative Notes
+ else if (Identifier = 'RELATIVE') AND (uppercase(Value) = 'YES') then
+ self.Relative := True;
+
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ if not EOf(SongFile) then
+ ReadLn (SongFile, Line)
+ else
+ begin
+ Result := False;
+ Log.LogError('File Incomplete or not Ultrastar TxT (A): ' + aFileName);
+ break;
+ end;
+
+ end;
+
+ if self.Cover = '' then
+ self.Cover := platform.FindSongFile(Path, '*[CO].jpg');
+
+ //Check if all Required Values are given
+ if (Done <> 15) then
+ begin
+ Result := False;
+ if (Done and 8) = 0 then //No BPM Flag
+ Log.LogError('BPM Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName)
+ else if (Done and 4) = 0 then //No MP3 Flag
+ Log.LogError('MP3 Tag/File Missing: ' + self.FileName)
+ else if (Done and 2) = 0 then //No Artist Flag
+ Log.LogError('Artist Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName)
+ else if (Done and 1) = 0 then //No Title Flag
+ Log.LogError('Title Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName)
+ else //unknown Error
+ Log.LogError('File Incomplete or not Ultrastar TxT (B - '+ inttostr(Done) +'): ' + aFileName);
+ end;
+
+end;
+
+Function TSong.GetErrorLineNo: Integer;
+begin
+ If (LastError='ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_ERROR_IN_LINE') then
+ Result := FileLineNo
+ Else
+ Result := -1;
+end;
+
+procedure TSong.ParseNote(LineNumber: integer; TypeP: char; StartP, DurationP, NoteP: integer; LyricS: string);
+
+begin
+ case Ini.Solmization of
+ 1: // european
+ begin
+ case (NoteP mod 12) of
+ 0..1: LyricS := ' do ';
+ 2..3: LyricS := ' re ';
+ 4: LyricS := ' mi ';
+ 5..6: LyricS := ' fa ';
+ 7..8: LyricS := ' sol ';
+ 9..10: LyricS := ' la ';
+ 11: LyricS := ' si ';
+ end;
+ end;
+ 2: // japanese
+ begin
+ case (NoteP mod 12) of
+ 0..1: LyricS := ' do ';
+ 2..3: LyricS := ' re ';
+ 4: LyricS := ' mi ';
+ 5..6: LyricS := ' fa ';
+ 7..8: LyricS := ' so ';
+ 9..10: LyricS := ' la ';
+ 11: LyricS := ' shi ';
+ end;
+ end;
+ 3: // american
+ begin
+ case (NoteP mod 12) of
+ 0..1: LyricS := ' do ';
+ 2..3: LyricS := ' re ';
+ 4: LyricS := ' mi ';
+ 5..6: LyricS := ' fa ';
+ 7..8: LyricS := ' sol ';
+ 9..10: LyricS := ' la ';
+ 11: LyricS := ' ti ';
+ end;
+ end;
+ end; // case
+
+ with Lines[LineNumber].Line[Lines[LineNumber].High] do
+ begin
+ SetLength(Note, Length(Note) + 1);
+ HighNote := High(Note);
+
+ Note[HighNote].Start := StartP;
+ if HighNote = 0 then
+ begin
+ if Lines[LineNumber].Number = 1 then
+ Start := -100;
+ //Start := Note[HighNote].Start;
+ end;
+
+ Note[HighNote].Length := DurationP;
+
+ // back to the normal system with normal, golden and now freestyle notes
+ case TypeP of
+ 'F': Note[HighNote].NoteType := ntFreestyle;
+ ':': Note[HighNote].NoteType := ntNormal;
+ '*': Note[HighNote].NoteType := ntGolden;
+ end;
+
+ if (Note[HighNote].NoteType = ntGolden) then
+ Lines[LineNumber].ScoreValue := Lines[LineNumber].ScoreValue + Note[HighNote].Length;
+
+ if (Note[HighNote].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then
+ Lines[LineNumber].ScoreValue := Lines[LineNumber].ScoreValue + Note[HighNote].Length;
+
+ Note[HighNote].Tone := NoteP;
+ if Note[HighNote].Tone < Base[LineNumber] then Base[LineNumber] := Note[HighNote].Tone;
+
+ Note[HighNote].Text := Copy(LyricS, 2, 100);
+ Lyric := Lyric + Note[HighNote].Text;
+
+ End_ := Note[HighNote].Start + Note[HighNote].Length;
+ end; // with
+end;
+
+procedure TSong.NewSentence(LineNumberP: integer; Param1, Param2: integer);
+
+var
+ I: integer;
+
+begin
+
+ If (Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].HighNote <> -1) then
+ begin //Update old Sentence if it has notes and create a new sentence
+ // stara czesc //Alter Satz //Update Old Part
+ Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].BaseNote := Base[LineNumberP];
+ Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].LyricWidth := glTextWidth(Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Lyric);
+
+ //Total Notes Patch
+ Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes := 0;
+ for I := low(Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note) to high(Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note) do
+ begin
+ if (Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note[I].NoteType = ntGolden) then
+ Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note[I].Length;
+
+ if (Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note[I].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then
+ Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note[I].Length;
+ end;
+ //Total Notes Patch End
+
+
+ // nowa czesc //Neuer Satz //Update New Part
+ SetLength(Lines[LineNumberP].Line, Lines[LineNumberP].Number + 1);
+ Lines[LineNumberP].High := Lines[LineNumberP].High + 1;
+ Lines[LineNumberP].Number := Lines[LineNumberP].Number + 1;
+ end
+ else
+ begin //Use old Sentence if it has no notes
+ Log.LogError('Error loading Song, sentence w/o note found in line ' + InttoStr(FileLineNo) + ': ' + Filename);
+ end;
+
+ Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].HighNote := -1;
+
+ if self.Relative then
+ begin
+ Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Start := Param1;
+ Rel[LineNumberP] := Rel[LineNumberP] + Param2;
+ end
+ else
+ Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Start := Param1;
+
+ Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].LastLine := False;
+
+ Base[LineNumberP] := 100; // high number
+end;
+
+procedure TSong.clear();
+
+begin
+ //Main Information
+ Title := '';
+ Artist := '';
+
+ //Sortings:
+ Genre := 'Unknown';
+ Edition := 'Unknown';
+ Language := 'Unknown'; //Language Patch
+
+ //Required Information
+ Mp3 := '';
+ {$IFDEF FPC}
+ setlength( BPM, 0 );
+ {$ELSE}
+ BPM := nil;
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ GAP := 0;
+ Start := 0;
+ Finish := 0;
+
+ //Additional Information
+ Background := '';
+ Cover := '';
+ Video := '';
+ VideoGAP := 0;
+ NotesGAP := 0;
+ Resolution := 4;
+ Creator := '';
+
+end;
+
+
+function TSong.Analyse(): boolean;
+
+begin
+ Result := False;
+
+ //Reset LineNo
+ FileLineNo := 0;
+
+ //Open File and set File Pointer to the beginning
+ AssignFile(SongFile, self.Path + self.FileName);
+
+ try
+ Reset(SongFile);
+
+ //Clear old Song Header
+ self.clear;
+
+ //Read Header
+ Result := self.ReadTxTHeader( FileName )
+
+ //And Close File
+ finally
+ CloseFile(SongFile);
+ end;
+end;
+
+
+function TSong.AnalyseXML(): boolean;
+
+begin
+ Result := False;
+
+ //Reset LineNo
+ FileLineNo := 0;
+
+ //Clear old Song Header
+ self.clear;
+
+ //Read Header
+ Result := self.ReadXMLHeader( FileName );
+
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/USongs.pas b/unicode/src/base/USongs.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6f66bf3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/USongs.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,831 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit USongs;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+{$IFDEF DARWIN}
+ {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+ {$DEFINE USE_PSEUDO_THREAD}
+ {$ENDIF}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+uses
+ {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
+ Windows,
+ DirWatch,
+ {$ELSE}
+ {$IFNDEF DARWIN}
+ syscall,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ baseunix,
+ UnixType,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ SysUtils,
+ Classes,
+ UPlatform,
+ ULog,
+ UTexture,
+ UCommon,
+ {$IFDEF DARWIN}
+ cthreads,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ {$IFDEF USE_PSEUDO_THREAD}
+ PseudoThread,
+ {$ENDIF}
+ USong,
+ UCatCovers;
+
+type
+
+ TBPM = record
+ BPM: real;
+ StartBeat: real;
+ end;
+
+ TScore = record
+ Name: widestring;
+ Score: integer;
+ Length: string;
+ end;
+
+ {$IFDEF USE_PSEUDO_THREAD}
+ TSongs = class( TPseudoThread )
+ {$ELSE}
+ TSongs = class( TThread )
+ {$ENDIF}
+ private
+ fNotify, fWatch : longint;
+ fParseSongDirectory : boolean;
+ fProcessing : boolean;
+ {$ifdef MSWINDOWS}
+ fDirWatch : TDirectoryWatch;
+ {$endif}
+ procedure int_LoadSongList;
+ procedure DoDirChanged(Sender: TObject);
+ protected
+ procedure Execute; override;
+ public
+ SongList : TList; // array of songs
+ Selected : integer; // selected song index
+ constructor Create();
+ destructor Destroy(); override;
+
+
+ procedure LoadSongList; // load all songs
+ procedure BrowseDir(Dir: widestring); // should return number of songs in the future
+ procedure BrowseTXTFiles(Dir: widestring);
+ procedure BrowseXMLFiles(Dir: widestring);
+ procedure Sort(Order: integer);
+ function FindSongFile(Dir, Mask: widestring): widestring;
+ property Processing : boolean read fProcessing;
+ end;
+
+
+ TCatSongs = class
+ Song: array of TSong; // array of categories with songs
+ Selected: integer; // selected song index
+ Order: integer; // order type (0=title)
+ CatNumShow: integer; // Category Number being seen
+ CatCount: integer; //Number of Categorys
+
+ procedure SortSongs();
+ procedure Refresh; // refreshes arrays by recreating them from Songs array
+ procedure ShowCategory(Index: integer); // expands all songs in category
+ procedure HideCategory(Index: integer); // hides all songs in category
+ procedure ClickCategoryButton(Index: integer); // uses ShowCategory and HideCategory when needed
+ procedure ShowCategoryList; //Hides all Songs And Show the List of all Categorys
+ function FindNextVisible(SearchFrom:integer): integer; //Find Next visible Song
+ function VisibleSongs: integer; // returns number of visible songs (for tabs)
+ function VisibleIndex(Index: integer): integer; // returns visible song index (skips invisible)
+
+ function SetFilter(FilterStr: string; const fType: Byte): Cardinal;
+ end;
+
+var
+ Songs: TSongs; // all songs
+ CatSongs: TCatSongs; // categorized songs
+
+const
+ IN_ACCESS = $00000001; //* File was accessed */
+ IN_MODIFY = $00000002; //* File was modified */
+ IN_ATTRIB = $00000004; //* Metadata changed */
+ IN_CLOSE_WRITE = $00000008; //* Writtable file was closed */
+ IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE = $00000010; //* Unwrittable file closed */
+ IN_OPEN = $00000020; //* File was opened */
+ IN_MOVED_FROM = $00000040; //* File was moved from X */
+ IN_MOVED_TO = $00000080; //* File was moved to Y */
+ IN_CREATE = $00000100; //* Subfile was created */
+ IN_DELETE = $00000200; //* Subfile was deleted */
+ IN_DELETE_SELF = $00000400; //* Self was deleted */
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses StrUtils,
+ UGraphic,
+ UCovers,
+ UFiles,
+ UMain,
+ UIni;
+
+constructor TSongs.Create();
+begin
+ // do not start thread BEFORE initialization (suspended = true)
+ inherited Create(true);
+ Self.FreeOnTerminate := true;
+
+ SongList := TList.Create();
+
+ // FIXME: threaded loading does not work this way.
+ // It will just cause crashes but nothing else at the moment.
+ (*
+ {$ifdef MSWINDOWS}
+ fDirWatch := TDirectoryWatch.create(nil);
+ fDirWatch.OnChange := DoDirChanged;
+ fDirWatch.Directory := SongPath;
+ fDirWatch.WatchSubDirs := true;
+ fDirWatch.active := true;
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ // now we can start the thread
+ Resume();
+ *)
+
+ // until it is fixed, simply load the song-list
+ int_LoadSongList();
+end;
+
+destructor TSongs.Destroy();
+begin
+ FreeAndNil( SongList );
+ inherited;
+end;
+
+procedure TSongs.DoDirChanged(Sender: TObject);
+begin
+ LoadSongList();
+end;
+
+procedure TSongs.Execute();
+var
+ fChangeNotify : THandle;
+begin
+{$IFDEF USE_PSEUDO_THREAD}
+ int_LoadSongList();
+{$ELSE}
+ fParseSongDirectory := true;
+
+ while not terminated do
+ begin
+
+ if fParseSongDirectory then
+ begin
+ Log.LogStatus('Calling int_LoadSongList', 'TSongs.Execute');
+ int_LoadSongList();
+ end;
+
+ Suspend();
+ end;
+{$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+procedure TSongs.int_LoadSongList;
+var
+ I: integer;
+begin
+ try
+ fProcessing := true;
+
+ Log.LogStatus('Searching For Songs', 'SongList');
+
+ // browse directories
+ for I := 0 to SongPaths.Count-1 do
+ BrowseDir(SongPaths[I]);
+
+ if assigned( CatSongs ) then
+ CatSongs.Refresh;
+
+ if assigned( CatCovers ) then
+ CatCovers.Load;
+
+ //if assigned( Covers ) then
+ // Covers.Load;
+
+ if assigned(ScreenSong) then
+ begin
+ ScreenSong.GenerateThumbnails();
+ ScreenSong.OnShow; // refresh ScreenSong
+ end;
+
+ finally
+ Log.LogStatus('Search Complete', 'SongList');
+
+ fParseSongDirectory := false;
+ fProcessing := false;
+ end;
+end;
+
+
+procedure TSongs.LoadSongList;
+begin
+ fParseSongDirectory := true;
+ Resume();
+end;
+
+procedure TSongs.BrowseDir(Dir: widestring);
+begin
+ BrowseTXTFiles(Dir);
+ BrowseXMLFiles(Dir);
+end;
+
+procedure TSongs.BrowseTXTFiles(Dir: widestring);
+var
+ i : integer;
+ Files : TDirectoryEntryArray;
+ lSong : TSong;
+begin
+
+ Files := Platform.DirectoryFindFiles( Dir, '.txt', true);
+
+ for i := 0 to Length(Files)-1 do
+ begin
+ if Files[i].IsDirectory then
+ begin
+ BrowseTXTFiles( Dir + Files[i].Name + PathDelim ); //Recursive Call
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ lSong := TSong.create( Dir + Files[i].Name );
+
+ if lSong.Analyse then
+ SongList.add( lSong )
+ else
+ begin
+ Log.LogError('AnalyseFile failed for "' + Files[i].Name + '".');
+ freeandnil( lSong );
+ end;
+
+ end;
+ end;
+ SetLength( Files, 0);
+
+end;
+
+procedure TSongs.BrowseXMLFiles(Dir: widestring);
+var
+ i : integer;
+ Files : TDirectoryEntryArray;
+ lSong : TSong;
+begin
+
+ Files := Platform.DirectoryFindFiles( Dir, '.xml', true);
+
+ for i := 0 to Length(Files)-1 do
+ begin
+ if Files[i].IsDirectory then
+ begin
+ BrowseXMLFiles( Dir + Files[i].Name + PathDelim ); //Recursive Call
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ lSong := TSong.create( Dir + Files[i].Name );
+
+ if lSong.AnalyseXML then
+ SongList.add( lSong )
+ else
+ begin
+ Log.LogError('AnalyseFile failed for "' + Files[i].Name + '".');
+ freeandnil( lSong );
+ end;
+
+ end;
+ end;
+ SetLength( Files, 0);
+
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Comparison functions for sorting
+ *)
+
+function CompareByEdition(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
+begin
+ Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Edition, TSong(Song2).Edition);
+end;
+
+function CompareByGenre(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
+begin
+ Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Genre, TSong(Song2).Genre);
+end;
+
+function CompareByTitle(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
+begin
+ Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Title, TSong(Song2).Title);
+end;
+
+function CompareByArtist(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
+begin
+ Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Artist, TSong(Song2).Artist);
+end;
+
+function CompareByFolder(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
+begin
+ Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Folder, TSong(Song2).Folder);
+end;
+
+function CompareByLanguage(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer;
+begin
+ Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Language, TSong(Song2).Language);
+end;
+
+procedure TSongs.Sort(Order: integer);
+var
+ CompareFunc: TListSortCompare;
+begin
+ // FIXME: what is the difference between artist and artist2, etc.?
+ case Order of
+ sEdition: // by edition
+ CompareFunc := CompareByEdition;
+ sGenre: // by genre
+ CompareFunc := CompareByGenre;
+ sTitle: // by title
+ CompareFunc := CompareByTitle;
+ sArtist: // by artist
+ CompareFunc := CompareByArtist;
+ sFolder: // by folder
+ CompareFunc := CompareByFolder;
+ sTitle2: // by title2
+ CompareFunc := CompareByTitle;
+ sArtist2: // by artist2
+ CompareFunc := CompareByArtist;
+ sLanguage: // by Language
+ CompareFunc := CompareByLanguage;
+ else
+ Log.LogCritical('Unsupported comparison', 'TSongs.Sort');
+ Exit; // suppress warning
+ end; // case
+
+ // Note: Do not use TList.Sort() as it uses QuickSort which is instable.
+ // For example, if a list is sorted by title first and
+ // by artist afterwards, the songs of an artist will not be sorted by title anymore.
+ // The stable MergeSort guarantees to maintain this order.
+ MergeSort(SongList, CompareFunc);
+end;
+
+function TSongs.FindSongFile(Dir, Mask: widestring): widestring;
+var
+ SR: TSearchRec; // for parsing song directory
+begin
+ Result := '';
+ if FindFirst(Dir + Mask, faDirectory, SR) = 0 then
+ begin
+ Result := SR.Name;
+ end; // if
+ FindClose(SR);
+end;
+
+procedure TCatSongs.SortSongs();
+begin
+ case Ini.Sorting of
+ sEdition: begin
+ Songs.Sort(sTitle);
+ Songs.Sort(sArtist);
+ Songs.Sort(sEdition);
+ end;
+ sGenre: begin
+ Songs.Sort(sTitle);
+ Songs.Sort(sArtist);
+ Songs.Sort(sGenre);
+ end;
+ sLanguage: begin
+ Songs.Sort(sTitle);
+ Songs.Sort(sArtist);
+ Songs.Sort(sLanguage);
+ end;
+ sFolder: begin
+ Songs.Sort(sTitle);
+ Songs.Sort(sArtist);
+ Songs.Sort(sFolder);
+ end;
+ sTitle: begin
+ Songs.Sort(sTitle);
+ end;
+ sArtist: begin
+ Songs.Sort(sTitle);
+ Songs.Sort(sArtist);
+ end;
+ sTitle2: begin
+ Songs.Sort(sArtist2);
+ Songs.Sort(sTitle2);
+ end;
+ sArtist2: begin
+ Songs.Sort(sTitle2);
+ Songs.Sort(sArtist2);
+ end;
+ end; // case
+end;
+
+procedure TCatSongs.Refresh;
+var
+ SongIndex: integer;
+ CurSong: TSong;
+ CatIndex: integer; // index of current song in Song
+ Letter: char; // current letter for sorting using letter
+ CurCategory: string; // current edition for sorting using edition, genre etc.
+ Order: integer; // number used for ordernum
+ LetterTmp: char;
+ CatNumber: integer; // Number of Song in Category
+
+ procedure AddCategoryButton(const CategoryName: string);
+ var
+ PrevCatBtnIndex: integer;
+ begin
+ Inc(Order);
+ CatIndex := Length(Song);
+ SetLength(Song, CatIndex+1);
+ Song[CatIndex] := TSong.Create();
+ Song[CatIndex].Artist := '[' + CategoryName + ']';
+ Song[CatIndex].Main := true;
+ Song[CatIndex].OrderTyp := 0;
+ Song[CatIndex].OrderNum := Order;
+ Song[CatIndex].Cover := CatCovers.GetCover(Ini.Sorting, CategoryName);
+ Song[CatIndex].Visible := true;
+
+ // set number of songs in previous category
+ PrevCatBtnIndex := CatIndex - CatNumber - 1;
+ if ((PrevCatBtnIndex >= 0) and Song[PrevCatBtnIndex].Main) then
+ Song[PrevCatBtnIndex].CatNumber := CatNumber;
+
+ CatNumber := 0;
+ end;
+
+begin
+ CatNumShow := -1;
+
+ SortSongs();
+
+ CurCategory := '';
+ Order := 0;
+ CatNumber := 0;
+
+ // Note: do NOT set Letter to ' ', otherwise no category-button will be
+ // created for songs beginning with ' ' if songs of this category exist.
+ // TODO: trim song-properties so ' ' will not occur as first chararcter.
+ Letter := #0;
+
+ // clear song-list
+ for SongIndex := 0 to Songs.SongList.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ // free category buttons
+ // Note: do NOT delete songs, they are just references to Songs.SongList entries
+ CurSong := TSong(Songs.SongList[SongIndex]);
+ if (CurSong.Main) then
+ CurSong.Free;
+ end;
+ SetLength(Song, 0);
+
+ for SongIndex := 0 to Songs.SongList.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ CurSong := TSong(Songs.SongList[SongIndex]);
+ // if tabs are on, add section buttons for each new section
+ if (Ini.Tabs = 1) then
+ begin
+ if (Ini.Sorting = sEdition) and
+ (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Edition) <> 0) then
+ begin
+ CurCategory := CurSong.Edition;
+
+ // TODO: remove this block if it is not needed anymore
+ {
+ if CurSection = 'Singstar Part 2' then CoverName := 'Singstar';
+ if CurSection = 'Singstar German' then CoverName := 'Singstar';
+ if CurSection = 'Singstar Spanish' then CoverName := 'Singstar';
+ if CurSection = 'Singstar Italian' then CoverName := 'Singstar';
+ if CurSection = 'Singstar French' then CoverName := 'Singstar';
+ if CurSection = 'Singstar 80s Polish' then CoverName := 'Singstar 80s';
+ }
+
+ // add Category Button
+ AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
+ end
+
+ else if (Ini.Sorting = sGenre) and
+ (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Genre) <> 0) then
+ begin
+ CurCategory := CurSong.Genre;
+ // add Genre Button
+ AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
+ end
+
+ else if (Ini.Sorting = sLanguage) and
+ (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Language) <> 0) then
+ begin
+ CurCategory := CurSong.Language;
+ // add Language Button
+ AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
+ end
+
+ else if (Ini.Sorting = sTitle) and
+ (Length(CurSong.Title) >= 1) and
+ (Letter <> UpperCase(CurSong.Title)[1]) then
+ begin
+ Letter := Uppercase(CurSong.Title)[1];
+ // add a letter Category Button
+ AddCategoryButton(Letter);
+ end
+
+ else if (Ini.Sorting = sArtist) and
+ (Length(CurSong.Artist) >= 1) and
+ (Letter <> UpperCase(CurSong.Artist)[1]) then
+ begin
+ Letter := UpperCase(CurSong.Artist)[1];
+ // add a letter Category Button
+ AddCategoryButton(Letter);
+ end
+
+ else if (Ini.Sorting = sFolder) and
+ (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Folder) <> 0) then
+ begin
+ CurCategory := CurSong.Folder;
+ // add folder tab
+ AddCategoryButton(CurCategory);
+ end
+
+ else if (Ini.Sorting = sTitle2) and
+ (Length(CurSong.Title) >= 1) then
+ begin
+ // pack all numbers into a category named '#'
+ if (CurSong.Title[1] >= '0') and (CurSong.Title[1] <= '9') then
+ LetterTmp := '#'
+ else
+ LetterTmp := UpperCase(CurSong.Title)[1];
+
+ if (Letter <> LetterTmp) then
+ begin
+ Letter := LetterTmp;
+ // add a letter Category Button
+ AddCategoryButton(Letter);
+ end;
+ end
+
+ else if (Ini.Sorting = sArtist2) and
+ (Length(CurSong.Artist)>=1) then
+ begin
+ // pack all numbers into a category named '#'
+ if (CurSong.Artist[1] >= '0') and (CurSong.Artist[1] <= '9') then
+ LetterTmp := '#'
+ else
+ LetterTmp := UpperCase(CurSong.Artist)[1];
+
+ if (Letter <> LetterTmp) then
+ begin
+ Letter := LetterTmp;
+ // add a letter Category Button
+ AddCategoryButton(Letter);
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ CatIndex := Length(Song);
+ SetLength(Song, CatIndex+1);
+
+ Inc(CatNumber); // increase number of songs in category
+
+ // copy reference to current song
+ Song[CatIndex] := CurSong;
+
+ // set song's category info
+ CurSong.OrderNum := Order; // assigns category
+ CurSong.CatNumber := CatNumber;
+
+ if (Ini.Tabs = 0) then
+ CurSong.Visible := true
+ else if (Ini.Tabs = 1) then
+ CurSong.Visible := false;
+
+ {
+ if (Ini.Tabs = 1) and (Order = 1) then
+ begin
+ //open first tab
+ CurSong.Visible := true;
+ end;
+ CurSong.Visible := true;
+ }
+ end;
+
+ // set CatNumber of last category
+ if (Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1) and (High(Song) >= 1) then
+ begin
+ // set number of songs in previous category
+ SongIndex := CatIndex - CatNumber;
+ if ((SongIndex >= 0) and Song[SongIndex].Main) then
+ Song[SongIndex].CatNumber := CatNumber;
+ end;
+
+ // update number of categories
+ CatCount := Order;
+end;
+
+procedure TCatSongs.ShowCategory(Index: integer);
+var
+ S: integer; // song
+begin
+ CatNumShow := Index;
+ for S := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+ begin
+{
+ if (CatSongs.Song[S].OrderNum = Index) and (not CatSongs.Song[S].Main) then
+ CatSongs.Song[S].Visible := true
+ else
+ CatSongs.Song[S].Visible := false;
+}
+// KMS: This should be the same, but who knows :-)
+ CatSongs.Song[S].Visible := ( (CatSongs.Song[S].OrderNum = Index) and (not CatSongs.Song[S].Main) );
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TCatSongs.HideCategory(Index: integer); // hides all songs in category
+var
+ S: integer; // song
+begin
+ for S := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+ begin
+ if not CatSongs.Song[S].Main then
+ CatSongs.Song[S].Visible := false // hides all at now
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TCatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(Index: integer);
+var
+ Num: integer;
+begin
+ Num := CatSongs.Song[Index].OrderNum;
+ if Num <> CatNumShow then
+ begin
+ ShowCategory(Num);
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ ShowCategoryList;
+ end;
+end;
+
+//Hide Categorys when in Category Hack
+procedure TCatSongs.ShowCategoryList;
+var
+ S: integer;
+begin
+ // Hide All Songs Show All Cats
+ for S := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+ CatSongs.Song[S].Visible := CatSongs.Song[S].Main;
+ CatSongs.Selected := CatNumShow; //Show last shown Category
+ CatNumShow := -1;
+end;
+//Hide Categorys when in Category Hack End
+
+//Wrong song selected when tabs on bug
+function TCatSongs.FindNextVisible(SearchFrom:integer): integer;//Find next Visible Song
+var
+ I: integer;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+ I := SearchFrom + 1;
+ while not CatSongs.Song[I].Visible do
+ begin
+ Inc (I);
+ if (I>high(CatSongs.Song)) then
+ I := low(CatSongs.Song);
+ if (I = SearchFrom) then //Make One Round and no song found->quit
+ break;
+ end;
+end;
+//Wrong song selected when tabs on bug End
+
+(**
+ * Returns the number of visible songs.
+ *)
+function TCatSongs.VisibleSongs: integer;
+var
+ SongIndex: integer;
+begin
+ Result := 0;
+ for SongIndex := 0 to High(CatSongs.Song) do
+ begin
+ if (CatSongs.Song[SongIndex].Visible) then
+ Inc(Result);
+ end;
+end;
+
+(**
+ * Returns the index of a song in the subset of all visible songs.
+ * If all songs are visible, the result will be equal to the Index parameter.
+ *)
+function TCatSongs.VisibleIndex(Index: integer): integer;
+var
+ SongIndex: integer;
+begin
+ Result := 0;
+ for SongIndex := 0 to Index-1 do
+ begin
+ if (CatSongs.Song[SongIndex].Visible) then
+ Inc(Result);
+ end;
+end;
+
+function TCatSongs.SetFilter(FilterStr: string; const fType: Byte): Cardinal;
+var
+ I, J: integer;
+ cString: string;
+ SearchStr: array of string;
+begin
+ {fType: 0: All
+ 1: Title
+ 2: Artist}
+ FilterStr := Trim(FilterStr);
+ if FilterStr<>'' then
+ begin
+ Result := 0;
+ //Create Search Array
+ SetLength(SearchStr, 1);
+ I := Pos (' ', FilterStr);
+ while (I <> 0) do
+ begin
+ SetLength (SearchStr, Length(SearchStr) + 1);
+ cString := Copy(FilterStr, 1, I-1);
+ if (cString <> ' ') and (cString <> '') then
+ SearchStr[High(SearchStr)-1] := cString;
+ Delete (FilterStr, 1, I);
+
+ I := Pos (' ', FilterStr);
+ end;
+ //Copy last Word
+ if (FilterStr <> ' ') and (FilterStr <> '') then
+ SearchStr[High(SearchStr)] := FilterStr;
+
+ for I:=0 to High(Song) do
+ begin
+ if not Song[i].Main then
+ begin
+ case fType of
+ 0: cString := Song[I].Artist + ' ' + Song[i].Title + ' ' + Song[i].Folder;
+ 1: cString := Song[I].Title;
+ 2: cString := Song[I].Artist;
+ end;
+ Song[i].Visible:=True;
+ //Look for every Searched Word
+ for J := 0 to High(SearchStr) do
+ begin
+ Song[i].Visible := Song[i].Visible and AnsiContainsText(cString, SearchStr[J])
+ end;
+ if Song[i].Visible then
+ Inc(Result);
+ end
+ else
+ Song[i].Visible:=False;
+ end;
+ CatNumShow := -2;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ for i:=0 to High(Song) do
+ begin
+ Song[i].Visible := (Ini.Tabs=1) = Song[i].Main;
+ CatNumShow := -1;
+ end;
+ Result := 0;
+ end;
+end;
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UTextEncoding.pas b/unicode/src/base/UTextEncoding.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6eec8eec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UTextEncoding.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL: https://ultrastardx.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/ultrastardx/trunk/src/menu/UMenuText.pas $
+ * $Id: UMenuText.pas 1485 2008-10-28 20:16:05Z tobigun $
+ *}
+
+unit UTextEncoding;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ SysUtils;
+
+type
+ TEncoding = (encCP1250, encCP1252, encUTF8, encNative);
+
+function RecodeString(const Src: string; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): WideString;
+
+implementation
+
+type
+ TConversionTable = array[0..127] of WideChar;
+
+const
+ // Windows-1250 Central/Eastern Europe (used by Ultrastar)
+ CP1250Table: TConversionTable = (
+ { $80 }
+ #$20AC, #0, #$201A, #0, #$201E, #$2026, #$2020, #$2021,
+ #0, #$2030, #$0160, #$2039, #$015A, #$0164, #$017D, #$0179,
+ { $90 }
+ #0, #$2018, #$2019, #$201C, #$201D, #$2022, #$2013, #$2014,
+ #0, #$2122, #$0161, #$203A, #$015B, #$0165, #$017E, #$017A,
+ { $A0 }
+ #$00A0, #$02C7, #$02D8, #$0141, #$00A4, #$0104, #$00A6, #$00A7,
+ #$00A8, #$00A9, #$015E, #$00AB, #$00AC, #$00AD, #$00AE, #$017B,
+ { $B0 }
+ #$00B0, #$00B1, #$02DB, #$0142, #$00B4, #$00B5, #$00B6, #$00B7,
+ #$00B8, #$0105, #$015F, #$00BB, #$013D, #$02DD, #$013E, #$017C,
+ { $C0 }
+ #$0154, #$00C1, #$00C2, #$0102, #$00C4, #$0139, #$0106, #$00C7,
+ #$010C, #$00C9, #$0118, #$00CB, #$011A, #$00CD, #$00CE, #$010E,
+ { $D0 }
+ #$0110, #$0143, #$0147, #$00D3, #$00D4, #$0150, #$00D6, #$00D7,
+ #$0158, #$016E, #$00DA, #$0170, #$00DC, #$00DD, #$0162, #$00DF,
+ { $E0 }
+ #$0155, #$00E1, #$00E2, #$0103, #$00E4, #$013A, #$0107, #$00E7,
+ #$010D, #$00E9, #$0119, #$00EB, #$011B, #$00ED, #$00EE, #$010F,
+ { $F0 }
+ #$0111, #$0144, #$0148, #$00F3, #$00F4, #$0151, #$00F6, #$00F7,
+ #$0159, #$016F, #$00FA, #$0171, #$00FC, #$00FD, #$0163, #$02D9
+ );
+
+ // Windows-1252 Western Europe (used by UltraStar Deluxe < 1.1)
+ CP1252Table: TConversionTable = (
+ { $80 }
+ #$20AC, #0, #$201A, #$0192, #$201E, #$2026, #$2020, #$2021,
+ #$02C6, #$2030, #$0160, #$2039, #$0152, #0, #$017D, #0,
+ { $90 }
+ #0, #$2018, #$2019, #$201C, #$201D, #$2022, #$2013, #$2014,
+ #$02DC, #$2122, #$0161, #$203A, #$0153, #0, #$017E, #$0178,
+ { $A0 }
+ #$00A0, #$00A1, #$00A2, #$00A3, #$00A4, #$00A5, #$00A6, #$00A7,
+ #$00A8, #$00A9, #$00AA, #$00AB, #$00AC, #$00AD, #$00AE, #$00AF,
+ { $B0 }
+ #$00B0, #$00B1, #$00B2, #$00B3, #$00B4, #$00B5, #$00B6, #$00B7,
+ #$00B8, #$00B9, #$00BA, #$00BB, #$00BC, #$00BD, #$00BE, #$00BF,
+ { $C0 }
+ #$00C0, #$00C1, #$00C2, #$00C3, #$00C4, #$00C5, #$00C6, #$00C7,
+ #$00C8, #$00C9, #$00CA, #$00CB, #$00CC, #$00CD, #$00CE, #$00CF,
+ { $D0 }
+ #$00D0, #$00D1, #$00D2, #$00D3, #$00D4, #$00D5, #$00D6, #$00D7,
+ #$00D8, #$00D9, #$00DA, #$00DB, #$00DC, #$00DD, #$00DE, #$00DF,
+ { $E0 }
+ #$00E0, #$00E1, #$00E2, #$00E3, #$00E4, #$00E5, #$00E6, #$00E7,
+ #$00E8, #$00E9, #$00EA, #$00EB, #$00EC, #$00ED, #$00EE, #$00EF,
+ { $F0 }
+ #$00F0, #$00F1, #$00F2, #$00F3, #$00F4, #$00F5, #$00F6, #$00F7,
+ #$00F8, #$00F9, #$00FA, #$00FB, #$00FC, #$00FD, #$00FE, #$00FF
+ );
+
+
+function Convert(const Src: string; const Table: TConversionTable): WideString;
+var
+ SrcPos, DstPos: integer;
+begin
+ SetLength(Result, Length(Src));
+ DstPos := 1;
+ for SrcPos := 1 to Length(Src) do
+ begin
+ if (Src[SrcPos] < #128) then
+ begin
+ // copy ASCII char
+ Result[DstPos] := Src[SrcPos];
+ Inc(DstPos);
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ // look-up char
+ Result[DstPos] := Table[Ord(Src[SrcPos]) - 128];
+ // ignore invalid characters
+ if (Result[DstPos] <> #0) then
+ Inc(DstPos);
+ end;
+ end;
+ SetLength(Result, DstPos-1);
+end;
+
+function RecodeString(const Src: string; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): WideString;
+begin
+ case SrcEncoding of
+ encCP1250:
+ Result := Convert(Src, CP1250Table);
+ encCP1252:
+ Result := Convert(Src, CP1252Table);
+ encUTF8:
+ Result := UTF8Decode(Src);
+ encNative:
+ Result := UTF8Decode(AnsiToUtf8(Src));
+ end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UTexture.pas b/unicode/src/base/UTexture.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4f33b78a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UTexture.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,548 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UTexture;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ gl,
+ glu,
+ glext,
+ Classes,
+ SysUtils,
+ UCommon,
+ SDL,
+ SDL_Image;
+
+type
+ PTexture = ^TTexture;
+ TTexture = record
+ TexNum: GLuint;
+ X: real;
+ Y: real;
+ Z: real;
+ W: real;
+ H: real;
+ ScaleW: real; // for dynamic scalling while leaving width constant
+ ScaleH: real; // for dynamic scalling while leaving height constant
+ Rot: real; // 0 - 2*pi
+ Int: real; // intensity
+ ColR: real;
+ ColG: real;
+ ColB: real;
+ TexW: real; // percentage of width to use [0..1]
+ TexH: real; // percentage of height to use [0..1]
+ TexX1: real;
+ TexY1: real;
+ TexX2: real;
+ TexY2: real;
+ Alpha: real;
+ Name: string; // experimental for handling cache images. maybe it's useful for dynamic skins
+ end;
+
+type
+ TTextureType = (
+ TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, // Plain (alpha = 1)
+ TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, // Alpha is used
+ TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED // Alpha is used; Hue of the HSV color-model will be replaced by a new value
+ );
+
+const
+ TextureTypeStr: array[TTextureType] of string = (
+ 'Plain',
+ 'Transparent',
+ 'Colorized'
+ );
+
+function TextureTypeToStr(TexType: TTextureType): string;
+function ParseTextureType(const TypeStr: string; Default: TTextureType): TTextureType;
+
+procedure AdjustPixelFormat(var TexSurface: PSDL_Surface; Typ: TTextureType);
+
+type
+ PTextureEntry = ^TTextureEntry;
+ TTextureEntry = record
+ Name: string;
+ Typ: TTextureType;
+ Color: Cardinal;
+
+ // we use normal TTexture, it's easier to implement and if needed - we copy ready data
+ Texture: TTexture; // Full-size texture
+ TextureCache: TTexture; // Thumbnail texture
+ end;
+
+ TTextureDatabase = class
+ private
+ Texture: array of TTextureEntry;
+ public
+ procedure AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal; Cache: boolean);
+ function FindTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal): integer;
+ end;
+
+ TTextureUnit = class
+ private
+ TextureDatabase: TTextureDatabase;
+ public
+ Limit: integer;
+
+ procedure AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Cache: boolean = false); overload;
+ procedure AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal; Cache: boolean = false); overload;
+ function GetTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean = false): TTexture; overload;
+ function GetTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord; FromCache: boolean = false): TTexture; overload;
+ function LoadTexture(FromRegistry: boolean; const Identifier: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture; overload;
+ function LoadTexture(const Identifier: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture; overload;
+ function LoadTexture(const Identifier: string): TTexture; overload;
+ function CreateTexture(Data: PChar; const Name: string; Width, Height: word; BitsPerPixel: byte): TTexture;
+ procedure UnloadTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean); overload;
+ procedure UnloadTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: Cardinal; FromCache: boolean); overload;
+ //procedure FlushTextureDatabase();
+
+ constructor Create;
+ destructor Destroy; override;
+ end;
+
+var
+ Texture: TTextureUnit;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ DateUtils,
+ StrUtils,
+ Math,
+ ULog,
+ UCovers,
+ UThemes,
+ UImage;
+
+procedure AdjustPixelFormat(var TexSurface: PSDL_Surface; Typ: TTextureType);
+var
+ TempSurface: PSDL_Surface;
+ NeededPixFmt: PSDL_Pixelformat;
+begin
+ if (Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN) then
+ NeededPixFmt := @PixelFmt_RGB
+ else if (Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT) or
+ (Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) then
+ NeededPixFmt := @PixelFmt_RGBA
+ else
+ NeededPixFmt := @PixelFmt_RGB;
+
+ if not PixelformatEquals(TexSurface^.format, NeededPixFmt) then
+ begin
+ TempSurface := TexSurface;
+ TexSurface := SDL_ConvertSurface(TempSurface, NeededPixFmt, SDL_SWSURFACE);
+ SDL_FreeSurface(TempSurface);
+ end;
+end;
+
+{ TTextureDatabase }
+
+procedure TTextureDatabase.AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal; Cache: boolean);
+var
+ TextureIndex: integer;
+begin
+ TextureIndex := FindTexture(Tex.Name, Typ, Color);
+ if (TextureIndex = -1) then
+ begin
+ TextureIndex := Length(Texture);
+ SetLength(Texture, TextureIndex+1);
+
+ Texture[TextureIndex].Name := Tex.Name;
+ Texture[TextureIndex].Typ := Typ;
+ Texture[TextureIndex].Color := Color;
+ end;
+
+ if (Cache) then
+ Texture[TextureIndex].TextureCache := Tex
+ else
+ Texture[TextureIndex].Texture := Tex;
+end;
+
+function TTextureDatabase.FindTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal): integer;
+var
+ TextureIndex: integer;
+ CurrentTexture: PTextureEntry;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+ for TextureIndex := 0 to High(Texture) do
+ begin
+ CurrentTexture := @Texture[TextureIndex];
+ if (CurrentTexture.Name = Name) and
+ (CurrentTexture.Typ = Typ) then
+ begin
+ // colorized textures must match in their color too
+ if (CurrentTexture.Typ <> TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) or
+ (CurrentTexture.Color = Color) then
+ begin
+ Result := TextureIndex;
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+
+{ TTextureUnit }
+
+constructor TTextureUnit.Create;
+begin
+ inherited Create;
+ TextureDatabase := TTextureDatabase.Create;
+end;
+
+destructor TTextureUnit.Destroy;
+begin
+ TextureDatabase.Free;
+ inherited Destroy;
+end;
+
+
+procedure TTextureUnit.AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Cache: boolean);
+begin
+ TextureDatabase.AddTexture(Tex, Typ, 0, Cache);
+end;
+
+procedure TTextureUnit.AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal; Cache: boolean);
+begin
+ TextureDatabase.AddTexture(Tex, Typ, Color, Cache);
+end;
+
+function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(FromRegistry: boolean; const Identifier: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture;
+begin
+ // FIXME: what is the FromRegistry parameter supposed to do?
+ Result := LoadTexture(Identifier, Typ, Col);
+end;
+
+function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(const Identifier: string): TTexture;
+begin
+ Result := LoadTexture(Identifier, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0);
+end;
+
+function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(const Identifier: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture;
+var
+ TexSurface: PSDL_Surface;
+ newWidth, newHeight: Cardinal;
+ oldWidth, oldHeight: Cardinal;
+ ActTex: GLuint;
+begin
+ // zero texture data
+ FillChar(Result, SizeOf(Result), 0);
+
+ // load texture data into memory
+ TexSurface := LoadImage(Identifier);
+ if not assigned(TexSurface) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogError('Could not load texture: "' + Identifier +'" with type "'+ TextureTypeToStr(Typ) +'"',
+ 'TTextureUnit.LoadTexture');
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ // convert pixel format as needed
+ AdjustPixelFormat(TexSurface, Typ);
+
+ // adjust texture size (scale down, if necessary)
+ newWidth := TexSurface.W;
+ newHeight := TexSurface.H;
+
+ if (newWidth > Limit) then
+ newWidth := Limit;
+
+ if (newHeight > Limit) then
+ newHeight := Limit;
+
+ if (TexSurface.W > newWidth) or (TexSurface.H > newHeight) then
+ ScaleImage(TexSurface, newWidth, newHeight);
+
+ // now we might colorize the whole thing
+ if (Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) then
+ ColorizeImage(TexSurface, Col);
+
+ // save actual dimensions of our texture
+ oldWidth := newWidth;
+ oldHeight := newHeight;
+
+ // make texture dimensions be powers of 2
+ newWidth := Round(Power(2, Ceil(Log2(newWidth))));
+ newHeight := Round(Power(2, Ceil(Log2(newHeight))));
+ if (newHeight <> oldHeight) or (newWidth <> oldWidth) then
+ FitImage(TexSurface, newWidth, newHeight);
+
+ // at this point we have the image in memory...
+ // scaled so that dimensions are powers of 2
+ // and converted to either RGB or RGBA
+
+ // if we got a Texture of Type Plain, Transparent or Colorized,
+ // then we're done manipulating it
+ // and could now create our openGL texture from it
+
+ // prepare OpenGL texture
+ glGenTextures(1, @ActTex);
+
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, ActTex);
+ glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+ glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE);
+ glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE);
+
+ // load data into gl texture
+ if (Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT) or
+ (Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED) then
+ begin
+ {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+ glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 4, newWidth, newHeight, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8_REV, TexSurface.pixels);
+ {$ELSE}
+ glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 4, newWidth, newHeight, 0, GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, TexSurface.pixels);
+ {$ENDIF}
+ end
+ else //if Typ = TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN then
+ begin
+ {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+ glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 3, newWidth, newHeight, 0, GL_BGR, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, TexSurface.pixels);
+ {$ELSE}
+ glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 3, newWidth, newHeight, 0, GL_RGB, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, TexSurface.pixels);
+ {$ENDIF}
+ end;
+
+ // setup texture struct
+ with Result do
+ begin
+ X := 0;
+ Y := 0;
+ Z := 0;
+ W := 0;
+ H := 0;
+ ScaleW := 1;
+ ScaleH := 1;
+ Rot := 0;
+ TexNum := ActTex;
+ TexW := oldWidth / newWidth;
+ TexH := oldHeight / newHeight;
+
+ Int := 1;
+ ColR := 1;
+ ColG := 1;
+ ColB := 1;
+ Alpha := 1;
+
+ // new test - default use whole texure, taking TexW and TexH as const and changing these
+ TexX1 := 0;
+ TexY1 := 0;
+ TexX2 := 1;
+ TexY2 := 1;
+
+ Name := Identifier;
+ end;
+
+ SDL_FreeSurface(TexSurface);
+end;
+
+function TTextureUnit.GetTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean): TTexture;
+begin
+ Result := GetTexture(Name, Typ, 0, FromCache);
+end;
+
+function TTextureUnit.GetTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord; FromCache: boolean): TTexture;
+var
+ TextureIndex: integer;
+begin
+ if (Name = '') then
+ begin
+ // zero texture data
+ FillChar(Result, SizeOf(Result), 0);
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ if (FromCache) then
+ begin
+ // use texture
+ TextureIndex := TextureDatabase.FindTexture(Name, Typ, Col);
+ if (TextureIndex > -1) then
+ Result := TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].TextureCache;
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ // find texture entry in database
+ TextureIndex := TextureDatabase.FindTexture(Name, Typ, Col);
+ if (TextureIndex = -1) then
+ begin
+ // create texture entry in database
+ TextureIndex := Length(TextureDatabase.Texture);
+ SetLength(TextureDatabase.Texture, TextureIndex+1);
+
+ TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].Name := Name;
+ TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].Typ := Typ;
+ TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].Color := Col;
+
+ // inform database that no textures have been loaded into memory
+ TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].Texture.TexNum := 0;
+ TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].TextureCache.TexNum := 0;
+ end;
+
+ // load full texture
+ if (TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].Texture.TexNum = 0) then
+ TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].Texture := LoadTexture(false, Name, Typ, Col);
+
+ // use texture
+ Result := TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].Texture;
+end;
+
+function TTextureUnit.CreateTexture(Data: PChar; const Name: string; Width, Height: word; BitsPerPixel: byte): TTexture;
+var
+ //Error: integer;
+ ActTex: GLuint;
+begin
+ glGenTextures(1, @ActTex); // ActText = new texture number
+ glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, ActTex);
+ glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+ glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE);
+ glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE);
+
+ {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN}
+ glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 3, Width, Height, 0, GL_BGR, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, Data);
+ {$ELSE}
+ glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 3, Width, Height, 0, GL_RGB, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, Data);
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ {
+ if Mipmapping then
+ begin
+ Error := gluBuild2DMipmaps(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 3, W, H, GL_RGB, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, @Data[0]);
+// FPC_BIG_ENDIAN Error := gluBuild2DMipmaps(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 3, W, H, GL_BGR, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, @Data[0]);
+ if Error > 0 then
+ Log.LogError('gluBuild2DMipmaps() failed', 'TTextureUnit.CreateTexture');
+ end;
+ }
+
+ Result.X := 0;
+ Result.Y := 0;
+ Result.Z := 0;
+ Result.W := 0;
+ Result.H := 0;
+ Result.ScaleW := 1;
+ Result.ScaleH := 1;
+ Result.Rot := 0;
+ Result.TexNum := ActTex;
+ Result.TexW := 1;
+ Result.TexH := 1;
+
+ Result.Int := 1;
+ Result.ColR := 1;
+ Result.ColG := 1;
+ Result.ColB := 1;
+ Result.Alpha := 1;
+
+ // new test - default use whole texure, taking TexW and TexH as const and changing these
+ Result.TexX1 := 0;
+ Result.TexY1 := 0;
+ Result.TexX2 := 1;
+ Result.TexY2 := 1;
+
+ Result.Name := Name;
+end;
+
+procedure TTextureUnit.UnloadTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean);
+begin
+ UnloadTexture(Name, Typ, 0, FromCache);
+end;
+
+procedure TTextureUnit.UnloadTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: Cardinal; FromCache: boolean);
+var
+ T: integer;
+ TexNum: GLuint;
+begin
+ T := TextureDatabase.FindTexture(Name, Typ, Col);
+
+ if not FromCache then
+ begin
+ TexNum := TextureDatabase.Texture[T].Texture.TexNum;
+ if TexNum > 0 then
+ begin
+ glDeleteTextures(1, PGLuint(@TexNum));
+ TextureDatabase.Texture[T].Texture.TexNum := 0;
+ //Log.LogError('Unload texture no '+IntToStr(TexNum));
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ TexNum := TextureDatabase.Texture[T].TextureCache.TexNum;
+ if TexNum > 0 then
+ begin
+ glDeleteTextures(1, @TexNum);
+ TextureDatabase.Texture[T].TextureCache.TexNum := 0;
+ //Log.LogError('Unload texture cache no '+IntToStr(TexNum));
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+(* This needs some work
+procedure TTextureUnit.FlushTextureDatabase();
+var
+ i: integer;
+ Tex: ^TTexture;
+begin
+ for i := 0 to High(TextureDatabase.Texture) do
+ begin
+ // only delete non-cached entries
+ if (TextureDatabase.Texture[i].Texture.TexNum > 0) then
+ begin
+ Tex := @TextureDatabase.Texture[i].Texture;
+ glDeleteTextures(1, PGLuint(Tex^.TexNum));
+ Tex^.TexNum := 0;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+*)
+
+function TextureTypeToStr(TexType: TTextureType): string;
+begin
+ Result := TextureTypeStr[TexType];
+end;
+
+function ParseTextureType(const TypeStr: string; Default: TTextureType): TTextureType;
+var
+ TexType: TTextureType;
+ UpCaseStr: string;
+begin
+ UpCaseStr := UpperCase(TypeStr);
+ for TexType := Low(TextureTypeStr) to High(TextureTypeStr) do
+ begin
+ if (UpCaseStr = UpperCase(TextureTypeStr[TexType])) then
+ begin
+ Result := TexType;
+ Exit;
+ end;
+ end;
+ Log.LogWarn('Unknown texture-type: "' + TypeStr + '"', 'ParseTextureType');
+ Result := TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UThemes.pas b/unicode/src/base/UThemes.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..361ed87d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UThemes.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,2350 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UThemes;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ ULog,
+ IniFiles,
+ SysUtils,
+ Classes,
+ UTexture;
+
+type
+ TRGB = record
+ R: single;
+ G: single;
+ B: single;
+ end;
+
+ TRGBA = record
+ R, G, B, A: Double;
+ end;
+
+type
+ TBackgroundType =
+ (bgtNone, bgtColor, bgtTexture, bgtVideo, bgtFade, bgtAuto);
+
+const
+ BGT_Names: array [TBackgroundType] of string =
+ ('none', 'color', 'texture', 'video', 'fade', 'auto');
+
+type
+ TThemeBackground = record
+ BGType: TBackgroundType;
+ Color: TRGB;
+ Tex: string;
+ Alpha: real;
+ end;
+
+const
+ //Defaul Background for Screens w/o Theme e.g. editor
+ DEFAULT_BACKGROUND: TThemeBackground = (
+ BGType: bgtColor;
+ Color: (R:1; G:1; B:1);
+ Tex: '';
+ Alpha: 1.0
+ );
+
+
+type
+ TThemeStatic = record
+ X: integer;
+ Y: integer;
+ Z: real;
+ W: integer;
+ H: integer;
+ Color: string;
+ ColR: real;
+ ColG: real;
+ ColB: real;
+ Tex: string;
+ Typ: TTextureType;
+ TexX1: real;
+ TexY1: real;
+ TexX2: real;
+ TexY2: real;
+ //Reflection
+ Reflection: boolean;
+ Reflectionspacing: real;
+ end;
+ AThemeStatic = array of TThemeStatic;
+
+ TThemeText = record
+ X: integer;
+ Y: integer;
+ W: integer;
+ Z: real;
+ Color: string;
+ ColR: real;
+ ColG: real;
+ ColB: real;
+ Font: integer;
+ Size: integer;
+ Align: integer;
+ Text: string;
+ //Reflection
+ Reflection: boolean;
+ ReflectionSpacing: real;
+ end;
+ AThemeText = array of TThemeText;
+
+ TThemeButton = record
+ Text: AThemeText;
+ X: integer;
+ Y: integer;
+ Z: real;
+ W: integer;
+ H: integer;
+ Color: string;
+ ColR: real;
+ ColG: real;
+ ColB: real;
+ Int: real;
+ DColor: string;
+ DColR: real;
+ DColG: real;
+ DColB: real;
+ DInt: real;
+ Tex: string;
+ Typ: TTextureType;
+
+ Visible: boolean;
+
+ //Reflection Mod
+ Reflection: boolean;
+ Reflectionspacing: real;
+ //Fade Mod
+ SelectH: integer;
+ SelectW: integer;
+ Fade: boolean;
+ FadeText: boolean;
+ DeSelectReflectionspacing : real;
+ FadeTex: string;
+ FadeTexPos: integer;
+
+ //Button Collection Mod
+ Parent: byte; //Number of the Button Collection this Button is assigned to. IF 0: No Assignement
+ end;
+
+ //Button Collection Mod
+ TThemeButtonCollection = record
+ Style: TThemeButton;
+ ChildCount: byte; //No of assigned Childs
+ FirstChild: byte; //No of Child on whose Interaction Position the Button should be
+ end;
+
+ AThemeButtonCollection = array of TThemeButtonCollection;
+ PAThemeButtonCollection = ^AThemeButtonCollection;
+
+ TThemeSelectSlide = record
+ Tex: string;
+ TexSBG: string;
+ X: integer;
+ Y: integer;
+ W: integer;
+ H: integer;
+ Z: real;
+
+ TextSize: integer;
+
+ //SBGW Mod
+ SBGW: integer;
+
+ Text: string;
+ ColR, ColG, ColB, Int: real;
+ DColR, DColG, DColB, DInt: real;
+ TColR, TColG, TColB, TInt: real;
+ TDColR, TDColG, TDColB, TDInt: real;
+ SBGColR, SBGColG, SBGColB, SBGInt: real;
+ SBGDColR, SBGDColG, SBGDColB, SBGDInt: real;
+ STColR, STColG, STColB, STInt: real;
+ STDColR, STDColG, STDColB, STDInt: real;
+ SkipX: integer;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeEqualizer = record
+ Visible: boolean;
+ Direction: boolean;
+ Alpha: real;
+ X: integer;
+ Y: integer;
+ Z: real;
+ W: integer;
+ H: integer;
+ Space: integer;
+ Bands: integer;
+ Length: integer;
+ ColR, ColG, ColB: real;
+ Reflection: boolean;
+ Reflectionspacing: real;
+ end;
+
+ PThemeBasic = ^TThemeBasic;
+ TThemeBasic = class
+ Background: TThemeBackground;
+ Text: AThemeText;
+ Static: AThemeStatic;
+
+ //Button Collection Mod
+ ButtonCollection: AThemeButtonCollection;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeLoading = class(TThemeBasic)
+ StaticAnimation: TThemeStatic;
+ TextLoading: TThemeText;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeMain = class(TThemeBasic)
+ ButtonSolo: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonMulti: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonStat: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonEditor: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonOptions: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonExit: TThemeButton;
+
+ TextDescription: TThemeText;
+ TextDescriptionLong: TThemeText;
+ Description: array[0..5] of string;
+ DescriptionLong: array[0..5] of string;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeName = class(TThemeBasic)
+ ButtonPlayer: array[1..6] of TThemeButton;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeLevel = class(TThemeBasic)
+ ButtonEasy: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonMedium: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonHard: TThemeButton;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeSong = class(TThemeBasic)
+ TextArtist: TThemeText;
+ TextTitle: TThemeText;
+ TextNumber: TThemeText;
+
+ //Video Icon Mod
+ VideoIcon: TThemeStatic;
+
+ //Show Cat in TopLeft Mod
+ TextCat: TThemeText;
+ StaticCat: TThemeStatic;
+
+ //Cover Mod
+ Cover: record
+ Reflections: boolean;
+ X: integer;
+ Y: integer;
+ Z: integer;
+ W: integer;
+ H: integer;
+ Style: integer;
+ end;
+
+ //Equalizer Mod
+ Equalizer: TThemeEqualizer;
+
+
+ //Party and Non Party specific Statics and Texts
+ StaticParty: AThemeStatic;
+ TextParty: AThemeText;
+
+ StaticNonParty: AThemeStatic;
+ TextNonParty: AThemeText;
+
+ //Party Mode
+ StaticTeam1Joker1: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam1Joker2: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam1Joker3: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam1Joker4: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam1Joker5: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam2Joker1: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam2Joker2: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam2Joker3: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam2Joker4: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam2Joker5: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam3Joker1: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam3Joker2: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam3Joker3: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam3Joker4: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam3Joker5: TThemeStatic;
+
+
+ end;
+
+ TThemeSing = class(TThemeBasic)
+
+ //TimeBar mod
+ StaticTimeProgress: TThemeStatic;
+ TextTimeText : TThemeText;
+ //eoa TimeBar mod
+
+ StaticP1: TThemeStatic;
+ TextP1: TThemeText;
+ StaticP1ScoreBG: TThemeStatic; //Static for ScoreBG
+ TextP1Score: TThemeText;
+
+ //moveable singbar mod
+ StaticP1SingBar: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticP1ThreePSingBar: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticP1TwoPSingBar: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticP2RSingBar: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticP2MSingBar: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticP3SingBar: TThemeStatic;
+ //eoa moveable singbar
+
+ //added for ps3 skin
+ //game in 2/4 player modi
+ StaticP1TwoP: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticP1TwoPScoreBG: TThemeStatic; //Static for ScoreBG
+ TextP1TwoP: TThemeText;
+ TextP1TwoPScore: TThemeText;
+ //game in 3/6 player modi
+ StaticP1ThreeP: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticP1ThreePScoreBG: TThemeStatic; //Static for ScoreBG
+ TextP1ThreeP: TThemeText;
+ TextP1ThreePScore: TThemeText;
+ //eoa
+
+ StaticP2R: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticP2RScoreBG: TThemeStatic; //Static for ScoreBG
+ TextP2R: TThemeText;
+ TextP2RScore: TThemeText;
+
+ StaticP2M: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticP2MScoreBG: TThemeStatic; //Static for ScoreBG
+ TextP2M: TThemeText;
+ TextP2MScore: TThemeText;
+
+ StaticP3R: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticP3RScoreBG: TThemeStatic; //Static for ScoreBG
+ TextP3R: TThemeText;
+ TextP3RScore: TThemeText;
+
+ //Linebonus Translations
+ LineBonusText: array [0..8] of string;
+
+ //Pause Popup
+ PausePopUp: TThemeStatic;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeScore = class(TThemeBasic)
+ TextArtist: TThemeText;
+ TextTitle: TThemeText;
+
+ TextArtistTitle: TThemeText;
+
+ PlayerStatic: array[1..6] of AThemeStatic;
+ PlayerTexts: array[1..6] of AThemeText;
+
+ TextName: array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+ TextScore: array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+
+ TextNotes: array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+ TextNotesScore: array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+ TextLineBonus: array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+ TextLineBonusScore: array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+ TextGoldenNotes: array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+ TextGoldenNotesScore: array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+ TextTotal: array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+ TextTotalScore: array[1..6] of TThemeText;
+
+ StaticBoxLightest: array[1..6] of TThemeStatic;
+ StaticBoxLight: array[1..6] of TThemeStatic;
+ StaticBoxDark: array[1..6] of TThemeStatic;
+
+ StaticRatings: array[1..6] of TThemeStatic;
+
+ StaticBackLevel: array[1..6] of TThemeStatic;
+ StaticBackLevelRound: array[1..6] of TThemeStatic;
+ StaticLevel: array[1..6] of TThemeStatic;
+ StaticLevelRound: array[1..6] of TThemeStatic;
+
+// Description: array[0..5] of string;}
+ end;
+
+ TThemeTop5 = class(TThemeBasic)
+ TextLevel: TThemeText;
+ TextArtistTitle: TThemeText;
+
+ StaticNumber: AThemeStatic;
+ TextNumber: AThemeText;
+ TextName: AThemeText;
+ TextScore: AThemeText;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeOptions = class(TThemeBasic)
+ ButtonGame: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonGraphics: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonSound: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonLyrics: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonThemes: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonRecord: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonAdvanced: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonExit: TThemeButton;
+
+ TextDescription: TThemeText;
+ Description: array[0..7] of string;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeOptionsGame = class(TThemeBasic)
+ SelectPlayers: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectDifficulty: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectLanguage: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectTabs: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectSorting: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectDebug: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ ButtonExit: TThemeButton;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeOptionsGraphics = class(TThemeBasic)
+ SelectFullscreen: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectResolution: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectDepth: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectVisualizer: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectOscilloscope: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectLineBonus: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectMovieSize: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ ButtonExit: TThemeButton;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeOptionsSound = class(TThemeBasic)
+ SelectMicBoost: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectBackgroundMusic: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectClickAssist: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectBeatClick: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectThreshold: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectSlidePreviewVolume: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectSlidePreviewFading: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectSlideVoicePassthrough: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ ButtonExit: TThemeButton;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeOptionsLyrics = class(TThemeBasic)
+ SelectLyricsFont: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectLyricsEffect: TThemeSelectSlide;
+// SelectSolmization: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectNoteLines: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ ButtonExit: TThemeButton;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeOptionsThemes = class(TThemeBasic)
+ SelectTheme: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectSkin: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectColor: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ ButtonExit: TThemeButton;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeOptionsRecord = class(TThemeBasic)
+ SelectSlideCard: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectSlideInput: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectSlideChannel: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ ButtonExit: TThemeButton;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeOptionsAdvanced = class(TThemeBasic)
+ SelectLoadAnimation: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectEffectSing: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectScreenFade: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectLineBonus: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectAskbeforeDel: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectOnSongClick: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectPartyPopup: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ ButtonExit: TThemeButton;
+ end;
+
+ //Error- and Check-Popup
+ TThemeError = class(TThemeBasic)
+ Button1: TThemeButton;
+ TextError: TThemeText;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeCheck = class(TThemeBasic)
+ Button1: TThemeButton;
+ Button2: TThemeButton;
+ TextCheck: TThemeText;
+ end;
+
+
+ //ScreenSong Menue
+ TThemeSongMenu = class(TThemeBasic)
+ Button1: TThemeButton;
+ Button2: TThemeButton;
+ Button3: TThemeButton;
+ Button4: TThemeButton;
+
+ SelectSlide3: TThemeSelectSlide;
+
+ TextMenu: TThemeText;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeSongJumpTo = class(TThemeBasic)
+ ButtonSearchText: TThemeButton;
+ SelectSlideType: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ TextFound: TThemeText;
+
+ //Translated Texts
+ Songsfound: string;
+ NoSongsfound: string;
+ CatText: string;
+ IType: array [0..2] of string;
+ end;
+
+ //Party Screens
+ TThemePartyNewRound = class(TThemeBasic)
+ TextRound1: TThemeText;
+ TextRound2: TThemeText;
+ TextRound3: TThemeText;
+ TextRound4: TThemeText;
+ TextRound5: TThemeText;
+ TextRound6: TThemeText;
+ TextRound7: TThemeText;
+ TextWinner1: TThemeText;
+ TextWinner2: TThemeText;
+ TextWinner3: TThemeText;
+ TextWinner4: TThemeText;
+ TextWinner5: TThemeText;
+ TextWinner6: TThemeText;
+ TextWinner7: TThemeText;
+ TextNextRound: TThemeText;
+ TextNextRoundNo: TThemeText;
+ TextNextPlayer1: TThemeText;
+ TextNextPlayer2: TThemeText;
+ TextNextPlayer3: TThemeText;
+
+ StaticRound1: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticRound2: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticRound3: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticRound4: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticRound5: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticRound6: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticRound7: TThemeStatic;
+
+ TextScoreTeam1: TThemeText;
+ TextScoreTeam2: TThemeText;
+ TextScoreTeam3: TThemeText;
+ TextNameTeam1: TThemeText;
+ TextNameTeam2: TThemeText;
+ TextNameTeam3: TThemeText;
+ TextTeam1Players: TThemeText;
+ TextTeam2Players: TThemeText;
+ TextTeam3Players: TThemeText;
+
+ StaticTeam1: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam2: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam3: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticNextPlayer1: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticNextPlayer2: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticNextPlayer3: TThemeStatic;
+ end;
+
+ TThemePartyScore = class(TThemeBasic)
+ TextScoreTeam1: TThemeText;
+ TextScoreTeam2: TThemeText;
+ TextScoreTeam3: TThemeText;
+ TextNameTeam1: TThemeText;
+ TextNameTeam2: TThemeText;
+ TextNameTeam3: TThemeText;
+ StaticTeam1: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam1BG: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam1Deco: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam2: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam2BG: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam2Deco: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam3: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam3BG: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam3Deco: TThemeStatic;
+
+ DecoTextures: record
+ ChangeTextures: boolean;
+
+ FirstTexture: string;
+ FirstTyp: TTextureType;
+ FirstColor: string;
+
+ SecondTexture: string;
+ SecondTyp: TTextureType;
+ SecondColor: string;
+
+ ThirdTexture: string;
+ ThirdTyp: TTextureType;
+ ThirdColor: string;
+ end;
+
+
+ TextWinner: TThemeText;
+ end;
+
+ TThemePartyWin = class(TThemeBasic)
+ TextScoreTeam1: TThemeText;
+ TextScoreTeam2: TThemeText;
+ TextScoreTeam3: TThemeText;
+ TextNameTeam1: TThemeText;
+ TextNameTeam2: TThemeText;
+ TextNameTeam3: TThemeText;
+ StaticTeam1: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam1BG: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam1Deco: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam2: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam2BG: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam2Deco: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam3: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam3BG: TThemeStatic;
+ StaticTeam3Deco: TThemeStatic;
+
+ TextWinner: TThemeText;
+ end;
+
+ TThemePartyOptions = class(TThemeBasic)
+ SelectLevel: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectPlayList: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectPlayList2: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectRounds: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectTeams: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectPlayers1: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectPlayers2: TThemeSelectSlide;
+ SelectPlayers3: TThemeSelectSlide;
+
+ {ButtonNext: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonPrev: TThemeButton;}
+ end;
+
+ TThemePartyPlayer = class(TThemeBasic)
+ Team1Name: TThemeButton;
+ Player1Name: TThemeButton;
+ Player2Name: TThemeButton;
+ Player3Name: TThemeButton;
+ Player4Name: TThemeButton;
+
+ Team2Name: TThemeButton;
+ Player5Name: TThemeButton;
+ Player6Name: TThemeButton;
+ Player7Name: TThemeButton;
+ Player8Name: TThemeButton;
+
+ Team3Name: TThemeButton;
+ Player9Name: TThemeButton;
+ Player10Name: TThemeButton;
+ Player11Name: TThemeButton;
+ Player12Name: TThemeButton;
+
+ {ButtonNext: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonPrev: TThemeButton;}
+ end;
+
+ //Stats Screens
+ TThemeStatMain = class(TThemeBasic)
+ ButtonScores: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonSingers: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonSongs: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonBands: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonExit: TThemeButton;
+
+ TextOverview: TThemeText;
+ end;
+
+ TThemeStatDetail = class(TThemeBasic)
+ ButtonNext: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonPrev: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonReverse: TThemeButton;
+ ButtonExit: TThemeButton;
+
+ TextDescription: TThemeText;
+ TextPage: TThemeText;
+ TextList: AThemeText;
+
+ Description: array[0..3] of string;
+ DescriptionR: array[0..3] of string;
+ FormatStr: array[0..3] of string;
+ PageStr: string;
+ end;
+
+ //Playlist Translations
+ TThemePlaylist = record
+ CatText: string;
+ end;
+
+ TTheme = class
+ private
+ {$IFDEF THEMESAVE}
+ ThemeIni: TIniFile;
+ {$ELSE}
+ ThemeIni: TMemIniFile;
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ LastThemeBasic: TThemeBasic;
+ procedure CreateThemeObjects();
+
+ public
+ Loading: TThemeLoading;
+ Main: TThemeMain;
+ Name: TThemeName;
+ Level: TThemeLevel;
+ Song: TThemeSong;
+ Sing: TThemeSing;
+ Score: TThemeScore;
+ Top5: TThemeTop5;
+ Options: TThemeOptions;
+ OptionsGame: TThemeOptionsGame;
+ OptionsGraphics: TThemeOptionsGraphics;
+ OptionsSound: TThemeOptionsSound;
+ OptionsLyrics: TThemeOptionsLyrics;
+ OptionsThemes: TThemeOptionsThemes;
+ OptionsRecord: TThemeOptionsRecord;
+ OptionsAdvanced: TThemeOptionsAdvanced;
+ //error and check popup
+ ErrorPopup: TThemeError;
+ CheckPopup: TThemeCheck;
+ //ScreenSong extensions
+ SongMenu: TThemeSongMenu;
+ SongJumpto: TThemeSongJumpTo;
+ //Party Screens:
+ PartyNewRound: TThemePartyNewRound;
+ PartyScore: TThemePartyScore;
+ PartyWin: TThemePartyWin;
+ PartyOptions: TThemePartyOptions;
+ PartyPlayer: TThemePartyPlayer;
+
+ //Stats Screens:
+ StatMain: TThemeStatMain;
+ StatDetail: TThemeStatDetail;
+
+ Playlist: TThemePlaylist;
+
+ ILevel: array[0..2] of string;
+
+ constructor Create(const FileName: string); overload; // Initialize theme system
+ constructor Create(const FileName: string; Color: integer); overload; // Initialize theme system with color
+ function LoadTheme(FileName: string; sColor: integer): boolean; // Load some theme settings from file
+
+ procedure LoadColors;
+
+ procedure ThemeLoadBasic(Theme: TThemeBasic; const Name: string);
+ procedure ThemeLoadBackground(var ThemeBackground: TThemeBackground; const Name: string);
+ procedure ThemeLoadText(var ThemeText: TThemeText; const Name: string);
+ procedure ThemeLoadTexts(var ThemeText: AThemeText; const Name: string);
+ procedure ThemeLoadStatic(var ThemeStatic: TThemeStatic; const Name: string);
+ procedure ThemeLoadStatics(var ThemeStatic: AThemeStatic; const Name: string);
+ procedure ThemeLoadButton(var ThemeButton: TThemeButton; const Name: string; Collections: PAThemeButtonCollection = nil);
+ procedure ThemeLoadButtonCollection(var Collection: TThemeButtonCollection; const Name: string);
+ procedure ThemeLoadButtonCollections(var Collections: AThemeButtonCollection; const Name: string);
+ procedure ThemeLoadSelectSlide(var ThemeSelectS: TThemeSelectSlide; const Name: string);
+ procedure ThemeLoadEqualizer(var ThemeEqualizer: TThemeEqualizer; const Name: string);
+
+ procedure ThemeSave(const FileName: string);
+ procedure ThemeSaveBasic(Theme: TThemeBasic; const Name: string);
+ procedure ThemeSaveBackground(ThemeBackground: TThemeBackground; const Name: string);
+ procedure ThemeSaveStatic(ThemeStatic: TThemeStatic; const Name: string);
+ procedure ThemeSaveStatics(ThemeStatic: AThemeStatic; const Name: string);
+ procedure ThemeSaveText(ThemeText: TThemeText; const Name: string);
+ procedure ThemeSaveTexts(ThemeText: AThemeText; const Name: string);
+ procedure ThemeSaveButton(ThemeButton: TThemeButton; const Name: string);
+ end;
+
+ TColor = record
+ Name: string;
+ RGB: TRGB;
+ end;
+
+procedure glColorRGB(Color: TRGB); overload;
+procedure glColorRGB(Color: TRGB; Alpha: real); overload;
+procedure glColorRGB(Color: TRGBA); overload;
+procedure glColorRGB(Color: TRGBA; Alpha: real); overload;
+
+function ColorExists(Name: string): integer;
+procedure LoadColor(var R, G, B: real; ColorName: string);
+function GetSystemColor(Color: integer): TRGB;
+function ColorSqrt(RGB: TRGB): TRGB;
+
+var
+ //Skin: TSkin;
+ Theme: TTheme;
+ Color: array of TColor;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ UCommon,
+ ULanguage,
+ USkins,
+ UIni,
+ gl,
+ glext,
+ math;
+
+//-----------
+//Helper procs to use TRGB in Opengl ...maybe this should be somewhere else
+//-----------
+procedure glColorRGB(Color: TRGB); overload;
+begin
+ glColor3f(Color.R, Color.G, Color.B);
+end;
+
+procedure glColorRGB(Color: TRGB; Alpha: real); overload;
+begin
+ glColor4f(Color.R, Color.G, Color.B, Alpha);
+end;
+
+procedure glColorRGB(Color: TRGBA); overload;
+begin
+ glColor4f(Color.R, Color.G, Color.B, Color.A);
+end;
+
+procedure glColorRGB(Color: TRGBA; Alpha: real); overload;
+begin
+ glColor4f(Color.R, Color.G, Color.B, Min(Color.A, Alpha));
+end;
+
+constructor TTheme.Create(const FileName: string);
+begin
+ Create(FileName, 0);
+end;
+
+constructor TTheme.Create(const FileName: string; Color: integer);
+begin
+ inherited Create();
+
+ Loading := TThemeLoading.Create;
+ Main := TThemeMain.Create;
+ Name := TThemeName.Create;
+ Level := TThemeLevel.Create;
+ Song := TThemeSong.Create;
+ Sing := TThemeSing.Create;
+ Score := TThemeScore.Create;
+ Top5 := TThemeTop5.Create;
+ Options := TThemeOptions.Create;
+ OptionsGame := TThemeOptionsGame.Create;
+ OptionsGraphics := TThemeOptionsGraphics.Create;
+ OptionsSound := TThemeOptionsSound.Create;
+ OptionsLyrics := TThemeOptionsLyrics.Create;
+ OptionsThemes := TThemeOptionsThemes.Create;
+ OptionsRecord := TThemeOptionsRecord.Create;
+ OptionsAdvanced := TThemeOptionsAdvanced.Create;
+
+ ErrorPopup := TThemeError.Create;
+ CheckPopup := TThemeCheck.Create;
+
+ SongMenu := TThemeSongMenu.Create;
+ SongJumpto := TThemeSongJumpto.Create;
+ //Party Screens
+ PartyNewRound := TThemePartyNewRound.Create;
+ PartyWin := TThemePartyWin.Create;
+ PartyScore := TThemePartyScore.Create;
+ PartyOptions := TThemePartyOptions.Create;
+ PartyPlayer := TThemePartyPlayer.Create;
+
+ //Stats Screens:
+ StatMain := TThemeStatMain.Create;
+ StatDetail := TThemeStatDetail.Create;
+
+ LoadTheme(FileName, Color);
+
+end;
+
+function TTheme.LoadTheme(FileName: string; sColor: integer): boolean;
+var
+ I: integer;
+begin
+ Result := false;
+
+ CreateThemeObjects();
+
+ Log.LogStatus('Loading: '+ FileName, 'TTheme.LoadTheme');
+
+ FileName := AdaptFilePaths(FileName);
+
+ if not FileExists(FileName) then
+ begin
+ Log.LogError('Theme does not exist ('+ FileName +')', 'TTheme.LoadTheme');
+ end;
+
+ if FileExists(FileName) then
+ begin
+ Result := true;
+
+ {$IFDEF THEMESAVE}
+ ThemeIni := TIniFile.Create(FileName);
+ {$ELSE}
+ ThemeIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FileName);
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ if ThemeIni.ReadString('Theme', 'Name', '') <> '' then
+ begin
+
+ {Skin.SkinName := ThemeIni.ReadString('Theme', 'Name', 'Singstar');
+ Skin.SkinPath := 'Skins\' + Skin.SkinName + '\';
+ Skin.SkinReg := false; }
+ Skin.Color := sColor;
+
+ Skin.LoadSkin(ISkin[Ini.SkinNo]);
+
+ LoadColors;
+
+// ThemeIni.Free;
+// ThemeIni := TIniFile.Create('Themes\Singstar\Main.ini');
+
+ // Loading
+ ThemeLoadBasic(Loading, 'Loading');
+ ThemeLoadText(Loading.TextLoading, 'LoadingTextLoading');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Loading.StaticAnimation, 'LoadingStaticAnimation');
+
+ // Main
+ ThemeLoadBasic(Main, 'Main');
+
+ ThemeLoadText(Main.TextDescription, 'MainTextDescription');
+ ThemeLoadText(Main.TextDescriptionLong, 'MainTextDescriptionLong');
+ ThemeLoadButton(Main.ButtonSolo, 'MainButtonSolo');
+ ThemeLoadButton(Main.ButtonMulti, 'MainButtonMulti');
+ ThemeLoadButton(Main.ButtonStat, 'MainButtonStats');
+ ThemeLoadButton(Main.ButtonEditor, 'MainButtonEditor');
+ ThemeLoadButton(Main.ButtonOptions, 'MainButtonOptions');
+ ThemeLoadButton(Main.ButtonExit, 'MainButtonExit');
+
+ //Main Desc Text Translation Start
+
+ Main.Description[0] := Language.Translate('SING_SING');
+ Main.DescriptionLong[0] := Language.Translate('SING_SING_DESC');
+ Main.Description[1] := Language.Translate('SING_MULTI');
+ Main.DescriptionLong[1] := Language.Translate('SING_MULTI_DESC');
+ Main.Description[2] := Language.Translate('SING_STATS');
+ Main.DescriptionLong[2] := Language.Translate('SING_STATS_DESC');
+ Main.Description[3] := Language.Translate('SING_EDITOR');
+ Main.DescriptionLong[3] := Language.Translate('SING_EDITOR_DESC');
+ Main.Description[4] := Language.Translate('SING_GAME_OPTIONS');
+ Main.DescriptionLong[4] := Language.Translate('SING_GAME_OPTIONS_DESC');
+ Main.Description[5] := Language.Translate('SING_EXIT');
+ Main.DescriptionLong[5] := Language.Translate('SING_EXIT_DESC');
+
+ //Main Desc Text Translation End
+
+ Main.TextDescription.Text := Main.Description[0];
+ Main.TextDescriptionLong.Text := Main.DescriptionLong[0];
+
+ // Name
+ ThemeLoadBasic(Name, 'Name');
+
+ for I := 1 to 6 do
+ ThemeLoadButton(Name.ButtonPlayer[I], 'NameButtonPlayer'+IntToStr(I));
+
+ // Level
+ ThemeLoadBasic(Level, 'Level');
+
+ ThemeLoadButton(Level.ButtonEasy, 'LevelButtonEasy');
+ ThemeLoadButton(Level.ButtonMedium, 'LevelButtonMedium');
+ ThemeLoadButton(Level.ButtonHard, 'LevelButtonHard');
+
+
+ // Song
+ ThemeLoadBasic(Song, 'Song');
+
+ ThemeLoadText(Song.TextArtist, 'SongTextArtist');
+ ThemeLoadText(Song.TextTitle, 'SongTextTitle');
+ ThemeLoadText(Song.TextNumber, 'SongTextNumber');
+
+ //Video Icon Mod
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Song.VideoIcon, 'SongVideoIcon');
+
+ //Show Cat in TopLeft Mod
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticCat, 'SongStaticCat');
+ ThemeLoadText(Song.TextCat, 'SongTextCat');
+
+ //Load Cover Pos and Size from Theme Mod
+ Song.Cover.X := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SongCover', 'X', 300);
+ Song.Cover.Y := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SongCover', 'Y', 190);
+ Song.Cover.W := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SongCover', 'W', 300);
+ Song.Cover.H := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SongCover', 'H', 200);
+ Song.Cover.Style := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SongCover', 'Style', 4);
+ Song.Cover.Reflections := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SongCover', 'Reflections', 0) = 1);
+ //Load Cover Pos and Size from Theme Mod End
+
+ ThemeLoadEqualizer(Song.Equalizer, 'SongEqualizer');
+
+ //Party and Non Party specific Statics and Texts
+ ThemeLoadStatics (Song.StaticParty, 'SongStaticParty');
+ ThemeLoadTexts (Song.TextParty, 'SongTextParty');
+
+ ThemeLoadStatics (Song.StaticNonParty, 'SongStaticNonParty');
+ ThemeLoadTexts (Song.TextNonParty, 'SongTextNonParty');
+
+ //Party Mode
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam1Joker1, 'SongStaticTeam1Joker1');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam1Joker2, 'SongStaticTeam1Joker2');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam1Joker3, 'SongStaticTeam1Joker3');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam1Joker4, 'SongStaticTeam1Joker4');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam1Joker5, 'SongStaticTeam1Joker5');
+
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam2Joker1, 'SongStaticTeam2Joker1');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam2Joker2, 'SongStaticTeam2Joker2');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam2Joker3, 'SongStaticTeam2Joker3');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam2Joker4, 'SongStaticTeam2Joker4');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam2Joker5, 'SongStaticTeam2Joker5');
+
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam3Joker1, 'SongStaticTeam3Joker1');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam3Joker2, 'SongStaticTeam3Joker2');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam3Joker3, 'SongStaticTeam3Joker3');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam3Joker4, 'SongStaticTeam3Joker4');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam3Joker5, 'SongStaticTeam3Joker5');
+
+
+ // Sing
+ ThemeLoadBasic(Sing, 'Sing');
+
+ //TimeBar mod
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticTimeProgress, 'SingTimeProgress');
+ ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextTimeText, 'SingTimeText');
+ //eoa TimeBar mod
+
+ //moveable singbar mod
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1SingBar, 'SingP1SingBar');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1TwoPSingBar, 'SingP1TwoPSingBar');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1ThreePSingBar, 'SingP1ThreePSingBar');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP2RSingBar, 'SingP2RSingBar');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP2MSingBar, 'SingP2MSingBar');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP3SingBar, 'SingP3SingBar');
+ //eoa moveable singbar
+
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1, 'SingP1Static');
+ ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP1, 'SingP1Text');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG, 'SingP1Static2');
+ ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP1Score, 'SingP1TextScore');
+ //Added for ps3 skin
+ //This one is shown in 2/4P mode
+ //if it exists, otherwise the one Player equivaltents are used
+ if (ThemeIni.SectionExists('SingP1TwoPTextScore')) then
+ begin
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1TwoP, 'SingP1TwoPStatic');
+ ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP1TwoP, 'SingP1TwoPText');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG, 'SingP1TwoPStatic2');
+ ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP1TwoPScore, 'SingP1TwoPTextScore');
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ Sing.StaticP1TwoP := Sing.StaticP1;
+ Sing.TextP1TwoP := Sing.TextP1;
+ Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG := Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG;
+ Sing.TextP1TwoPScore := Sing.TextP1Score;
+ end;
+
+ //This one is shown in 3/6P mode
+ //if it exists, otherwise the one Player equivaltents are used
+ if (ThemeIni.SectionExists('SingP1TwoPTextScore')) then
+ begin
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1ThreeP, 'SingP1ThreePStatic');
+ ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP1ThreeP, 'SingP1ThreePText');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG, 'SingP1ThreePStatic2');
+ ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP1ThreePScore, 'SingP1ThreePTextScore');
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ Sing.StaticP1ThreeP := Sing.StaticP1;
+ Sing.TextP1ThreeP := Sing.TextP1;
+ Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG := Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG;
+ Sing.TextP1ThreePScore := Sing.TextP1Score;
+ end;
+ //eoa
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP2R, 'SingP2RStatic');
+ ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP2R, 'SingP2RText');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG, 'SingP2RStatic2');
+ ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP2RScore, 'SingP2RTextScore');
+
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP2M, 'SingP2MStatic');
+ ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP2M, 'SingP2MText');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG, 'SingP2MStatic2');
+ ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP2MScore, 'SingP2MTextScore');
+
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP3R, 'SingP3RStatic');
+ ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP3R, 'SingP3RText');
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG, 'SingP3RStatic2');
+ ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextP3RScore, 'SingP3RTextScore');
+
+ //Line Bonus Texts
+ Sing.LineBonusText[0] := Language.Translate('POPUP_AWFUL');
+ Sing.LineBonusText[1] := Sing.LineBonusText[0];
+ Sing.LineBonusText[2] := Language.Translate('POPUP_POOR');
+ Sing.LineBonusText[3] := Language.Translate('POPUP_BAD');
+ Sing.LineBonusText[4] := Language.Translate('POPUP_NOTBAD');
+ Sing.LineBonusText[5] := Language.Translate('POPUP_GOOD');
+ Sing.LineBonusText[6] := Language.Translate('POPUP_GREAT');
+ Sing.LineBonusText[7] := Language.Translate('POPUP_AWESOME');
+ Sing.LineBonusText[8] := Language.Translate('POPUP_PERFECT');
+
+ //PausePopup
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.PausePopUp, 'PausePopUpStatic');
+
+ // Score
+ ThemeLoadBasic(Score, 'Score');
+
+ ThemeLoadText(Score.TextArtist, 'ScoreTextArtist');
+ ThemeLoadText(Score.TextTitle, 'ScoreTextTitle');
+ ThemeLoadText(Score.TextArtistTitle, 'ScoreTextArtistTitle');
+
+ for I := 1 to 6 do
+ begin
+ ThemeLoadStatics(Score.PlayerStatic[I], 'ScorePlayer' + IntToStr(I) + 'Static');
+ ThemeLoadTexts(Score.PlayerTexts[I], 'ScorePlayer' + IntToStr(I) + 'Text');
+
+ ThemeLoadText(Score.TextName[I], 'ScoreTextName' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeLoadText(Score.TextScore[I], 'ScoreTextScore' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeLoadText(Score.TextNotes[I], 'ScoreTextNotes' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeLoadText(Score.TextNotesScore[I], 'ScoreTextNotesScore' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeLoadText(Score.TextLineBonus[I], 'ScoreTextLineBonus' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeLoadText(Score.TextLineBonusScore[I], 'ScoreTextLineBonusScore' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeLoadText(Score.TextGoldenNotes[I], 'ScoreTextGoldenNotes' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeLoadText(Score.TextGoldenNotesScore[I], 'ScoreTextGoldenNotesScore' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeLoadText(Score.TextTotal[I], 'ScoreTextTotal' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeLoadText(Score.TextTotalScore[I], 'ScoreTextTotalScore' + IntToStr(I));
+
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Score.StaticBoxLightest[I], 'ScoreStaticBoxLightest' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Score.StaticBoxLight[I], 'ScoreStaticBoxLight' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Score.StaticBoxDark[I], 'ScoreStaticBoxDark' + IntToStr(I));
+
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Score.StaticBackLevel[I], 'ScoreStaticBackLevel' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Score.StaticBackLevelRound[I], 'ScoreStaticBackLevelRound' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Score.StaticLevel[I], 'ScoreStaticLevel' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Score.StaticLevelRound[I], 'ScoreStaticLevelRound' + IntToStr(I));
+
+ ThemeLoadStatic(Score.StaticRatings[I], 'ScoreStaticRatingPicture' + IntToStr(I));
+ end;
+
+ // Top5
+ ThemeLoadBasic(Top5, 'Top5');
+
+ ThemeLoadText(Top5.TextLevel, 'Top5TextLevel');
+ ThemeLoadText(Top5.TextArtistTitle, 'Top5TextArtistTitle');
+ ThemeLoadStatics(Top5.StaticNumber, 'Top5StaticNumber');
+ ThemeLoadTexts(Top5.TextNumber, 'Top5TextNumber');
+ ThemeLoadTexts(Top5.TextName, 'Top5TextName');
+ ThemeLoadTexts(Top5.TextScore, 'Top5TextScore');
+
+ // Options
+ ThemeLoadBasic(Options, 'Options');
+
+ ThemeLoadButton(Options.ButtonGame, 'OptionsButtonGame');
+ ThemeLoadButton(Options.ButtonGraphics, 'OptionsButtonGraphics');
+ ThemeLoadButton(Options.ButtonSound, 'OptionsButtonSound');
+ ThemeLoadButton(Options.ButtonLyrics, 'OptionsButtonLyrics');
+ ThemeLoadButton(Options.ButtonThemes, 'OptionsButtonThemes');
+ ThemeLoadButton(Options.ButtonRecord, 'OptionsButtonRecord');
+ ThemeLoadButton(Options.ButtonAdvanced, 'OptionsButtonAdvanced');
+ ThemeLoadButton(Options.ButtonExit, 'OptionsButtonExit');
+
+ Options.Description[0] := Language.Translate('SING_OPTIONS_GAME_DESC');
+ Options.Description[1] := Language.Translate('SING_OPTIONS_GRAPHICS_DESC');
+ Options.Description[2] := Language.Translate('SING_OPTIONS_SOUND_DESC');
+ Options.Description[3] := Language.Translate('SING_OPTIONS_LYRICS_DESC');
+ Options.Description[4] := Language.Translate('SING_OPTIONS_THEMES_DESC');
+ Options.Description[5] := Language.Translate('SING_OPTIONS_RECORD_DESC');
+ Options.Description[6] := Language.Translate('SING_OPTIONS_ADVANCED_DESC');
+ Options.Description[7] := Language.Translate('SING_OPTIONS_EXIT');
+
+ ThemeLoadText(Options.TextDescription, 'OptionsTextDescription');
+ Options.TextDescription.Text := Options.Description[0];
+
+ // Options Game
+ ThemeLoadBasic(OptionsGame, 'OptionsGame');
+
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGame.SelectPlayers, 'OptionsGameSelectPlayers');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGame.SelectDifficulty, 'OptionsGameSelectDifficulty');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGame.SelectLanguage, 'OptionsGameSelectSlideLanguage');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGame.SelectTabs, 'OptionsGameSelectTabs');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGame.SelectSorting, 'OptionsGameSelectSlideSorting');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGame.SelectDebug, 'OptionsGameSelectDebug');
+ ThemeLoadButton(OptionsGame.ButtonExit, 'OptionsGameButtonExit');
+
+ // Options Graphics
+ ThemeLoadBasic(OptionsGraphics, 'OptionsGraphics');
+
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGraphics.SelectFullscreen, 'OptionsGraphicsSelectFullscreen');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGraphics.SelectResolution, 'OptionsGraphicsSelectSlideResolution');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGraphics.SelectDepth, 'OptionsGraphicsSelectDepth');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGraphics.SelectVisualizer, 'OptionsGraphicsSelectVisualizer');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGraphics.SelectOscilloscope, 'OptionsGraphicsSelectOscilloscope');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGraphics.SelectLineBonus, 'OptionsGraphicsSelectLineBonus');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsGraphics.SelectMovieSize, 'OptionsGraphicsSelectMovieSize');
+ ThemeLoadButton(OptionsGraphics.ButtonExit, 'OptionsGraphicsButtonExit');
+
+ // Options Sound
+ ThemeLoadBasic(OptionsSound, 'OptionsSound');
+
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsSound.SelectBackgroundMusic, 'OptionsSoundSelectBackgroundMusic');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsSound.SelectMicBoost, 'OptionsSoundSelectMicBoost');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsSound.SelectClickAssist, 'OptionsSoundSelectClickAssist');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsSound.SelectBeatClick, 'OptionsSoundSelectBeatClick');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsSound.SelectThreshold, 'OptionsSoundSelectThreshold');
+ //Song Preview
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewVolume, 'OptionsSoundSelectSlidePreviewVolume');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsSound.SelectSlidePreviewFading, 'OptionsSoundSelectSlidePreviewFading');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsSound.SelectSlideVoicePassthrough, 'OptionsSoundSelectVoicePassthrough');
+
+ ThemeLoadButton(OptionsSound.ButtonExit, 'OptionsSoundButtonExit');
+
+ // Options Lyrics
+ ThemeLoadBasic(OptionsLyrics, 'OptionsLyrics');
+
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsFont, 'OptionsLyricsSelectLyricsFont');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsLyrics.SelectLyricsEffect, 'OptionsLyricsSelectLyricsEffect');
+ //ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsLyrics.SelectSolmization, 'OptionsLyricsSelectSolmization');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsLyrics.SelectNoteLines, 'OptionsLyricsSelectNoteLines');
+ ThemeLoadButton(OptionsLyrics.ButtonExit, 'OptionsLyricsButtonExit');
+
+ // Options Themes
+ ThemeLoadBasic(OptionsThemes, 'OptionsThemes');
+
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsThemes.SelectTheme, 'OptionsThemesSelectTheme');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsThemes.SelectSkin, 'OptionsThemesSelectSkin');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsThemes.SelectColor, 'OptionsThemesSelectColor');
+ ThemeLoadButton(OptionsThemes.ButtonExit, 'OptionsThemesButtonExit');
+
+ // Options Record
+ ThemeLoadBasic(OptionsRecord, 'OptionsRecord');
+
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsRecord.SelectSlideCard, 'OptionsRecordSelectSlideCard');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsRecord.SelectSlideInput, 'OptionsRecordSelectSlideInput');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsRecord.SelectSlideChannel, 'OptionsRecordSelectSlideChannel');
+ ThemeLoadButton(OptionsRecord.ButtonExit, 'OptionsRecordButtonExit');
+
+ //Options Advanced
+ ThemeLoadBasic(OptionsAdvanced, 'OptionsAdvanced');
+
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsAdvanced.SelectLoadAnimation, 'OptionsAdvancedSelectLoadAnimation');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsAdvanced.SelectScreenFade, 'OptionsAdvancedSelectScreenFade');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsAdvanced.SelectEffectSing, 'OptionsAdvancedSelectEffectSing');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsAdvanced.SelectLineBonus, 'OptionsAdvancedSelectLineBonus');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsAdvanced.SelectOnSongClick, 'OptionsAdvancedSelectSlideOnSongClick');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsAdvanced.SelectAskbeforeDel, 'OptionsAdvancedSelectAskbeforeDel');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(OptionsAdvanced.SelectPartyPopup, 'OptionsAdvancedSelectPartyPopup');
+ ThemeLoadButton (OptionsAdvanced.ButtonExit, 'OptionsAdvancedButtonExit');
+
+ //error and check popup
+ ThemeLoadBasic (ErrorPopup, 'ErrorPopup');
+ ThemeLoadButton(ErrorPopup.Button1, 'ErrorPopupButton1');
+ ThemeLoadText (ErrorPopup.TextError,'ErrorPopupText');
+ ThemeLoadBasic (CheckPopup, 'CheckPopup');
+ ThemeLoadButton(CheckPopup.Button1, 'CheckPopupButton1');
+ ThemeLoadButton(CheckPopup.Button2, 'CheckPopupButton2');
+ ThemeLoadText(CheckPopup.TextCheck , 'CheckPopupText');
+
+ //Song Menu
+ ThemeLoadBasic (SongMenu, 'SongMenu');
+ ThemeLoadButton(SongMenu.Button1, 'SongMenuButton1');
+ ThemeLoadButton(SongMenu.Button2, 'SongMenuButton2');
+ ThemeLoadButton(SongMenu.Button3, 'SongMenuButton3');
+ ThemeLoadButton(SongMenu.Button4, 'SongMenuButton4');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(SongMenu.SelectSlide3, 'SongMenuSelectSlide3');
+
+ ThemeLoadText(SongMenu.TextMenu, 'SongMenuTextMenu');
+
+ //Song Jumpto
+ ThemeLoadBasic (SongJumpto, 'SongJumpto');
+ ThemeLoadButton(SongJumpto.ButtonSearchText, 'SongJumptoButtonSearchText');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(SongJumpto.SelectSlideType, 'SongJumptoSelectSlideType');
+ ThemeLoadText(SongJumpto.TextFound, 'SongJumptoTextFound');
+ //Translations
+ SongJumpto.IType[0] := Language.Translate('SONG_JUMPTO_TYPE1');
+ SongJumpto.IType[1] := Language.Translate('SONG_JUMPTO_TYPE2');
+ SongJumpto.IType[2] := Language.Translate('SONG_JUMPTO_TYPE3');
+ SongJumpto.SongsFound := Language.Translate('SONG_JUMPTO_SONGSFOUND');
+ SongJumpto.NoSongsFound := Language.Translate('SONG_JUMPTO_NOSONGSFOUND');
+ SongJumpto.CatText := Language.Translate('SONG_JUMPTO_CATTEXT');
+
+ //Party Screens:
+ //Party NewRound
+ ThemeLoadBasic(PartyNewRound, 'PartyNewRound');
+
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextRound1, 'PartyNewRoundTextRound1');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextRound2, 'PartyNewRoundTextRound2');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextRound3, 'PartyNewRoundTextRound3');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextRound4, 'PartyNewRoundTextRound4');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextRound5, 'PartyNewRoundTextRound5');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextRound6, 'PartyNewRoundTextRound6');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextRound7, 'PartyNewRoundTextRound7');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextWinner1, 'PartyNewRoundTextWinner1');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextWinner2, 'PartyNewRoundTextWinner2');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextWinner3, 'PartyNewRoundTextWinner3');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextWinner4, 'PartyNewRoundTextWinner4');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextWinner5, 'PartyNewRoundTextWinner5');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextWinner6, 'PartyNewRoundTextWinner6');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextWinner7, 'PartyNewRoundTextWinner7');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextNextRound, 'PartyNewRoundTextNextRound');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextNextRoundNo, 'PartyNewRoundTextNextRoundNo');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer1, 'PartyNewRoundTextNextPlayer1');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer2, 'PartyNewRoundTextNextPlayer2');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer3, 'PartyNewRoundTextNextPlayer3');
+
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticRound1, 'PartyNewRoundStaticRound1');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticRound2, 'PartyNewRoundStaticRound2');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticRound3, 'PartyNewRoundStaticRound3');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticRound4, 'PartyNewRoundStaticRound4');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticRound5, 'PartyNewRoundStaticRound5');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticRound6, 'PartyNewRoundStaticRound6');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticRound7, 'PartyNewRoundStaticRound7');
+
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam1, 'PartyNewRoundTextScoreTeam1');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam2, 'PartyNewRoundTextScoreTeam2');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam3, 'PartyNewRoundTextScoreTeam3');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam1, 'PartyNewRoundTextNameTeam1');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam2, 'PartyNewRoundTextNameTeam2');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam3, 'PartyNewRoundTextNameTeam3');
+
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextTeam1Players, 'PartyNewRoundTextTeam1Players');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextTeam2Players, 'PartyNewRoundTextTeam2Players');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyNewRound.TextTeam3Players, 'PartyNewRoundTextTeam3Players');
+
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticTeam1, 'PartyNewRoundStaticTeam1');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticTeam2, 'PartyNewRoundStaticTeam2');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticTeam3, 'PartyNewRoundStaticTeam3');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer1, 'PartyNewRoundStaticNextPlayer1');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer2, 'PartyNewRoundStaticNextPlayer2');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer3, 'PartyNewRoundStaticNextPlayer3');
+
+ //Party Score
+ ThemeLoadBasic(PartyScore, 'PartyScore');
+
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyScore.TextScoreTeam1, 'PartyScoreTextScoreTeam1');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyScore.TextScoreTeam2, 'PartyScoreTextScoreTeam2');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyScore.TextScoreTeam3, 'PartyScoreTextScoreTeam3');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyScore.TextNameTeam1, 'PartyScoreTextNameTeam1');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyScore.TextNameTeam2, 'PartyScoreTextNameTeam2');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyScore.TextNameTeam3, 'PartyScoreTextNameTeam3');
+
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam1, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam1');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam1BG, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam1BG');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam1Deco, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam1Deco');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam2, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam2');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam2BG, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam2BG');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam2Deco, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam2Deco');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam3, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam3');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam3BG, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam3BG');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyScore.StaticTeam3Deco, 'PartyScoreStaticTeam3Deco');
+
+ //Load Party Score DecoTextures Object
+ PartyScore.DecoTextures.ChangeTextures := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger('PartyScoreDecoTextures', 'ChangeTextures', 0) = 1);
+ PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstTexture := ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures', 'FirstTexture', '');
+ PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstTyp := ParseTextureType(ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures', 'FirstTyp', ''), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+ PartyScore.DecoTextures.FirstColor := ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures', 'FirstColor', 'Black');
+
+ PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondTexture := ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures', 'SecondTexture', '');
+ PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondTyp := ParseTextureType(ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures', 'SecondTyp', ''), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+ PartyScore.DecoTextures.SecondColor := ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures', 'SecondColor', 'Black');
+
+ PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdTexture := ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures', 'ThirdTexture', '');
+ PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdTyp := ParseTextureType(ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures', 'ThirdTyp', ''), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED);
+ PartyScore.DecoTextures.ThirdColor := ThemeIni.ReadString('PartyScoreDecoTextures', 'ThirdColor', 'Black');
+
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyScore.TextWinner, 'PartyScoreTextWinner');
+
+ //Party Win
+ ThemeLoadBasic(PartyWin, 'PartyWin');
+
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyWin.TextScoreTeam1, 'PartyWinTextScoreTeam1');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyWin.TextScoreTeam2, 'PartyWinTextScoreTeam2');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyWin.TextScoreTeam3, 'PartyWinTextScoreTeam3');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyWin.TextNameTeam1, 'PartyWinTextNameTeam1');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyWin.TextNameTeam2, 'PartyWinTextNameTeam2');
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyWin.TextNameTeam3, 'PartyWinTextNameTeam3');
+
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam1, 'PartyWinStaticTeam1');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam1BG, 'PartyWinStaticTeam1BG');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam1Deco, 'PartyWinStaticTeam1Deco');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam2, 'PartyWinStaticTeam2');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam2BG, 'PartyWinStaticTeam2BG');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam2Deco, 'PartyWinStaticTeam2Deco');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam3, 'PartyWinStaticTeam3');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam3BG, 'PartyWinStaticTeam3BG');
+ ThemeLoadStatic (PartyWin.StaticTeam3Deco, 'PartyWinStaticTeam3Deco');
+
+ ThemeLoadText (PartyWin.TextWinner, 'PartyWinTextWinner');
+
+ //Party Options
+ ThemeLoadBasic(PartyOptions, 'PartyOptions');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(PartyOptions.SelectLevel, 'PartyOptionsSelectLevel');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(PartyOptions.SelectPlayList, 'PartyOptionsSelectPlayList');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(PartyOptions.SelectPlayList2, 'PartyOptionsSelectPlayList2');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(PartyOptions.SelectRounds, 'PartyOptionsSelectRounds');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(PartyOptions.SelectTeams, 'PartyOptionsSelectTeams');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(PartyOptions.SelectPlayers1, 'PartyOptionsSelectPlayers1');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(PartyOptions.SelectPlayers2, 'PartyOptionsSelectPlayers2');
+ ThemeLoadSelectSlide(PartyOptions.SelectPlayers3, 'PartyOptionsSelectPlayers3');
+
+ {ThemeLoadButton (ButtonNext, 'ButtonNext');
+ ThemeLoadButton (ButtonPrev, 'ButtonPrev');}
+
+ //Party Player
+ ThemeLoadBasic(PartyPlayer, 'PartyPlayer');
+ ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Team1Name, 'PartyPlayerTeam1Name');
+ ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player1Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer1Name');
+ ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player2Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer2Name');
+ ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player3Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer3Name');
+ ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player4Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer4Name');
+
+ ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Team2Name, 'PartyPlayerTeam2Name');
+ ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player5Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer5Name');
+ ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player6Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer6Name');
+ ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player7Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer7Name');
+ ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player8Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer8Name');
+
+ ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Team3Name, 'PartyPlayerTeam3Name');
+ ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player9Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer9Name');
+ ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player10Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer10Name');
+ ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player11Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer11Name');
+ ThemeLoadButton(PartyPlayer.Player12Name, 'PartyPlayerPlayer12Name');
+
+ {ThemeLoadButton(ButtonNext, 'PartyPlayerButtonNext');
+ ThemeLoadButton(ButtonPrev, 'PartyPlayerButtonPrev');}
+
+ ThemeLoadBasic(StatMain, 'StatMain');
+
+ ThemeLoadButton(StatMain.ButtonScores, 'StatMainButtonScores');
+ ThemeLoadButton(StatMain.ButtonSingers, 'StatMainButtonSingers');
+ ThemeLoadButton(StatMain.ButtonSongs, 'StatMainButtonSongs');
+ ThemeLoadButton(StatMain.ButtonBands, 'StatMainButtonBands');
+ ThemeLoadButton(StatMain.ButtonExit, 'StatMainButtonExit');
+
+ ThemeLoadText (StatMain.TextOverview, 'StatMainTextOverview');
+
+
+ ThemeLoadBasic(StatDetail, 'StatDetail');
+
+ ThemeLoadButton(StatDetail.ButtonNext, 'StatDetailButtonNext');
+ ThemeLoadButton(StatDetail.ButtonPrev, 'StatDetailButtonPrev');
+ ThemeLoadButton(StatDetail.ButtonReverse, 'StatDetailButtonReverse');
+ ThemeLoadButton(StatDetail.ButtonExit, 'StatDetailButtonExit');
+
+ ThemeLoadText (StatDetail.TextDescription, 'StatDetailTextDescription');
+ ThemeLoadText (StatDetail.TextPage, 'StatDetailTextPage');
+ ThemeLoadTexts(StatDetail.TextList, 'StatDetailTextList');
+
+ //Translate Texts
+ StatDetail.Description[0] := Language.Translate('STAT_DESC_SCORES');
+ StatDetail.Description[1] := Language.Translate('STAT_DESC_SINGERS');
+ StatDetail.Description[2] := Language.Translate('STAT_DESC_SONGS');
+ StatDetail.Description[3] := Language.Translate('STAT_DESC_BANDS');
+
+ StatDetail.DescriptionR[0] := Language.Translate('STAT_DESC_SCORES_REVERSED');
+ StatDetail.DescriptionR[1] := Language.Translate('STAT_DESC_SINGERS_REVERSED');
+ StatDetail.DescriptionR[2] := Language.Translate('STAT_DESC_SONGS_REVERSED');
+ StatDetail.DescriptionR[3] := Language.Translate('STAT_DESC_BANDS_REVERSED');
+
+ StatDetail.FormatStr[0] := Language.Translate('STAT_FORMAT_SCORES');
+ StatDetail.FormatStr[1] := Language.Translate('STAT_FORMAT_SINGERS');
+ StatDetail.FormatStr[2] := Language.Translate('STAT_FORMAT_SONGS');
+ StatDetail.FormatStr[3] := Language.Translate('STAT_FORMAT_BANDS');
+
+ StatDetail.PageStr := Language.Translate('STAT_PAGE');
+
+ //Playlist Translations
+ Playlist.CatText := Language.Translate('PLAYLIST_CATTEXT');
+
+ //Level Translations
+ //Fill ILevel
+ ILevel[0] := Language.Translate('SING_EASY');
+ ILevel[1] := Language.Translate('SING_MEDIUM');
+ ILevel[2] := Language.Translate('SING_HARD');
+ end;
+
+ ThemeIni.Free;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadBasic(Theme: TThemeBasic; const Name: string);
+begin
+ ThemeLoadBackground(Theme.Background, Name);
+ ThemeLoadTexts(Theme.Text, Name + 'Text');
+ ThemeLoadStatics(Theme.Static, Name + 'Static');
+ ThemeLoadButtonCollections(Theme.ButtonCollection, Name + 'ButtonCollection');
+
+ LastThemeBasic := Theme;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadBackground(var ThemeBackground: TThemeBackground; const Name: string);
+var
+ BGType: string;
+ I: TBackgroundType;
+begin
+ BGType := LowerCase(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name + 'Background', 'Type', 'auto'));
+
+ ThemeBackground.BGType := bgtAuto;
+ for I := Low(BGT_Names) to High(BGT_Names) do
+ begin
+ if (BGT_Names[I] = BGType) then
+ begin
+ ThemeBackground.BGType := I;
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ ThemeBackground.Tex := ThemeIni.ReadString(Name + 'Background', 'Tex', '');
+ ThemeBackground.Color.R := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name + 'Background', 'ColR', 1);
+ ThemeBackground.Color.G := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name + 'Background', 'ColG', 1);
+ ThemeBackground.Color.B := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name + 'Background', 'ColB', 1);
+ ThemeBackground.Alpha := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name + 'Background', 'Alpha', 1);
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadText(var ThemeText: TThemeText; const Name: string);
+var
+ C: integer;
+begin
+ ThemeText.X := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'X', 0);
+ ThemeText.Y := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Y', 0);
+ ThemeText.W := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'W', 0);
+
+ ThemeText.Z := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'Z', 0);
+
+ ThemeText.ColR := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColR', 0);
+ ThemeText.ColG := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColG', 0);
+ ThemeText.ColB := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColB', 0);
+
+ ThemeText.Font := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Font', 0);
+ ThemeText.Size := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Size', 0);
+ ThemeText.Align := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Align', 0);
+
+ ThemeText.Text := Language.Translate(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Text', ''));
+ ThemeText.Color := ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Color', '');
+
+ //Reflection
+ ThemeText.Reflection := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Reflection', 0)) = 1;
+ ThemeText.Reflectionspacing := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ReflectionSpacing', 15);
+
+ C := ColorExists(ThemeText.Color);
+ if C >= 0 then
+ begin
+ ThemeText.ColR := Color[C].RGB.R;
+ ThemeText.ColG := Color[C].RGB.G;
+ ThemeText.ColB := Color[C].RGB.B;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadTexts(var ThemeText: AThemeText; const Name: string);
+var
+ T: integer;
+begin
+ T := 1;
+ while ThemeIni.SectionExists(Name + IntToStr(T)) do
+ begin
+ SetLength(ThemeText, T);
+ ThemeLoadText(ThemeText[T-1], Name + IntToStr(T));
+ Inc(T);
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadStatic(var ThemeStatic: TThemeStatic; const Name: string);
+var
+ C: integer;
+begin
+ ThemeStatic.Tex := ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Tex', '');
+
+ ThemeStatic.X := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'X', 0);
+ ThemeStatic.Y := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Y', 0);
+ ThemeStatic.Z := ThemeIni.ReadFloat (Name, 'Z', 0);
+ ThemeStatic.W := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'W', 0);
+ ThemeStatic.H := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'H', 0);
+
+ ThemeStatic.Typ := ParseTextureType(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Type', ''), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN);
+ ThemeStatic.Color := ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Color', '');
+
+ C := ColorExists(ThemeStatic.Color);
+ if C >= 0 then
+ begin
+ ThemeStatic.ColR := Color[C].RGB.R;
+ ThemeStatic.ColG := Color[C].RGB.G;
+ ThemeStatic.ColB := Color[C].RGB.B;
+ end;
+
+ ThemeStatic.TexX1 := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'TexX1', 0);
+ ThemeStatic.TexY1 := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'TexY1', 0);
+ ThemeStatic.TexX2 := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'TexX2', 1);
+ ThemeStatic.TexY2 := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'TexY2', 1);
+
+ //Reflection Mod
+ ThemeStatic.Reflection := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Reflection', 0) = 1);
+ ThemeStatic.ReflectionSpacing := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ReflectionSpacing', 15);
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadStatics(var ThemeStatic: AThemeStatic; const Name: string);
+var
+ S: integer;
+begin
+ S := 1;
+ while ThemeIni.SectionExists(Name + IntToStr(S)) do
+ begin
+ SetLength(ThemeStatic, S);
+ ThemeLoadStatic(ThemeStatic[S-1], Name + IntToStr(S));
+ Inc(S);
+ end;
+end;
+
+//Button Collection Mod
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadButtonCollection(var Collection: TThemeButtonCollection; const Name: string);
+var T: integer;
+begin
+ //Load Collection Style
+ ThemeLoadButton(Collection.Style, Name);
+
+ //Load Other Attributes
+ T := ThemeIni.ReadInteger (Name, 'FirstChild', 0);
+ if (T > 0) And (T < 256) then
+ Collection.FirstChild := T
+ else
+ Collection.FirstChild := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadButtonCollections(var Collections: AThemeButtonCollection; const Name: string);
+var
+ I: integer;
+begin
+ I := 1;
+ while ThemeIni.SectionExists(Name + IntToStr(I)) do
+ begin
+ SetLength(Collections, I);
+ ThemeLoadButtonCollection(Collections[I-1], Name + IntToStr(I));
+ Inc(I);
+ end;
+end;
+//End Button Collection Mod
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadButton(var ThemeButton: TThemeButton; const Name: string; Collections: PAThemeButtonCollection);
+var
+ C: integer;
+ TLen: integer;
+ T: integer;
+ Collections2: PAThemeButtonCollection;
+begin
+ if not ThemeIni.SectionExists(Name) then
+ begin
+ ThemeButton.Visible := False;
+ exit;
+ end;
+ ThemeButton.Tex := ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Tex', '');
+ ThemeButton.X := ThemeIni.ReadInteger (Name, 'X', 0);
+ ThemeButton.Y := ThemeIni.ReadInteger (Name, 'Y', 0);
+ ThemeButton.Z := ThemeIni.ReadFloat (Name, 'Z', 0);
+ ThemeButton.W := ThemeIni.ReadInteger (Name, 'W', 0);
+ ThemeButton.H := ThemeIni.ReadInteger (Name, 'H', 0);
+ ThemeButton.Typ := ParseTextureType(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Type', ''), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN);
+
+ //Reflection Mod
+ ThemeButton.Reflection := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Reflection', 0) = 1);
+ ThemeButton.ReflectionSpacing := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ReflectionSpacing', 15);
+
+ ThemeButton.ColR := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColR', 1);
+ ThemeButton.ColG := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColG', 1);
+ ThemeButton.ColB := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColB', 1);
+ ThemeButton.Int := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'Int', 1);
+ ThemeButton.DColR := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DColR', 1);
+ ThemeButton.DColG := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DColG', 1);
+ ThemeButton.DColB := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DColB', 1);
+ ThemeButton.DInt := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DInt', 1);
+
+ ThemeButton.Color := ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Color', '');
+ C := ColorExists(ThemeButton.Color);
+ if C >= 0 then
+ begin
+ ThemeButton.ColR := Color[C].RGB.R;
+ ThemeButton.ColG := Color[C].RGB.G;
+ ThemeButton.ColB := Color[C].RGB.B;
+ end;
+
+ ThemeButton.DColor := ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'DColor', '');
+ C := ColorExists(ThemeButton.DColor);
+ if C >= 0 then
+ begin
+ ThemeButton.DColR := Color[C].RGB.R;
+ ThemeButton.DColG := Color[C].RGB.G;
+ ThemeButton.DColB := Color[C].RGB.B;
+ end;
+
+ ThemeButton.Visible := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Visible', 1) = 1);
+
+ //Fade Mod
+ ThemeButton.SelectH := ThemeIni.ReadInteger (Name, 'SelectH', ThemeButton.H);
+ ThemeButton.SelectW := ThemeIni.ReadInteger (Name, 'SelectW', ThemeButton.W);
+
+ ThemeButton.DeSelectReflectionspacing := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DeSelectReflectionSpacing', ThemeButton.Reflectionspacing);
+
+ ThemeButton.Fade := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Fade', 0) = 1);
+ ThemeButton.FadeText := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'FadeText', 0) = 1);
+
+
+ ThemeButton.FadeTex := ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'FadeTex', '');
+ ThemeButton.FadeTexPos:= ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'FadeTexPos', 0);
+ if (ThemeButton.FadeTexPos > 4) Or (ThemeButton.FadeTexPos < 0) then
+ ThemeButton.FadeTexPos := 0;
+
+ //Button Collection Mod
+ T := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Parent', 0);
+
+ //Set Collections to Last Basic Collections if no valid Value
+ if (Collections = nil) then
+ Collections2 := @LastThemeBasic.ButtonCollection
+ else
+ Collections2 := Collections;
+ //Test for valid Value
+ if (Collections2 <> nil) AND (T > 0) AND (T <= Length(Collections2^)) then
+ begin
+ Inc(Collections2^[T-1].ChildCount);
+ ThemeButton.Parent := T;
+ end
+ else
+ ThemeButton.Parent := 0;
+
+ //Read ButtonTexts
+ TLen := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Texts', 0);
+ SetLength(ThemeButton.Text, TLen);
+ for T := 1 to TLen do
+ ThemeLoadText(ThemeButton.Text[T-1], Name + 'Text' + IntToStr(T));
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadSelectSlide(var ThemeSelectS: TThemeSelectSlide; const Name: string);
+begin
+ ThemeSelectS.Text := Language.Translate(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Text', ''));
+
+ ThemeSelectS.Tex := {Skin.SkinPath + }ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Tex', '');
+ ThemeSelectS.TexSBG := {Skin.SkinPath + }ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'TexSBG', '');
+
+ ThemeSelectS.X := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'X', 0);
+ ThemeSelectS.Y := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Y', 0);
+ ThemeSelectS.W := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'W', 0);
+ ThemeSelectS.H := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'H', 0);
+
+ ThemeSelectS.Z := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'Z', 0);
+
+ ThemeSelectS.TextSize := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'TextSize', 30);
+
+ ThemeSelectS.SkipX := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'SkipX', 0);
+
+ ThemeSelectS.SBGW := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'SBGW', 450);
+
+ LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.ColR, ThemeSelectS.ColG, ThemeSelectS.ColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Color', ''));
+ ThemeSelectS.Int := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'Int', 1);
+ LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.DColR, ThemeSelectS.DColG, ThemeSelectS.DColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'DColor', ''));
+ ThemeSelectS.DInt := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DInt', 1);
+
+ LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.TColR, ThemeSelectS.TColG, ThemeSelectS.TColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'TColor', ''));
+ ThemeSelectS.TInt := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'TInt', 1);
+ LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.TDColR, ThemeSelectS.TDColG, ThemeSelectS.TDColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'TDColor', ''));
+ ThemeSelectS.TDInt := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'TDInt', 1);
+
+ LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.SBGColR, ThemeSelectS.SBGColG, ThemeSelectS.SBGColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'SBGColor', ''));
+ ThemeSelectS.SBGInt := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'SBGInt', 1);
+ LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.SBGDColR, ThemeSelectS.SBGDColG, ThemeSelectS.SBGDColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'SBGDColor', ''));
+ ThemeSelectS.SBGDInt := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'SBGDInt', 1);
+
+ LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.STColR, ThemeSelectS.STColG, ThemeSelectS.STColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'STColor', ''));
+ ThemeSelectS.STInt := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'STInt', 1);
+ LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.STDColR, ThemeSelectS.STDColG, ThemeSelectS.STDColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'STDColor', ''));
+ ThemeSelectS.STDInt := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'STDInt', 1);
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeLoadEqualizer(var ThemeEqualizer: TThemeEqualizer; const Name: string);
+var I: integer;
+begin
+ ThemeEqualizer.Visible := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Visible', 0) = 1);
+ ThemeEqualizer.Direction := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Direction', 0) = 1);
+ ThemeEqualizer.Alpha := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Alpha', 1);
+ ThemeEqualizer.Space := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Space', 1);
+ ThemeEqualizer.X := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'X', 0);
+ ThemeEqualizer.Y := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Y', 0);
+ ThemeEqualizer.Z := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Z', 1);
+ ThemeEqualizer.W := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'PieceW', 8);
+ ThemeEqualizer.H := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'PieceH', 8);
+ ThemeEqualizer.Bands := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Bands', 5);
+ ThemeEqualizer.Length := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Length', 12);
+ ThemeEqualizer.Reflection := (ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'Reflection', 0) = 1);
+ ThemeEqualizer.ReflectionSpacing := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ReflectionSpacing', 15);
+
+ //Color
+ I := ColorExists(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Color', 'Black'));
+ if I >= 0 then
+ begin
+ ThemeEqualizer.ColR := Color[I].RGB.R;
+ ThemeEqualizer.ColG := Color[I].RGB.G;
+ ThemeEqualizer.ColB := Color[I].RGB.B;
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ ThemeEqualizer.ColR := 0;
+ ThemeEqualizer.ColG := 0;
+ ThemeEqualizer.ColB := 0;
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.LoadColors;
+var
+ SL: TStringList;
+ C: integer;
+ S: string;
+begin
+ SL := TStringList.Create;
+ ThemeIni.ReadSection('Colors', SL);
+
+ // normal colors
+ SetLength(Color, SL.Count);
+ for C := 0 to SL.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ Color[C].Name := SL.Strings[C];
+
+ S := ThemeIni.ReadString('Colors', SL.Strings[C], '');
+
+ Color[C].RGB.R := StrToInt(Copy(S, 1, Pos(' ' , S)-1))/255;
+ Delete(S, 1, Pos(' ', S));
+
+ Color[C].RGB.G := StrToInt(Copy(S, 1, Pos(' ' , S)-1))/255;
+ Delete(S, 1, Pos(' ', S));
+
+ Color[C].RGB.B := StrToInt(S)/255;
+ end;
+
+ // skin color
+ SetLength(Color, SL.Count + 3);
+ C := SL.Count;
+ Color[C].Name := 'ColorDark';
+ Color[C].RGB := GetSystemColor(Skin.Color); //Ini.Color);
+
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'ColorLight';
+ Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'ColorLightest';
+ Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+ // players colors
+ SetLength(Color, Length(Color)+18);
+
+ // P1
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P1Dark';
+ Color[C].RGB := GetSystemColor(0); // 0 - blue
+
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P1Light';
+ Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P1Lightest';
+ Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+ // P2
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P2Dark';
+ Color[C].RGB := GetSystemColor(3); // 3 - red
+
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P2Light';
+ Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P2Lightest';
+ Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+ // P3
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P3Dark';
+ Color[C].RGB := GetSystemColor(1); // 1 - green
+
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P3Light';
+ Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P3Lightest';
+ Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+ // P4
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P4Dark';
+ Color[C].RGB := GetSystemColor(4); // 4 - brown
+
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P4Light';
+ Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P4Lightest';
+ Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+ // P5
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P5Dark';
+ Color[C].RGB := GetSystemColor(5); // 5 - yellow
+
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P5Light';
+ Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P5Lightest';
+ Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+ // P6
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P6Dark';
+ Color[C].RGB := GetSystemColor(6); // 6 - violet
+
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P6Light';
+ Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+ C := C+1;
+ Color[C].Name := 'P6Lightest';
+ Color[C].RGB := ColorSqrt(Color[C-1].RGB);
+
+
+ SL.Free;
+end;
+
+function ColorExists(Name: string): integer;
+var
+ C: integer;
+begin
+ Result := -1;
+ for C := 0 to High(Color) do
+ if Color[C].Name = Name then
+ Result := C;
+end;
+
+procedure LoadColor(var R, G, B: real; ColorName: string);
+var
+ C: integer;
+begin
+ C := ColorExists(ColorName);
+ if C >= 0 then
+ begin
+ R := Color[C].RGB.R;
+ G := Color[C].RGB.G;
+ B := Color[C].RGB.B;
+ end;
+end;
+
+function GetSystemColor(Color: integer): TRGB;
+begin
+ case Color of
+ 0: begin
+ // blue
+ Result.R := 71/255;
+ Result.G := 175/255;
+ Result.B := 247/255;
+ end;
+ 1: begin
+ // green
+ Result.R := 63/255;
+ Result.G := 191/255;
+ Result.B := 63/255;
+ end;
+ 2: begin
+ // pink
+ Result.R := 255/255;
+{ Result.G := 63/255;
+ Result.B := 192/255;}
+ Result.G := 175/255;
+ Result.B := 247/255;
+ end;
+ 3: begin
+ // red
+ Result.R := 247/255;
+ Result.G := 71/255;
+ Result.B := 71/255;
+ end;
+ //'Violet', 'Orange', 'Yellow', 'Brown', 'Black'
+ //New Theme-Color Patch
+ 4: begin
+ // violet
+ Result.R := 230/255;
+ Result.G := 63/255;
+ Result.B := 230/255;
+ end;
+ 5: begin
+ // orange
+ Result.R := 255/255;
+ Result.G := 144/255;
+ Result.B := 0;
+ end;
+ 6: begin
+ // yellow
+ Result.R := 230/255;
+ Result.G := 230/255;
+ Result.B := 95/255;
+ end;
+ 7: begin
+ // brown
+ Result.R := 192/255;
+ Result.G := 127/255;
+ Result.B := 31/255;
+ end;
+ 8: begin
+ // black
+ Result.R := 0;
+ Result.G := 0;
+ Result.B := 0;
+ end;
+ //New Theme-Color Patch End
+
+ end;
+end;
+
+function ColorSqrt(RGB: TRGB): TRGB;
+begin
+ Result.R := sqrt(RGB.R);
+ Result.G := sqrt(RGB.G);
+ Result.B := sqrt(RGB.B);
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeSave(const FileName: string);
+var
+ I: integer;
+begin
+ {$IFDEF THEMESAVE}
+ ThemeIni := TIniFile.Create(FileName);
+ {$ELSE}
+ ThemeIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FileName);
+ {$ENDIF}
+
+ ThemeSaveBasic(Loading, 'Loading');
+
+ ThemeSaveBasic(Main, 'Main');
+ ThemeSaveText(Main.TextDescription, 'MainTextDescription');
+ ThemeSaveText(Main.TextDescriptionLong, 'MainTextDescriptionLong');
+ ThemeSaveButton(Main.ButtonSolo, 'MainButtonSolo');
+ ThemeSaveButton(Main.ButtonEditor, 'MainButtonEditor');
+ ThemeSaveButton(Main.ButtonOptions, 'MainButtonOptions');
+ ThemeSaveButton(Main.ButtonExit, 'MainButtonExit');
+
+ ThemeSaveBasic(Name, 'Name');
+ for I := 1 to 6 do
+ ThemeSaveButton(Name.ButtonPlayer[I], 'NameButtonPlayer' + IntToStr(I));
+
+ ThemeSaveBasic(Level, 'Level');
+ ThemeSaveButton(Level.ButtonEasy, 'LevelButtonEasy');
+ ThemeSaveButton(Level.ButtonMedium, 'LevelButtonMedium');
+ ThemeSaveButton(Level.ButtonHard, 'LevelButtonHard');
+
+ ThemeSaveBasic(Song, 'Song');
+ ThemeSaveText(Song.TextArtist, 'SongTextArtist');
+ ThemeSaveText(Song.TextTitle, 'SongTextTitle');
+ ThemeSaveText(Song.TextNumber, 'SongTextNumber');
+
+ //Show CAt in Top Left Mod
+ ThemeSaveText(Song.TextCat, 'SongTextCat');
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Song.StaticCat, 'SongStaticCat');
+
+ ThemeSaveBasic(Sing, 'Sing');
+
+ //TimeBar mod
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticTimeProgress, 'SingTimeProgress');
+ ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextTimeText, 'SingTimeText');
+ //eoa TimeBar mod
+
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1, 'SingP1Static');
+ ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP1, 'SingP1Text');
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG, 'SingP1Static2');
+ ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP1Score, 'SingP1TextScore');
+
+ //moveable singbar mod
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1SingBar, 'SingP1SingBar');
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1TwoPSingBar, 'SingP1TwoPSingBar');
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1ThreePSingBar, 'SingP1ThreePSingBar');
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP2RSingBar, 'SingP2RSingBar');
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP2MSingBar, 'SingP2MSingBar');
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP3SingBar, 'SingP3SingBar');
+ //eoa moveable singbar
+
+ //Added for ps3 skin
+ //This one is shown in 2/4P mode
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1TwoP, 'SingP1TwoPStatic');
+ ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP1TwoP, 'SingP1TwoPText');
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG, 'SingP1TwoPStatic2');
+ ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP1TwoPScore, 'SingP1TwoPTextScore');
+
+ //This one is shown in 3/6P mode
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1ThreeP, 'SingP1ThreePStatic');
+ ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP1ThreeP, 'SingP1ThreePText');
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG, 'SingP1ThreePStatic2');
+ ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP1ThreePScore, 'SingP1ThreePTextScore');
+ //eoa
+
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP2R, 'SingP2RStatic');
+ ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP2R, 'SingP2RText');
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG, 'SingP2RStatic2');
+ ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP2RScore, 'SingP2RTextScore');
+
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP2M, 'SingP2MStatic');
+ ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP2M, 'SingP2MText');
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG, 'SingP2MStatic2');
+ ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP2MScore, 'SingP2MTextScore');
+
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP3R, 'SingP3RStatic');
+ ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP3R, 'SingP3RText');
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG, 'SingP3RStatic2');
+ ThemeSaveText(Sing.TextP3RScore, 'SingP3RTextScore');
+
+ ThemeSaveBasic(Score, 'Score');
+ ThemeSaveText(Score.TextArtist, 'ScoreTextArtist');
+ ThemeSaveText(Score.TextTitle, 'ScoreTextTitle');
+
+ for I := 1 to 6 do
+ begin
+ ThemeSaveStatics(Score.PlayerStatic[I], 'ScorePlayer' + IntToStr(I) + 'Static');
+
+ ThemeSaveText(Score.TextName[I], 'ScoreTextName' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeSaveText(Score.TextScore[I], 'ScoreTextScore' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeSaveText(Score.TextNotes[I], 'ScoreTextNotes' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeSaveText(Score.TextNotesScore[I], 'ScoreTextNotesScore' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeSaveText(Score.TextLineBonus[I], 'ScoreTextLineBonus' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeSaveText(Score.TextLineBonusScore[I], 'ScoreTextLineBonusScore' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeSaveText(Score.TextGoldenNotes[I], 'ScoreTextGoldenNotes' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeSaveText(Score.TextGoldenNotesScore[I], 'ScoreTextGoldenNotesScore' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeSaveText(Score.TextTotal[I], 'ScoreTextTotal' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeSaveText(Score.TextTotalScore[I], 'ScoreTextTotalScore' + IntToStr(I));
+
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Score.StaticBackLevel[I], 'ScoreStaticBackLevel' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Score.StaticBackLevelRound[I], 'ScoreStaticBackLevelRound' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Score.StaticLevel[I], 'ScoreStaticLevel' + IntToStr(I));
+ ThemeSaveStatic(Score.StaticLevelRound[I], 'ScoreStaticLevelRound' + IntToStr(I));
+ end;
+
+ ThemeSaveBasic(Top5, 'Top5');
+ ThemeSaveText(Top5.TextLevel, 'Top5TextLevel');
+ ThemeSaveText(Top5.TextArtistTitle, 'Top5TextArtistTitle');
+ ThemeSaveStatics(Top5.StaticNumber, 'Top5StaticNumber');
+ ThemeSaveTexts(Top5.TextNumber, 'Top5TextNumber');
+ ThemeSaveTexts(Top5.TextName, 'Top5TextName');
+ ThemeSaveTexts(Top5.TextScore, 'Top5TextScore');
+
+
+ ThemeIni.Free;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeSaveBasic(Theme: TThemeBasic; const Name: string);
+begin
+ ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'Texts', Length(Theme.Text));
+
+ ThemeSaveBackground(Theme.Background, Name + 'Background');
+ ThemeSaveStatics(Theme.Static, Name + 'Static');
+ ThemeSaveTexts(Theme.Text, Name + 'Text');
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeSaveBackground(ThemeBackground: TThemeBackground; const Name: string);
+begin
+ if ThemeBackground.Tex <> '' then
+ ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Tex', ThemeBackground.Tex)
+ else
+ begin
+ ThemeIni.EraseSection(Name);
+ end;
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeSaveStatic(ThemeStatic: TThemeStatic; const Name: string);
+begin
+ ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'X', ThemeStatic.X);
+ ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'Y', ThemeStatic.Y);
+ ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'W', ThemeStatic.W);
+ ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'H', ThemeStatic.H);
+
+ ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Tex', ThemeStatic.Tex);
+ ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Type', TextureTypeToStr(ThemeStatic.Typ));
+ ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Color', ThemeStatic.Color);
+
+ ThemeIni.WriteFloat(Name, 'TexX1', ThemeStatic.TexX1);
+ ThemeIni.WriteFloat(Name, 'TexY1', ThemeStatic.TexY1);
+ ThemeIni.WriteFloat(Name, 'TexX2', ThemeStatic.TexX2);
+ ThemeIni.WriteFloat(Name, 'TexY2', ThemeStatic.TexY2);
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeSaveStatics(ThemeStatic: AThemeStatic; const Name: string);
+var
+ S: integer;
+begin
+ for S := 0 to Length(ThemeStatic)-1 do
+ ThemeSaveStatic(ThemeStatic[S], Name + {'Static' +} IntToStr(S+1));
+
+ ThemeIni.EraseSection(Name + {'Static' + }IntToStr(S+1));
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeSaveText(ThemeText: TThemeText; const Name: string);
+begin
+ ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'X', ThemeText.X);
+ ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'Y', ThemeText.Y);
+
+ ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'Font', ThemeText.Font);
+ ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'Size', ThemeText.Size);
+ ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'Align', ThemeText.Align);
+
+ ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Text', ThemeText.Text);
+ ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Color', ThemeText.Color);
+
+ ThemeIni.WriteBool(Name, 'Reflection', ThemeText.Reflection);
+ ThemeIni.WriteFloat(Name, 'ReflectionSpacing', ThemeText.ReflectionSpacing);
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeSaveTexts(ThemeText: AThemeText; const Name: string);
+var
+ T: integer;
+begin
+ for T := 0 to Length(ThemeText)-1 do
+ ThemeSaveText(ThemeText[T], Name + {'Text' + }IntToStr(T+1));
+
+ ThemeIni.EraseSection(Name + {'Text' + }IntToStr(T+1));
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.ThemeSaveButton(ThemeButton: TThemeButton; const Name: string);
+var
+ T: integer;
+begin
+ ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Tex', ThemeButton.Tex);
+ ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'X', ThemeButton.X);
+ ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'Y', ThemeButton.Y);
+ ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'W', ThemeButton.W);
+ ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'H', ThemeButton.H);
+ ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Type', TextureTypeToStr(ThemeButton.Typ));
+ ThemeIni.WriteInteger(Name, 'Texts', Length(ThemeButton.Text));
+
+ ThemeIni.WriteString(Name, 'Color', ThemeButton.Color);
+
+{ ThemeButton.ColR := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColR', 1);
+ ThemeButton.ColG := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColG', 1);
+ ThemeButton.ColB := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'ColB', 1);
+ ThemeButton.Int := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'Int', 1);
+ ThemeButton.DColR := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DColR', 1);
+ ThemeButton.DColG := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DColG', 1);
+ ThemeButton.DColB := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DColB', 1);
+ ThemeButton.DInt := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'DInt', 1);}
+
+{ C := ColorExists(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Color', ''));
+ if C >= 0 then
+ begin
+ ThemeButton.ColR := Color[C].RGB.R;
+ ThemeButton.ColG := Color[C].RGB.G;
+ ThemeButton.ColB := Color[C].RGB.B;
+ end;
+
+ C := ColorExists(ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'DColor', ''));
+ if C >= 0 then
+ begin
+ ThemeButton.DColR := Color[C].RGB.R;
+ ThemeButton.DColG := Color[C].RGB.G;
+ ThemeButton.DColB := Color[C].RGB.B;
+ end;}
+
+ for T := 0 to High(ThemeButton.Text) do
+ ThemeSaveText(ThemeButton.Text[T], Name + 'Text' + IntToStr(T+1));
+end;
+
+procedure TTheme.CreateThemeObjects();
+begin
+ freeandnil(Loading);
+ Loading := TThemeLoading.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(Main);
+ Main := TThemeMain.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(Name);
+ Name := TThemeName.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(Level);
+ Level := TThemeLevel.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(Song);
+ Song := TThemeSong.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(Sing);
+ Sing := TThemeSing.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(Score);
+ Score := TThemeScore.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(Top5);
+ Top5 := TThemeTop5.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(Options);
+ Options := TThemeOptions.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(OptionsGame);
+ OptionsGame := TThemeOptionsGame.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(OptionsGraphics);
+ OptionsGraphics := TThemeOptionsGraphics.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(OptionsSound);
+ OptionsSound := TThemeOptionsSound.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(OptionsLyrics);
+ OptionsLyrics := TThemeOptionsLyrics.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(OptionsThemes);
+ OptionsThemes := TThemeOptionsThemes.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(OptionsRecord);
+ OptionsRecord := TThemeOptionsRecord.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(OptionsAdvanced);
+ OptionsAdvanced := TThemeOptionsAdvanced.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(ErrorPopup);
+ ErrorPopup := TThemeError.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(CheckPopup);
+ CheckPopup := TThemeCheck.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(SongMenu);
+ SongMenu := TThemeSongMenu.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(SongJumpto);
+ SongJumpto := TThemeSongJumpto.Create;
+
+ //Party Screens
+ freeandnil(PartyNewRound);
+ PartyNewRound := TThemePartyNewRound.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(PartyWin);
+ PartyWin := TThemePartyWin.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(PartyScore);
+ PartyScore := TThemePartyScore.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(PartyOptions);
+ PartyOptions := TThemePartyOptions.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(PartyPlayer);
+ PartyPlayer := TThemePartyPlayer.Create;
+
+ //Stats Screens:
+ freeandnil(StatMain);
+ StatMain := TThemeStatMain.Create;
+
+ freeandnil(StatDetail);
+ StatDetail := TThemeStatDetail.Create;
+
+ end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UTime.pas b/unicode/src/base/UTime.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3f35dffd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UTime.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UTime;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+type
+ TTime = class
+ public
+ constructor Create;
+ function GetTime(): real;
+ end;
+
+ TRelativeTimer = class
+ private
+ AbsoluteTime: int64; // system-clock reference time for calculation of CurrentTime
+ RelativeTimeOffset: real;
+ Paused: boolean;
+ TriggerMode: boolean;
+ public
+ constructor Create(TriggerMode: boolean = false);
+ procedure Pause();
+ procedure Resume();
+ function GetTime(): real;
+ function GetAndResetTime(): real;
+ procedure SetTime(Time: real; Trigger: boolean = true);
+ procedure Reset();
+ end;
+
+procedure CountSkipTimeSet;
+procedure CountSkipTime;
+procedure CountMidTime;
+
+var
+ USTime : TTime;
+ VideoBGTimer: TRelativeTimer;
+
+ TimeNew : int64;
+ TimeOld : int64;
+ TimeSkip : real;
+ TimeMid : real;
+ TimeMidTemp : int64;
+
+implementation
+
+uses
+ sdl,
+ ucommon;
+
+const
+ cSDLCorrectionRatio = 1000;
+
+(*
+BEST Option now ( after discussion with whiteshark ) seems to be to use SDL
+timer functions...
+
+SDL_delay
+SDL_GetTicks
+http://www.gamedev.net/community/forums/topic.asp?topic_id=466145&whichpage=1%EE%8D%B7
+*)
+
+
+procedure CountSkipTimeSet;
+begin
+ TimeNew := SDL_GetTicks();
+end;
+
+procedure CountSkipTime;
+begin
+ TimeOld := TimeNew;
+ TimeNew := SDL_GetTicks();
+ TimeSkip := (TimeNew-TimeOld) / cSDLCorrectionRatio;
+end;
+
+procedure CountMidTime;
+begin
+ TimeMidTemp := SDL_GetTicks();
+ TimeMid := (TimeMidTemp - TimeNew) / cSDLCorrectionRatio;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * TTime
+ **}
+
+constructor TTime.Create;
+begin
+ inherited;
+ CountSkipTimeSet;
+end;
+
+function TTime.GetTime: real;
+begin
+ Result := SDL_GetTicks() / cSDLCorrectionRatio;
+end;
+
+{**
+ * TRelativeTimer
+ **}
+
+(*
+ * Creates a new timer.
+ * If TriggerMode is false (default), the timer
+ * will immediately begin with counting.
+ * If TriggerMode is true, it will wait until Get/SetTime() or Pause() is called
+ * for the first time.
+ *)
+constructor TRelativeTimer.Create(TriggerMode: boolean);
+begin
+ inherited Create();
+ Self.TriggerMode := TriggerMode;
+ Reset();
+ Paused := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TRelativeTimer.Pause();
+begin
+ RelativeTimeOffset := GetTime();
+ Paused := true;
+end;
+
+procedure TRelativeTimer.Resume();
+begin
+ AbsoluteTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+ Paused := false;
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Returns the counter of the timer.
+ * If in TriggerMode it will return 0 and start the counter on the first call.
+ *)
+function TRelativeTimer.GetTime: real;
+begin
+ // initialize absolute time on first call in triggered mode
+ if (TriggerMode and (AbsoluteTime = 0)) then
+ begin
+ AbsoluteTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+ Result := RelativeTimeOffset;
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ if Paused then
+ Result := RelativeTimeOffset
+ else
+ Result := RelativeTimeOffset + (SDL_GetTicks() - AbsoluteTime) / cSDLCorrectionRatio;
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Returns the counter of the timer and resets the counter to 0 afterwards.
+ * Note: In TriggerMode the counter will not be stopped as with Reset().
+ *)
+function TRelativeTimer.GetAndResetTime(): real;
+begin
+ Result := GetTime();
+ SetTime(0);
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Sets the timer to the given time. This will trigger in TriggerMode if
+ * Trigger is set to true. Otherwise the counter's state will not change.
+ *)
+procedure TRelativeTimer.SetTime(Time: real; Trigger: boolean);
+begin
+ RelativeTimeOffset := Time;
+ if ((not TriggerMode) or Trigger) then
+ AbsoluteTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+end;
+
+(*
+ * Resets the counter of the timer to 0.
+ * If in TriggerMode the timer will not start counting until it is triggered again.
+ *)
+procedure TRelativeTimer.Reset();
+begin
+ RelativeTimeOffset := 0;
+ if (TriggerMode) then
+ AbsoluteTime := 0
+ else
+ AbsoluteTime := SDL_GetTicks();
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/unicode/src/base/UXMLSong.pas b/unicode/src/base/UXMLSong.pas
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..58b48789
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unicode/src/base/UXMLSong.pas
@@ -0,0 +1,606 @@
+{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game
+ *
+ * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names
+ * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT
+ * file distributed with this source distribution.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
+ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+ * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+ *
+ * $URL$
+ * $Id$
+ *}
+
+unit UXMLSong;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+ {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+ Classes;
+
+type
+ TNote = record
+ Start: Cardinal;
+ Duration: Cardinal;
+ Tone: Integer;
+ NoteTyp: Byte;
+ Lyric: String;
+ end;
+ ANote = Array of TNote;
+
+ TSentence = record
+ Singer: Byte;
+ Duration: Cardinal;
+ Notes: ANote;
+ end;
+ ASentence = Array of TSentence;
+
+ TSongInfo = Record
+ ID: Cardinal;
+ DualChannel: Boolean;
+ Header: Record
+ Artist: String;
+ Title: String;
+ Gap: Cardinal;
+ BPM: Real;
+ Resolution: Byte;
+ Edition: String;
+ Genre: String;
+ Year: String;
+ Language: String;
+ end;
+ CountSentences: Cardinal;
+ Sentences: ASentence;
+ end;
+
+ TParser = class
+ private
+ SSFile: TStringList;
+
+ ParserState: Byte;
+ CurPosinSong: Cardinal; //Cur Beat Pos in the Song
+ CurDuettSinger: Byte; //Who sings this Part?
+ BindLyrics: Boolean; //Should the Lyrics be bind to the last Word (no Space)
+ FirstNote: Boolean; //Is this the First Note found? For Gap calculating
+
+ Function ParseLine(Line: String): Boolean;
+ public
+ SongInfo: TSongInfo;
+ ErrorMessage: String;
+ Edition: String;
+ SingstarVersion: String;
+
+ Settings: Record
+ DashReplacement: Char;
+ end;
+
+ Constructor Create;
+
+ Function ParseConfigforEdition(const Filename: String): String;
+
+ Function ParseSongHeader(const Filename: String): Boolean; //Parse Song Header only
+ Function ParseSong (const Filename: String): Boolean; //Parse whole Song
+ end;
+
+const
+ PS_None = 0;
+ PS_Melody = 1;
+ PS_Sentence = 2;
+
+ NT_Normal = 1;
+ NT_Freestyle = 0;
+ NT_Golden = 2;
+
+ DS_Player1 = 1;
+ DS_Player2 = 2;
+ DS_Both = 3;
+
+implementation
+uses SysUtils, StrUtils;
+
+Constructor TParser.Create;
+begin
+ inherited Create;
+ ErrorMessage := '';
+
+ DecimalSeparator := '.';
+end;
+
+Function TParser.ParseSong (const Filename: String): Boolean;
+var I: Integer;
+begin
+ Result := False;
+ if FileExists(Filename) then
+ begin
+ SSFile := TStringList.Create;
+
+ try
+ ErrorMessage := 'Can''t open melody.xml file';
+ SSFile.LoadFromFile(Filename);
+ ErrorMessage := '';
+ Result := True;
+ I := 0;
+
+ SongInfo.CountSentences := 0;
+ CurDuettSinger := DS_Both; //Both is Singstar Standard
+ CurPosinSong := 0; //Start at Pos 0
+ BindLyrics := True; //Dont start with Space
+ FirstNote := True; //First Note found should be the First Note ;)
+
+ SongInfo.Header.Language := '';
+ SongInfo.Header.Edition := Edition;
+ SongInfo.DualChannel := False;
+
+ ParserState := PS_None;
+
+ SetLength(SongInfo.Sentences, 0);
+
+ While Result And (I < SSFile.Count) do
+ begin
+ Result := ParseLine(SSFile.Strings[I]);
+
+ Inc(I);
+ end;
+
+ finally
+ SSFile.Free;
+ end;
+ end;
+end;
+
+Function TParser.ParseSongHeader (const Filename: String): Boolean;
+var I: Integer;
+begin
+ Result := False;
+ if FileExists(Filename) then
+ begin
+ SSFile := TStringList.Create;
+ SSFile.Clear;
+
+ try
+ SSFile.LoadFromFile(Filename);
+
+ If (SSFile.Count > 0) then
+ begin
+ Result := True;
+ I := 0;
+
+ SongInfo.CountSentences := 0;
+ CurDuettSinger := DS_Both; //Both is Singstar Standard
+ CurPosinSong := 0; //Start at Pos 0
+ BindLyrics := True; //Dont start with Space
+ FirstNote := True; //First Note found should be the First Note ;)
+
+ SongInfo.ID := 0;
+ SongInfo.Header.Language := '';
+ SongInfo.Header.Edition := Edition;
+ SongInfo.DualChannel := False;
+ ParserState := PS_None;
+
+ While (SongInfo.ID < 4) AND Result And (I < SSFile.Count) do
+ begin
+ Result := ParseLine(SSFile.Strings[I]);
+
+ Inc(I);
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ ErrorMessage := 'Can''t open melody.xml file';
+
+ finally
+ SSFile.Free;
+ end;
+ end
+ else
+ ErrorMessage := 'Can''t find melody.xml file';
+end;
+
+Function TParser.ParseLine(Line: String): Boolean;
+var
+ Tag: String;
+ Values: String;
+ AValues: Array of Record
+ Name: String;
+ Value: String;
+ end;
+ I, J, K: Integer;
+ Duration, Tone: Integer;
+ Lyric: String;
+ NoteType: Byte;
+
+ Procedure MakeValuesArray;
+ var Len, Pos, State, StateChange: Integer;
+ begin
+ Len := -1;
+ SetLength(AValues, Len + 1);
+
+ Pos := 1;
+ State := 0;
+ While (Pos <= Length(Values)) AND (Pos <> 0) do
+ begin
+ Case State of
+
+ 0: begin //Search for ValueName
+ If (Values[Pos] <> ' ') AND (Values[Pos] <> '=') then
+ begin
+ //Found Something
+ State := 1; //State search for '='
+ StateChange := Pos; //Save Pos of Change
+ Pos := PosEx('=', Values, Pos + 1);
+ end
+ else Inc(Pos); //When nothing found then go to next char
+ end;
+
+ 1: begin //Search for Equal Mark
+ //Add New Value
+ Inc(Len);
+ SetLength(AValues, Len + 1);
+
+ AValues[Len].Name := UpperCase(Copy(Values, StateChange, Pos - StateChange));
+
+
+ State := 2; //Now Search for starting '"'
+ StateChange := Pos; //Save Pos of Change
+ Pos := PosEx('"', Values, Pos + 1);
+ end;
+
+ 2: begin //Search for starting '"' or ' ' <- End if there was no "
+ If (Values[Pos] = '"') then
+ begin //Found starting '"'
+ State := 3; //Now Search for ending '"'
+ StateChange := Pos; //Save Pos of Change
+ Pos := PosEx('"', Values, Pos + 1);
+ end
+ else If (Values[Pos] = ' ') then //Found ending Space
+ begin
+ //Save Value to Array
+ AValues[Len].Value := Copy(Values, StateChange + 1, Pos - StateChange - 1);
+
+ //Search for next Valuename
+ State := 0;
+ StateChange := Pos;
+ Inc(Pos);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ 3: begin //Search for ending '"'
+ //Save Value to Array
+ AValues[Len].Value := Copy(Values, StateChange + 1, Pos - StateChange - 1);
+
+ //Search for next Valuename
+ State := 0;
+ StateChange := Pos;
+ Inc(Pos);
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ If (State >= 2) then
+ begin //Save Last Value
+ AValues[Len].Value := Copy(Values, StateChange + 1, Length(Values) - StateChange);
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+begin
+ Result := True;
+
+ Line := Trim(Line);
+ If (Length(Line) > 0) then
+ begin
+ I := Pos('<', Line);
+ J := PosEx(' ', Line, I+1);
+ K := PosEx('>', Line, I+1);
+
+ If (J = 0) then J := K
+ Else If (K < J) AND (K <> 0) then J := K; //Use nearest Tagname End indicator
+ Tag := UpperCase(copy(Line, I + 1, J - I - 1));
+ Values := copy(Line, J + 1, K - J - 1);
+
+ Case ParserState of
+ PS_None: begin//Search for Melody Tag
+ If (Tag = 'MELODY') then
+ begin
+ Inc(SongInfo.ID); //Inc SongID when header Information is added
+ MakeValuesArray;
+ For I := 0 to High(AValues) do
+ begin
+ If (AValues[I].Name = 'TEMPO') then
+ begin
+ SongInfo.Header.BPM := StrtoFloatDef(AValues[I].Value, 0);
+ If (SongInfo.Header.BPM <= 0) then
+ begin
+ Result := False;
+ ErrorMessage := 'Can''t read BPM from Song';
+ end;
+ end
+
+ Else If (AValues[I].Name = 'RESOLUTION') then
+ begin
+ AValues[I].Value := Uppercase(AValues[I].Value);
+ //Ultrastar Resolution is "how often a Beat is split / 4"
+ If (AValues[I].Value = 'HEMIDEMISEMIQUAVER') then
+ SongInfo.Header.Resolution := 64 div 4
+ Else If (AValues[I].Value = 'DEMISEMIQUAVER') then
+ SongInfo.Header.Resolution := 32 div 4
+ Else If (AValues[I].Value = 'SEMIQUAVER') then
+ SongInfo.Header.Resolution := 16 div 4
+ Else If (AValues[I].Value = 'QUAVER') then
+ SongInfo.Header.Resolution := 8 div 4
+ Else If (AValues[I].Value = 'CROTCHET') then
+ SongInfo.Header.Resolution := 4 div 4
+ Else
+ begin //Can't understand teh Resolution :/
+ Result := False;
+ ErrorMessage := 'Can''t read Resolution from Song';
+ end;
+ end
+
+ Else If (AValues[I].Name = 'GENRE') then
+ begin
+ SongInfo.Header.Genre := AValues[I].Value;
+ end
+
+ Else If (AValues[I].Name = 'YEAR') then
+ begin
+ SongInfo.Header.Year := AValues[I].Value;
+ end
+
+ Else If (AValues[I].Name = 'VERSION') then
+ begin
+ SingstarVersion := AValues[I].Value;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ ParserState := PS_Melody; //In Melody Tag
+ end;
+ end;
+
+
+ PS_Melody: begin //Search for Sentence, Artist/Title Info or eo Melody
+ If (Tag = 'SENTENCE') then
+ begin
+ ParserState := PS_Sentence; //Parse in a Sentence Tag now
+
+ //Increase SentenceCount
+ Inc(SongInfo.CountSentences);
+
+ BindLyrics := True; //Don't let Txts Begin w/ Space
+
+ //Search for Duett Singer Info
+ MakeValuesArray;
+ For I := 0 to High(AValues) do
+ If (AValues[I].Name = 'SINGER') then
+ begin
+ AValues[I].Value := Uppercase(AValues[I].Value);
+ If (AValues[I].Value = 'SOLO 1') then
+ CurDuettSinger := DS_Player1
+ Else If (AValues[I].Value = 'SOLO 2') then
+ CurDuettSinger := DS_Player2
+ Else
+ CurDuettSinger := DS_Both; //In case of "Group" or anything that is not identified use Both
+ end;
+ end
+
+ Else If (Tag = '!--') then
+ begin //Comment, this may be Artist or Title Info
+ I := Pos(':', Values); //Search for Delimiter
+
+ If (I <> 0) then //If Found check for Title or Artist
+ begin
+ //Copy Title or Artist Tag to Tag String
+ Tag := Uppercase(Trim(Copy(Values, 1, I - 1)));
+
+ If (Tag = 'ARTIST') then
+ begin
+ SongInfo.Header.Artist := Trim(Copy(Values, I + 1, Length(Values) - I - 2));
+ Inc(SongInfo.ID); //Inc SongID when header Information is added
+ end
+ Else If (Tag = 'TITLE') then
+ begin
+ SongInfo.Header.Title := Trim(Copy(Values, I + 1, Length(Values) - I - 2));
+ Inc(SongInfo.ID); //Inc SongID when header Information is added
+ end;
+ end;
+ end
+
+ //Parsing for weird "Die toten Hosen" Tags
+ Else If (Tag = '!--ARTIST:') OR (Tag = '!--ARTIST') then
+ begin //Comment, with Artist Info
+ I := Pos(':', Values); //Search for Delimiter
+
+ Inc(SongInfo.ID); //Inc SongID when header Information is added
+
+ SongInfo.Header.Artist := Trim(Copy(Values, I + 1, Length(Values) - I - 2));
+ end
+
+ Else If (Tag = '!--TITLE:') OR (Tag = '!--TITLE') then
+ begin //Comment, with Artist Info
+ I := Pos(':', Values); //Search for Delimiter
+
+ Inc(SongInfo.ID); //Inc SongID when header Information is added
+
+ SongInfo.Header.Title := Trim(Copy(Values, I + 1, Length(Values) - I - 2));
+ end
+
+ Else If (Tag = '/MELODY') then
+ begin
+ ParserState := PS_None;
+ Exit; //Stop Parsing, Melody iTag ended
+ end
+ end;
+
+
+ PS_Sentence: begin //Search for Notes or eo Sentence
+ If (Tag = 'NOTE') then
+ begin //Found Note
+ //Get Values
+ MakeValuesArray;
+
+ NoteType := NT_Normal;
+ For I := 0 to High(AValues) do
+ begin
+ If (AValues[I].Name = 'DURATION') then
+ begin
+ Duration := StrtoIntDef(AValues[I].Value, -1);
+ If (Duration < 0) then
+ begin
+ Result := False;
+ ErrorMessage := 'Can''t read duration from Note in Line: "' + Line + '"';
+ Exit;
+ end;
+ end
+ Else If (AValues[I].Name = 'MIDINOTE') then
+ begin
+ Tone := StrtoIntDef(AValues[I].Value, 0);
+ end
+ Else If (AValues[I].Name = 'BONUS') AND (Uppercase(AValues[I].Value) = 'YES') then
+ begin
+ NoteType := NT_Golden;
+ end
+ Else If (AValues[I].Name = 'FREESTYLE') AND (Uppercase(AValues[I].Value) = 'YES') then
+ begin
+ NoteType := NT_Freestyle;
+ end
+ Else If (AValues[I].Name = 'LYRIC') then
+ begin
+ Lyric := AValues[I].Value;
+
+ If (Length(Lyric) > 0) then
+ begin
+ If (Lyric = '-') then
+ Lyric[1] := Settings.DashReplacement;
+
+ If (not BindLyrics) then
+ Lyric := ' ' + Lyric;
+
+
+ If (Length(Lyric) > 2) AND (Lyric[Length(Lyric)-1] = ' ') AND (Lyric[Length(Lyric)] = '-') then
+ begin //Between this and the next Lyric should be no space
+ BindLyrics := True;
+ SetLength(Lyric, Length(Lyric) - 2);
+ end
+ else
+ BindLyrics := False; //There should be a Space
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ //Add Note
+ I := SongInfo.CountSentences - 1;
+
+ If (Length(Lyric) > 0) then
+ begin //Real note, no rest
+ //First Note of Sentence
+ If (Length(SongInfo.Sentences) < SongInfo.CountSentences) then
+ begin
+ SetLength(SongInfo.Sentences, SongInfo.CountSentences);
+ SetLength(SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes, 0);
+ end;
+
+ //First Note of Song -> Generate Gap
+ If (FirstNote) then
+ begin
+ //Calculate Gap
+ If (SongInfo.Header.Resolution <> 0) AND (SongInfo.Header.BPM <> 0) then
+ SongInfo.Header.Gap := Round(CurPosinSong / (SongInfo.Header.BPM*SongInfo.Header.Resolution) * 60000)
+ Else
+ begin
+ Result := False;
+ ErrorMessage := 'Can''t calculate Gap, no Resolution or BPM present.';
+ Exit;
+ end;
+
+ CurPosinSong := 0; //Start at 0, because Gap goes until here
+ Inc(SongInfo.ID); //Add Header Value therefore Inc
+ FirstNote := False;
+ end;
+
+ J := Length(SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes);
+ SetLength(SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes, J + 1);
+ SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].Start := CurPosinSong;
+ SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].Duration := Duration;
+ SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].Tone := Tone;
+ SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].NoteTyp := NoteType;
+ SongInfo.Sentences[I].Notes[J].Lyric := Lyric;
+
+ //Inc Pos in Song
+ Inc(CurPosInSong, Duration);
+ end
+ else
+ begin
+ //just change pos in Song
+ Inc(CurPosInSong, Duration);
+ end;
+
+
+ end
+ Else If (Tag = '/SENTENCE') then
+ begin //End of Sentence Tag
+ ParserState := PS_Melody;
+
+ //Delete Sentence if no Note is Added
+ If (Length(SongInfo.Sentences) <> SongInfo.CountSentences) then
+ begin
+ SongInfo.CountSentences := Length(SongInfo.Sentences);
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ end
+ else //Empty Line -> parsed succesful ;)
+ Result := true;
+end;
+
+Function TParser.ParseConfigforEdition(const Filename: String): String;
+var
+ txt: TStringlist;
+ I: Integer;
+ J, K: Integer;
+ S: String;
+begin
+ Result := '';
+ txt := TStringlist.Create;
+ try
+ txt.LoadFromFile(Filename);
+
+ For I := 0 to txt.Count-1 do
+ begin
+ S := Trim(txt.Strings[I]);
+ J := Pos('<PRODUCT_NAME>', S);
+
+ If (J <> 0) then
+ begin
+ Inc(J, 14);
+ K := Pos('</PRODUCT_NAME>', S);
+ If (K<J) then K := Length(S) + 1;
+
+ Result := Copy(S, J, K - J);
+ Break;
+ end;
+ end;
+
+ Edition := Result;
+ finally
+ txt.Free;
+ end;
+end;
+
+end.